Professional Development Resource Guide SAE International Prepares Seminars You to Deliver on the Job

Professional Development Resource Guide SAE International prepares Seminars you to deliver on the job.

To ensure your success and the success of your organization, you must be knowledgeable and profi cient on an ever-changing landscape of technology, regulations, and skills. Professional development from SAE International provides hundreds of education and training resources in Engineering the technology and business areas that are shaping the Academies Aero, Auto, and Commercial Vehicle industries. • Seminars, webinars, and engineering academies led by respected and expert industry professionals. • Online courses supply the technical content you expect from SAE without the expense of travel or time away from your offi ce. SAE programs delivered onsite at your location, or customized e-Learning • training designed for your organization’s specifi c business or technical needs. Review the current course offerings or discover customized learning from SAE International at Mylearn.SAE.org. Stay current on the technology, increase your knowledge, and positively affect your organization’s bottom line with professional development from SAE International. Corporate Learning Solutions Visit www.sae.org/training to view schedules and course information.

P111916 Professional Development Resource Guide

Corporate Learning Solutions designed speciﬁ cally to help companies address their learning needs through SAE Professional Development training solutions.

P111669 book.indb 1 11/28/11 2:09 PM Corporate Learning Solutions SAE Professional Development 400 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15096 U.S.A. 1-724-772-8529 • [email protected] • MyLearn.sae.org

P111669 book.indb 2 11/28/11 2:09 PM i Table of Contents

Catalog Key ...... i Corporate Learning Solutions ...... ii Catalog Key Training Voucher Program ...... iii Our Learning Formats ...... iv The following symbols will be used throughout the Accreditations ...... v catalog with course and Certifi cate Programs ...... vi learning product descriptions MyLearn.sae.org ...... viii to designate the various delivery formats, certifi cate program courses, ACTAR Courses & Learning Products approved courses, etc. Bodies and Structures ...... 9 Chassis ...... 14 Design Engineering and Styling ...... 25 Electrical, Electronics and Avionics ...... 47 ACTAR approved Environment ...... 66 Fuels and Energy Sources ...... 76 Human Factors and Ergonomics ...... 84 Part of a Certifi cate Interiors, Cabins and Cockpits ...... 86 Program Curriculum Maintenance and Aftermarket ...... 88 Management and Product Development ...... 89 Manufacturing ...... 100 Instructor led programs Materials ...... 103 Noise, Vibration and Harshness ...... 111 Parts and Components ...... 114 Online courses Power and Propulsion ...... 116 Quality, Reliability and Durability ...... 148 Safety ...... 161 Tests and Testing ...... 164 Vehicles and Performance ...... 165 Instructor Biographies ...... 171 Instructor Index ...... 190 Titles Index ...... 191

P111669 book.indb 1 11/28/11 2:09 PM ii SAE International Corporate Learning Solutions

This resource guide is designed specifi cally to help What is included in a Corporate Learning companies address their learning needs through a variety of SAE Professional Development options. Solutions Program? • Customization — Most seminars can be tailored to address your company’s specifi c business or training objectives. Options Often this involves incorporating company data, generating SAE has partnered with hundreds of companies to design and case problems, or developing completely new content. deliver training to the corporate site for groups of employees. • Administrative Coordination — SAE staff contracts with Through SAE Corporate Learning Solutions you can: the instructor, supplies all course materials, and provides • Select an existing SAE seminar for delivery to your site. attendance and post-course evaluation forms. All you do is • Select an existing e-Learning product for delivery to provide the facility and audio-visual equipment! your site. • Pre-training Conference Call — SAE arranges a conference • Customize a learning experience to address your specifi c call with the instructor and relevant company representatives business needs. to ensure that everyone understands the training that is to be provided and the desired learning outcomes. This is also a great opportunity to discuss customization. Advantages • Continuing Education Units — SAE awards Certifi cates of With as few as eight employees who have the same learning Completion with IACET approved Continuing Education need, SAE Corporate Learning Solutions provides multiple Units (CEUs) to all attendees. One CEU is granted for every advantages: 10 learning contact hours. • Variety — Choose from a comprehensive course list of over 200 titles. What determines the Corporate Learning • Customization — If you can’t fi nd the specifi c topic you need or if the course content does not exactly match your Solutions cost? requirements, SAE can customize a training program. We • The length of the program (number of days or hours of can also integrate e-Learning for a “blended solution”. learning contact time) • Quality — SAE courses are conducted by leading • The learning materials. Some courses include textbooks or academic and industry instructors. All courses and other learning aids instructors are approved by at least two objective • The number of attendees industry experts through our technical review process. • Any customization required • Convenience — We make it easy for you by scheduling the • The instructor’s travel expenses instructor, supplying comprehensive handout materials for These variables are used to calculate a base fee, which each attendee, and coordinating other administrative details. is typically based on 10 attendees. The fee increases • Cost Effective — Save time and money by having SAE proportionally as more attendees are added. Additionally, learning solutions come to you. Your staff doesn’t have to companies are responsible for instructor travel, transfer fees, travel and there is no time away from the offi ce. Also, our and living expenses. extensive network and existing course list makes our pricing extremely competitive! • Timeliness — For over 100 years SAE has been on the What amenities does your company cutting edge of mobility technology. We have access to the provide? newest and most current industry information. • A suitable meeting or classroom • Audio-visual equipment and computers (if required) • Refreshment breaks and meals (if desired) • Information on local hotels and airports along with directions to your facility

SAE Corporate Learning 1-724-772-8529 [email protected]

P111669 book.indb 2 11/28/11 2:09 PM iii SAE Training Vouchers

Create an Effective Training Plan for Your Organization – and Save Training is an invaluable means of facilitating growth in your organization and increasing the skills and knowledge of your SAE Training Vouchers - Buy Now and employees. Use Later: SAE Training Vouchers are a cost-effective and ﬂ exible solution • Avoid losing your training budget dollars for organizations whose training requirements vary from a single • Vouchers are valid for two years from the date of purchase course, to an entire series of courses, to onsite training for a group. They can be used to register various people in different courses or to • Vouchers are fully transferable throughout your organization train a group, or use them to purchase an onsite seminar program; • Vouchers are valid for all SAE open enrollment seminars as training 8-30 people per presentation, to purchase e-seminars or well as in-house seminars, e-seminars, etc. online training. We can even provide reports detailing your monthly Training Voucher usage. • Vouchers can be purchased in amounts ranging from $10,000 to $100,000 or more (U.S. Dollars). Planning and controlling training and your training budget has never been easier! Are there any restrictions? Save More with SAE Training Vouchers! • A few. Voucher payments must be through an organization, When contracting for an in-house seminar, site license, quantity not an individual. Vouchers are valid for two years from or group purchase of an e-Seminar or Fast Track, you can save an the date of purchase and are non-refundable. Cancellation additional 10%* from the SAE Corporate Learning Solutions fee by and rescheduling policies apply when using vouchers. using an SAE Training Voucher. Training vouchers may be redeemed for SAE Professional Development programs only (does not include conferences, *Additional discount applies to in-house seminar programs based on established courses and program content and includes the instructor’s presentation and handout material. The additional discount does meetings, sessions, and exhibits). not apply to textbooks, software, or customized program solutions. Certain online courses are not eligible for the 10% discount. • Academies, hands-on driving courses and certain online, self-study workbooks and software tools are not eligible for the 10% discount. Find out how SAE Training Vouchers can • Training Voucher minimum purchase is $10,000.00 US. help you! • Contact SAE Corporate Learning Solutions for a no-obligation consultation at1-724-772-8529 or [email protected] • Complete and submit the Corporate Learning Solutions Request web-form at [email protected] To take advantage of the SAE Training Voucher program, visit http://www.sae.org/corplearning , then complete and submit the Training Voucher Application form.

Explore State Resources for Training Dollars Research local workforce economic development groups to fi nd out if training monies may be available for your organization’s use. For example, Michigan residents can visit www.michiganworks.org and enter their zip code to fi nd local offi ces and Michigan Works! contacts in the area. Another great resource is your state’s Department of Labor – many have a wealth of resources for workers and employers.

P111669 book.indb 3 11/28/11 2:09 PM iv Learning Formats

A Learning Format for Every Style Online Courses – avoid travel expense, and access one of our e-Seminars or other online courses right from SAE offers a variety of learning formats to accommodate your desktop through the internet. Check out the growing diverse learning styles. selection of online courses through www.MyLearn.sae.org. Check the online courses can be identiﬁ ed by the icon. Seminars The entire collection or technology related parts of the online courses are available for site license purchase. Please contact Each year, SAE schedules more than 200 open-enrollment the Corporate Learning Solutions hotline, 1-724-772-8529 for seminar offerings that span nearly 100 separate technology additional information. and business skill topics. Seminars range from one to three days, are taught by highly-qualiﬁ ed, industry or academic e-Seminars — self-paced seminars available online at experts, and include comprehensive handout materials. MyLearn.sae.org– these programs are listed in the catalog immediately following the respective instructor-led seminar SAE Seminars are held at our Automotive Headquarters in from which they are based. The description, learning Troy, Michigan as well as at many locations across the United objectives, content and instructor information can be found States, Europe and Asia including in conjunction with select easily with the instructor-led seminar listing or online. The SAE International® conferences and symposia. minimum requirements for all e-Seminars are listed below.

SM Minimum Equipment Requirements for Engineering Academy e-Seminars SAE’s award-winning Engineering Academy format is an • Pentium III PC intensive “boot camp” experience that enables attendees to • Adobe Flash Player 8.0 & above immerse in a focused technology area. Whether a week-long, • Minimum 128 MB RAM; recommended 256 MB RAM classroom event or a multi-week, series of two-hour webinar • IE 6 & above browser recommended (Mozilla Firefox, sessions, the Academy is a comprehensive and immersive Google Chrome and Unix/Linus browsers are not currently training experience on core engineering topics. Multiple supported) instructors team up to provide interactive lecture, discussion, • Broadband-128Kbps and above and practice – all designed to aid learning and application. • Windows 2000, XP, 7 (Not currently supported by Windows Vista) The Engineering AcademySM is perfect for newly hired • 1024 X 768 Screen Resolution engineers or those changing technical disciplines who • Sound Card/Speakers need to quickly develop a new skill set in order to become productive on the job. The Engineering Academy format Mac operating systems and browsers other than IE are not supported. earned the prestigious Award of Excellence from the American Society of Association Executives. Fast Tracks – Designed to address the growing demand for a faster, more efﬁ cient way to learn, SAE offers a series For a current schedule of upcoming Academies, visit of short duration online courses for you, the engineering www.sae.org/academies. professional on the move. Presented in a 10-120 minute format, these chunks of learning combine audio, video, SM graphics, photos and text to capture the essence of a topic SAe-Learning and drive a deﬁ ned set of outcomes. Knowledge checks are Take advantage of the convenience and cost savings offered scheduled as “pit stops” to ensure that you are equipped to through e-Learning. SAE maintains a growing menu of achieve successful results. What’s more, they’re built to be learning products delivered through a variety of electronic easy-to-use, available on demand 24/7, and enable you to media. These programs are listed throughout the catalog in learn what you need to know fast. Visit http://www.sae. the respective technical area of the program content. org/fasttracks to see our menu of topics. Equipment Requirements for Fast Tracks • Pentium PC 300 MHZ • Minimum 128 MB RAM • Internet Explorer 6.0 & above browser recommended • Adobe Flash Player 8 or above required • Broadband-128Kbps and above (Minimum: Cable or DSL connection) • Windows 2000, XP, Vista, 7 • 1024 X 768 Screen Resolution • Sound Card/Speakers Mac operating systems and browsers other than IE and Mozilla Firefox are not supported.

P111669 book.indb 4 11/28/11 2:09 PM v Accreditations

SAe-Learning (continued) The IACET CEU SAE International is recognized as an Webinars – Informative and content-rich, SAE Webinars are Authorized Provider by the International instructor-led seminars delivered over the web. You’ve told us your Association for Continuing Education and travel budgets have been cut, so SAE has developed this alternative Training (IACET). All SAE Professional format to deliver technical courses directly to you. You can log in Development seminars, e-Seminars, webinars, and engineering to the live event from anywhere you have a telephone and a PC academies meet eligibility requirements for IACET Continuing with Internet access. Delivered in one or a series of 90 to 120-minute Education Units (CEUs) according to the ANSI/IACET 1-2007 sessions, webinars feature audio delivered by telephone, web-based Standard. To receive CEUs, attendees are required to be presentations, interactive question-and-answer, and course-specifi c engaged in the entire class and demonstrate mastery of the online forums for posting of supplemental materials, networking and learning objectives by successfully completing a knowledge course activities. CEU’s are awarded when course requirements have assessment. been met. The list of scheduled webinars are posted at http://www. sae.org/webinars. Many organizations offer some form of continuing education credit, but only the IACET CEU is held to the strict, research- based IACET Criteria and Guidelines for Continuing Education Webinar Recordings – The Webinar Recordings library and Training. Only IACET Authorized Providers, who undergo a features a list of select SAE Webinars that are archived and posted strict application and site-review process, can award the IACET following a live offering. You receive the same instruction, workbook, CEU. IACET Authorized Providers are required to re-apply and learning assessment and ANSI/IACET CEUs through a personal, be reauthorized every fi ve (5) years. online account in the SAE Learning Center. Your content-related questions are be forwarded to the instructor by e-mail for direct The Continuing Education Unit (CEU) was created by IACET response. Webinar Recordings are streamed in Adobe Flash Video as a measurement of continuing education. One (1) IACET format (.fl v) and are best viewed on an audio-capable PC. The access CEU is equal to ten (10) contact hours of participation in an period is limited, according to course length. Visit www.sae.org/ organized continuing education experience under responsible webinarrecordings for a current list of titles in the library. sponsorship, capable direction, and qualifi ed instruction. Under IACET’s care, the IACET CEU has evolved from a quantitative Equipment Requirements for Webinar Recordings measure to a hallmark of quality training and instruction. For • Windows 2000, XP, 7 (Not currently supported by Windows Vista) more information on IACET, visit www.iacet.org. • Pentium III PC To obtain offi cial transcripts, please contact SAE Customer • Minimum 128 MB RAM; recommended 256 MB RAM Service at 1-877-606-7323 (U.S. and Canada only) or 1-724- • Internet Explorer 6.0 & above browser recommended 776-4970 (outside U.S. and Canada). • Adobe Flash Player 8.0 & above • Broadband-128Kbps and above • 1024 X 768 Screen Resolution ACTAR Approved SAE Courses • Sound Card/Speakers Some SAE courses have been approved by the Mac operating systems and browsers other than IE and Mozilla Accreditation Commission for Traffi c Accident Reconstruction (ACTAR) for Continuing To fi nd out more about corporate learning solutions or to purchase Education Units (CEUs). These are identifi ed throughout the programs to accommodate multiple learners within your company, catalog with the ACTAR symbol to the left. In addition, the ACTAR call 1-724-772-8529. CEUs are also listed with the course description. Visit MyLearn.sae.org today. Upon completion of any of these courses, accredited reconstructionists should contact ACTAR, 1-800-809-3818, to request CEUs. As an ACTAR approved course, the fee for the CEUs for each course is $5.00.

RABQSA Approved Training Provider SAE International is pleased to be a recognized training provider of the classroom component of the IAQG- Sanctioned Aerospace Auditor Transition Training (AATT). As an approved training provider, SAE is committed to providing the highest level of quality training using the most qualiﬁ ed instructors in the industry. The course description can be found on page 151 of this catalog of by visiting www.sae.org/pdevent/C1034.

P111669 book.indb 5 11/28/11 2:09 PM vi SAE Certiﬁ cate & Certiﬁ cation Programs

Fundamentals of Drivetrain Systems Professional and Legal Issues Certifi cate Certifi cate Program Program A four-course package that familiarizes engineers with key This certifi cate program focuses on some of the core legal drivetrain components and how those components function and risk management issues that are critical for engineers as a system. By completing the Certifi cate, engineers to master in successfully designing and deploying products can increase their expertise within the drivetrain body of from a safety and reliability perspective. Courses address knowledge and, at the same time, earn the SAE Certifi cate patent law, product liability, risk management, and expert of Achievement worth 4.6 CEUs. The following courses witness testimony. The required courses include: are required (their equivalents or substitutes are indented • Patent Law for Engineers- I.D. #88007 below the required course) and include: • Product Liability and The Engineer- I.D. #82001 • A Familiarization of Drivetrain Components – • The Role of the Expert Witness in Product Liability I.D. #98024 Litigation- I.D. #92054 - Fundamentals of All-Wheel Drive Systems – I.D. #C0305 • Program and Risk Management- I.D. #C0409 - A Familiarization of Drivetrain Components e-Seminar – I.D. #PD130555ON (online) Diesel Technology Certifi cate • The Basics of Internal Combustion Engines – I.D. #C0103 This fi ve-course package is designed to equip engineers - Diesel Engine Technology – I.D.#93014 with a solid understanding of diesel engines, emissions and - Diesel Engine Technology e-Seminar – after treatment strategies, and related components including I.D.#PD130812ON (online) fuel injection, and air management. The program design - The Basics of Internal Combustion Engines e-Seminar – requires completion of courses that address these areas and I.D.#PD130944ON (online) then allows for further depth in after treatment technologies • Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle Transmissions – through a menu of electives. The required courses are: I.D. #99018 • Diesel Engine Technology – I.D.#93014 - Fundamentals of Truck & Off-Highway Transmission - Diesel Engine Technology e-Seminar – I.D.#PD130812ON Systems – I.D.#C0024 • Diesel Emissions and Control Technologies – I.D.#C0206 - Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle Transmissions • Common Rail Diesel Fuel Injection – I.D.#C0920 e-Seminar – I.D.#PD130419ON (online) • Turbocharging Internal Combustion Engines – I.D.#C0314 • Powertrain Selection for Fuel Economy & Acceleration Performance – I.D. #C0243 Electives (Select one) • Advanced Diesel Particulate Filtration Systems (2 days) – General Management and Leadership I.D.#C0502 Certifi cate Program • Catalytic Converters: Design and Durability (2 days) – I.D.#98017 This certifi cate program focuses on four core management - Catalytic Converters: Design and Durability e-Seminar – and leadership competencies: management capability, team I.D.#PD130405 (CDROM) leadership, project management, and nance. The following • Exhaust Flow Performance and Pressure Drop of Exhaust courses are required: Components and Systems (1 day) – I.D.#C0235 • Managing Engineering & Technical Professionals – • Selective Catalytic Reduction for Diesel Engines (2 days) – I.D. #C0608 I.D.#C0913 • Engineering Project Management - I.D. #99003 • Principles of Cost and Finance for Engineers - I.D. #C0828 Diesel Academy substitution • Leading High Performance Teams - I.D. #C0410 Individuals completing the Diesel Engine Technology Engineering Academy may use it as a substitute for the Diesel Engine Technology seminar and one elective in the Diesel Technology Certifi cate. The other three Required Courses must still be completed.

P111669 book.indb 6 11/28/11 2:09 PM vii

Vehicle Dynamics Certifi cate • Tires and Handling for Racing and High Performance Vehicles (1 day) - I.D.#C0517 This fi ve-course package is designed to equip engineers with • Vehicle Dynamics Applied to Racing (2 days) - I.D.#C0249 key vehicle dynamics and handling theory and application from a systems perspective. The objective is for engineers to understand the interaction and performance balance Here’s how you obtain your SAE between the major vehicle subsystems including powertrain, brakes, steering, suspensions, and wheel/tires. The program Certifi cate of Achievement design requires completion of both fundamental and Once you complete all required courses in any of the advanced-level vehicle dynamics theory and application certifi cate programs, simply contact SAE Customer Service, courses followed by three elective courses that best suit an 1-877-606-7323 (or 1-724-776-4970 outside U.S. & Canada) or individual’s interest areas or engineering emphasis. email: [email protected] and request your Certifi cate. Your SAE transcript will be reviewed to verify completion of Required Courses required courses and your Certifi cate will be mailed to you • Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (3 within 30 days. days) I.D.#99020 - Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks SAE Certifi cate Programs can also be conducted at your e-Seminar –I.D.#PD130702 company site for groups of employees. For a price quote, call • Fundamentals of Heavy Truck Dynamics (3 days) – our Corporate Learning Solutions hotline, 1-724-772-8529. I.D.#C0837 • Advanced Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (3 days) I.D.#C0415

Electives (Select three courses) • Applied Vehicle Dynamics (3 days) - I.D.#C0414 • Chassis & Suspension Component Design for Passenger Cars & Light Trucks (3 days) I.D.#95025 • Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems (3 days) - I.D.#C0233 - Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems e-Seminar - I.D.#PD130611 • Fundamentals of Steering Systems (2 days) - I.D.#C0716 • Heavy Vehicle Ride Comfort Engineering (1 Day) - I.D.#C0948 • Hydraulic Brake Systems for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (3 days) - I.D.#C0509 • High-Performance Brake Systems (2 days) - I.D.#C0718 • Introduction to Brake Control Systems: ABS, TCS, and ESC (2 days) - I.D.#C0315 - Introduction to Brake Control Systems e-Seminar – I.D.#PD130501 • The Tire as a Vehicle Component (1 day) - I.D.#C0101 • Tire and Wheel Safety Issues (1 day) - I.D.#C0102

Additional elective courses Courses no longer offered by SAE but eligible to be used as electives for this program, providing they were completed within ﬁ ve years of the date the Certiﬁ cate is requested, include: • Applying Brake Controls to Vehicle Dynamics (2 days) - I.D.#C0551 • Automobile Vehicle Dynamics (3 days) - I.D.#91034 • Concurrent Engineering Practices Applied to the Design of Chassis Systems (3 days) - I.D.#96016 • Sensors and Actuators: Chassis Applications (1.5 days) - I.D.#97020

P111669 book.indb 7 11/28/11 2:09 PM viii

www.MyLearn.sae.org

The SAE Professional Development Learning Center Visit MyLearn.sae.org and see how SAE can be your one-stop houses all of SAE’s professional development learning shop for your ongoing professional development needs! opportunities including instructor-led classes, e-Seminars, online courses, etc. The SAE Professional Development Learning Center enables you to quickly locate learning solutions that are designed MyLearn.sae.org also provides SAE learners the opportunity to: to meet the educational and training needs of technical professionals. • get their own transcript • plan and schedule their training • enroll in certiﬁ cate programs or curriculums of study • register or purchase any of the learning opportunities • check out what’s new in SAE professional development activities • download a full catalog of programs

Fees listed with course descriptions are for open enrollment classes only. For a no obligation price quote to bring a course to your company, contact SAE Corporate Learning, 1-724-772-8529.

P111669 book.indb 8 11/28/11 2:09 PM Bodies and Structures 9

Automotive Lighting: Design and Technology ...... 9 Fundamentals of and Improvements in Commercial Vehicle Automotive Lighting: LED Applications ...... 10 Aerodynamic Drag ...... 11 Automotive Lighting: Testing and Requirements ...... 10 Heavy Vehicle Ride Comfort Engineering ...... 12

• Lighting - Illumination Devices -- Functions of an illumination Automotive Lighting: Design and device; Types of illumination devices; Basic structure of illumination devices Technology • Classifi cation of Automotive Lighting -- Forward lighting and 2 Days signal lighting; Headlamps; Fog lamps (front and rear); Daytime I.D.# C0202 running lamps; Stop & tail lamps; Turn signal lamps (front and rear); Other lamps • Requirements for Automotive Lighting -- Regulations and industry standards; Performance; Testing Since the invention of the automobile, lighting has been an • Light Sources Used in Automotive Lighting important subsystem on all ground vehicles. Automotive lighting • Basics of Light Source -- Incandescent; Discharge; Fluorescent; is vital to passenger safety, comfort and vehicle styling. The Solid-state; Electroluminescent; Light source comparison technology used in automotive lighting has rapidly expanded • Light Source Characteristics -- Light emitter geometry; Light to make the lighting more value added, safer and pleasing to output from a light source; Life; Light source operation and customers. This seminar provides broad information about testing; Bulb accuracy levels automotive lighting systems with emphasis on lighting functions, • Types of Light Sources Used for Automotive Exterior Lighting effectiveness, and technologies. The intent is to assist attendees -- Incandescent bulbs; Tungsten halogen bulbs; HID subsystem to gain suffi cient knowledge about automotive lighting and its (burner, starter & ballast); Neon light source (emitter & ballast); importance in overall vehicle design and development. Since only LED source (LED package, circuit board & control device) the exterior lighting devices on the ground vehicles are regulated • Major North America Automotive Light Source Suppliers -- by the federal and local governments, and standardized by the SAE Osram (OSI & OOS); Philips (including Lumileds); Others Lighting Committee and the international communities, this course • Automotive Lamp Photometry Design will only address automotive exterior lighting. • Optical Design Principles -- Optics; Geometrical optics; Imaging optics; Non-imaging optics; Refl ection; Refraction; Transmission; Learning Objectives Dispersion By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Light Control - Collections and Manipulations -- Light collectors • Describe various automotive lighting technologies - refl ectors and lenses; Light manipulators (refl ector optics, lens • Articulate the legal aspects and implications related to automotive optics, diffusers, light guides and fi ber optics, refl ex); Etendue lighting • Examine safety measurements used with lighting functions and DAY TWO human factors costs • Automotive Lamp Photometry Design (continued) • Discuss the latest advancements in lighting technologies and • Optical Design for Automotive Lamps -- Automotive lamp trends in lighting styling confi gurations; Optical design step 1 -- feasibility study; Optical design step 2 -- setup strategy; Optical design step 3 Who Should Attend -- design optics; Optical design step 4 -- simulations; Other This seminar is of benefi t to a wide audience, including: Automotive considerations; Light source selection; CAE for optical design body engineers responsible for lighting and vehicle interface and and simulation integration; vehicle stylists who are interested in lighting effects • Automotive Lamp System Confi guration on vehicle cosmetics; regulatory personnel involved with the legal • Automotive Lamp System Design Overview -- System level specifi cations of automotive lighting; marketing specialists who specifi cations; Vehicle interface are interested in customers’ preferences based on the relationship • Automotive Lamp Thermal Analysis -- Purpose; Heat transfer; of human vision and lighting; and newcomers in the automotive Empirical database; CFD lamp thermal model industry who need to obtain a general overview of lighting. • Automotive Lamp Venting Analysis -- Understanding moisture; Moisture and condensation in a lamp; Venting analysis; Vent Prerequisites design • Automotive Lamp System Analysis -- CAD tools used in Participants should have an undergraduate engineering or related automotive lamp design; Lamp thermal analysis; Lamp venting degree. analysis; Lamp structural analysis; Lamp mold accuracy analysis; Lamp assembly analysis Topical Outline • Human Factor Considerations -- What are human factors; DAY ONE Headlamp safety -- seeing distance; Glare; Headlamp aiming • Introduction issue; Headlamp mounting height issue; Headlamp lens issue; • Fundamentals of Automotive Lighting Signal detection; Lamp design for human factor optimizations • Light -- What is light; Defi nition of light; Types of light; Visible • New Automotive Lighting Technologies light; Generation of light • Advanced Optical Structures for Automotive Lamps • Light Measurements -- Basic concept - photometry and -- Combination of projector & free-form refl ectors (P&F) radiometry; Color of light; Terms of photometry; Photometry headlamps units comparison; Photometry and radiometry unit conversion; • Improved projector modules Photometry and radiometry calculations • Dual-Function HID (Bi-Xenon) Lamps -- System; Refl ector type dual-function HID lamp; Projector type dual-function HID lamp

Catalog Key 3 ways to get a no-obligation price quote to bring a course to your company • Call SAE Corporate Learning at 1-724-772-8529 Instructor-led Online ACTAR Part of a Certiﬁ cate • Fill out the online quote request at www.sae.org/corplearning • Email us at [email protected] programs courses approved Program Curriculum

P111669 book.indb 9 11/28/11 2:09 PM 1010 BodiesAerodynamics and Structures

• Distributive Lighting System (DLS) -- a Remote Lighting System Topical Outline Using Fiber Optics -- System; DLS headlamp application; Other • Introduction DLS applications • LED - Defi nitions and Classifi cations • Adaptive Forward-lighting System (AFS) -- an Intelligent Lighting • Types of LEDs System -- System; Desired beam pattern variations; Driving and • Basic LED characteristics environment condition measurements; AFS design option I -- add • LED effi ciency beam contributor(s); AFS design option II -- rotate headlamps; AFS • Life and lumen maintenance design option III -- vary component(s) in the headlamp • LED Measurements and Standardization • Night Vision System -- System defi nition; Infrared and IR cameras; • Photometric measurements -- Light output measurements; Types of night vision systems; Examples of night vision systems Color of the light source; Measurements of LED life and lumen maintenance Instructor: Jianzhong Jiao • Thermal measurements -- Thermal resistance and de-rating Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs • Measurement equipment -- Photometric measurement and thermal management equipment • LED binning -- Luminous fl ux, voltage, and color bin • LED automotive lighting standards -- Signal lighting and forward Automotive Lighting: LED lighting standards; Human factors evaluations for white LEDs • LED component standards -- Defi nitions; Industry trends Applications • LED Automotive Exterior Lighting Applications • LED lamp design basics 1 Day • Photometric design requirements -- Basic design procedure; I.D.# C0727 Design fl ow and optimization process • LED lighting system thermal and electronic design -- Why thermal management?; Effects of LED junction temperature; Cooling Lighting Emitting Diode (LED), a new generation semiconductor systems; LED bin selection; Electronic design - dual level lamps light source often referred to as Solid-State Lighting (SSL), has been • LED signal lighting design concepts and examples -- Direct broadly adopted in illumination, display, visualization, and other lighting: with or without secondary optics; Indirect lighting: TIR - areas due to its higher effi cacy and longer life. LEDs, fi rst introduced prism, light guide and light pipe for automotive interior applications such as indicators, expanded to • LED headlamp design concepts and examples -- Comparison exterior applications including center high mounted stop lamps and of light sources used for headlamps; Design restrictions and other automotive signal lighting devices. Today, LED technologies strategies are being used for night vision, occupancy detection, and many other • LED Automotive Interior Applications -- Interior lighting automotive application areas. This seminar is designed to provide basics (Types of interior lighting, Performance evaluations); the attendee with an overview of LEDs and their applications in LED applications (Backlight for display, Interior illumination, automotive lighting and illumination. Occupancy detection)

Learning Objectives Instructor: Jianzhong Jiao Fee $725 .7 CEUs By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Describe the basic LED confi gurations, characteristics, and classifi cations • Assess LED and SSL technologies used in automotive applications • Identify technical challenges and limitations of LEDs Automotive Lighting: Testing and • Select appropriate equipment for measurement of various conditions • Evaluate LEDs for conformance to SAE standards Requirements • Establish a basic design strategy for specifi c applications including forward lighting devices 1 Day • Manage a design activity to deal with thermal management I.D.# C0618

Who Should Attend It has not been commonly known that automotive exterior lights are This seminar can be of beneﬁ t to a wide audience including LED safety devices and must comply with governmental regulations. Since automotive body and system engineers responsible for lighting and the 1930s, the SAE Lighting Standards Committee has been actively vehicle interface and integration; vehicle stylists who are interested working with the automotive industry OEMs, lamp makers, tier-two in lighting effects on vehicle cosmetics and lighting developers and suppliers, and human factor experts to develop automotive lighting manufacturers; marketing specialists who are interested in customers’ standards. These standards have been widely used or referenced by preferences based on the relationship of human vision and lighting; the U.S. federal or state governments in establishing and enforcing the and newcomers in the automotive industry who need to obtain a lighting regulations. This seminar emphasizes the safety importance general overview of lighting. of automotive lighting devices and provides important information on lighting functions, standards or regulations, testing and evaluations. Prerequisites Participants should have an undergraduate engineering or related degree. This course has been approved by the Accreditation Commission for Trafﬁ c Accident Reconstruction (ACTAR) for 6 Continuing Education Units (CEUs). Upon completion of this seminar, accredited reconstructionists should contact ACTAR, 800-809-3818, to request CEUs. As an ACTAR approved course, the fee for CEUs is reduced to $5.00.

3 ways to get a no-obligation price quote to bring a course to your company • Call SAE Corporate Learning at 1-724-772-8529 • Fill out the online quote request at www.sae.org/corplearning • Email us at [email protected]

P111669 book.indb 10 11/28/11 2:09 PM Bodies and Structures 11

Learning Objectives Fundamentals of and By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Describe the legal aspects and implications related to automotive Improvements in Commercial lighting • Search for and use the lighting related standards for all exterior Vehicle Aerodynamic Drag lighting devices 2 Days • Establish or assist with lighting tests and evaluations I.D.# C0919 Who Should Attend Automotive engineers and product development personnel who are Now, more than ever before, the design and operation of commercial responsible for lighting design, manufacturing, quality assurance, vehicles is infl uenced by the need to address emissions regulations installation, vehicle interface and integration will benefi t from and government-mandated fuel economy standards. With continued attending this seminar. Regulatory personnel who are involved with concerns among commercial vehicle owners and operators about the legal specifi cations of automotive lighting and law enforcement rising fuel prices and the impact on operating costs, OEMs and agencies or individuals responsible for lighting regulations will fi nd aftermarket developers are actively pursuing technologies that reduce the information valuable and relevant as will testing engineers or aerodynamic drag and increase vehicle effi ciencies. Integrating drag- technicians who are responsible for evaluating and verifying the reducing technology and add-on devices into a commercial vehicle compliance of lighting standards and regulations. requires an understanding of aerodynamic principles. In addition, Prerequisites understanding the trade-offs in support of vehicle function and Participants should have a technical background and some knowledge operational requirements plays a key role in the integration process. related to automotive lighting devices; an undergraduate engineering or related degree is preferred. This two-day seminar will detail the fundamentals of aerodynamic drag, basic shape parameters, and airfl ow patterns that occur through Topical Outline and around commercial vehicles. In addition, drag reducing concepts, • Introduction - SAE Lighting Standards Committee technology and devices currently in use and estimating fuel economy • Current organization benefi ts will also be discussed. The examination of various tools • History and methods (wind tunnels, on-road testing, airfl ow visualization, • Duties, responsibilities and membership CFD) for designing and evaluating drag reduction concepts will be • Defi nitions and Terminologies Used in Automotive Lighting benefi cial for attendees, particularly engineers and developers. Finally, • Illumination devices -- Functions; Types; Basic structure scale model testing, drag and pressure measurement methods, data • Classifi cation of automotive lighting - defi nitions and operations interpretation, and the infl uence of crosswinds and interpretation of -- Forward lighting; Signal lighting; Auxiliary lamps surface pressures will provide attendees a comprehensive learning • Automotive lighting terminology -- Terminology; Identifi cation experience on the topic of commercial vehicle aerodynamics. code; Inspection code • Testing and Evaluations Attendees will receive a copy of SAE J1252, Wind Tunnel Test Procedure • General categories -- What needs to be tested?; Photometry tests; for Trucks and Buses. Environmental tests; Electrical tests; On-vehicle tests; Special tests for selective devices using HID, LED, neon and other light sources Learning Objectives • Testing equipment -- Photometry test equipment; Environmental By attending this seminar, you will be able to: tests equipment; Electrical tests equipment • Describe the fundamental principles of commercial vehicle • Test methods: lighting sources, subsystems, and devices -- Light aerodynamic drag, with specifi c application to heavy duty trucks source test; Special test for subsystems; Device test • Identify the major sources of aerodynamic drag and related vehicle • Material tests -- Weatherability; High deformation temperature shape parameters (HDT); Optical characteristic; Chemical and physical behavior • Identify best practices of good design for reducing drag • Human factor evaluations -- What are human factors?; Headlamp • Explain the integration trade-offs related to vehicle function and safety - seeing distance; Driver’s comfort and glare; Signal operating requirements detection • Implement appropriate methods to develop/verify drag reduction • Automotive Lighting Requirements proposals • Industry standards and government regulations • Apply wind tunnel and/or on-road methods for assessing vehicle • SAE Requirements -- Classifi cation; Component related fuel economy benefi ts requirements; Device related requirements • Describe the basics of fl ow visualization and instrumentation • U.S. federal government requirements -- NHTSA; FVMSS 108; needed to measure and understand airfl ows and to interpret Petition and interpretation; Recalls aerodynamic data • Comparison of SAE vs. U.S. federal regulations -- Light source and subsystem requirements; Photometry requirements for all Who Should Attend lamps; General environmental requirements for all lighting devices; Additional environmental requirements for forward This seminar will be benefi cial to engineers, product designers, lighting devices; Additional environmental requirements for developers, owner/operators, and others that are relatively new to device functions - forward lighting and signal lighting devices; vehicle aerodynamics or are associated with projects or purchasing Technology specifi c requirements; Material requirements decisions where vehicle aerodynamics plays an important role in • International requirements -- Economic Commission for improving fuel economy. Other individuals wanting to improve their Europe (ECE); International Harmonization; Global Technology understanding of drag reduction principles will appreciate the balance Regulations (GTR) between theory and application and fi nd this course very helpful.

Instructor: Jianzhong Jiao Fee $725 .7 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 11 11/28/11 2:09 PM 1212 BodiesAerodynamics and Structures

Prerequisites • Wind tunnel-to-road drag correlation • EPA modifi ed J2263 coast down procedure for HD vehicles Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. • Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) for Product Development • Introductory comments on CFD methodology Topical Outline • An application of CFD to commercial vehicles from DOE DAY ONE • Verifying results - an example • The motivation for improving commercial vehicle fuel economy • Calibrating CAE tools for product design • EPA regulatory announcement • Role of CFD in the product design process - some strengths & • NHTSA factors and considerations for (proposed) vehicle weaknesses economy standard • NAS report on technologies to reducing fuel consumption Instructor: Jack Williams • EPA SmartWay certifi cation program Fee $1220 1.3 CEUs • Vehicle classifi cation and duty cycles • Aerodynamic drag and fuel consumption rules of thumb • Certifi cation metrics for regulation and aerodynamic assessment • Basic concepts of fl uid mechanics • Fluid statics and static pressure Heavy Vehicle Ride Comfort • Real & ideal fl ow • Viscous effects - laminar & turbulent boundary layers Engineering • Reynolds number 1 Day • Dimensional analysis and similitude I.D.# C0948 • Fluid dynamics and the Bernoulli equation • Aerodynamics and the Laws of Physics • Bernoulli’s equation Ride comfort engineering is an essential element in the design of • Streamlines heavy vehicles and has a direct impact on operator performance, • Pressure coeffi cient market differentiation, and overall customer satisfaction. Practitioners • Wind pressure in the commercial vehicle industry must be able to assess the effects of • Internal fl ow noise and vibration on operator comfort and performance. This one- • Applications & fl ow visualization videos day seminar provides a comprehensive evaluation of heavy vehicle • Understanding external fl ow ride comfort engineering, balancing fundamental concepts with • Potential (ideal) fl ow contemporary issues. • Viscous effects and separation - boundary layers • Flow separation causes pressure drag This seminar begins with the fundamentals of ride comfort • Characteristic vehicle fl ow features engineering, covering the elements that impact operator comfort and • Forces on immersed bodies fatigue in heavy vehicles, particularly heavy trucks. This will include • Bluff bodies and interference effects vehicle components that infl uence vibrations being transmitted to the • Videos to support basic concepts operator such as cab and seat suspensions, cab layout, and sleeper arrangement. Additionally, this seminar includes an evaluation of the DAY TWO impact vibrations have on the human body and motor skills as they • Commercial vehicle aerodynamics pertain to vehicle operation. This seminar concludes with two case • SAE J1252 studies that highlight some of the new technologies that can assist the • SUV drag components attendee in evaluating and improving truck ride dynamics. • Typical drag coeffi cients (CD) • Car & light truck Please note: Individuals that have attended the Fundamentals of Heavy • Commercial vehicles Truck Dynamics seminar should be aware there is considerable overlap • Studies on intercity buses and coaches in the content presented in this seminar. • NASA Dryden on-road truck studies • Aerodynamics of combination vehicles and straight trucks • Guidelines for reducing drag Learning Objectives • Operational considerations By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Wind average drag coeffi cient • Describe heavy vehicle ride engineering and the factors that • Additional information infl uence it, both in theory and in practice • Cooling drag • Identify the vehicle components effecting vibrations in heavy • Vehicle aspect ratio and ground interaction vehicles • The NRC aerodynamics test program • Evaluate cab and seat suspension dynamics • Additional information on vehicle aerodynamics • Identify the impact vibrations have on human comfort and fatigue • Commercial vehicle industry developments • Predict how various sub-systems interact with each other to • More on the aerodynamics of tractors and trailers infl uence truck dynamics • Operational, FMCSA & safety considerations • Evaluate some of the contemporary issues in heavy truck dynamics • Pneumatic aerodynamics for HD vehicle drag reduction • Experimental methods Who Should Attend • Wind tunnels This seminar will benefi t design, manufacturing, and customer support • SAE J1321 Type II fuel consumption procedure engineers in the heavy truck industry, most notably the original • Scale model testing & ground simulation alternatives equipment manufacturers and their suppliers. Managers and marketing • Effect of Reynolds number - Critical Reynolds number staff, as well as individuals in government agencies and educators in • Flow visualization academic institutions that have a need for understanding heavy vehicle • Additional information ride dynamics will also benefi t from attending this seminar. • Wind tunnel balances and data interference effects

P111669 book.indb 12 11/28/11 2:09 PM Bodies and Structures 13

Prerequisites • Resonance of axle hop • Bounce and pitch of rigid body A basic knowledge of college-level statics, dynamics, and vibrations • Roll response will help the attendees to more easily follow the course material. • Frame bending Practical knowledge and common sense can replace the academic • Cab mounting system training in statics and dynamics. • Position of ﬁ fth wheel • Driver’s seat Topical Outline • Loading • Course Introduction • Trailer effects • What is ride engineering • Human Aspect of Ride Engineering • Importance of ride engineering in heavy vehicles • Biodynamics • Elements of Ride Engineering in Heavy Vehicles • Perception of ride • Vibration Sources • Human body response to vehicle vibrations • Road roughness • Case Study 1: Effect of Seat Suspension on Heavy Truck Ride • Tire and wheel assembly Engineering • Engine and transmission • Case Study 2: Effect of Cab Suspensions on Heavy Truck Ride • Driveline excitation Measurements • Truck frame dynamics • Seminar Evaluation and Conclusion • Cab suspension dynamics • Vehicle Dynamic Elements Instructor: Mehdi Ahmadian • Suspension dynamics Fee $725 .7 CEUs • Nonlinearities in suspension

CONTENT-RICH Learning. ANYTIME ACCESS.

Webinar Recordings from SAE International®. The SAE library of webinar recordings is an archive of traditional classroom seminars delivered over the web but with convenient, anytime access. Recordings are of the most recent live webinar offering available, include the instructor presentation, question and answer discussions and workbooks and are accessible anywhere you have internet access. The webinar recordings are designed for learners who require more flexibility in their access to education and training, but still need timely, relevant, and up-to-date information. They are as informative and content rich as a seminar—but you participate without ever having to leave your desk and at a time that is most convenient for you!

Visit www.sae.org/webinarrecordings for more information and to review offerings.

P111669 book.indb 13 11/28/11 2:09 PM 1414 ChassisAerodynamics

Applied Hydraulic Brake Systems ...... 14 Fundamentals of Heavy Truck Dynamics ...... 19 Brake Friction Materials: Testing, Quality and Selection ...... 15 Fundamentals of Steering Systems ...... 19 Brake Noise Problem Resolution ...... 15 High-Performance Brake Systems ...... 20 Brake Testing for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks ...... 16 Hydraulic Brake Systems for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks .....21 Chassis & Suspension Component Design for Passenger Cars & Introduction to Brake Control Systems: ABS, TCS, and ESC ...... 22 Light Trucks ...... 17 Introduction to Brake Control Systems e-Seminar ...... 23 Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems ...... 17 The Tire as a Vehicle Component ...... 23 Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems e-Seminar ...... 18 Tire and Wheel Safety Issues ...... 24 Concurrent Engineering Practices Applied to the Design of Chassis Systems ...... 18

• Evaluate and experience vehicle braking performance during select Applied Hydraulic Brake Systems FMVSS 135 Federal Braking Requirements 2 Days • Analyze and assess predicted results in comparison to actual results I.D.# C0817 and identify potential contributing factors to variance • Assess, by analysis, the mechanisms that contribute to the development of brake roughness • Conduct in-vehicle braking confi dence/pedal feel braking Developing and engineering vehicle brake systems requires a evaluations in accordance with industry practice and compare substantial amount of vehicle level assessment to insure a safe, reliable measured data to subjective impressions and well performing vehicle under a variety of driving conditions. • Evaluate the sensitivity of a vehicle to disc thickness variation and While performance can be predicted by analytical methods, the roughness propensity ultimate compliance must be proven by vehicle confi rmation. As a • Conduct stopping distance tests in accordance with typical industry result, vehicle performance is dependent on test method, driver skill practice and other on-road variables. These infl uences must be understood by • Predict changes in brake system performance as a function of altitude the brake system designer in order to be considered and minimized in • Evaluate and measure vehicle performance during simulated the system design. altitude conditions This course is designed to expose participants to the basic analysis and theory of brake system performance for key braking conditions. Who Should Attend Participants will review principles in a classroom environment and This course has been developed for engineers and technical personnel then reinforce these concepts by actually performing the maneuvers involved in all fi elds related to the design or development of vehicle from the driver’s seat in a test track environment. In-vehicle data braking systems, powertrain systems, hybrid powertrain chassis will be collected enabling the participants to compare predicted and systems, or suspension systems. In addition, this course can be actual performances and highlight potential sources of variance, valuable to those with component design responsibilities in brake, using industry standard practices. The course is not designed to train chassis, suspension, or tire disciplines who desire a fundamental performance drivers, but rather to build the bridge between analysis background in vehicle performance during braking conditions. and theory and actual performance in real driving conditions. Exercises from FMVSS135 and popular magazine and manufacturer evaluations Prerequisites will be used to develop the bridge between theory and practice. Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical background. A basic knowledge of college algebra, This class is conducted at the Transportation Research Center Proving college physics, and a familiarity with vehicle brake and suspension Grounds in East Liberty, Ohio. Driving exercises are conducted using systems is required. A current valid driver’s license is required for the specially-prepared vehicles on closed tracks including straight-line and in-vehicle portion of the class. oval confi gurations. Attendees rotate between driver and passenger for each driving exercise. Most of the vehicles are equipped with manual transmissions; automatic transmission-equipped vehicles are limited. Topical Outline DAY ONE An added feature of this course is that attendees will gain access • Vehicle Performance to Select FMVSS 135 Requirements to SAE’s online Fast Track course, Vehicle Braking Performance: • Failed power assist Stopping Distance, up to 30-days before the class begins and an • Engine off performance additional 30-days after the live class ends. This one-hour self-paced • Failed hydraulic circuit online course provides background on several key areas including • Stopping Distance calculating stopping distance, procedures to assess stopping distance, • Dry road max performance performance metrics compared to target avoidance, determining • Effects of road surface on distance forces necessary to stop a vehicle, and limitation of ABS. Attendees are encouraged to utilize their early access and review this Fast Track DAY TWO prior to the live class and then refer back to it for added reinforced • Braking Confi dence/Pedal Feel learning during the 30-day period after the live class. • Standard driving • High deceleration conditions Learning Objectives • Vehicle Sensitivity to Disc Thickness Variation • Effects of Altitude and Vacuum Availability on Brake Performance By attending this clinic, you will be able to: • Predict, by analysis, brake system performance to select FMVSS 135 Instructor: Thomas J. Hall Federal Braking Requirements Fee $1895 1.3 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 14 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsChassis 1515

Brake Friction Materials: Testing, Brake Noise Problem Resolution Quality and Selection 1 Day I.D.# C0831 1 Day I.D.# C1020 Brake noise is one of the highest ranked complaints of car owners. Grunts, groans, squeaks, and squeals are common descriptions of the The choice of brake friction materials varies per application, but annoying problem which brake engineers spend many hours trying each must have the appropriate coeffi cient of friction and be able to to resolve. Consumer expectations and the high cost of warranty disperse large amounts of heat without adversely effecting braking repairs are pushing the optimization of brake NVH performance. This performance. This seminar will provide an introduction to brake lining course will provide you with an overview of the various damping raw materials and formulation, manufacturing, quality control and mechanisms and tools for analyzing and reducing brake noise. A testing. The course covers the critical elements that must be reviewed signifi cant component of this course is the inclusion of case studies before arriving at a lining selection decision. Different classes of which will demonstrate how brake noise squeal issues have been friction material and their use will be defi ned. successfully resolved.

Learning Objectives Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Describe the principles of friction • Describe the various brake shim damping mechanisms • Defi ne the basic elements of friction material formulations • Compare the various brake shims available in the market place • Identify the difference between OE and after-market friction • Describe the various tools available to reduce brake noise materials • Utilize lessons learned in various brake noise problem case studies • Identify appropriate tests to distinguish the differences between friction materials Who Should Attend • Interpret friction material test results The course is designed for a wide range of personnel from the brake test engineer who seeks to understand more about brake NVH to the Who Should Attend experienced brake NVH/design engineer who wishes to know more Engineers and technicians working for friction material manufacturers about potential solutions. Anyone involved in the resolution of brake and suppliers to friction material industries will fi nd this course noise problems will fi nd this course helpful. valuable. Brake system designers, quality control auditors, product development engineers, application engineers, lab/bench/vehicle test Prerequisites technicians, managers/friction material sales and marketing will all Participants should be familiar with brake hardware, basic terminology, gain valuable insight into this highly guarded industry. and brake NVH measurement and testing. Previous attendance at SAE seminar ID# C0509, Hydraulic Brakes for Passenger Cars and Light Prerequisites Trucks and ID# C0802 Brake, NVH, Measurement, and Testing or Individuals should have some knowledge of the brake industry. equivalent experience and knowledge are highly recommended.

Topical Outline Topical Outline • Principles of Friction Materials • Brief Review of Brake Noise • Lining Coefﬁ cient of Friction • Types of brake noises • Formulation/Compounding Friction Material • Frequency range • Manufacturing Friction Material • Source/path/receiver • General Asbestos/Non-asbestos Friction Material Characteristics • Principles and Applications of Brake Shims • Friction Material Testing • Damping • Edge Code • Role and purpose of brake shims • Bench & Vehicle Tests • Different types of brake shims • Wheel Dust Test • Brake shims damping mechanisms • Government Regulations • Tools for Brake Noise Analysis/Reduction • OE and After-market Friction Material Lining Selection • Brake noise categorization • Issues Facing Friction Material Industries • Solution strategy • Copper in brake pads • Investigative tools -- Testing; Simulation • CA intended regulations • Squeal • Workshop • Brake pad design optimization • Pressure distribution optimization Instructor: Mohammad Vakili • Low frequency squeal Fee $725 .65 CEUs• Moan/Groan • After-stop noise program -- Problem identiﬁ cation; Transmission of the road to the lab; Measurement systems; Root cause analysis; Solution • Questions and Answers Session

Instructor: Eric Denys Fee $725 .7 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 15 11/28/11 2:09 PM 1616 ChassisAerodynamics

• Laboratory Brake Testing Process and Elements Brake Testing for Passenger Cars • “Brake Testing Toolbox - Part 1” • Vehicle dynamics applied to brake testing and Light Trucks • Inertia calculation (per SAE J2789) and dynamometer inertia 2 Days simulation I.D.# C1050 • Friction coeffi cient calculation and parameters (summarized and time-based) • Summary and in-stop test values This data-driven and test standard-driven seminar provides details • Vehicle fl oor-checks and parameters for vehicle and dynamometer of the different elements required to successfully manage, execute, testing and understand brake test results related to passenger cars and light • “Brake Testing Toolbox - Part 2” duty trucks. The course covers: US and European self-certifi cation or • Test sections: burnish; effectiveness; baseline, fade and recovery; type approval testing; common; overview of ISO 15484; and main test parking brake; and driving route or circuit simulation procedures for performance, NVH, wear and durability using SAE, • Brake applications: pressure, torque, deceleration, drags, ISO, JASO, and JIS test protocols. modulated, profi les, pressure-lock, and ramp applications • Hands-on Exercise and Test Cases Evaluation To better understand brake testing, the course provides a “brake • Performance Test Procedures and Techniques - Part I testing toolbox” with key defi nitions, calculations, and descriptions of • Dynamometer tests (SAE J2784, SAE J2522, ISO 26867, JASO C406) typical test sections, control methods, and brake applications used in • Inertia, test parameters, and setup for different test sections different vehicle and laboratory testing. Attendees will gain practical • Best testing practices for improved repeatability and experience through hands-on exercises and short workshops. Each reproducibility test module includes detailed explanations and examples of test • Data review and test results evaluation setup, inertia calculations, test conditions, main test sequence, results DAY TWO assessment, and best testing practices. • Performance Test Procedures and Techniques - Part II • Hands-on Exercise and Test Cases Evaluation Attendees are asked to bring an engineering calculator and laptop • NVH Test Procedures and Techniques computer for use in classroom exercises. • Dynamometer tests (SAE J2521 with optional sections and city driving simulations) • Noise data review (waterfall, WAV fi les, noise indexes, noise peak Learning Objectives fi nding functions, EKB noisy events) and test results evaluation By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Inertia, test parameters, and setup for different test sections • Identify and utilize existing brake regulations, certifi cation • Best testing practices for improved repeatability and programs, and test standards for brake system development reproducibility • Identify key elements for a brake testing program regarding • Data review and test results evaluation performance, durability, and NVH • Hands-on Exercise and Test Cases Evaluation • Specify the conditions and explain the results from different types of • Wear Test Procedures and Techniques test sections and brake control during laboratory testing • Dynamometer tests (SAE J2707 and city driving simulations) • Calculate correctly brake test parameters and vehicle-level values • Inertia, test parameters, and setup for different test sections • Determine and evaluate summarized and in-stop brake test results • Best testing practices for improved repeatability and • Identify best testing practices to reduce test variability reproducibility • Data review and test results evaluation Who Should Attend • Hands-on Exercise and Test Cases Evaluation The seminar is ideal for technical or engineering managers, test • Overview of Other Tests, Procedures and Techniques (structural supervisors, test engineers, and application/product engineers integrity, crack/strength, DTV, hot judder, corrosion removal) involved in brake program management, test coordination and • Dynamometer tests (SAE, ECE, and common industry examples) execution, product sourcing and vendor selection, quality assurance • nertia, test parameters, and setup for different test sections and product development. • Best testing practices for improved repeatability and reproducibility Prerequisites • Data review and test results evaluation • Hands-on Exercise and Test Cases Evaluation An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical • Conclusions, and Seminar Takeaways background including basic knowledge of college algebra, physics, and familiarity with vehicle brake systems is required. Individuals Instructor: Carlos Agudelo should have some experience/involvement with brake products Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs development and sourcing, testing coordination or execution, regularly preparing or reviewing test results and test programs.

Topical Outline DAY ONE • Brake Standards Development Organizations and Entities (regulations, type approvals, OE and tier-1, aftermarket) • US Department of Transportation and UNECE • OE, tier-1, and aftermarket testing • Industry consortia and working groups • FMVSS vs. ECE Protocols and Testing • Self-certiﬁ cation vs. type approval • FMVSS 105/135 vs. ECE R13

P111669 book.indb 16 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsChassis 1717

• CAD/Static, Dynamic and Proving Ground Testing Chassis & Suspension Component • Suspension Design Cycle • Magic Number in Suspension Design Design for Passenger Cars & Light • Concluding Remarks Trucks Instructor: Pinhas Barak 3 Days Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs I.D.# 95025

Just as the chassis and suspension system provides an ideal framework for the automobile, this popular SAE seminar provides Commercial Vehicle Braking an informative framework for those involved in the design of these important systems. Emphasizing the fundamental principles that Systems underlie rational development and design of suspension components 3 Days and structures, this course covers the concepts, theories, designs and I.D.# C0233 applications of automotive suspension systems.

Learning Objectives Increased public pressure to improve commercial truck safety and By attending this seminar, you will be able to: new stopping distance regulations have intensifi ed the need to better • Identify the types of suspensions and structures and their design understand the factors infl uencing heavy vehicle braking performance. differences from concept to prototype, theory to application; static To assist individuals and their organizations in preparing for these and dynamic load conditions; and suspension modeling new truck braking standards, this seminar focuses attendees on • Describe the chassis design process and various suspension system understanding medium-duty hydraulic brake systems and heavy- interactions through demonstrations, video and audio devices and duty air brake systems and how both systems’ performance can be computer simulation predicted, maintained and optimized. The function and application of • Illustrate how an algorithm for a complete design cycle of the the major brake system components will be explained and attendees chassis works will discover how brakes, tires and roadways interact as a system. • Explain the various chassis suspension analyses and designs that Federal braking regulations for both hydraulic and air brake vehicles need to be performed and verifi ed during development will also be covered. Attendees will receive the text, “Commercial • Recognize Magic Numbers in suspension design and the Suspension Vehicle Braking Systems: Air Brakes, ABS and Beyond,” written by Design Factors (SDF) Leonard C. Buckman. • Analyze, predict, and evaluate the design parameters and performance characteristics for ride and handling quality control Learning Objectives behavior of ground motor vehicles as a result of suspension design By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Reference a unique set of lecture notes related to suspension design • Design safe and effi cient braking systems • Test and measure braking performance Who Should Attend • Maintain and troubleshoot braking systems This seminar is designed primarily for engineers involved in vehicle • Comply with state and federal regulations on brakes ride, handling, chassis design, suspension, steering and brake design • Describe the brake implications of accident investigation for passenger cars and light trucks. Who Should Attend Topical Outline This seminar is designed for engineers and technicians who are DAY ONE involved in the design, development and testing of heavy vehicle • Survey brakes. Fleet personnel involved with safety and brake system • General Overview specifi cation and maintenance, driver-trainers, and truck accident • Tires and Wheels investigators will also fi nd this course of value. • Ride and Ride Design Criteria • Handling and Handling Design Criteria Topical Outline • Vehicle Dynamics Terminology DAY ONE • Medium Truck Hydraulic Brake Actuation Systems DAY TWO • Heavy Truck, Bus & Trailer Air Actuation Systems • Roll Rates, Roll Motion • Brake Actuation Components - Function, Advantages/ • Dynamic Transfer During Cornering disadvantages, Applications • Understeer Coeffi cient • Foundation Brakes - Cam, Wedge, Air Disc, Hydraulic Disc • The Design of Springs, Stabilizer Bars, Shock Absorbers, Bushings, Control Arms DAY TWO • Links, Semi-Active Damper, and Control Links • Braking Performance Fundamentals • Static Analysis and Design of Suspensions • Maintenance and its Impact on Performance • Suspension Terminology • Brake Force Distribution • Heavy Vehicle Dynamics and Tire Characteristics DAY THREE • Thermal Considerations • Fore/Aft Dynamic Load Transfer Analysis • Tractor - Trailer Brake Compatibility • Dive, Lift and Squat • Truck & Tractor Air Antilock Braking Systems • Steering Systems • Active and Semi-Active Suspension

P111669 book.indb 17 11/28/11 2:09 PM 1818 ChassisAerodynamics

DAY THREE • Trailer Air Antilock Braking Systems Concurrent Engineering Practices • Hydraulic Antilock Braking Systems • Electronic Data Communication Applied to the Design of Chassis Systems • Automatic Traction Control Systems (ATC) 3 Days • Electronically Controlled Braking Systems (ECBS or “Brake-by- I.D.# 96016 Wire”) • Electronic Stability Control and Roll Stability Control - Extended Applications of Electronics in Braking This seminar explores the principles of concurrent engineering practices • Brake Testing Procedures applied to the design of chassis systems. These principles include • NHTSA and FMCSA Commercial Vehicle Brake Regulations systems engineering, requirements setting processes, and actions to achieve a robust design. Special emphasis will be placed on selecting the Instructor: Paul Johnston appropriate design for meeting confl icting vehicle targets simultaneously. Fee $1595 2.0 CEUs Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will learn the: • Principles of concurrent engineering and systems engineering Commercial Vehicle Braking • Customer wants and chassis design concepts • Chassis system specifi cations to meet vehicle requirements Systems e-Seminar • Different types of suspensions • Chassis designs meeting vehicle dynamics requirements I.D.#PD130611ON (Online delivery) • Key parameters affecting noise, vibration and harshness isolation • Chassis system effects on robustness • Suspension alternatives for meeting confl icting targets • Who Should Attend Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this 18 Engineers involved in chassis engineering, vehicle dynamics or hour e-seminar option offers an alternative way to receive the same vehicle development work will fi nd this course especially valuable. instruction without the expense of travel and time away from the This course will be most benefi cial to those participants who have workplace. The course offers an overview and 17 modules on video, taken SAE seminars titled, “Chassis & Suspension Component Design for course exercises, and a coordinated handbook. Passenger Cars and Light Trucks #95025”; and/or “Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks #99020. View the complete program brochure and demo at http://www.sae. org/e-seminars/cvbs. Prerequisites What You Will Receive: Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree and some exposure to chassis systems. • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org • Links to streaming video modules Topical Outline • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • The book, Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems: Air Brakes, ABS and DAY ONE Beyond, by Leonard C. Buckman • Engineering Process “Experience Driven” to “CAE Driven” to • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) “Process Driven” • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) • Concurrent Engineering Reducing Development Time • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) • Customer Ratings Relating to Engineering Requirements • Vehicle analysis Instructor: Leonard C. Buckman • System analysis Fee $695 2.2 CEUs• Component analysis • Interrelationship Between Vehicle Dynamics and NVH Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. DAY TWO • Suspension Design - What’s Important in the Big Picture • Front and Rear Suspension Parameter Effects • Importance of Rigid and Compliant Geometry • Considerations for Transient Maneuvers • Nibble, Roughness, Brake Pull • Manufacturing Variations

DAY THREE • Front Suspension Design Decisions • Steering gear location: front steer or rear steer • Mac Pherson - short or long spindle SLA suspension • Rear Suspension Design Decisions - RWD Cars • Solid axle types • Semi trailing arm IRS, SLA-type, Multi-Link type • Suspension Types and How to Select the Optimum Suspension • Industry and Future Suspension Design Trends Instructor: Manfred C. Rumpel Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 18 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsChassis 1919

DAY TWO Fundamentals of Heavy Truck • Suspension Dynamics and Kinematics • Introduction to Suspension Systems Dynamics • Spring Elements 3 Days • Damper Elements I.D.# C0837 • Advanced Suspensions • Heavy Truck Dynamics • Dynamics Basics Understanding vehicle dynamics is one of the critical issues in the • Center of Gravity (CG) Calculations design of all vehicles, including heavy trucks. This seminar provides • Roll Dynamics a comprehensive introduction to the fundamentals of heavy truck • Load Transfer dynamics. It covers all of the critical subsystems that must be considered • Aerodynamics Loads by designers and decision makers in determining the effect of various • Frame Dynamics components on heavy truck dynamics. This seminar begins where the tires meet the ground, progressing up through the various components DAY THREE and bringing together the theory and practice of heavy truck dynamics. • Vibration Sources A series of case studies related to truck ride engineering will provide an • Road Roughness opportunity for attendees to demonstrate their knowledge gained and • Tire and Wheel Assembly introduces them to some of the newer technologies related to evaluating • Engine & Transmission and improving heavy truck ride dynamics. • Drive line Excitation • Truck Frame Dynamics • Cab Suspension Dynamics Learning Objectives • Vehicle Dynamic Elements By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Suspension Dynamics • Acquire an overall understanding of heavy truck dynamics, both its • Nonlinearities in Suspension theory and practice • Resonance of Axle Hop • Acquire and demonstrate knowledge of heavy truck ride • Bounce and Pitch of Rigid Body engineering and the factors that affect it • Roll Response • Defi ne the dynamics of various truck sub-systems and components • Frame Bending that include tires, steering system, and truck suspensions • Cab Mounting System • Identify how sub-systems or components interact with other sub- • Position of Fifth Wheel systems to effect truck dynamics • Driver’s Seat • Describe some of the contemporary issues in heavy truck dynamics • Loading • Assess and evaluate selected research topics you may want to • Trailer Effects consider for the sub-systems and components that you work with • Perception of Ride • Human Body Response to Vehicle Vibrations Who Should Attend • Case Studies: Contemporary Topics in Heavy Truck Dynamics This seminar will benefi t design, manufacturing, and customer • CASE 1: Practical Evaluation of Truck Suspension Kinematics and support engineers in the heavy truck industry, most notably the Dynamics original equipment manufacturers and their suppliers. Managers and • CASE 2: Dynamic Infl uence of Frame Stiffness on Heavy Truck Ride marketing staff, as well as individuals in government agencies and • CASE 3: Effect of Panhard Rod Cab Suspensions on Heavy Truck educators in academic institutions that have a need for understanding Ride Measurements heavy truck dynamics will also benefi t from attending this seminar. • CASE 4: Simulation Analysis of Suspension and Driveline Dynamic Coupling and their effect on Truck Ride Prerequisites • Seminar Evaluation and Conclusion A basic knowledge of college-level statics, dynamics, and vibrations Instructor: Mehdi Ahmadian will help the attendees to more easily follow the course material. Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs Practical knowledge and common sense can replace the academic training in statics and dynamics.

Topical Outline DAY ONE Fundamentals of Steering Systems • Course Introduction 2 Days • What is Vehicle Dynamics I.D.# C0716 • Course Outline • Tire Dynamics • Tire Mechanics Design and development of a modern steering system inﬂ uences vehicle • Tire Dynamics response, driver controllability, comfort, safety and fuel economy. In • Tire Operating Conditions this interactive seminar, participants will analyze the steering system, • Steering System from the steering wheel to the road wheel. The seminar will cover the • Steering Mechanism anatomy and architecture of the lower steering system (wheel end • Forces and Moments suspension geometry, linkages and steering gear), its effect on vehicle • Steering Vibrations response, and how a force at the contact patch is translated to a torque • Steering Effects in the steering wheel. The anatomy and architecture of the upper • Maneuverability steering system (steering column and intermediate shaft), including the topic of non-uniformity and the role of the upper steering in the occupant protection system will also be explored.

P111669 book.indb 19 11/28/11 2:09 PM 2020 ChassisAerodynamics

Signifi cant time will be devoted to the generation of power assist, • Electric power assisted steering either by way of a conventional hydraulic power steering (HPS) or • Speed sensitive steering electrically power assisted steering (EPAS). Topics include system • Vehicle Level Considerations anatomy/architecture as well as the effect of the system on fuel • Steering response -- Effect of steering ratio on response gain economy. The seminar will fi nish with a discussion of common • Steering feel/torque feedback -- Common steering tests and metrics; steering objective tests and how the kinematics, compliances, friction Effect of friction, compliances, and steering column non-uniformity and power assist affect steering response and torque feedback. • Class exercise - Calculate a power steering assist curve for Students will have the opportunity to participate in exercises hydraulic or electric power assisted steering system throughout the seminar, culminating in a fi nal project where they will • Error states (nibble/wheelfi ght, pull/drift) calculate an assist curve for both a HPS and an EPAS system. • Power steering system effect on fuel consumption

Learning Objectives Instructor: Timothy Drotar Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Identify common steering and suspension system architectures • Compare and contrast different types of steering gears • Describe the function of the steering column and intermediate shaft subsystem High-Performance Brake Systems • Describe the infl uence of system tuning on steering response and torque feedback 2 Days • Compare and contrast different types of power assist systems I.D.# C0718 • Describe the effect of power steering on fuel economy • Calculate important parameters that affect steering response and torque feedback While most passenger car brake systems are quite robust and reliable under typical operating conditions, high-performance driving and/ Who Should Attend or racetrack operation generally require alternative design solutions This seminar is designed for automotive engineers in the vehicle to optimize consistency and longevity. Whether it is brake fl uid fade, dynamics, chassis, suspension, steering and chassis controls fi elds who cracked rotor discs, chronic knockback, or insuffi cient brake pad life, work in product design, development, testing, simulation or research. the stresses of motorsports can pose unique challenges to even the very best brake system designs. Consequently, ceramic rotors, six- piston calipers, adjustable balance bars, and titanium backing plates Prerequisites have all made their way onto the high-performance brake system Participants must have a working knowledge of the fundamentals scene, but what is the right answer for your application? of vehicle dynamics acquired through suffi cient work experience or by participating in seminars such as SAE’s Vehicle Dynamics for This seminar has been designed to assist you in answering that very Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (ID# 99020), Chassis and Suspension question. The day begins with a concise yet thorough analysis of brake Component Design for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (ID# 95025) system design factors relevant to all types and categories of high- or Concurrent Engineering Practices Applied to the Design of Chassis performance vehicles. The principles of energy conversion, gain, balance, Systems (ID# 96016). and deceleration are discussed and supported with straightforward mathematical models, allowing attendees to realize the compromises Topical Outline that must be considered when designing from a system perspective. DAY ONE • Introduction From selecting an appropriate brake pedal ratio through the • Elements of the steering system calculation of caliper effective piston area, the second portion of the • Coordinate systems seminar dives into the details of brake system component design. • The Lower Steering System Based upon the principles learned earlier in the day, attendees will • Kingpin axis -- Front versus rear steer; Caster angle and kingpin quickly realize that just as with proper system design, brake system inclination; Caster trail and scrub radius; Steer arm component design is an exercise in managing engineering trade-offs. • Class exercise - Calculate moment about the kingpin axis for As a result, the material presented will not disclose what components cornering and parking loadcases to choose as much as how to choose them. • Linkages/steering geometry -- Rack and pinion; Haltenberger; Parallel linkage Day two of the seminar concludes with a design exercise that will • Steering gear anatomy and architecture -- Rack and pinion; allow attendees to put into practice several of the key concepts learned Recirculating ball throughout the seminar. Detailed course notes and illustrations are • Friction and compliances provided along with a copy of High-Performance Brake Systems: Design, • Class exercise - Calculate pinion torque for cornering and parking Selection, and Installation for on-the-job reference. loadcases • The Upper Steering System (steering column & intermediate shaft) Learning Objectives • Anatomy and architecture By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Non-uniformity • Estimate brake system energy capacity • Sources of friction and torsional compliance • Approximate brake system gain requirements • Role of the upper steering system in the occupant protection • Calculate vehicle deceleration system • Establish brake proportioning for ideal balance • Determine pedal ratios, booster output, and hydraulic system gain DAY TWO • Discuss the differences between brake fl uid chemistries • Power Assist Systems • pecify brake caliper components • Conventional hydraulic power assist • Differentiate between brake pad friction materials • Electro-hydraulic assist • Select rotor technologies for application-specifi c needs

P111669 book.indb 20 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsChassis 2121

Who Should Attend • Rotor Cooling • Solid & Vented Rotors This course has been developed for individuals involved in the • One-Piece & Two-Piece Rotors specifi cation, design, installation, maintenance, and performance of • Cross-Drilled Rotors & Slotted Rotors brake systems and their associated components in high-performance Module 10: Design Exercise and/or racing applications; however, the fundamental principles and • Brake Force Analysis design considerations presented apply to all facets of brake system • Deceleration Analysis engineering. In addition to individuals involved directly in brake • Weight Transfer Analysis system design, this course can be valuable to those responsible for • Brake Balance Analysis chassis design, suspension tuning, tire optimization, and overall vehicle dynamics in high-performance applications. Instructor: James Walker, Jr. Fee $1255 1.3 CEUs Prerequisites An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong automotive technical background is highly recommended. A basic knowledge of college algebra, college physics, and a familiarity with vehicle hydraulic brake system functionality is required to participate in the Hydraulic Brake Systems for fi nal seminar design exercise. Passenger Cars and Light Trucks Topical Outline 3 Days DAY ONE I.D.# C0509 Module 1: Energy Conversion • The Conservation of Energy • Types of Energy Hydraulic brake systems, one of the most important safety features • Energy Transformation on many road vehicles today, must meet manufacturer and customer • Calculating Brake System Temperatures requirements in addition to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Module 2: Tires This course will analyze automotive braking from a system’s • Brake Forces & Tire Slip perspective, emphasizing legal requirements as well as performance • The Mu-Slip Curve expectations such as pedal feel, stopping distance, fade and thermal • Calculating Maximum Deceleration management. Calculations necessary to predict brake balance and Module 3: Gain key system sizing variables that contribute to performance will be • Gain & Force Distribution discussed. Major components of a brake system, including calipers, • Brake Component Gain boosters, master cylinders, drum brakes, and park brakes will be • Brake System Gain presented in detail highlighting the many design variations. An • Calculating Stopping Distance overview of the chassis control components and operating principles • Compliance will be presented with an emphasis on ABS, traction control and Module 4: Brake Balance stability control. • Brake Force and Corner Weight • Static and Dynamic Weight Distribution Learning Objectives • Ideal Brake Balance • Why Ideal Brake Balance Matters By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Module 5: Apply System • Design a brake system in compliance with Federal Motor Vehicle • Brake Pedal Design & Function Safety Standards • Brake Booster Design & Function • Calculate the ideal brake balance for a vehicle under any loading • Master Cylinder Design & Function condition • Balance Bar Design & Function • Calculate the actual brake balance and brake output for a selected • Proportioning Valve Design & Function set of brake components and evaluate the effects of changing Module 6: Brake Fluid & Hoses component parameters • Boiling Points and Water Adsorption • Determine the effects of variation in component parameters on the • DOT Ratings system performance • Hydraulic Circuit Design • Describe the basic function of major brake components • Brake Hose Design & Function • Describe various chassis control systems and their role in vehicle safety DAY TWO • Determine the appropriate design variation for a particular Module 7: Calipers application • Caliper Design & Function • aper Wear and Piston Count Who Should Attend • Caliper Mounting This course is designed for engineers interested or responsible • Caliper Body Design for the specifi cation, prediction and validation of braking system • Knockback performance. It will also benefi t engineers responsible for brake Module 8: Brake Pads component design by providing insight into the interaction of • Brake Pad Design & Function components and the contribution to system level performance metrics. • Brake Pad Fade • Friction Material Categories & Chemistries Prerequisites • Friction Mechanisms Module 9: Rotors A basic understanding of vehicle dynamics and familiarity with • Rotor Design & Function hydraulic principles would be helpful, but is not required.

P111669 book.indb 21 11/28/11 2:09 PM 2222 ChassisAerodynamics

Topical Outline The seminar begins by deﬁ ning the tire-road interface and analyzing fundamental vehicle dynamics. Following an in-depth study of DAY ONE system electronics, hydraulic hardware, and sensor requirements, the • System Level Requirements participants learn about the control strategies employed by anti-lock • Emphasis on FMVSS 135 and ECE 13 -- Effects of requirements on brakes (ABS), dynamic rear proportioning (DRP), traction control design; Tradeoffs with other system requirements; Partial system (TCS), and electronic stability control (ESC) with strong emphasis considerations; Loading conditions placed on vehicle dynamic response. The seminar concludes with • Stopping Distance -- Actual vs. magazine; Contributions of a study of unique applications, a look forward to advanced brake subsytems; Effects of driver control system integration, and an overview of Federal Motor Vehicle • Thermal management -- Conservation of energy; Abuse schedules; Safety Standard 126. Over 500 pages of detailed course notes and Mountain descents; Design for max speed vs. high use illustrations are provided for on-the-job reference. • NVH & pedal feel -- Metrics and criteria; Objective techniques • Brake Balance and System Output Calculations • Ideal brake force derivation Learning Objectives • Actual brake output By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Effects of variation, planned and unplanned • Analyze brake system design parameters and their vehicle performance effects DAY TWO • Evaluate the compromises between stability, steerability, and • Workshop - The student will design a brake system for a vehicle of stopping distance their choice and predict the performance to key system level targets • Discern the discrete mechanical components required for ABS • Component Functional Review • Specify fundamental ABS performance attributes • Brake pedal assembly -- Variable ratio; Adjustable; Composite • Estimate dynamic brake balance and explain the beneﬁ ts of DRP • Brake booster options -- Vacuum; Hydroboost; Active • Reconcile TCS performance expectations vs. method of • Master cylinder implementation • Fluid, pipes, and hoses • Interpret ESC metrics and ultimate dynamic limitations • Proportioning and metering valves • Discuss opportunities for advanced brake control system integration • Disc brakes -- Fixed; Floating; Multi-piston; Vented; 2-piece • Comprehend federal requirements for the performance of ESC

DAY THREE Who Should Attend • Component Functional Review (continued) This course has been developed for engineers involved in all fi elds • Drum brakes -- Leading-trailing; Duo-servo; Self-adjusting; Static related to the design or development of vehicle dynamics, vehicle Brake braking systems, powertrain systems, chassis systems, or suspension • Parking Brakes -- Foot vs. hand; Cables and tensioning; Drum-in- systems. In addition, this course can be valuable to those with hat; Caliper mechanisms component design responsibilities in brake, chassis, suspension, or • Workshop - The student will determine the effects of component tire disciplines. Individuals new to the fi eld of brake control systems variation on their design from Day 2 will benefi t most from the material; this introductory course is not • Anti-lock Braking Systems intended for individuals with signifi cant experience with brake •Mechanization control systems. In addition, please note that because of proprietary • Performance considerations this class does not provide details of algorithm design, • Dynamic rear proportioning/electronic brake force distribution algorithm performance, or algorithm application. Instead, the course • Advanced Concepts and Technology places strong emphasis on vehicle dynamic responses. • •Panic brake assist • Hybrid/regenerative braking • Brake-by-wire Prerequisites • Electric parking brake An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical background is highly recommended. A basic knowledge of college Instructor: Thomas J. Hall algebra, college physics, and a familiarity with vehicle brake and Fee $1545 2.0 CEUssuspension systems is required.

Topical Outline DAY ONE Introduction to Brake Control • Tire-Road Interface Characteristics • Defi ning slip Systems: ABS, TCS, and ESC • Longitudinal mu-slip relationship • Longitudinal vs. lateral slip capacity 2 Days • The friction circle I.D.# C0315 • Hydraulic Brake System Overview • What do braking systems do? • How does each component contribute? Once reserved for high-end luxury vehicles, electronic brake control • What are the underlying fundamental relationships? systems are quickly becoming standard equipment on even the most • How does this apply to brake control systems? inexpensive cars and trucks. Today, nearly every new vehicle benefi ts • Stability, Steerability, Stopping Distance from the optimized braking, enhanced acceleration, or improved stability • Defi ne stability, steerability, stopping distance that these systems provide. This comprehensive seminar introduces • Illustrate with mu-slip curves participants to the system-level design considerations, vehicle interface • llustrate with friction circle requirements, and inevitable performance compromises that must be • Mechanization of ABS addressed when implementing these technologies. • ECU functions and components • HCU functions and components

P111669 book.indb 22 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsChassis 2323

• ABS hold, release, and apply functions • Diagnostics and warning lamp considerations Introduction to Brake Control • ABS Sensor Overview • The role of sensors Systems e-Seminar • Wheel speed sensors I.D.#PD130501ON (Online delivery) • Brake apply state sensors • Longitudinal accelerometers • ABS Performance Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led • ABS objectives and strategies seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this nine • Basics of ABS wheel control and a half hour e-seminar option offers an alternative way to receive • ABS performance on homogeneous surfaces the same instruction without the expense of travel and time away • ABS performance under other conditions from the workplace. The course is divided into 13 video modules, accompanied by a handbook. DAY TWO • DRP Performance View the complete program brochure and online demo at http:// • Weight transfer and brake proportioning www.sae.org/e-seminars/brakecontrolsystems. • Proportioning valve design and performance • DRP strategies, wheel control, and performance • DRP benefi ts, design compromises, and limitations What You Will Receive: • Mechanization of TCS and ESC • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org • Additional ECU functions and components • Links to streaming video modules • Additional HCU functions and components • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • Pressure build sequence • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • TCS and ESC Sensor Requirements • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) • The role of sensors • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) • Steering angle sensors • Brake pressure sensors Instructor: James Walker, Jr. • Lateral accelerometers and yaw rate sensors Fee $525 1.0 CEUs • TCS Performance • TCS objectives and strategies Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE • Basics of TCS wheel control Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • TCS performance under various conditions • Driveline architecture interactions • ESC Performance • The physics of turning • ESC objectives and strategies The Tire as a Vehicle Component • Basics of ESC wheel control 1 Day • ESC performance I.D.# C0101 • Driveline architecture • Special Conditions and Considerations • 4x4 and off-road considerations The principal functions of the pneumatic tire are to generate driving, • Racing and high-performance considerations braking, and cornering forces while safely carrying the vehicle load • Impact of vehicle modifi cations and providing adequate levels of ride comfort. This seminar explains • Advanced Integration (handout only - no presentation) how tire forces and moments are generated under different operating • Adaptive cruise control (ACC) and service conditions and, in turn, demonstrates how these forces • Panic brake assist (PBA) and moments infl uence various vehicle responses such as braking, • Brake-by-wire (BBW) handling, ride, and high-speed performance. The content focuses on • Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 126 the fundamentals of tire behavior in automobiles, trucks, and farm • ESC defi nitional requirements tractors, but also includes experimental and empirical results, when • ESC dynamic performance test necessary. The Pneumatic Tire, a 700-page E-book on CD, edited by • Stability and responsiveness requirements Joseph Walter and Alan Gent is included in the course material. • Industry rollout requirements • Federal Register preamble requirements • Learning Assessment Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Instructor: James Walker, Jr. • Explain the force and moment generating behavior of tires as related Fee $1225 1.3 CEUsto construction, materials, and operating conditions • Predict vehicle response based on tire characteristics using basic laws of mechanics supplemented by experimental results as necessary

Who Should Attend This course is designed principally for technical professionals in the automobile, tire, and wheel industries and their suppliers. In addition, some case studies and examples involve truck, agriculture, and aircraft tires.

P111669 book.indb 23 11/28/11 2:09 PM 2424 ChassisAerodynamics

Prerequisites Learning Objectives An undergraduate degree in a technical fi eld or commensurate After completing this seminar attendees will be able to: experience is desirable. • Describe the most important performance parameters and operating Topical Outline conditions of pneumatic tires related to safety. • Introduction • Use fundamental equations of engineering science to predict and/or • Brief history of tires and wheels explain tire-vehicle interactions related to safety. • Types of tires • Tire construction features Who Should Attend • Longitudinal Tire Properties This course is designed principally for technical professionals in the • Braking and driving forces automobile, tire, and wheel industries and their suppliers. In addition, • Rolling resistance some case studies and examples involve truck, agriculture, and aircraft • Lateral Tire Properties tires. • Cornering force • Camber t hrust • Ply steer and conicity forces Prerequisites • Combined Longitudinal and Lateral Forces An undergraduate degree in a technical fi eld or commensurate • Friction ellipse experience is desirable. • Load transfer in cornering • The Tire as a Spring Topical Outline • Linear vs. non-linear springs • Introduction • Rolling vs. non-rolling behavior • Vehicle accident statistics • Tire frequency response • The role of the tire in accident prevention/causation • Tire and Wheel Non-Uniformities • Tire construction features • Force and moment variations • Tire failure modes • Low speed/high speed effects • Tire Grip and Related Phenomena • Tire manufacturing issues • Tire-road friction characteristics • Infl uences of Tire Properties on Vehicle Response • Tire braking forces • Vehicle stopping distance • Factors infl uencing vehicle stopping distance • Vehicle ride • Combined braking and cornering • Vehicle handling • Hydroplaning • Vehicle high speed performance • High speed behavior and standing waves • European vs. North American requirements • Brake Performance • Future Technological Developments • Front wheel/rear wheel lock-up • Run-fl at tires • Braking effi ciency • Cordless cast tires • Anti-lock braking and other systems • Intelligent t ires • The Tire as a Pressure Vessel • Burst pr essure Instructor: Joseph D. Walter • Energy release in punctured tires Fee $725 .7 CEUs• Wheel i ssues • Tire and/or wheel case studies • Over-steering Vehicles • Meaning of under-steer coeffi cient Tire and Wheel Safety Issues • The contribution of the tire • Vehicle Rollover Analysis 1 Day • History of rollover I.D.# C0102 • Rollover threshold • Tripping mechanisms • Tire effects One of the most important safety critical components on cars, • Operating conditions trucks, and aircraft is the pneumatic tire. Vehicle tires primarily • Public policy issues control stopping distances on wet and dry roads or runways and strongly infl uence over-steer/under-steer behavior in handling Instructor: Joseph D. Walter maneuvers of cars and trucks. The infl ated tire-wheel assembly Fee $725 .7 CEUs also acts as a pressure vessel that releases a large amount of energy when catastrophically defl ated. The tire can also serve as a fulcrum, both directly and indirectly, in contributing to vehicle rollover. This seminar covers these facets of tire safety phenomena. Engineering fundamentals are discussed and illustrated with numerous practical examples and case studies of current public interest. The Pneumatic Tire, a 700-page E-book on CD, edited by Joseph Walter and Alan Gent is included in the course material.

P111669 book.indb 24 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 2525

ANOVA for Design of Experiments ...... 25 Introduction to Failure Modes & Effects Analysis for Product Design FMEA Update: What’s New in J1739 Webinar ...... 25 Design & Manufacturing Process Design (Product & Process Design for Manufacturing & Assembly (DFM/DFA)...... 26 FMEA) ...... 36 Design of Experiments (DOE) for Engineers ...... 27 Mechatronics: Introduction, Modeling and Simulation ...... 37 Design of Experiments (DOE) for Engineers Webinar ...... 28 Model Based Design: Delivering Quality Electronic Products Design of Experiments - Basic Simplifi ed Taguchi ...... 29 Faster ...... 38 Design Reviews for Effective Product Development ...... 30 Process FMEA Update: What’s New in J1739 Webinar ...... 39 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (Product & Process) in Quality Function Deployment ...... 39 Aerospace ...... 30 Reverse Engineering: Technology of Reinvention ...... 40 Fault Tree/Success Tree Analysis ...... 31 Simplifi ed Taguchi/DOE Methods ...... 40 Finite Element Analysis for Design Engineers - Hands-on FEA Statistical Tolerance Design ...... 41 Workshop ...... 32 Systems Engineering for Front Line Leadership ...... 42 Fundamentals of Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing Tolerance Stack-Up Analysis ...... 42 (GD&T) Webinar ...... 32 Tolerance Stack-up Fundamentals Webinar ...... 43 Fundamentals of Metal Fatigue Analysis ...... 33 Understanding the FAA Aircraft Certifi cation Process ...... 43 Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing ...... 34 Using Computational Fluid Dynamics for Engineering Ground Vehicle Systems Engineering: A Practical Approach ...... 35 Product Development ...... 44 Introduction to Design Review Based on Failure Modes Vibration Analysis using FEA: A Hands-on Workshop ...... 45 (DRBFM) Webinar ...... 36 Weibull-Log Normal Analysis Workshop ...... 46

ANOVA for Design of Experiments Topical Outline • Training Objectives 1 Day • Design of Experiments Process Flowchart I.D.# C0714 • Planning and Conducting Phase Review • Analyzing and Interpreting Results • observation method review • column effects method review This seminar is suggested for product or process experts who have • raw data ANOVA -- one-way; two-way; multi-way with a need to utilize more detailed information concerning Design orthogonal arrays of Experiments analysis. It primarily addresses the subject of • variation ANOVA ANOVA, analysis of variance, which is a statistically based, objective • attribute dat a ANOVA decision-making tool. This is an advanced seminar that covers the • interpreting experimental results fundamentals required to analyze orthogonal experiments, interpret, • plotting and recommend further action based on the analysis. Emphasis is • prediction of mean and confi dence interval placed on the analysis phase of the DOE process. The seminar covers • confi rmation experiment DOE basic review, simple and complex ANOVA situations, process • process capability estimates capability estimation, and a review of available computer software for • Software Review and Comparison experimental design and analysis. Instructor: Phillip J. Ross Learning Objectives Fee $725 .7 CEUs By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Perform ANOVA for DOE analysis • Interpret ANOVA r esults • Estimate process capability from ANOVA information Design FMEA Update: What’s Who Should Attend New in J1739 Webinar This seminar is designed for product and process design engineers, manufacturing engineers, quality engineers (control, assurance, or 6 Hours supplier), testing and development engineers, and technical managers I.D.# WB0955 who are interested in more comprehensive experimental analyses and information. Although, more statistical in nature, this seminar does not require a statistical education or background to comprehend The new J1739 has been revised to address common problems with the contents; only fundamental mathematical skills are necessary. the application of Design FMEA today. Such problems include the This seminar is also very helpful in providing a statistical foundation time spent debating ranking systems, potential problems hidden in for those seeking certifi cation in quality engineering. It is strongly the Risk Priority Number, false starts and rework of FMEA because of recommended that the registrant attend a Basic Design of Experiments a lack of understanding of product and process functions, and a lack course or have experience with fractional factorial experiments based of emphasis on prevention controls or early detection of problems. on orthogonal arrays before attending the ANOVA for Design of This course is not intended to cover all of the details of completing a Experiments course. Design FMEA. Rather, its focus is on recent changes from the former J1739 FMEA Recommended Practice to the new J1739 FMEA Standard and how those familiar with performing Design FMEA should adjust their approach.

P111669 book.indb 25 11/28/11 2:09 PM 2626 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

Similarities in content exist between this course and the Process FMEA Update: What’s New in J1739 Webinar, however each is uniquely Design for Manufacturing & designed to address what’s new for each type of analysis. Assembly (DFM/DFA)

Learning Objectives 1 Day – I.D.# 95032 By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: 2 Days - I.D.# 92047 • Identify new DFMEA requirements that must be fulfi lled by management • Find answers to most DFMEA questions in J1739 This seminar is available in one-day or two-day formats. The two-day • Align ideas within the logical framework of the DFMEA worksheet format includes an in-class workshop project which consumes most of • Apply new risk assessment evaluation criteria to the DFMEA the second day. • Compare the differences between using Risk Priority Number thresholds with using other risk assessment criterion such as the Design for Manufacturing and Assembly (DFM+A), pioneered by use of Severity and Occurrence when prioritizing actions for risk Boothroyd and Dewhurst, has been used by many companies around mitigation the world to develop creative product designs that use optimal manufacturing and assembly processes. Correctly applied, DFM+A Who Should Attend analysis leads to signifi cant reductions in production cost, without Product engineers, manufacturing engineers, quality engineers, compromising product time-to-market goals, functionality, quality, supplier quality engineers, validation and test engineers, and FMEA serviceability, or other attributes. In this two-day seminar, you will not facilitators, trainers and consultants primarily in, but not limited to, only learn the Boothroyd Dewhurst Method, you will actually apply it to the automotive industry may be interested in the update this webinar your own product design! This seminar will include information on how offers. Beginning engineers and advanced/senior engineers who must DFM+A fi ts in with QFD, concurrent engineering, robust engineering, participate in FMEA, as well as those that manage FMEA activity, and other disciplines. In addition, there will be a brief demonstration of will also gain valuable insights. If you have a copy of the SAE J1739 computer software tools, which simplify the DFM+A analysis. standard, we recommend that you have it at hand for all three sessions of the webinar. If you do not own the standard and wish to purchase a Each participant will receive and use the hard-bound authoritative copy, go to SAE J1739 Standard. reference textbook, Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly, written by Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst and Winston Knight. Topical Outline Learning Objectives Session 1 • Introduction and Potential Failure Analysis By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Concerns about FMEA usage • Perform Design for Assembly (DFA) Analysis using the BDI Manual • Key change points applicable to Design FMEA (Worksheet) Method • Terms and defi nitions • Perform DFM Analysis (manufacturing cost estimation) • Pre-Analysis Preparation • Apply Design for Service (DFS) Principles • DFMEA product functions and requirements • Reduce your company’s production costs by analyzing and • Failure Modes and Effects eliminating the factors that greatly affect the time, cost, and quality • Failure Cause s of manufacturing, assembly and service processes • Current design controls - prevention • Utilize effective analysis, brainstorming, and trade-off techniques for • Current design controls - detection redesigning assemblies and subassemblies Session 2 • Risk Assessment Who Should Attend • Severity ranking criteria - emphasis on vehicle level Product designers, product engineers, or manufacturing engineers will • Occurrence ranking criteria - emphasis on what’s known and benefi t by attending this seminar. Individuals involved in a new or unknown about design ongoing product development process will also benefi t by learning how • Detection ranking criteria - emphasis on method and timing of to help synchronize and optimize fabrication and assembly activities. evaluation This course is most effective when attended by product development • Risk Priority Numbers - secrets RPN won’t tell team members; however, this is not a requirement for attendance. NOTE: • Severity x Occurrence - back to the beginning You are strongly encouraged to bring a sample or drawing of one of your • Severity AND Occurrence - go for a meaning, not a number own designs to analyze during the workshop on Day Two. You are also • Other risk assessment criteria asked to bring a calculator capable of making simple calculations. Session 3 • Risk Mitigation Prerequisites • FMEA general requirements • DFMEA outputs An engineering undergraduate degree in any discipline would be • DFMEA form and example benefi cial. • Special characteristics and DFMEA • Writing effective action plans to mitigate risk Topical Outline DAY ONE Instructor: Bill Haughey • What is DFM+A Fee $515 .7 CEUs• The history of DFM+A • The various “Design fors” • Why companies are using DFM+A • DFM+A success stories • DFM+A benefi ts • Key factors in ensuring DFM+A success

P111669 book.indb 26 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 2727

• DFA Good Design Principles • The Boothroyd Dewhurst Design for Manual Assembly Method Design of Experiments (DOE) for • Using the manual handling and insertion tables • Determining theoretical minimum part count Engineers • Filling in the BDI DFA worksheet 2 Days • Computing the DFA Index I.D.# C0406 • DFA Baseline Analysis Exercise (Pneumatic Piston) • Redesign Project (Pneumatic Piston Assembly) • Developing design concepts • Identifying conservative and “stretch” designs Design of Experiments (DOE) is a methodology that can be effective • Selecting the best DFA concept for general problem-solving, as well as for improving or optimizing • Analysis of redesign product design and manufacturing processes. Specifi c applications of • Presentation of team results DOE include identifying proper design dimensions and tolerances, • General Approach to Manufacturing Cost Estimation achieving robust designs, generating predictive math models • Manufacturing cost drivers that describe physical system behavior, and determining ideal • Estimating piece cost manufacturing settings. This seminar utilizes hands-on activities • Cost calculation exercise to help you learn the criteria for running a DOE, the requirements • BDI Design for Manufacture (DFM) Cost Estimation and pre-work necessary prior to DOE execution, and how to • Injection molding cost algorithms select the appropriate designed experiment type to run. You will • Sample calculation experience setting up, running, and analyzing the results of simple-to- • Exercise (analyzing part from pneumatic piston) intermediate complexity, Full Factorial, Partial Factorial, and Response Surface experiments utilizing manual methods as well as a hands-on DAY TWO computer tool that facilitates experimental design and data analysis. • BDI DFM Cost Estimation (continued) You will also receive an overview of Robust DOE, including the • Review of die casting and/or sheet metal stamping cost Taguchi DOE Method. algorithms • Design for Service (DFS) Assessment Participants will be given information on how to receive, install • Two main approaches and confi gure a fully-functional 30-day trial version of MinitabTM • Life cycle considerations for their use in class, and/or for their personal evaluation. While • DFS exercise some computers will be available, attendees are encouraged to bring • BDI DFM/A Software Toolkit Demonstration a laptop computer and/or a calculator to the seminar to provide • DFA mo dule additional hands-on time. • Injection molding or other module • DFM+A Workshop Checklist Learning Objectives • Brainstorming G uidelines By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • DFM+A Workshop Project (approximately 4 hours) • Decide whether to run a DOE to solve a problem or optimize a • Project selection (from those brought to class) system • Team identifi cation • Set-Up a Full Factorial DOE Test Matrix, in both Randomized and • Baseline analysis Blocked forms • Redesign development • Analyze and Interpret Full Factorial DOE Results using ANOVA, • Development of project reports (illustrations, action plan, possible (when relevant) Regression, and Graphical methods roadblocks, etc.) • Set-Up a Fractional (Partial) Factorial DOE, using the Confounding • Presentations of team results Principle • Institutionalizing DFM+A in Your Organization • Analyze and Interpret the results of a Fractional Factorial DOE • How DFM+A fi ts in with other strategies • Recognize the main principles and benefi ts of Robust Design DOE • Lessons learned from other companies • Decide when a Response Surface DOE should be run • Ideal workplace implementation plan • Select the appropriate Response Surface Design (either Plackett- • Video Presentation on Goal Setting (time permitting) Burman, Box-Behnken, Central Composite, or D-Optimal) • WrapUp • Interpret Response Surface Outputs • Course Ev aluation Utilize the MiniTabTMSoftware tool to analyze data

Instructor: Kevin Zielinski Who Should Attend 1 Day Fee $895 .7 CEUs 2 Day Fee $1395 1.3 CEUs This seminar will beneﬁ t engineers, designers and quality professionals in research, design, development, testing and manufacturing who are interested or active in one or more of the applications listed above. Individuals should have an engineering degree or equivalent coursework in math, statistics and computers.

Topical Outline • Icebreaker: Team Problem Solving Exercise Using Engineering Judgment • What is DOE? • Types of Designed Experiments • Application Examples • Where DOE Fits in with Other Tools/Methods • DOE Requirements: Before You Can Run an Experiment • Writing Problem and Objective Statements

P111669 book.indb 27 11/28/11 2:09 PM 2828 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

• Ensuring DOE is the Correct Tool DOE execution, how to select the appropriate designed experiment to • Selecting Response Variable(s) and Experimental Factors run, DOE execution, and analysis of DOE results. You will experience • Actual vs. Surrogate Responses setting up, running, and analyzing simple-to-intermediate complexity • Attention to Experiment Logistics Full Factorial and Partial Factorial experiments both by hand and using • Test Set-up and Data Collection Planning computer software. You will also set-up and analyze Robust/Taguchi • Selecting and Evaluating a Gage and Response Surface experiments utilizing computer software. • Full Factorial Experiments • Introduction to Cube Plots for 3- or 4-factor 2-level Experiments Each participant will receive a 30 day MinitabTM product trial copy • Experiment Set-Up for use in the webinar. Due to the nature of the webinar format, • Factor Levels, Repetitions, and “Right-Sizing” the Experiment each participant will be expected to dedicate approximately one • Experiment Terms to Estimate (Main Effects and Interactions) hour to complete “homework” and/or short reading assignments in • High-Level Signifi cance Evaluation preparation for each session. • DOE Statistical Analysis • ANOVA Principles for Simple Full Factorial Experiments -- Learning Objectives Statistics Basics; Signifi cance Test Methods; Effect of Non-Random By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: Experiments; Estimating Signifi cance Test “Power”; Confi dence • Determine when DOE is the correct tool to solve a given problem or Intervals; Estimating Random Error issue • Analysis Plots -- Normal and Half-Normal Plots; Main Effect and • Select the appropriate DOE experiment type (DOE Goal) for a given Interaction Plots application • Regression Analysis of Simple Full Factorial Experiments • Set up simple Full Factorial DOEs by hand, using cube plots • Using MiniTabTM for Full Factorial DOE Experiments • Set up and analyze any Full Factorial DOE using Minitab • Fractional (Partial) Factorial Experiments • Identify appropriate partial factorial design(s) based on one’s • The Confounding Principle -- How it Works; What Information We application Lose with Confounding (and why we might not care!) • Set-up and analyze Partial Factorial DOEs, simple Robust Design • Selecting and Using Generators (Identities) to Set Up Confounding (Taguchi) DOEs, and simple Response Surface DOEs using Minitab Strings • Recognize the structured process steps recommended when • Determining Which Factor Combinations to Run executing a DOE project • Analyzing Fractional Factorial Experiment Data • Using MiniTabTM for Fractional Factorial Experiments • Robust Design Experiments (Overview) Who Should Attend • What is Robustness? This webinar will benefi t engineers involved in product design • Control and Noise Factors and/or optimization; process design and/or optimization; quality • Classical and Taguchi Robust DOE Set-Up improvement efforts such as defect elimination, warranty avoidance • Robustness Metrics or similar initiatives; and technicians, analysts and managers who • Analytical and Graphical Output Interpretation support engineers in these efforts. This course has no specifi c course • Response Surface Modeling prerequisites. However, participants are expected to have some math • What Response Surface Models do BEST background, that includes elementary statistics. Since the course includes • Available Response Surface DOEs (Plackett-Burman, Box- demonstration and hands-on use of Minitab, participants should have Behnken, etc.) -- Ideal Situation(s) to Use Each Response Surface some familiarity with Windows-based personal computer applications. DOE Type; Cube Plot Set-up of Each Response Surface DOE • Analyzing Response Surface Experiment Data Topical Outline • Methods for Finding Optimum Factor Values Session 1 • Using MiniTabTM for response Surface Experiments • Introduction • Miscellaneous Notes and Wrap-up • What is DOE (with Initial Data Collection Exercise) • Full Factorial Experiments using Cube Plots Instructor: Kevin Zielinski • Identifying main effect and interaction terms Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs• Determining effects for all terms • Estimating How Much Experiment Data is Enough • Assignment for Session 2: Review of Web-Based Demo of Minitab - Full Factorial DOE Set-up and Analysis; and Reading, Overview of Design of Experiments (DOE) for DOE Statistics Engineers Webinar Session 2 • Set up and Analysis of a Full Factorial Experiment using Minitab 12 Hours • Minitab’s DOE Results (High Level Overview of Minitab Outputs) I.D.# WB0932 • Review of Methods for Determining ‘Signifi cance’ • ANOVA and Regression Overview • Assignment for Session 3: Hands-on Exercise in the use of Minitab Design of Experiments (DOE) is a methodology that can be effective using Simulator to Generate Data, and Reading on the Structured for general problem-solving, as well as for improving or optimizing DOE Process product design and manufacturing processes. Specifi c applications of DOE include, but are not limited to, identifying root causes to quality Session 3 or production problems, identifying optimized design and process • Review of Exercise Assigned at the End of the Session 2 settings, achieving robust designs, and generating predictive math • Review and Additional Information on DOE Statistics and models that describe physical system behavior. This competency- Interpretation of DOE Output based webinar utilizes a blend of reading, discussion and hands-on • Best Practice: The Problem Solving Process to help you learn the requirements and pre-work necessary prior to • Best Practice: The Structured DOE Process

P111669 book.indb 28 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 2929

• Assignment for Session 4: Reading on Overview of Confounding placed on the DOE process, which, if diligently followed will yield an and Partial Experiments effectively completed experiment. Session 4 • The Confounding Principle and Partial Factorial Experiments An introduction to parameter design is included. A short video • How Confounded Occurs in a DOE, including Identity Usage and introduces the experimental approach; the end of the session allows Resolution practice with the new methods in a hands-on workshop. • Setting up Partial Factorial Experiments using Minitab • Assignment for Session 5: Partial Factorial Exercise using Minitab For more advanced study, attend course, I.D.#C0714, ANOVA for and a Simulator to Generate Data for the DOE; Reading on Robust/ Design of Experiments. It is strongly recommended that any registrant Taguchi DOE attend a basic Design of Experiments course prior to taking the advanced course. Session 5 • Review of Exercise Assigned at the End of the Session 4 Learning Objectives • When Robust/Taguchi DOE is Appropriate By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • How Robust/Taguchi DOE is Different • Choose appropriate factors and factor levels to effectively plan • Two-Step Optimization Concept DOEs • Control vs. Noise • Defi ne an appropriate set of tests to evaluate the chosen factors and • Importance of Control-by-Noise Interactions levels • Signal-to-Noise (S/N) and Loss Statistics • Utilize appropriate randomization strategies and choose appropriate • Some Taguchi DOE Success Stories (incl. Set-up and Analysis in sample sizes for conducting tests for DOE Minitab) • Utilize basic analytical methods to identify infl uential & non- • Demonstration of Minitab for Setting Up a Taguchi DOE infl uential factors in analyzing and interpreting DOE results • Assignment for Session 6: Robust/DOE Exercise using Minitab and • Set specifi cation limits for all factors for effective performance and a Simulator to Generate Data for the DOE, Reading on Overview of low cost Response Surface Methodology

Session 6 Who Should Attend • Review of Exercise Assigned at the End of the Session 5 This seminar is designed for product and process design engineers, • When Response Surface DOE is Appropriate manufacturing engineers, quality engineers, testing and development • How Response Surface DOE is Different engineers. Although it would be helpful, no statistical education • •Box-Behnken Concepts (with Demonstration of Minitab Set-up) or background is required for this course; only fundamental • Central-Composite Concepts (with Demonstration of Minitab Set- mathematical skills are necessary. up) • Class Exercise: Response Surface Set-up and Analysis Topical Outline • High-level Overview of Other Designs/Application: Plackett- • Training Objectives Burman and Mixture • Design Of Experiments Background • FAQ Review • DOE de fi nition • Summary • DOE and Taguchi history • DOE in the product life cycle Instructor: Kevin Zielinski • implementation strategy Fee $915 1.2 CEUs• Design Of Experiments Process • fl owcharts • injection molding case study • water pump leak case study overview Design of Experiments - Basic • Planning P hase • state pr oblem(s) Simplifi ed Taguchi • state objective(s) • determine measurement method(s) 2 Days • quality characteristic(s) I.D.# C0231 • select factors • identify control and noise factors • select levels of factors Design of Experiments is a statistically based, structured approach to • select orthogonal array product or process improvement that will quickly yield signifi cant • assign factors increases in product quality and subsequent decreases in cost. • locate interactions Products and processes can be designed to function with less variation • modifi cation of standard orthogonal arrays and with less sensitivity to environmental factors or customer usage. • parameter de sign While still maintaining high quality from a customer’s viewpoint, • Conducting The Experiment products and processes can utilize lower cost materials and methods. • trial data sheets Specifi cations can be opened-up with wider tolerances while still • testing logistics & assignments maintaining high quality for customers. In summary, products and • identifi cation of trial results processes can be designed and developed in shorter times to reduce • sample size per trial costs and become more competitive in the marketplace from a delivery • randomization and profi t standpoint. • good and bad data sets • Analyzing And Interpreting Results This seminar covers the fundamentals required in planning, • observation me thod conducting, and analyzing orthogonal experiments, which are the • column effects method major steps in the Design of Experiments (DOE) process. Emphasis is • plotting

P111669 book.indb 29 11/28/11 2:09 PM 3030 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

• ranking Topical Outline • analyzing variability • Why Design Reviews are Widely Used Today • factor classifi cation • Market drivers • attribute dat a • Quality drivers • interpreting experimental results • Schedule and cost drivers • confi rmation experiment • Litigation considerations • Experimental Workshop • What Design Reviews Are and Are Not • popcorn experiment review • Current Specifi cation Requirements • pendulum experiment • ISO 9001 • QS9000 Instructor: Phillip J. Ross • AS9000 Fee $1155 1.3 CEUs• Outline of the Design Review Process • Relation of design reviews to: concurrent engineering; integrated product development teams; knowledge management • Types and Timing of Reviews Design Reviews for Effective • Concept reviews • Preliminary reviews Product Development • Critical reviews • Production readiness reviews 1 Day • Other types of reviews I.D.# C0004 • Scope of Design Reviews • Formal and Informal Reviews • The Key Ingredients for a Successful Review Design reviews are required for ISO 9001:2000 compliance and • How to Organize an Effective Design Review compatible automotive and aerospace specifi cations. They are • Participants becoming increasingly important in product liability litigation and are • Invitations accepted as a cost-effective best practice and an effective application • Preparation for a review of knowledge management, valuable for accelerating the maturity of • Duration of a review new products. • Physical arrangements • How to Conduct a Design Review This seminar describes how formal design reviews can improve • Importance of a positive tone products by uncovering potential problems before they are discovered • Some proven procedures, check lists, comment sheets at a later stage of development or application, when the costs of • Handling problem participants correction are much higher. A broad range of effective techniques for • Closure and Follow-up organizing and conducting design reviews will be presented. Specifi c • Reports guidance and tools to assist attendees in structuring design reviews • Implementation tailored to their own company, specifi cation, or contract requirements • Review of Experiences of Participants will also be provided. Material covered will be applicable to all types of development programs, ranging from components to complete Instructor: Angelo Mago vehicles, and for both OEMs and suppliers. Fee $725 .7 CEUs

Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Describe the relationship of the process to concurrent engineering Failure Modes and Effects Analysis and knowledge management • Establish the requirements for a successful design review process (Product & Process) in Aerospace • Describe the types and timing of reviews • Organize a typical design review 2 Days • Conduct a review and get positive results I.D.# C0939

Who Should Attend The seminar is designed for individuals who are involved in the This interactive Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) product development of new products and who seek to improve that process. and process seminar introduces the participant to the analytical Product development team members including, but not limited process by which potential failure modes, failure effects and causes to, directors, managers, project and program managers, design, of failure are identifi ed. Engaging in a systematic method of studying development, process, product, quality, and application engineers failure can improve future outcomes. The severity, occurrence and will fi nd the course valuable. It is aimed primarily at engineers and probability of detection of a failure mode are used to prioritize which managers who would be facilitating or leading such reviews, but will failure modes are most critical. Methodology is introduced for dealing also benefi t manufacturing, marketing and purchasing personnel. with the effects of failure. The Design FMEA link to manufacturing is explained and amplifi ed in terms of downstream Process FMEA. This course is based on “learning by doing” with interactive, in-class Prerequisites Design and Process FMEA generation and analysis in a lively team An engineering education and experience with product development environment. This course will also detail relevant portions of the SAE is desirable but not necessary. Aerospace Recommended Practice for FMEA, ARP 5580 which is included in the course materials.

P111669 book.indb 30 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 3131

Learning Objectives • Use FMEA form to document failure modes, severity, occurrence, detection By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Prioritize failure modes • List the beneﬁ ts, requirements and objectives of an FMEA (both • Work corrective actions Product Design & Process) • How good are these corrective actions? • Explain the steps and methodology used to analyze a Design or • Redo prioritization to compare to requirement Process FMEA • Control Plan development • Demonstrate the application of a variety of tools utilized in • Modify product based on analysis, for objective testing conjunction with performing an FMEA • FMEA software overview • Identify corrective actions or controls and their importance in • FMEA and Product Liability minimizing or preventing failure occurrence • Interpret the objectives of the SAE Aerospace Recommended Practice for FMEA, ARP5580 Instructor: Jim Breneman Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs Who Should Attend This seminar is designed for the design engineer, process assurance engineer, reliability engineer, test engineer, quality engineer, development engineer, logistics/support engineer, manufacturing Fault Tree/Success Tree Analysis engineer and their management or anyone responsible for the design 1 Day and development of design or manufacturing, assembly or service I.D.# 92028 processes in the completion of a Design or Process FMEA.

Prerequisites Sharpen your skills with this no-nonsense program that will show you Attendees should possess a basic understanding of the design practical ways to implement popular tools in your product/process principles/process and manufacturing/assembly process. design, manufacturing, reliability assurance and safety operations. Fault tree/success tree analysis are proven devices for improving the Topical Outline design of a product or process by revealing logical failure paths and DAY ONE appropriate actions for implementing design changes or controls. • Introduction and Overview • Defi nition Learning Objectives • Requirements for an FMEA (both Design & Process) - Who drives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: the requirements? • Defi ne Fault Tree and Success Tree Analysis • FMEA detail • Identify the terminology and methodology used in Fault Tree/ • Design and Process FMEA similarities and differences Success Tree Analysis • Performing an FMEA • Compare the benefi ts of Fault Tree/Success Tree Analysis to the • Prerequisites product/ process design and development process • Basic analysis methodology -- approach; sequence • Appraise Fault Tress/Success Tree Analysis in relation to other tools • Prioritization of failure modes • Demonstrate Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis using the Fault • Typical forms used: examples and recommendations Tree/Success Tree approach • Other Quality Tools to Aid in FMEA Development • Pareto chart Who Should Attend • Fishbone di agram • Design r eview You will profi t from this detailed seminar if you: • Checklists • Are a product/process design or development engineer • Lessons l earned • Are involved in manufacturing/process/industrial engineering • Design of Experiments (DOE) • Are a quality/reliability engineer • Statistical process Control (SPC) • Have product/process assurance responsibility • Fault Tree Analysis(FTA) • Are a safety or service engineer • Monte Carlo simulation • Manage any of the above • Design FMEA: Class Exercise • You and your company want to observe the new automotive • What’s the requirement? supplier quality requirements • Forming the team • Process fl ow Prerequisites • Brainstorm design failure modes Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. • Use FMEA form to document failure modes, severity, occurrence, detection Topical Outline • Prioritize failure modes • Work corrective actions • Exposure to Fault Tree Analysis - Basic Concepts • How good are these corrective actions? • Uncovering Basic Elements of a Fault Tree • Redo prioritization to compare to requirement • Focusing on Fault Tree Construction • Modify product based on analysis, for objective testing • Tackle Boolean Algebra and its Application to Fault Tree Analysis • Zero in on Success Tree/RFT Concepts DAY TWO • Reveal the Relationship between Fault Tree/Success Tree Analysis • Complete Design FMEA exercise (continued) • Mastering Block Diagrams • Process FMEA: Class Exercise • Reliability Prediction Using Fault Tree/Success Tree Analysis • What’s the requirement? • Forming the team Instructor: E. Harold Vannoy • Process fl ow/Value Stream map Fee $725 .7 CEUs • Brainstorm process failure modes Catalog Key 3 ways to get a no-obligation price quote to bring a course to your company • Call SAE Corporate Learning at 1-724-772-8529 Instructor-led Online ACTAR Part of a Certifi cate • Fill out the online quote request at www.sae.org/corplearning • Email us at [email protected] programs courses approved Program Curriculum

P111669 book.indb 31 11/28/11 2:09 PM 3232 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

Finite Element Analysis for Topical Outline DAY ONE Design Engineers - Hands-on FEA • Basic concepts in the FEA and their infl uence on FEA accuracy • Origins and types of FEA errors Workshop • Infl uence of mesh on quality of results • Types of fi nite elements 2 Days • Types of boundary conditions I.D.# 93006 • Useful modeling techniques • Linear static analysis • Modal analysis The Finite Element Analysis (FEA) has been widely implemented by automotive companies and is now used by design engineers DAY TWO as a design tool during the product development process. Design • Thermal analysis engineers analyze their own designs while they are still in the form • Buckling analysis of easily modifi able CAD models to allow for quick turnaround • Nonlinear analysis times and to ensure prompt implementation of analysis results in the • nonlinear geometry design process. When used properly, the FEA becomes a tremendous • nonlinear mat erial productivity tool helping design engineers reduce product • contact stresses development time and cost. On the contrary, misapplication of FEA • Interfacing between CAD and FEA may lead to erroneous design decisions, which are very expensive to • FEA i mplementation correct later in the design process. • FEA project management • FEA traps and misconceptions This seminar provides design engineers with skills necessary for proper • FEA asse ssments use of FEA in the design process and to ensure that this powerful tool is implemented in the most effi cient and productive way. Instructor: Paul Kurowski Fee $1325 1.3 CEUs The seminar offers hands-on exercises focusing on the analysis of FEA errors and proper modeling techniques. Attendees study different types of analyses typically performed by design engineers, discuss common misconceptions and traps in the FEA and review Implementation of Management of FEA in the design environment. Fundamentals of Geometric The seminar provides opportunities to discuss and exchange FEA experiences. The seminar layout allows for some customization so Dimensioning & Tolerancing problems of particular interest to students can be discussed in class. (GD&T) Webinar All topics are illustrated by hands-on examples using FEA software 16 Hours SolidWorks Simulation. However, acquired skills are not software I.D.# WB0933 specifi c and no prior exposure to any FEA software is required.

The SAE book, “Finite Element Analysis for Design Engineers,” by Paul Geometric dimensioning and tolerancing (GD&T) is used as a Kurowski is included in the course materials. symbolic way of showing specifi c tolerances on drawings. GD&T is a valuable tool that effectively communicates the design intent to Learning Objectives manufacturing and inspection. It is governed by the technical standard By attending the seminar, you will be able to: ASME Y14.5M-1994, which was updated earlier this year. This course • Select preferable modeling approaches introduces participants to the GD&T system, providing a working • Analyze errors inherent to FEA results knowledge of the correct interpretation and application of each • Identify FEA advantages and shortcomings symbol, general rules, the datum system, and ‘bonus’ tolerance and • Avoid mistakes and pitfalls in FEA highlighting some of the changes in the updated Y14.5 standard. The • Produce reliable results on time material is reinforced with many practice exercises. • Request FEA project and use FEA results • Provide effective FEA project management Learning Objectives • Ensure quality and cost-effectiveness of FEA projects By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: • Explain the benefi ts of geometric tolerancing Who Should Attend • Identify datum features and determine their order of precedence Mechanical engineers in research and development, designing or • Identify and interpret each of the characteristic symbols project management that wish to upgrade their skills in FEA will benefi t • Describe the material condition modifi ers and how “bonus” by attending this seminar. The seminar also addresses the needs of tolerance occurs managers in charge of FEA projects performed by design engineers. • Correctly interpret GD&T feature control frames, and explain the impact on manufacturing and inspection Prerequisites Attendees should have background in mechanical or industrial Who Should Attend engineering. No previous exposure to FEA is required. This course is ideal for anyone who has a need to apply or interpret geometric tolerances on a product print. Product engineers, manufacturing engineers, CAD designers, quality inspectors, and other engineering and manufacturing personnel will all benefi t from a better understanding of design requirements; improved

P111669 book.indb 32 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 3333

communication with customers and suppliers; and improving designs by taking advantage of bonus tolerance and other GD&T benefi ts. Fundamentals of Metal Fatigue Participants should have an understanding of basic blueprint reading. Analysis Topical Outline 3 Days Session 1 I.D.# 94024 • Why Use GD&T? • Review of traditional dimensioning • Benefi ts of GD&T There is a potential for metal fatigue in any situation where a component • Technical standards is subjected to cyclic loads. Fatigue failures of various types are a key • Defi nitions concern in increasing the reliability of products. Problems involving • Basic dimensions fatigue have become more severe with the demand for lighter weight • How to read the feature control frame structures and components. The effective use of fatigue analysis and Session 2 predictive tools is critical for reducing the development time of new • Rules and the Form Symbols products. Two methods of metal fatigue analysis will be covered. The • Rule #1: Size controls form fi rst is the stress-life approach. This method is used for high cycle or very • Rule #2: Assume RFS long life fatigue problems where loads have fairly constant amplitude. • Flatness Applications of this method include engine components, gears and • Surface straightness shafts. The second method is the strain life approach, which is used • Circularity for cases involving low cycle fatigue where loads may have a variable • Cylindricity amplitude. Applications of this method include suspension and chassis Session 3 components. The strain-life approach is also more useful when dealing • Bonus Tolerance with non-ferrous alloys. Other key topics to be addressed include residual • GD&T applied to a feature of size stress, shot peening, cycle counting methods and environmental effects. • Bonus and the MMC modifi er Extensive use of example problems and case studies will be used. The • Virtual condition overall objective of the course is for participants to gain an understanding • Gaging and inspection of GD&T of the phenomenon of metal fatigue and most importantly learn what Session 4 methods are available to predict and prevent failures. • Datums • Datum vs. datum feature Learning Objectives • The datum reference frame By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Primary, secondary, and tertiary datums • Differentiate various fatigue analysis methods Session 5 • Identify factors which can adversely affect fatigue behavior • Profi le and Orientation • Apply processes which can be used to improve fatigue behavior • General defi nition of profi le • Describe methods for analyzing fatigue at notches • Profi le of a line • Indicate the steps necessary to determine the life of components • Profi le of a surface subjected to variable amplitude loading • Use of datums with profi le • Perpendicularity • Angularity Who Should Attend • Parallelism This course is intended for design, analysis or test engineers who deal Session 6 with fatigue problems. • Position Tolerance I • True po sition Prerequisites • Position tolerance RFS The participant needs little if any exposure to metal fatigue • Using MMC or LMC analysis methods. The participant should have had the standard • The “boundary” concept undergraduate courses in stress analysis and material science. • The pitch diameter rule Session 7 Topical Outline • Position Tolerance II • Projected tolerance zone DAY ONE • Inspecting parts for position • Overview of Metal Fatigue and Analysis Methods • Calculating tolerance values • The Stress-Life Approach • Composite position tolerance • The S-N diagram and endurance limit Session 8 • Modifying Factors • Symmetry and Coaxial Controls • Size and shape • Concentricity • Surface fi nish and treatments • Symmetry • Types of loading • Circular runout • Mean Stress Effects • Total r unout • Residual Stress and Shot Peening • Wrap-up • Example Problems

Instructor: John-Paul Belanger DAY TWO Fee $915 1.6 CEUs• The Strain-Life Method • Limitations on the stress-life method • Cyclic stress-strain behavior • The strain-life diagram and parameters • Mean Stress Effects

P111669 book.indb 33 11/28/11 2:09 PM 3434 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

• Variable Amplitude Lo ading • History of GD&T • Damage Summing Methods • Quality issues - ISO/QS 9000, need for standards • The Miner-Palmgren Rule • GD&T standards • Non-linear me thods • Introduction to GD&T Symbols and Terms • Example Problems • Defi nitions • Material conditions -- MMC, LMC, RFS DAY THREE • Radius and controlled radius • Cycle Counting Methods • Reading a feature control frame • Analysis of Notches • Rules and Concepts of GD&T • Stress-life method • Rule #1 • Strain-life method • Inspecting a part for size limits • Example Methods • Rule #2 • Environmental Effects • Virtual condition • Bonus tolerance Instructor: Jess J. Comer • Gaging GD&T-fi xtures; special gages; CMMs Fee $1645 2.0 CEUs• Form Tolerances • Flatness • Straightness applied to a surface • Circularity • Cylindricity Geometric Dimensioning & • Straightness applied to a feature of size • Composite straightness control Tolerancing • Datums 3 Days • Purpose of datums in GD&T I.D.# C0133 • Single planar datum • The datum reference frame • Datum t argets • Datum features of size This in-depth course covers the GD&T system, including why it reduces • Compound dat ums costs, how to interpret the symbols, and how to apply these tolerances • How to select datums for a part correctly. Participants will learn the basic defi nitions and rules, the • Simulating datums on gage fi xtures and CMMs importance of datums, the meaning of each tolerance, and sample ways of • Orientation Tolerances gaging geometric tolerances. The class is mainly lecture, with many practice • Perpendicularity exercises. Participants are encouraged to bring sample parts and/or prints • Angularity (with or without GD&T already applied) to class for questions. Time is • Basic dimensions reserved for discussing the application of GD&T to your parts/prints. • Parallelism • Tangent plane application Learning Objectives • The pitch diameter rule By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Location Tolerances • Describe the tolerance zones defi ned by each symbol • Location control with coordinate dimensions • Determine when to use Rule #1 to control form and when other • Defi nition of position tolerance controls are appropriate • Application of position at RFS • Recognize correct syntax for feature control frames • Using position with MMC or LMC • Relate common gaging and inspection methods to geometric • Application of MMC and RFS on datum features tolerance zones and feature control frames • Inspecting parts for position • Correctly apply and interpret the MMC modifi er • Composite position control • Assess various datum schemes against product functionality and • Projected tolerance zone manufacturing and inspection performance • Calculating tolerance values • Recognize the need for product-specifi c GD&T guidelines and list • Concentricity the steps required to create them • Symmetry • Runout Tolerances Who Should Attend • Defi nition of runout-TIR, FIM, coaxiality • Difference between runout and other circular controls This course is ideal for anyone who has a need to apply or interpret • Circular runout geometric tolerances on a product print. Product engineers, manufacturing • Total r unout engineers, CAD designers, quality inspectors, and other engineering and • Profi le Tolerances manufacturing personnel will all benefi t from becoming fl uent in GD&T. • General defi nition of profi le • Profi le of a line Prerequisites • Profi le of a line with datums Participants should have knowledge of basic blueprint reading. • Profi le of a surface • Composite profi le control Topical Outline • Tolerance stacks; calculating min/max wall thickness • •Wrap-up • Drawings and Dimensioning • Review sample drawings • Importance of engineering drawings • Special application exercises using actual drawings • Fundamental dimensioning rules • Review of coordinate dimensioning and tolerancing Instructor: John-Paul Belanger or John Stolter • The need for geometric dimensioning and tolerancing Fee $1605 2.0 CEUs • Benefi ts of using GD&T

P111669 book.indb 34 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 3535

Ground Vehicle Systems Topical Outline Engineering: A Practical Approach DAY ONE • Overview of Systems Engineering 3 Days • Three-step process I.D.# C0703 • Introduction to the two systems viewpoints • Introduction to data-based decision making and systems verifi cation Competitive pressures are demanding vehicle designs that better • Architecture Viewpoint - Overview satisfy customer wants and needs over the entire vehicle life cycle and, • Vehicle and subsystem levels; interface implications especially, are less expensive to build and operate. This can only be • Architecture diagrams (introduction) accomplished by understanding the translation of customer wants and • Ensuring interface traceability from level to level needs to engineering requirements and then ensuring every vehicle • Choosing a Vehicle Architecture produced conforms to these requirements for its entire life, even in • Importance of vehicle architecture to commercial success the presence of a wide variety of customer usage and operational • Relation of vehicle architecture to platform engineering environment variations. The application of systems engineering • Concept-level engineering decision making process techniques is a key success factor in accomplishing this task - higher • Classroom exercise - vehicle architecture selection quality products at lower cost. The course goal is to enable the student • Architecture Diagrams to apply key systems engineering tools to practical vehicle problems. • Templates The basic three-step systems engineering process, comparison of the • Interface reconciliation process two different systems viewpoints and key methods and tools in each • Interface diagram class exercises (vehicle & subsystem) of these domains will be presented. Student exercises, drawn from practical vehicle problems, will be conducted and evaluated during DAY TWO this class. Integration of the two different systems viewpoints to create • Functional viewpoint - Overview a vehicle conceptual design that fully satisfi es customer requirements • Customer l evel for the entire vehicle life cycle will be illustrated. Finally, translation of • Vehicle and subsystem levels vehicle requirements to the manufacturing domain and how systems • Translating from customer wants and needs to vehicle engineering engineering methods and tools enable reliable and robust design will requirements be described. • Methods for discovering the customer - engineering translation • Customer translation exercise Learning Objectives • Functional Diagrams • Templates By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Requirements decomposition • Describe the basic systems engineering three-step process and the • Requirements allocation to subsystems-connecting functional and important inputs and outputs of each step architecture viewpoints • Describe the vehicle architecture viewpoint and indicate why it is • Functional decomposition exercise (including requirements critical to vehicle commercial success allocation) • Describe the vehicle functional viewpoint and indicate why it is • State Analysis - Introducing the Control Element critical to vehicle customer satisfaction • State transition diagrams • Create hierarchical functional diagrams • State analysis exercise • Employ physical and functional models to create p-diagrams in support of ensuing FMEA as well as reliability and robustness DAY THREE engineering (Design for Six Sigma) • Connection to Reliability and Robustness • List the four types of verifi cation that can be employed to ensure • How the two systems viewpoints lead to p-diagrams complete conformance to customer and commercial requirements • P-diagram t emplate and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each type • P-diagram exercise • •Verifi cation Who Should Attend • Overview and types of verifi cation The systems approach is useful to engineers who already know • Detailed design optimization using verifi cation techniques the basic function and design of their subsystem. Any engineer • How verifi cation confi rms customer and commercial success responsible for ensuring excellent physical or functional interaction • Verifi cation for reliability and robustness with neighboring subsystems should attend. In addition, engineers • Capstone exercise -- Customer translation; Vehicle functional responsible for understanding customer wants and needs and analysis; Vehicle and subsystem interface diagramming; Supplier/ subsequently translating them into engineering requirements manufacturing communication will learn specifi c methods that enable this diffi cult translation to • Key learning Points and Class summary succeed. Engineers responsible for creating a vehicle architecture and managing the subsystems that fully respond to vehicle requirements Instructor: Paul Berry will benefi t from this course, and fi nally engineers responsible for Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs specifying allowable part variations to the manufacturing and supplier communities will understand how these specifi cations link to critical customer, vehicle and subsystem requirements.

Prerequisites Participants should have a Bachelor’s degree in engineering or science and some professional experience working on a speciﬁ c vehicle program or subsystem.

P111669 book.indb 35 11/28/11 2:09 PM 3636 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

Session 2 Introduction to Design Review • DRBFM - Forum 1, Design Review, Action Results and Follow Up • DRBFM Forum 1 - Engineer analysis Based on Failure Modes (DRBFM) • Change Point defi nition • Identifi cation of concerns Webinar • Identifi cation of causes and infl uences on the vehicle 6 Hours • Identifi cation of effects I.D.# WB1047 • Identifi cation of severity/priority • Actions to gain engineering knowledge - evidence Session 3 Design Review Based on Failure Modes (DRBFM) is a methodology • DRBFM - Forum 2, Design Review, Action Results and Follow Up focused on change management and continuous improvement. It • DRBFM Forum 2 - Design Review introduction centers on early prevention and engineering knowledge, eliminating • Change Point overview time spent debating ranking systems, waiting for lead engineers to • Identifi cation of additional concerns document and list their concerns, identifying what types of concerns • Identifi cation of additional causes and infl uences on the product are open for discussion and resolution, and brainstorming without any • Identifi cation of effects actionable closure. • Identifi cation of severity/priority • Actions taken to eliminate concerns This Webinar will explain all phases of the DRBFM methodology and • Design actions to gain engineering knowledge - evidence provides details on how to accomplish the specifi c steps. A DRBFM • Validation actions to gain evidence of reliability Process Guidebook will provide specifi c information on each step with • Manufacturing, assembly, and supplier actions formats, examples, notes and homework slides and will follow the • Action results and feedback to design guidelines defi ned steps of the new SAE J2886 DRBFM Recommended Practice • Roles and responsibilities (under development). Similarities in content between DRBFM and FMEA will be discussed, however the focus will be on conducting Instructor: Bill Haughey DRBFM methodology. Fee $575 .6 CEUs

This DRBFM Webinar will provide roles and responsibilities of management, design engineers, manufacturing engineers, facilitators and technical experts. Those interested in DRBFM will benefi t from understanding the rationale behind this methodology and learn to Introduction to Failure Modes & guide teams through the paradigm shifts and mind set that are needed. Effects Analysis for Product Design Learning Objectives & Manufacturing Process Design By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: • Outline the fundamental steps of DRBFM methodology, including: (Product & Process FMEA) • DRBFM Plan and analysis requirements 1 Day – I.D.# 90033 - (Process FMEA) • Necessary preparation feeding DRBFM analysis 1 Day – I.D.# 90034 – (Design FMEA) • The two phases of DRBFM analysis 2 Days - I.D.# 92002 – (Product & Process FMEA) • Documentation of design, validation and manufacturing actions • Feedback loop into engineering knowledge documents • Explain the intent and format of the DRBFM worksheets This seminar is available in one-day or two-day formats with the • Predict what it takes to gain and maintain profi ciency and consistent one day programs focused on either Process FMEA or Design FMEA. application of the methodology The two-day format covers both Design FMEA and Process FMEA • Find answers to most DRBFM questions and eliminates any redundant material as well as spending more time on exercises. Who Should Attend Designed to assist individuals responsible for design and development Product engineers, manufacturing engineers, quality engineers, activities in the completion of a Design FMEA and Process FMEA, supplier quality engineers, validation and test engineers, and this course introduces participants to the analytical process in which facilitators, trainers and consultants in all industries. This webinar potential failure modes, failure effects, and causes of failure are identifi ed. will benefi t beginning engineers, advanced and senior engineers and Criticality and risk analysis concepts for dealing with the effects of managers who must participate in FMEA’s and DRBFM. failure will be covered. Analysis is used to identify corrective actions and controls necessary to eliminate failure modes or minimize the effect of Topical Outline failure. Attendees will also receive the SAE Standard for FMEA, J1739, Session 1 which is covered in the course materials. During the class, the instructor • DRBFM Procedure, Forms, Planning and Preparation will review the updates to standard J1739 (revised Jan 2009). • Process Guide and Workbook Overview • Scope and Purpose Learning Objectives • Process Map - General Requirements By attending this seminar, you will: • Planning - Formats, examples, homework • Know the benefi ts, requirements and objectives of an FMEA • Planning Results and Output • Learn the steps and methodology used to analyze a Process FMEA • Preparation - Formats, examples, homework • Expand your knowledge of a variety of tools utilized when • Preparation Results and Linkage with DRBFM Format performing an FMEA • Defi nition of Change Section • Identify corrective actions or controls and their importance in minimizing or preventing failure occurrence • Know the objectives of the SAE Standard for FMEA, J1739

P111669 book.indb 36 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 3737

Who Should Attend Mechatronics: Introduction, This seminar is designed for the product/design engineer, process design engineer, manufacturing engineer, development engineer, Modeling and Simulation materials engineer, product assurance, design assurance, process assurance engineer, reliability engineer, test engineer, quality engineer, 2 Days logistics/support engineer, and their management. I.D.# C0949

Prerequisites Individuals attending the seminar should have a basic understanding Modern engineering challenges and their solutions are often of the product design process and product and manufacturing process multidisciplinary in nature. Systems in today’s vehicles integrate design principles. mechanical, electronic, hydraulic, as well as various other components all working together in a synergistic manner. While progress is Topical Outline being made in lowering the barriers between traditional engineering disciplines and formal education programs, this seminar is designed • Introduction & Overview to provide engineers with mechanical or electrical engineering • Defi nition backgrounds the knowledge to effectively interact with colleagues • General discussion -- requirements for analysis; uses/objectives of from the other discipline in an effi cient and productive manner. analysis; benefi t • Timing & relationships -- level of analysis (detail); Design FMEA This two day seminar is designed for the engineer with little or no versus Process FMEA mechatronics systems experience and will begin with an introduction • Performing a Design FMEA & Process FMEA to mechatronics principles and components, including sensors, • Pre-analysis activities -- determine customer requirements actuators, control strategies, and instrumentation. The instructor will [Quality Function Deployment (QFD) and Environmental then guide the participants through the analysis, synthesis and design Conditions/Considerations]; determine required functions; of mechatronics systems through the use of modeling and simulation develop block diagrams; process fl ow diagrams tools. Emphasis will be given to a unifi ed energy fl ow approach to • Basic analysis methodology -- approach; sequence model mechatronics systems that are comprised of multidisciplinary • Criticality/risk analysis (prioritization) components. A key element of this seminar is the use of computer • Typical forms used & examples simulation exercises to enhance and reinforce the learning experience. • Problems Encountered The instructor will conduct modeling and simulation exercises for • Application this class using commercial vehicle and automotive mechatronics • Timing systems examples. Attendees desiring a more direct hands-on learning • Prioritization experience are encouraged to bring a personal laptop computer • Fault Tree Analysis as a Supportive Tool with the demonstration version of the 20-sim modeling simulation • Introduction -- approach; FMEA relationship software installed prior to arrival (available at http://www.20sim. • FTA sequence com/downloads/downloadform.) The text, Mechatronic Modeling and • Analysis overview -- symbols; examples; workshop Simulation Using Bond Graphs, authored by Shuvra Das is included • Limitations with the seminar. • Benefi ts • Application Learning Objectives • • Combined FMEA/FTA • Detained FMEA examples By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • FMEA/FTA comparisons • Identify multidisciplinary principles and applications of • Using the Results mechatronics systems • Logistics Support Analysis (LSA) • Apply appropriate use of sensors, actuators and mechanisms in • Failure Prevention Analysis (FPA) mechatronics applications • Test pl anning • Implement a structured approach to modeling mechatronics systems • Other Related Methods/Tools • Select and utilize appropriate software modeling tools • Design r eview • Simulate system dynamic behavior for different input conditions • Checklists • Interpret simulation results to determine system behavior in • Lessons l earned physically meaningful terms • Design of Experiments (DOE) • Identify and overcome barriers that can interfere with collaborative • SPC work across engineering disciplines on mechatronics projects • Design for assembly (DFA) • Value e ngineering Who Should Attend • FMEA software Mechanical and electrical engineers needing to develop a fundamental • Keys for Successful Implementation understanding of the other discipline, especially in the context of the • Activity as process versus a task synergistic design of products that are multi-disciplinary in nature, • Analysis by group/team versus individual -- roles & will benefi t most from this seminar. Also benefi ting are engineers in responsibilities; use of facilitators leadership positions that require a fundamental understanding of • FMEA & product liability mechatronics systems and how the engineering disciplines must work together to ensure effi ciency and productivity. Instructor: E. Harold Vannoy I.D.#90033 – Fee $785 .7 CEUs Prerequisites I.D.#90034 – Fee $785 .7 CEUs I.D.# 92002 - Fee $1285 1.3 CEUs An undergraduate degree in either electrical or mechanical engineering is highly recommended.

P111669 book.indb 37 11/28/11 2:09 PM 3838 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

Topical Outline • Facilitate collaborative engineering design work through a common methodology DAY ONE • Create a re-use library of executable specs • Introduction to Mechatronics • Implement the verifi cation process concurrently with the design • System dynamics process • Components -- Mechanisms; Sensors; Actuators • Improve quality of the design from the start • Signal conditioning • Microcontrollers • Control st rategies Who Should Attend • Introduction to Mechatronic Modeling and Simulation This course is valuable to both managers and engineers who want to • Modeling techniques improve product time-to-market, quality, and overall development • Bond graphs as a modeling technique costs. Systems/controls, electrical, mechanical and software engineers • Drawing of power fl ow diagrams (bond graphs) and their will learn specifi c skills to amplify their capabilities and help ensure meaning their future value to the company. • Generalized basic elements • Representation of systems in terms of basic elements Prerequisites • Deriving system models from bond graphs A basic familiarity with computer-based tools and fl uency with keyboard and mouse are essential. The course material is suitable for DAY TWO anyone with a bachelor’s degree in engineering. • Modeling of Electrical, Mechanical, and Magnetic Systems • Modeling basics • Use of software tools to draw the bond graph model Topical Outline • System types and their behavior DAY ONE • Simulation -- Results and interpretation • Executable Specs and Model Architecture • Mechatronics Modeling Examples • Model-based methodology and work fl ow • Sensors, actuators and systems • Requirements and model-based development • Examples and cases from: Earth moving equipment; Automotive; • High-level design with UML and Simulink® Machine tools • State machines and event-driven applications • Other mechatronics applications • Model and simulation libraries • Course Assessment and Summary • Hands-on Exercise 1: Creating a Re-use Library • Product Design and Implementation Instructor: Shuvra Das • Requirements management and traceability Fee $1345 1.3 CEUs• The data dictionary • Verifi cation and validation strategies and metrics • Hardware/software design and development • Operating system modeling • Hands-on Exercise 2: Home Automation Project Model Based Design: Delivering • Integration Testing and System Validation • Hardware-in-the-loop using MATLAB® Quality Electronic Products Faster • Automated test coverage 2 Days • Communications strategies for models I.D.# C0806 • Rapid prototyping of automotive electronics • General topics in the reduction to production • Hands-on Exercise 3: Algorithm Development and Operating System As new technologies proliferate, as change happens faster and faster, DAY TWO and as customers demand the latest electronic features “NOW”, a new • Examples of Automotive Systems Development paradigm for product development has emerged. Recent advances • Comparison of manual software coding to autocode in the capabilities of software tools now make possible an entire • Body computer specifi cation modeling product development process in a virtual environment, with more • Passenger presence sensor for airbag disable speed and power than will ever be possible on a bench. This two-day • Audio playback controller program course will provide you with math-based tools to greatly accelerate • Hands-on Exercise 4: The Window-Open Volume Modulator electronic product development, and to simultaneously deliver a more • Metrics and Program Management robust design. Participants will learn the basic theory of fi nite state • Estimation of effort machines with a heavy emphasis on simple, real-world examples. • Hands-on Exercise 5: Sensor Modeling Through a series of hands-on learning modules, attendees will • Case study of rollover simulation environment gain the understanding and experience to build an executable spec • Hands-on Exercise 6: Quasi-random Testing for Non-Compliance simulation environment. Tools and techniques will be provided so • How to manage an executable spec project that the attendees can bring these skills back to work and implement • Hands-on Exercise 7: Model Validation of Executable Specs the process immediately. Companies which use the executable spec • Corporate Challenges to Model-Based Development and Executable methodology will soon dominate the market for mobile mechatronics. Specs • Classic reprints in model-based development Learning Objectives • Important patents in MBE, CAE and executable specs By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Source code for select tools, metrics and scripts • Work smarter - leverage brainpower with software tools to design more robust products Instructor: Peter J. Schubert • Work faster - bring products to market more quickly, and start the Fee $1365 1.3 CEUs next product sooner • Improve schedule confi dence - fewer surprises, less risk of late redesign

P111669 book.indb 38 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 3939

• Severity x Occurrence - back to the beginning Process FMEA Update: What’s • Severity AND Occurrence - go for a meaning, not a number • Other risk assessment criteria New in J1739 Webinar Session 3 6 Hours • Risk Mitigation I.D.# WB0956 • FMEA general requirements • PFMEA outputs • PFMEA form and example The new J1739 has been revised to address common problems with • Special characteristics and PFMEA the application of Process FMEA today. Such problems include the • Writing effective action plans to mitigate risk time spent debating ranking systems, potential problems hidden in the Risk Priority Number, false starts and rework of FMEA because of a Instructor: Bill Haughey lack of understanding of process functions, and a lack of emphasis on Fee $515 .7 CEUs prevention controls or early detection of product defects. This course is not intended to cover all of the details of completing a Process FMEA. Rather, its focus is on recent updates to the J1739 standard and how those familiar with performing Process FMEA should adjust their approach. Similarities in content exist between this course and Quality Function Deployment the Design FMEA Update: What’s New in J1739 Webinar, however each is 2 Days uniquely designed to address what’s new for each type of analysis. I.D.# 92029 Learning Objectives By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: Quality Function Deployment (QFD) is an excellent technique for • Identify new PFMEA requirements that must be fulfi lled by determining and understanding customer requirements and then management translating these requirements into your company’s internal technical • Find answers to most PFMEA questions in J1739 language for use in product design through fi nal assembly. QFD • Align ideas within the logical framework of the PFMEA worksheet is a method for converting customer requirements into company • Apply new risk assessment evaluation criteria to the PFMEA requirements. The fi rst day of this two-day program provides practical • Compare the differences between using Risk Priority Number strategies and benefi ts of the successful QFD technique. On the second thresholds with using other risk assessment criterion such as the day, you will receive additional details to enhance the QFD technique. use of Severity and Occurrence when prioritizing actions for risk You will also strengthen your QFD skills during monitored practice mitigation sessions and thought-provoking question and answer periods.

Who Should Attend Learning Objectives Manufacturing engineers, product engineers, quality engineers, By attending this seminar, you will be able to: supplier quality engineers, validation and test engineers, and FMEA • Defi ne Quality Function Deployment (QFD) facilitators, trainers and consultants primarily in, but not limited to, • Identify the terminology and methodology used in QFD the automotive industry may be interested in the update this webinar • Recognize the workable benefi ts of QFD to the product/process offers. Beginning engineers and advanced/senior engineers who must design and development process participate in FMEA, as well as those that manage FMEA activity, • Review methods for determining and monitoring the “Voice of the will also gain valuable insights. If you have a copy of the SAE J1739 Customer” standard, we recommend that you have it at hand for all three sessions • Describe two accepted approaches to QFD of the webinar. If you do not own the standard and wish to purchase a • List the requirements for QFD’s success copy, go to SAE J1739 Standard. Who Should Attend Topical Outline You should attend if you: Session 1 • Are a product/process design or development engineer • Introduction and Potential Failure Analysis • Are a sales/marketing engineer • Concerns about FMEA usage • Are a quality/reliability engineer • Key change points applicable to Process FMEA • Are an engineer involved in product/process assurance • How to use J1739 • Manage any of the above • Terms and defi nitions • And your company wants to conform to the new automotive • Pre-Analysis preparation supplier quality requirements • PFMEA product and process functions and requirements • Failure Modes and Effects Prerequisites • Failure Cause s Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. • Current process controls - prevention • Current process controls – detection Session 2 Topical Outline • Risk Assessment • Capturing the Concept of Quality • •Severity ranking criteria - emphasis on vehicle level • Targeting the Kano model • Occurrence ranking criteria - the change that impacts the RPN • Branching out with the quality success tree immediately • How to Determine Customer Requirements (“Voice of the • Detection ranking criteria - emphasis on method and location of Customer”) evaluation • Establishing Designing Requirements • Risk Priority Numbers - secrets RPN won’t tell • Constructing the Product Planning Relationship Matrix

P111669 book.indb 39 11/28/11 2:09 PM 4040 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

• Making Cascading Matrices Work for You Prerequisites • Design alternative selection Participants should have an undergraduate degree or equivalent • Determine subassembly and part characteristics experience/knowledge. • Ascertain manufacturing processes • Targeting quality controls • Comparing the Relationship of QFD and Other Product and Process Topical Outline Design Tools DAY ONE • Introduction Instructor: E. Harold Vannoy • Historical background Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs• Reverse engineering vs. machine design • Three basic requirements: form, fi t and function • Geometrical Form • Dimensional me asurement • Precision instruments of measurement Reverse Engineering: Technology • Tolerance • Virtual exercise of geometrical modeling of Reinvention • Material and Process Identifi cation • Chemical composition identifi cation 2 Days • Manufacturing process verifi cation I.D.# C0559 • Materials specifi cation substantiation • Machining process identifi cation • Data Process and Analysis During the past decade reverse engineering has become a common • Statistical analysis and acceptable practice utilized by many original equipment • Statistical exercise manufacturers and suppliers. This course focuses on the application • Case study of statistical confi dence of modern technologies used to decode the design details and • Reliability manufacturing processes of an existing part in the absence of the DAY TWO original design data. It emphasizes the real-life practice of reverse • Demonstration and Exercise engineering in the aerospace industry from both scientifi c and legal • Demonstration of scanning points of view. Attendees will learn the applicability and limitations • Hands-on exercise of reverse engineering of reverse engineering through case studies and hands-on exercises. • Case study Various measurement instruments, ranging from traditional • Regulations and Certifi cations micrometers to computer-aided laser probes, will be compared • Government r egulations for their merits and shortcomings. The statistics of dimensional • Industrial st andards measurements and the acceptable tolerance of variations, with • Certifi cation requirements emphasis on industrial standards in real-life practice will be discussed. • Fit and Function Material identifi cation, manufacturing process verifi cation and the • System compatibility system compatibility of the subject part to be reverse engineered • Critical performance will be covered in substantial detail. In addition, the materials • Vendor subst antiation specifi cations will be exemplifi ed as useful supporting documents for • Safety and damage tolerance substantiation data. • Acceptance and Legality • Evolving industry trends Note: Participants should bring a calculator for in-class exercises. • Moral and legal issues • Examples - legal precedents Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Instructor: Wego Wang • Defi ne the critical elements of reverse engineering Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs • List the measurements and analyses required to duplicate/ reproduce an OEM part by reverse engineering • Recognize if an OEM part can be duplicated/reproduced by reverse engineering • Judge if a “duplicated” part will meet the design functionality of the Simplifi ed Taguchi/DOE Methods OEM part 2 Days • Evaluate the feasibility of a reverse engineering proposal/project I.D.# 96017 • Describe and implement a process to duplicate/reproduce a part by reverse engineering Companies realize that they need to do more with less which means Who Should Attend we need to use the most effi cient and effective methods. This seminar This seminar is designed to assist individuals in various industries blends the philosophy of Taguchi with the simple graphical methods including, but not limited to, automotive, aerospace, off-highway, of Box, Hunter, & Hunter to give a powerful set of DOE tools. Wide motorsports and parts brokerage fi rms. Corporate senior executives, use of Design of Experiments or DOE methods has been hindered engineering managers, engineers, technicians, government inspectors, by complications in planning a DOE to handle interactions and sales managers, salespersons, lawyers and legal counselors will fi nd by analysis complexity of ANOVA. A Preferred Columns Method the course relevant and informative. simplifi es planning so engineers can assign factors to an array in minutes. Graphical methods allow quality professionals to distinguish large (active) factors from small terms and portray these fi ndings to broad audiences. By simplifying DOE’s, road blocks are removed so that more people can begin using these highly productive methods.

P111669 book.indb 40 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 4141

Learning Objectives discussed along with guidelines on which method(s) to use in given situations. Attendees will also view a demonstration of a microcomputer By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Monte Carlo Simulation program that analyzes the effects of form and • Explain Taguchi’s Quality Philosophy of Closeness to Target assembly variation on the quality of a fi nished product. This seminar will • Plan effi cient factorial experiments using the Preferred Columns provide an overview of Design of Experiments (DOE) methods, which Method enable effective analysis of critical product dimensions and tolerances. • Compare data sets with dual or multiple stem and leaf plots • Analyze the data using simple graphical methods such as dot plots Note: Participants should bring a scientifi c calculator for several in- and probability plots class exercises. Who Should Attend Learning Objectives This seminar will be most benefi cial to engineers and quality By attending in this seminar, you will be able to: professionals who work in product design, manufacturing, testing, • Apply worst case, root-mean-square, and Monte Carlo simulation reliability, quality, process, or development. methods for the allocation of analysis of simple-to-intermediate complexity tolerancing schemes Prerequisites • Use the “Risk of Misassembly” approach for tolerance allocation, and Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree or the “Main Effect” approach for determining dimensional variables experience as a quality professional. tolerance which exhibit the greatest impact on build variation • Understand and be exposed to various computer tools which can Topical Outline greatly improve their statistical tolerancing efforts, given the intricacies of GD&T, plus-minus tolerancing, and various datum schemes • Taguchi Loss Function • Comparison of Two Means • Dual stem & leaf plots Who Should Attend • Exceedances test This seminar is intended for engineers and educators who would like • Graphical T-test for differences to have a good working knowledge of applying statistics to product • One-Factor Experiments design in order to better predict and improve product quality. • Multiple stem & leaf plots • Graphical F-test for multiple comparisons Prerequisites • Two-Factor Experiments An engineering undergraduate degree in any discipline would be • Response plots to see effects and interactions benefi cial. • Graphical F-tests to compare averages • Full Factorials • Math model behind factorial experiments Topical Outline • Independent factors vs. interactions • Review of Tolerancing Methods, Tolerance Stack-Ups and the • Randomizing the runs Relationship between Tolerancing and Quality. A High-Level • Planning Fractional Factorials Overview of Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing (GD&T) and • Measurement system that uses continuous data Process Capability Measurement is Provided • How to select factors for a DOE • Tolerance Synthesis (Allocation) Versus Tolerance Analysis • Confounding patterns and resolution • Overview of the Worst Case (non-statistical) Tolerancing Method for • Preferred Columns Method to set up a fractional factorial Comparison with Statistical Tolerancing Results • Data sh eets • Probability & Statistics Concepts Required for Statistical Tolerancing • Customizing for a 4-level factor Methods • Analyzing Fractional Factorials • Tolerance Allocation Based on “Risk of Misassembly” • Column effects table • Statistical Tolerancing Using the Root-Mean-Square (RMS) Method • Quantifying the noise of repeats • With bilateral tolerances • Dot plots with error distributions • With unilateral and/or asymmetrical tolerances • Interaction plots • In 2-D and 3-D applications • Prediction model • Participant exercises • Cube pl ot • Statistical Tolerancing Using Monte Carlo Simulation • Probability plot of column effects • Performing Monte Carlo Analysis by hand • Demonstrations of computer software for Monte Carlo Simulation Instructor: Jerry L. Roslund and analysis (VSA-2D, VSA-3D and others, if time permits) Fee $1285 1.3 CEUs• Analyzing Part Tolerances using Main Effect and Sensitivity Analysis Methods -- Methods for Determining the Contribution of Process Variables to Overall Process Variation. A Brief Description of Partial and Full-Factorial Analysis is Also Provided • Overview of Design of Experiments (DOE) and Tolerance Statistical Tolerance Design Optimization Techniques -- Their Benefi ts in Effective Tolerancing of Parts and Assemblies 1 Day • Tolerance Management Program Guidelines -- For the Benefi t of I.D.# 88033 Participants Interested in Establishing a Comprehensive Quality Assurance Program in Their Organization

This seminar will include a review of statistical theory and present Instructor: Kevin Zielinski statistical methods, which are used to better select and/or analyze Fee $775 .7 CEUs Tolerance Stack-ups. The Probability (RMS) Method, the Monte Carlo Simulation Technique and tolerance optimization techniques will be

P111669 book.indb 41 11/28/11 2:09 PM 4242 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

DAY TWO Systems Engineering for Front Line • Systems Engineering Process Reviews and Interfaces • Multidisciplinary teams (integrated product teams or IPTs) Leadership • Effective use of reviews -- Red, pink etc teams; Independent cost 2 Days evaluations (ICE); Preliminary design reviews (PDRs); Critical I.D.# C0902 design reviews (CDRs); Independent non-advocate reviews (INARs); Program management reviews (PMRs) • Integrating with project/program management • Systems Engineering Tools and Workshop Systems Engineering is a proven and effective way of coordinating the • Establishment of common tools and databases complexity of major projects in the design and manufacture of aerospace • Simulation t ools products. This two day seminar will provide the front line leader with • A systematic approach to system development high level insights into the key issues associated with the successful • Workshop - team project implementation of the Systems Engineering process on any program, large or small. Key issues addressed in this seminar will include: • The value of a System Engineering Management Plan (SEMP) Instructor: Howard (Lon) Scott • The need for a fully integrated Systems Engineering Master Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs Schedule (SEMS) and a Systems Engineering Detail Schedule (SEDS) • The establishment of multidiscipline teams • The effective use of reviews • Integrating the responsibilities of Project/Program Management Tolerance Stack-Up Analysis with Systems Engineering • The effective use of simulation tools 2 Days • Following a systematic approach to System Development Systems I.D.# C0022 Engineering is used to insure that designs meet customer’s requirements and also effi ciently manage the all important cost, schedule and risk elements associated with the design, manufacture, test, delivery and support of product end items and their associated This course is designed to help product design personnel create deliverables. Understanding the principles associated with this tolerance stacks for parts and assemblies that use Geometric widely accepted and structured process can signifi cantly enhance Dimensioning & Tolerancing. Those who will benefi t most are the success of project leadership. designers and engineers who are responsible for creating the GD&T callouts for engineering drawings and product models, and who Learning Objectives want to be more confi dent in how the assigned geometric tolerances interact and stack up. The course begins with a quick review of Y14.5 By attending this seminar, you will be able to: concepts, and then introduces the benefi ts and uses of a tolerance • Describe basic key issues associated with the Systems Engineering stack spreadsheet. Participants then learn detailed procedures for process performing tolerance stacks on parts and assemblies, beginning • Defi ne and use Systems Engineering terminology with coordinate tolerances and moving on to geometric tolerances. • Describe how to propose, plan and estimate Systems Engineering The course will eliminate confusion over how to include the bonus based programs and their deliverables and shift in a tolerance stack: for example, when using tolerance of • Apply lessons learned regarding high performing Systems Engineer position with the MMC modifi er. The simple, manual spreadsheet teams method used throughout the course produces a straightforward • Defi ne the Systems Engineering “Big Picture” and the environmental documentation trail that is easily interpreted, and readily adaptable needs to make execution successful to any company’s electronic spreadsheet program. Results can be quickly and easily checked, and revisions can be made with ease. Who Should Attend Students receive extensive practice at creating stacks, and should This seminar is designed for fi rst line engineering team leadership. bring a calculator or laptop computer equipped with MS Excel for the Senior managers responsible for the oversight of multiple integrated numerous student exercises. product teams as well as chief engineers, program managers and Each attendee will receive a copy of the “Tolerance Stack Analysis Using project managers will also fi nd value in this course. GD&T” textbook and an Excel template for generating stacks.

Prerequisites Learning Objectives A basic understanding of disciplines associated with managing the By attending this seminar, you will be able to: design, development, manufacture, delivery and support of a product • Correctly calculate and apply bonus, shift, virtual condition, and is required. resultant condition • Perform and develop a tolerance stack-up analysis Topical Outline • Correctly enter geometric feature control frame data into a tolerance stack DAY ONE • Systems Engineering Basics Who Should Attend • Systems engineering overview • Becoming a high performing systems engineering leader This course is intended for designers and engineers who are currently • Systems engineering ethics generally familiar with the principles, concepts and practices • Systems Engineering Process Outputs contained within Y14.5, and who are looking for a comprehensive • Systems engineering management plan (SEMP) -- Technical step-by-step process for getting GD&T into a tolerance stack. program planning and control element; Systems engineering processes used element; Engineering specialty integration element Prerequisites • Systems engineering master schedule (SEMS) Previous experience with Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing • Systems engineering detail schedule (SEDS) principles, concepts, and practices is required.

P111669 book.indb 42 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 4343

Topical Outline Session 2 • Stack fundamentals • Introduction to Tolerance Stacks • How to identify the stack path • Review of GD&T and the Y14.5 Standard • The two-column stack spreadsheet • Review of Virtual Condition and Resultant Condition concepts • Entering dimensions into the spreadsheet • Introduction to Tolerance Stack-up Analysis Procedure for parts • Examples with coordinate dimensions (part stacks) using coordinate dimensions and tolerances* Session 3 • Introduction to Tolerance Stack-Up Analysis Procedure for • Factoring G D & T into a Stack assemblies (assembly stacks) using coordinate dimensions and • Location and runout tolerances tolerances (100% interchangeability)* • Proﬁ le tolerances • Tolerance Stack-up Analysis for runout and concentricity* • Form and orientation tolerances • Tolerance Stack-up Analysis for surface proﬁ le: bilateral and Session 4 unilateral* • Bonus and shift tolerance in a stack • Tolerance Stack-up Analysis for tolerance of position: RFS* • Overview of bonus and shift tolerance • Tolerance Stack-up Analysis for tolerance of position: MMC-bonus* • Part vs. assembly stacks • Tolerance Stack-up Analysis for tolerance of position: MMC-shift* • Wrap-up • Tolerance Stack-up Analysis for form and orientation controls: surface and feature of size* • Use of Statistical Methods in Stack-up Analysis: Root-Sum-Square Instructor: John-Paul Belanger and its Derivatives Fee $585 .8 CEUs * Indicates hands-on practice exercises immediately follow lecture

Instructor: John-Paul Belanger or John Stolter Fee $1295 1.3 CEUsUnderstanding the FAA Aircraft Certiﬁ cation Process

2 Days Tolerance Stack-up Fundamentals I.D.# C0821 Webinar I.D.# C0842 The task of certifying an aircraft or part can be overwhelming given the lengthy process and the many steps that are required. Understanding the process can greatly enhance the outcome and reduce unnecessary delays or frustrations. This course will provide an Analysis of tolerance stacks varies widely. This webinar introduces overview of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) organizational the basic tools to create a common methodology for tolerance stack- structure, its policies, guidelines and requirements leading to Type and ups, and ensure seamless documentation. Participants will create Supplemental Type airworthiness approvals. It will also cover the rule- 1-D tolerance stacks for parts and assemblies that use geometric making process and rules applicable to aircraft parts and products. dimensioning and tolerancing using a tolerance stack spreadsheet. The course will defi ne the roles and responsibilities of the Aircraft This simple, manual spreadsheet method produces an easily Certifi cation Offi ce (ACO), Manufacturing Inspection District Offi ce interpreted and checked documentation trail, and is easily adaptable (MIDO), Flight Standards District Offi ce (FSDO), and the Aircraft to common electronic spreadsheet programs. Multiple examples Evaluation Group (AEG). Type and Supplemental Type Certifi cation will be provided to assist engineers in applying tolerance stack-up (TC and STC) processes, and Change Product Rule for alterations and fundamentals to Y14.5 issues. modifi cations to previously type certifi ed aircraft will be discussed. FAA rule-making process will be examined including review of FAA Learning Objectives Orders, Notices, Advisory Circulars and other guidance material. By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: • Perform and develop a tolerance stack-up analysis Learning Objectives • Correctly enter geometric feature control frame data into a tolerance By attending this seminar, you will be able to: stack • Manage certifi cation programs more effi ciently, schedule the • Apply a common step-by-step methodology to tolerance stack analysis required milestones accordingly, and identify problems and address them promptly Who Should Attend • Describe the principles of Type Certifi cation and Supplemental Type Engineers familiar with concepts and practices contained within Certifi cation requirements and process Y14.5 and who are looking for a fundamental step-by-step process • Converse intelligently and enter negotiations with others involved for getting geometric dimensioning and tolerancing (G D & T) into a in FAA certifi cation programs tolerance stack will benefi t from this course. A basic understanding of • Describe the FAA system, FAA orders, Advisory Circulars, FAA rule G D & T symbols and concepts is required. making process • Defi ne what exemptions and special conditions are and how to Topical Outline obtain them • Identify the difference between airworthiness standard and Session 1 operational rules • Introduction and review • Introduction and tolerancing review • Tolerancing strategies Who Should Attend • Review of G D & T This course is designed for engineering and certifi cation managers, design engineers, airworthiness and certifi cation engineers, quality

P111669 book.indb 43 11/28/11 2:09 PM 4444 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

assurance inspectors and engineers, program managers, consultants, Federal Aviation Administration designated engineering and Using Computational Fluid airworthiness representatives (DER and DAR) and other technical administrative personnel involved in FAA certifi cation activities. Dynamics for Engineering Product The course will help newcomers to aircraft certifi cation as well as experienced attendees better understand the certifi cation process and Development be able to present and negotiate certifi cation matters with the Federal 2 Days Aviation Administration Aircraft Certifi cation Offi ce. I.D.# C0909 Topical Outline DAY ONE Over the last three decades Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) has • FAA History, Organization and Hierarchy developed into a sophisticated tool for analyzing fl uid fl ow and other • FAA certifi cation “lingo” thermal sciences related phenomena. Most educational courses on this • FAA system organizational chart and hierarchy topic focus on the fundamentals of CFD, but sound knowledge of the • How regulations are developed fundamentals is not enough to make effective use of CFD in practical • FAA Roles and Responsibilities engineering product development. This seminar provides signifi cant • Aircraft Certifi cation Offi ce practical considerations in using CFD for product development and • Manufacturing Inspection District Offi ce is designed to help engineers extract best benefi ts from CFD while • Flight Standard District Offi ce avoiding potential pitfalls. The seminar begins by discussing the • Aircraft Evaluation Group applicability, benefi ts, and drawbacks of CFD in engineering product • Issue Papers - What They Are and How They Are Used development. Ways of leveraging CFD, while avoiding pitfalls at • Exemptions various stages of the product development process, as well as various • Special conditions aspects of managing and implementing practical CFD projects, • Equivalent level of safety will be explained. Advanced aspects of CFD management and • Certifi cation Basis implementation such as methods development and multiphysics will • Change Product Rule also be covered. The resource requirements and costs of CFD are then detailed along with a discussion and exercises on performing return DAY TWO of CFD investment calculations. Commercially available codes will • Type Certifi cate Data Sheet - The “Birth Certifi cate” of an Airplane also be compared and contrasted. Hands-on exercises and case studies • Documents and How to Develop Them are used throughout the seminar to put practical emphasis on topics • Airplane Flight Manual Supplements taught in the lectures. • Instructions for Continued Airworthiness • Type Inspection Authorization Learning Objectives • Request For Conformity By attending this seminar you will be able to: • Certifi cation Plan • Explain benefi ts and limitations of CFD in engineering product • Conformity Plans development • FAA Advisory Materials • Determine where to use CFD in various stages of the product • Support Documents development process • Parts Manufacturing Authorization • Use CFD and experimental testing to complement each other in the • Technical Standard Order product development process • Field appr ovals • Determine when to and when not to use CFD • FAA Form 337 approvals • Plan, manage, and implement CFD simulation projects • 8110-3 appr ovals • Evaluate CFD results for correctness and accuracy • Type and Supplemental Type Certifi cation Process • Leverage CFD with numerical simulations of other physics • Certifi cation Plans and FAA coordination • Calculate and plan the resources needed for implementing CFD • Data generation and approvals • Perform return on investment calculations for investments in CFD • Conformity inspections • Make informed choices of commercial CFD software • Testing • Determine when to and how to effectively use external CFD services • Approvals

Instructor: Ken Farsi Who Should Attend Fee $1225 1.3 CEUsAll engineering product development personnel involved in applications of fl uid fl ow and thermal sciences will benefi t from this course. These include product development and evaluation engineers, design engineers, engineering analysts, supervisors, managers, CAE strategists, and researchers. New entrants to the fi eld of CFD will be able to use this course to identify and adopt the best CFD implementation and management choices and methods for their organizations from the get-go. Existing and experienced personnel in the CFD fi eld will be able to use this course to improve upon their current CFD implementation methods and practices to realize greater benefi ts from CFD.

Prerequisites General experience with engineering product development will be sufﬁ cient to understand and assimilate the material presented in this course. Prior experience with CFD is preferred but not required.

P111669 book.indb 44 11/28/11 2:09 PM Design EngineeringAerodynamics and Styling 4545

Topical Outline Vibration Analysis using FEA: A DAY ONE • Review of CFD Hands-on Workshop • Overview of basic physics, mathematics, and numerics • Applications of CFD in automotive, off-highway and aerospace 2 Days engineering I.D.# C0830 • Typical CFD project work-fl ow • Benefi ts and limitations of CFD • Hands-On Exercise - Understanding the Benefi ts and Limitations of FEA has been used by engineers as a design tool in new product CFD development since the early 1990’s. Until recently, most FEA applications • Leveraging CFD in the Product Development Process have been limited to static analysis due to the cost and complexity of • Use of CFD at various product development stages advanced types of analyses. Progress in the commercial FEA software • System and component level CFD simulations and in computing hardware has now made it practical to use advanced • How CFD and testing complement each other types as an every day design tool of design engineers. In addition, • How to choose between CFD and testing competitive pressures and quality requirements demand a more in-depth • When and when not to use CFD understanding of product behavior under real life loading conditions. This • Hands-On Exercise 2 - This exercise goes through a complete design seminar introduces one of the advanced types of FEA: vibration analysis. optimization cycle, where a specifi c engineering product design is By considering time dependent loads and inertial effects, vibration optimized using CFD analysis allows for a more in-depth product simulation thus reducing • CFD Project Management and Implementation product development cost and time. The course reviews basic concepts • Need identifi cation and goal determination of vibration analysis and illustrates how they are implemented in FEA to • CAD data handling and extraction simulate product behavior. The most common types of vibration analysis • Preprocessing, solving, post-processing and reporting such as modal, time response, frequency response and random vibrations • Evaluating correctness and accuracy of CFD results are covered. Participants will have the opportunity to practice skills • Meaningful comparison of CFD results with experimental test data learned utilizing the commercial FEA software SolidWorks Simulation. • Archiving CFD simulation data Learning Objectives DAY TWO By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Advanced Aspects of CFD Implementation • Evaluate the importance of dynamic effects in product simulation • Various stages of CFD acceptance and usage • Analyze inertial and damping effects in structural response • CFD methods development and R&D • Use vibration analysis as a design tool • Leveraging CFD with other numerical simulations • Perform time response, frequency response and random vibration • Multi-physics analyses • CFD process compression • Apply proper FEA modeling techniques to model system dynamic • Resources Needed for CFD Implementation • Hardware • Software Who Should Attend • Personnel - roles of specialists and non-specialists The seminar will be of interest to any design engineer who already uses • Costs and Returns of CFD Finite Element Analysis (FEA) as a design tool and would like to explore • CFD costs if and how vibration analysis with FEA may benefi t the design process. • Typical time needed for CFD implementation It builds on participants’ experience with static FEA and on knowledge • CFD return on investment of mechanical vibrations common to any mechanical engineer. • Case studies and exercises • Overview of Commercial CFD Software Prerequisites • Commercial CFD software tools currently available Participants should have a degree in mechanical engineering and have • Comparison of commercial CFD software tools some experience with FEA either by participating in the SAE seminar • How to choose commercial CFD software ID# 93006 - “Finite Element Analysis for Design Engineers” or through • External CFD Services equivalent work experience. • Types of external CFD services • When to use external CFD services • How to choose an external CFD services vendor Topical Outline • External Resources for CFD Information DAY ONE • Structure vs. Mechanism Instructor: Sandeep Sovani • Fundamental Assumptions in the FEA Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs• Verifi cation and Validation of FEA Results • Modal Analysis • Convergence of frequencies • Rigid body modes • Properties of lower and higher modes • Eigenvalues and eigenvectors • Modal superposition method • Modes separation • Modeling techniques in modal analysis • Time Response Analysis • Time depended load • Impulse l oad • Static vs. dynamic response • Time response of a single degree of freedom oscillator

P111669 book.indb 45 11/28/11 2:09 PM 4646 DesignAerodynamics Engineering and Styling

DAY TWO Who Should Attend • Frequency Response Analysis An engineering undergraduate degree in any discipline would be • Steady state harmonic response benefi cial. Engineers responsible for reliability, safety, supportability, • Force and base excitation maintainability, materials, warranties, life cycle cost, design, • Resonance structures, instrumentation and logistics will fi nd these Weibull • Modal damping techniques extremely useful. • Frequency response of two degrees of freedom oscillator • Random Vibration • Acceleration power spectral density Topical Outline • Interpretation of random vibration results DAY ONE • Linear vs. Non-linear Vibration Analysis Undergraduate Weibull Analysis • Modeling Considerations in Vibration Analysis • Background, Development & Introduction - 23-Minute Video Short Course Instructor: Paul Kurowski • How to do Weibull Analysis Fee $1315 1.3 CEUs• Interpretation of Good Weibulls - 2 & 3 Parameter • Are two Weibull datasets signifi cantly different? • Interpretation of Bad Weibulls • Failure Predictions and Weibull Risk Analysis • Case Studies, Failure Forecasting Weibull-Log Normal Analysis • Weibull Experiments (Wire Rupture, Torsion, LCF, Accelerated Workshop Testing), Classwork Problems and Solutions 3 Days DAY TWO I.D.# 86034 Postgraduate Weibull Analysis • Maximum Likelihood Weibull Theory and Application • WeiBayes Analysis • Dauser Shift, Warranty Analysis RMS (Reliability-Maintainability-Safety-Supportability) engineering is • Rank Regression vs. Maximum Likelihood emerging as the newest discipline in product development due to new • Extremely Small Samples Analysis credible, accurate, quantitative methods. Weibull Analysis is foremost • Log Normal Analysis among these new tools. New and advanced Weibull techniques • Predicting Future Failures With & Without Renewals are a signifi cant improvement over the original Weibull approach. • One Failure Weibull Case Study This workshop presents special methods developed for these data • An Introduction to SuperSMITH® Software, Features, Input, problems, such as Weibayes, with actual case studies in addition to Analysis, Output the latest techniques in SuperSMITH® Weibull for risk forecasts with • Summary of Weibull Methods renewal and optimal component replacement. Class work is used to • Class Work Problems reinforce key concepts, lectures are based on actual case studies, and • Experimental Wire Data Distribution Analysis personal computers and hands-on experiments are used to analyze • Optimal Replacement Intervals, Block Replacement dozens of Weibull & Log Normal problems. Students will be fully • Playtime With SuperSMITH® Tutorial capable of performing basic and advanced RMS Engineering analysis • Ph.D. Oral Examination with their own software on completion of the workshop. DAY THREE Attendees will receive the entire SuperSMITH® package - a complete self- Confi dence Intervals and System Models study course and combined software package containing: SuperSMITH® • Confi dence Intervals, “The Good, The Bad and The Complicated” Weibull, SuperSMITH® Visual, The New Weibull Handbook®- 5th • Comparing D esigns Edition and the PlayTIMETM Tutorial Booklet. A $960 value! • The Binomial & Poisson, The Thorndike Chart • Duane-AMSAA Reliability Growth Modeling - New Useful ***Attendee must bring laptop for this course.*** Technology for Tracking Development Testing • The Exponential Related to the Poisson and the Weibull Optional Weibull Introduction • Kaplan-Meier Survival Analysis (Now Included in SuperSMITH® To accelerate your learning in this Workshop, you may want to Weibull) complete the SAE Fast Track, Introduction to Weibull Engineering, • Duane-AMSAA Employed for Analyzing Renewal-Repairable Item #PD230946ON. This highly recommended overview of Weibull Systems engineering can improve your retention prior to taking the workshop • System Models or provide a great review afterwards. • Classwork • Complete Playtime With SuperSMITH® Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Instructor: Wes Fulton • Analyze design, development, production, and service failures Fee $1985 2.0 CEUs • Model product lifetime and reliability

• Evaluate calibration and maintainability plans • Analyze inspection data • Reduce test substantiation, time and costs

P111669 book.indb 46 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 4747

Accessing and Interpreting Heavy Vehicle Event Data Recorders .47 Emissions-Related OBD Systems: A Design Overview ...... 56 Acquiring and Analyzing Data from Sensors and In-Vehicle Energy Efﬁ cient Motor Drives and Power Electronics for EV, Networks ...... 48 HEV, and PHEV Applications ...... 57 Advanced Battery Systems for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles ...... 49 Flight Control Systems for Transport Aircraft ...... 58 A Holistic Introduction to Commercial Telematics ...... 49 Fundamentals of Shielding Design for EMC Compliance ...... 59 Controller Area Network (CAN) for Vehicle Applications ...... 50 Introduction to AS5553 and Counterfeit Electronic Parts Controller Area Network (CAN) for Vehicle Applications Avoidance Training ...... 60 e-Seminar ...... 51 Introduction to Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Battery Systems ...... 61 Control Systems Simpliﬁ ed ...... 51 In-Vehicle Networking with LIN and FlexRay Applications ...... 61 Design Considerations for Hydraulically Powered Fly-By-Wire Plug-In Vehicle Conductive Charging, SAE J1772 Explained Flight Control Actuation Systems ...... 52 Webinar ...... 62 Designing On-Board Diagnostics for Light and Medium Duty Power Electronics for EV, HEV and PHEV Applications ...... 63 Emissions Control Systems ...... 52 Safe Handling of High Voltage Battery Systems ...... 63 Digital Avionics Fiber Optics Technology and Standards for Selecting the Optimal Battery Chemistry for HEV, PHEV, and Aerospace ...... 53 EV Applications ...... 64 Electrohydraulic Controls for Mobile Equipment & Vehicles ...... 54 Understanding and Using the SAE J2534-1 API to Access Vehicle Embedded Control Systems Design Workshop ...... 55 Networks ...... 65

to the motor carrier safety manager, independent adjusters, claims Accessing and Interpreting Heavy managers or attorneys handling commercial vehicle collisions. Vehicle Event Data Recorders Prerequisites 3.5 Days An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical I.D.# C1022 background is highly recommended. A basic knowledge of college physics and calculus, as well as a familiarity with commercial motor vehicles is expected. Recent advances in commercial vehicle equipment have increased the potential for incident-related data to be recorded surrounding Topical Outline a collision event. What some have called a “black box” is more DAY ONE properly referred to as a Heavy Vehicle Event Data Recorder • Primer on Multiplexed Vehicle Electronics Systems and Vehicle (HVEDR) as defi ned by the SAE J2728 HVEDR Recommended Data Networks Practice. The term HVEDR is used to describe any type of electronic • Network architecture -- SAE J1587/J1708; SAE J1939 function that has the capability of storing data surrounding a • Industry standards for EDR devices -- SAE J2728; TMC RP1210; defi ned event within an electronic control module found on a heavy Other industry standards; Potential government regulations truck or bus and that communicates on the SAE J1939 or J1587/J1708 • HVEDR Devices and Data Currently Available on Heavy Vehicles data communications protocol. This course highlights the various • Engine control systems --Detroit Diesel; Mercedes-Benz; vehicle systems and triggering events that may provide data useful Cummins; Caterpillar; Mack; Volvo; International; PACCAR in a collision investigation. Guided by recognized industry experts, techniques for preservation and interpretation of HVEDR data will DAY TWO be explored. This highly interactive workshop includes in-class • HVEDR Devices and Data Currently Available on Heavy Vehicles instruction, demonstrations and practical hands-on experiences for (continued) acquiring and analyzing data from commercial vehicles. • Engine control systems • Antilock brake and stability control systems -- Bendix/Knorr- Learning Objectives Bremse; Meritor WABCO Upon completion of this workshop, you will be able to: • Inspecting the Vehicle • Identify the potential sources of HVEDR data available on • Chassis & powertrain identifi cation commercial vehicles • Chassis & powertrain health • Utilize various methodologies for accessing and imaging data • Vehicle confi guration from HVEDRs while preserving the data in its original electronic • Collision damage format within the control module • Accessing and Imaging Data • Compile documentation of the vehicle and the imaged HVEDR • Through in-cab diagnostic port data to properly establish foundational facts that tie the data to the • Direct to module (benchtop) vehicle and to ensure the reliability of incident specifi c data • Truck-in-box simulators • Properly interpret data from HVEDRs and understand the limitations of this data DAY THREE • Analyze HVEDR data in the context of collision reconstruction • Validation Studies and the Accuracy/Reliability of HVEDR Data • Interpreting and Applying HVEDR Data Who Should Attend • Determining whether data imaged from a HVEDR is related to an incident of interest This course is a must for anyone involved in the investigation and • Determining where impact occurred in dataset analysis of commercial vehicle crashes who needs to understand the • Comparing vehicle speed to engine speed types of event data that are available on commercial vehicles, how it • Determining gear selection is generated, how it is accessed from the vehicle, and how to apply it • Determining travel distance in a collision reconstruction. In addition, this course can be valuable • Determining acceleration/deceleration

P111669 book.indb 47 11/28/11 2:09 PM 4848 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

• Determining driver inputs Who Should Attend • Rollover signatures Any engineer, scientist or technician who needs to acquire test • Rear impacts data will beneﬁ t from this course. Testing is required throughout DAY FOUR (ends at 12:30 pm; instructors will remain until 3:00 the product’s life cycle from prototype performance evaluation, to for those individuals who would like to stay and participate in reliability/durability testing, end of line testing and service. This additional hands-on practice) includes testing of components, sub-systems and entire vehicles • The Future of HVEDR done in both the lab and in-vehicle road testing. • Hands-on Workshop

Instructor: Timothy Cheek and John C. Steiner Prerequisites Fee $1995 2.4 CEUs Some test experience is preferred and knowledge of college algebra is recommended.

Topical Outline Acquiring and Analyzing Data DAY ONE: • Acquiring Data Directly from Sensors from Sensors and In-Vehicle • Sensor Inputs: Sensor overview, single-ended vs. differential inputs, proper ranging of the channels, zeroing offsets and Networks signal conditioning. • Data Acquisition: Analog-to-digital converters (A/D), time 2 Days and amplitude resolution, pre- and post-triggering, time I.D.# C0522 synchronous averaging, sample rate, aliasing, frame length and number of frames in a data fi le. • Frequency Domain The acquisition of test data is required throughout the product’s life • Analyzing data in the frequency domain with the Fast Fourier cycle - in prototype performance evaluation, reliability/durability Transform (FFT) is a valuable tool to optimize sample rate, testing, duty-cycle analysis, end of line testing, and service and which affects many factors such as data quality (aliasing), aftermarket product areas. Both lab and on-road testing is needed time and frequency resolution, digital fi ltering, integration for components, sub-systems and entire vehicles. As in-vehicle and differentiation. Analyzing and displaying the data in the networks become increasingly more sophisticated in terms of the revolution (angular) domain and order domain offer valuable number of controllers, the speed at which they communicate, and insights into the data. the number of parameters available, they are a virtual goldmine • In-Vehicle Data Acquisition for the test engineer. If the data is already available on the vehicle • Comparison of in-vehicle data acquisition with sensor data network, the engineer may only need to add any missing sensors acquisition. (or possibly none at all). After reviewing the traditional approach • Explanation of OBD-II and what it can and cannot do for you of acquiring data directly from sensors, the course will focus on • Examination of fi les containing hex messages. Learn the steps the newer approach of obtaining data from the in-vehicle network. required to convert to useful engineering parameters (e.g. Attention is given to the complications of taking data from the in- engine RPM, wheel speed, ambient temperature). Message fi les vehicle network and how to overcome them, current trends and will be shown from both heavy duty and automotive vehicles applications, wireless data acquisition (Wi-Fi and cellular), GPS, relevant technical standards, and how to simultaneously acquire DAY TWO: network data with direct sensor measurements. Both PC-based • In-Vehicle Data Acquisition - continued and logger (fl ight recorder) data acquisition will also be covered. In • Step-by-step procedure to acquire parametric data for both a addition, a practical guide for analysis and presentation techniques PC and stand-alone loggers. will be covered along with examples. • Explanation of why the database relating parameters and messages is the key and how to get this database information. Learning Objectives • Demonstration of acquiring data from both an in-vehicle network and sensors By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Review of applicable standards and references. • Acquire data from both in-vehicle networks and sensors • Identify unknown automotive protocols and learn about the • Avoid common pitfalls of acquiring and analyzing good data various network protocols • Request messages and decode them to acquire engineering • Defi ne wireless data acquisition options, the advantages and parameters using various network protocols such as: CAN disadvantages of them and the practical throughput rate for (controller area network), J1939, ISO15765, J1708, SAE J1850, real-time data acquisition. KWP2000 and ISO9141 • Data Analysis Techniques • Choose the best analysis techniques to better understand and • How to select the best numerical techniques and how to present test data optimize their performance for digital fi ltering (including IIR • Compare benefi ts of acquiring data with a PC vs. a stand-alone and FIR fi lters), integration, differentiation, and correlation. data logger (without a PC in the vehicle) • How combining logic, statistics and Z transform provides • Discover what a PC or stand-alone logger is capable of doing for a powerful technique to fi nd key points along a waveform real-time data acquisition, analysis, display and storage of data to make decisions such as pass/fail or perform intelligent • Identify an unknown network protocol monitoring that only stores the data of interest to optimize data • Reverse engineer data on the network storage and minimize your time required to review the data.

Instructor: Richard Walter Fee $1315 1.3 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 48 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 4949

• Secondary Batteries, rechargeable - including Energy and Power Advanced Battery Systems for Density, Applications, Limitations • Lithium ion Batteries Hybrid and Electric Vehicles • Introduction to Battery Modeling 2 Days • Equivalent R and RC Circuit Models I.D.# C1124 • Basic Battery Sizing Based on Vehicle Power and Voltage Requirements • Integration into Vehicle Models The battery is the most important, and one of the most costly • Temperature Effects on Performance Characteristics of Various components of all hybrid electric vehicles’ propulsion systems. This Battery Types course is designed to provide the participant with an introduction to • Integration of Thermal Effects into Battery Models hybrid vehicle battery technology starting with a discussion of hybrid • Battery System Heat Transfer and electric vehicle backgrounds and incentives and highlighting • Modeling of Battery Temperature Control Systems some of the vehicle and reusable energy storage requirements from the • Battery Management and Monitoring System perspective of buyers, manufacturers, and the auto dealers. The roles • Charging and Discharging Control, Cell Balancing, SOC and SOH of main stakeholders and key players such as USABC and some of the Measurement government and industrial agencies will be discussed. • Battery Testing and Regulatory Organizations • External Resources and Consulting Services Fundamental electrochemistry including Redox, lithium ion technology, battery requirements, thermal management, battery sizing, safety, and Instructor: Saeed J. Siavoshani design considerations will also be covered. The course will include Fee $465 1.3 CEUs electric vehicle categories such as HEV, PHEV and EV and will touch on both propulsion systems including series and parallel confi gurations. Learning Objectives A Holistic Introduction to By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Capture customer wants and expectations of the battery system Commercial Telematics • Describe Hybrid and EV propulsion confi gurations and develop battery pack targets 2 Days • Describe performance and storage characteristics of various types of I.D.# C0947 batteries suitable for use in advanced electric vehicles focusing on lithium ion batteries • Defi ne and analyze fundamental electrochemistry of battery The technical diffi culty, time, and costs associated with deploying a operation and performance requirements for HEV, PHEV, EREV and successful telematics system are often underestimated. This seminar full electric vehicles applications provides participants a comprehensive overview of the various • Describe critical manufacturing and packaging issues related to technologies that make up a telematics system as a whole and provides crash worthiness, durability, location considerations, and high the information necessary to help drive intelligent decisions that have voltage isolation long-term benefi ts. This two-day seminar will begin with a review of • Calculate number of cells and modules for a battery pack for the origins, technologies, and systems used in creating and operating different applications modern-day telematics systems. The main technologies will be broken • Describe the charging and discharging behavior of batteries in down into fi ve categories, all of which are required to operate in unison various situations in order for the system to be successful. This will include automotive • Describe the techniques for monitoring battery state of charge, technologies necessary to gain access to vehicle operating data, wireless battery health, and cell characteristics technologies to establish communications, navigation technologies • Estimate heat release during battery operation; Analyze the thermal to introduce location, antennas that enable wireless, and data behavior of batteries in various operational modes management to manage and make data useful. A series of practical • Utilize appropriate battery regulations and standards in your work examples will allow attendees the opportunity to work through each of the functional technologies and implement a simple telematics Who Should Attend solution. The seminar will conclude with a discussion of the issues that drive a cost vs. buy decision on the specifi c elements in the telematics This seminar is primarily intended for mechanical, system and value chain, as well as various applications currently being deployed electrical engineers, battery engineers, vehicle systems engineers, and the exploration of future applications within the telematics market. testing engineers, modeling engineers, thermal management engineers Attendees are encouraged to bring a laptop computer with a dual-boot recently assigned to their roles or returning to hybrid or electric Linux operating system installed. vehicle programs. It will also be benefi cial to those involved in the specifi cation, design, development, testing and planning of hybrid or electric vehicle programs. Product planners and program managers Learning Objectives recently assigned to hybrid and electric vehicle engineering account By attending this seminar, you will be able to: will also benefi t from this course. • Distinguish the various technologies used in telematics systems • Assess the diffi culty, time, and costs required to deploy a functional Topical Outline telematics solution • Evaluate alternatives and make decisions on where to spend • Introduction to Classical Batteries and Battery Systems development dollars, and when to rely on outside resources • Review of Basic Chemistry • Construct and demonstrate a simple telematics system • Redox Reactions • Recognize the role current and future telematics technologies will • Introduction to Electrochemical Modeling play in our collective future • Primary Batteries - including Energy and Power Density, Applications, Limitations

P111669 book.indb 49 11/28/11 2:09 PM 5050 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

Who Should Attend Controller Area Network (CAN) Engineers at all levels wanting to gain a better understanding of the fusion of technologies involved in telematics systems will benefi t for Vehicle Applications from this seminar. Also benefi ting are OEMs looking for a competitive advantage and fi eld data that will improve their product development 2 Days system. Fleet operators looking to increase business productivity, I.D.# C0120 better manage their assets, meet regulatory requirements more effi ciently, and improve asset utilization will also benefi t from the technical information presented. The Controller Area Network has become the standard of choice for most automotive manufacturers. Approved for use as an ISO and Prerequisites EPA diagnostic network, its usage continues to grow. This seminar A technical background will greatly simplify the understanding and covers the theory and use of the CAN protocol, and its applications absorption of the material presented. Additionally, any working in the automotive industry. Details on how the CAN protocol and knowledge of the C programming language will also be of benefi t to other standards (J2411, J2284, J1939, ISO 11898, etc.) complement each attendees during the practical portion. other will be presented. Attendees will learn about CAN application layers; the latest J1939, J2284, J2411, and IDB standards, regulations, Topical Outline and implementation requirements; and details of device hardware and software interfaces. Also presented will be demonstrations using DAY ONE system development tools. The SAE standard, J1939 Recommended • Telematics Overview Practice for a Serial Control and Communications Vehicle Network, is • Defi nition included in the course materials. • Historical Origins -- One size does not fi t all • Telematics Technologies Learning Objectives • Overall System Architecture • Automotive -- Vehicle Bus architecture; Protocols; Power By attending this seminar, you will be able to: requirements; Regulatory requirements; Proprietary barriers • Explain CAN protocol. • Wireless -- Providers/ISP’s; Terrestrial; GSM; CDMA; FM-RDS; • Demonstrate how CAN is used in various automotive applications. WAN/PAN; 802.11; Zigbee; WiMax; Bluetooth; SATCOM; LEO; • Employ CAN-related standards and specifi cations. GEO • Navigation -- GPS; Galileo; Everything Else Who Should Attend • Antennas -- The black magic This seminar is geared toward validation engineers, test engineers, • Data Management -- Hosting/Servers; Databases; Scalability; NOC; embedded programmers, and those who are currently working (or Availability; Backup; Security; ASP will be in the future) with applications using CAN. Participants • Getting Started -- Basic System Architecture; Environment Setup; should have an undergraduate engineering degree. Powering up and getting familiar with the system Topical Outline DAY TWO • Practical Example #1 DAY ONE • Vehicle Bus -- Standard messages; Capturing all data; Filtered • In-vehicle market overview messages; Capturing specifi c messages • General network topology overview • Practical Example #2 • CAN protocol • Navigation -- Capturing GPS stream; Combining GPS data with • CAN controller programming bus data • CAN physical layers • Practical Example #3 • Overview of J2411, J2284, IDB, J1939, Diagnostics on CAN, etc. • Establishing network communications -- Basic communication setup; Terminal monitoring of network communication; Sending DAY TWO GPS/Bus data to server • J1939 in-depth review • Practical Example #4 • IDB in-depth review • Send a formatted message to back-end application -- Display • Demonstrations results on map • Receive and decode formatted message from server -- Send Instructor: Mark Zachos specifi c vehicle bus data (request) Fee $1285 1.3 CEUs • Cost-Value / Cost-Performance • Make vs. Buy: Hardware; Software; Back offi ce • Future Implications and Applications • Insurance -- Black Boxes; Usage based insurance • Safety & Security -- People; Products; RFID • Compliance/Regulation -- Intelligent highways; Sarbanes-Oxley • Closing and Evaluation

Instructor: Emad Isaac Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 50 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 5151

Controller Area Network (CAN) Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: for Vehicle Applications e-Seminar • Determine performance characteristics of open and closed loop systems such as time and frequency responses and stability margins I.D.#PD130557ON (Online delivery) • Analyze compromises and select the best compromised solution between stability and closed loop performance metrics • Model simple physical systems in MatLab/Simulink environment • Analyze and design simple compensators in MatLab/Simulink Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led environment seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this 10.5 hour • Evaluate issues associated with digital control systems including e-seminar option offers an alternative way to receive the same instruction effects of sampling time, word length, and throughput without the expense of travel and time away from the workplace. This • Explain the functions of various components found in today’s course offers an introduction, six modules, and a Gryphon demonstration automotive embedded control systems including ECU I/O section, on video, accompanied by a handbook with exercises. software/algorithm, power electronics, and sensors and actuators • Communicate with control systems designers more effectively in View the complete program brochure and online demo at http:// terms of technical issues as well as toolsets, and functional needs www.sae.org/eseminars/can. Who Should Attend What You Will Receive: This introductory course is designed for individuals with little or no • 365 day access through MyLearn.sae.org background in control systems. Engineers, managers, and technical • Links to streaming video modules managers with backgrounds in systems, mechanical, electrical, or • Course Handbook (Downloadable .pdf’s subject to DRM) industrial engineering who work with vehicle chassis (suspension/ • The SAE standards, J1939 Recommended Practice for a Serial brakes/steering), powertrains, comfort systems, vehicle dynamics, Control and Communications Vehicle Network and J1939/71 sensors/actuators, and diagnostics will fi nd the seminar benefi cial. Recommended Practice for Vehicle Application Layer (bound, Test engineers and technicians, patent attorneys, and business paperback) executives may also fi nd this course valuable. • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) Prerequisites • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical background is highly recommended. Basic knowledge of college algebra, college Instructor: Mark Zachos physics, and a familiarity with vehicle systems is required. Fee $575 1.1 CEUs Topical Outline Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE DAY ONE Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • Background Information • Examples and block diagrams -- Open and closed loop systems • Dynamic systems (time and frequency domains) • Stability • Compromises of a closed loop system Control Systems Simplifi ed • Model Development 2 Days • Modeling philosophies I.D.# C0525 • Case study -- Problem description; Governing equations; Create a model based on transfer function; Create a model based on Simulink blocks • Model Analysis The advent of digital computers and the availability of ever cheaper • Case study -- Simulation issues (numerical integration); Linear and faster micro processors have brought a tremendous amount of analysis - frequency domain; Nonlinear analysis - time domain control system applications to the automotive industry in the last • Compensation (Controller Design) Methods two decades. From engine and transmission systems, to virtually all • On-Off chassis subsystems (brakes, suspensions, and steering), some level • Gain of computer control is present. Control systems theory is also being • PID applied to comfort systems such as climate control and safety systems • Lead-Lag such as cruise control or collision mitigation systems. This seminar begins by introducing the highly mathematical fi eld of control systems DAY TWO focusing on what the classical control system tools do and how they • Control System Design can be applied to automotive systems. Dynamic systems, time/ • Case study -- Design philosophies; Time domain based design; frequency responses, and stability margins are presented in an easy Frequency domain based design to understand format. Utilizing Matlab and Simulink, students will • Embedded Systems learn how simple computer models are generated. Other fundamental • Elements of embedded control systems techniques in control design such as PID and lead-lag compensators • Experiment will be presented as well as the basics of embedded control systems. • Digital control During this interactive seminar, attendees will utilize case studies to • Implementation i ssues develop a simple control design for a closed loop system. And, with • Design I mplementation the aid of a simple positioning control experiment, students will learn • Case Study -- Digital issues; Experiment; Sensors and estimation; the major components and issues found in many automotive control Software architecture; applications today. • Advanced Subjects

P111669 book.indb 51 11/28/11 2:09 PM 5252 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

• Nonlinear/adaptive control • Design Co nsiderations • Robust control • Balanced versus unbalanced piston areas • Trends, tools and references • Piston si zing • Stroke Instructor: Farhad Bolourchi • Servovalve par ameters Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs• Flow passage s • Sensor selection • Logic valves • Seal selection • Control loops, position and load sharing Design Considerations for • Loop gai n Hydraulically Powered Fly-By- • Monitors Instructor: W. Scott Schaefer Wire Flight Control Actuation Fee $295 .4 CEUs Systems .5 Day I.D.# C1132 Designing On-Board Diagnostics

This four-hour short course will present an overview of hydraulically for Light and Medium Duty powered fl ight control actuation systems used on fl y-by-wire aircraft, Emissions Control Systems covering both military and commercial applications. The scope this course covers the issues related to the mechanical design of 3 Days actuators themselves, as well as their control electronics. Additionally, I.D.# C0707 this course will provide participants an overview of the design considerations behind these fl ight control actuation systems. On-board diagnosis of engine and transmission systems has been Learning Objectives mandated by government regulation for light and medium vehicles By attending this seminar, you will be able to: since the 1996 model year. The regulations specify many of the detailed • Explain fl ight control actuation systems in military and commercial features that on-board diagnostics must exhibit. In addition, the penalties aircraft fl y-by-wire systems for not meeting the requirements or providing in-fi eld remedies can • Identify key design considerations of control actuators be very expensive. This course is designed to provide a fundamental • Identify the design considerations of actuator control electronics understanding of how and why OBD systems function and the technical • Evaluate overall design considerations of fl ight control actuation features that a diagnostic should have in order to ensure compliant and systems successful implementation. Fundamental design objectives and features needed to achieve those objectives for generic on-board diagnostics will Who Should Attend be covered. The course will also include a review of the California Air This seminar is designed for engineers and other key personnel with Resources OBD II regulation, providing students with a fi rm foundation little or no previous fl ight control actuation knowledge. for reading and understanding the requirements, including the in-use rate portion of the regulations and how to properly calculate and output the required rate information. Relationships between the regulation Prerequisites and various SAE and ISO recommended practices will be reviewed. None The course will also explore the relationship of the OBD system with the underlying control system. Note that because of proprietary Topical Outline considerations, this class does not provide details of algorithm design, • Actuation System Architectures algorithm performance, or algorithm application. The class will cover • Centralized electronics general OBD algorithm designs and the features required to promote • Remote electronics sound OBD system design. • Redundancy schemes (hydraulic and electronic) • Typical Requirements Learning Objectives • Operating mo des By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Hinge moment (stall force) • Articulate the underlying design objectives of on-board diagnostic • Stroke systems • Rates • Use the latest California Air Resources Board On-Board Diagnostic • Position accuracy Regulation for Light and Medium Vehicles to fi nd and apply OBD • Dynamic response and stability requirements • Static stiffness • Apply the design features that all diagnostics need for successful • Dynamic stiffness implementation • Endurance • Design diagnostics to comprehend variation • Leakage • Successfully implement algorithms to track in-use rates in • Safety and Reliability accordance with the CARB OBD II Regulation • Interfaces • Use SAE J1979 to implement generic scan tool support in diagnostic • Envelope design • Weight • Implement OBD design requirements in control system design

P111669 book.indb 52 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 5353

Who Should Attend Digital Avionics Fiber Optics This course is designed for engineers involved in either the design or control of on-board diagnostic systems for engines or transmissions Technology and Standards for for light and medium duty on-road vehicles. Individuals working in the heavy duty industry may also fi nd the information interesting, Aerospace but should note that the examples will be geared towards spark 1 Day ignition engines and light and medium duty regulations. In addition, I.D.# C0924 engineers involved in engine and transmission hardware will benefi t by obtaining a better understanding of the design of OBD systems. Engineers new to the area of OBD system design and engineers involved in the design of control systems wishing to obtain a better Once used only sparingly in select digital avionics air vehicle understanding of OBD requirements will also fi nd the course valuable. interconnect applications, fi ber optics technology has gained widespread acceptance and is becoming increasingly prevalent as Prerequisites standard equipment on modern aerospace platforms. As such, most new aerospace platform or retrofi t programs include a fi ber optic trade An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical study in its conceptual and system design and development process. background is highly recommended. A basic knowledge of college This comprehensive seminar introduces participants to aerospace fi ber algebra, college physics, and a familiarity with modern engine or optics technology. Additionally, this seminar provides an overview transmission systems is required. of important standards that are available to them during the system design and development process. This one-day seminar begins Topical Outline with a discussion on the basic physics of light and its application to DAY ONE fi ber optics. Following a fundamental overview of fi ber optic cable, • Fundamental Design Objectives for OBD Systems connector, and transceiver technologies, participants learn about • Basic Design Features for OBD Systems supportability, maintainability, manufacturing quality, and installation • Exercise: “Customers” and their OBD Requirements concerns, with emphasis given to design interface controls and life • Overview of the World Wide OBD Regulatory Structure cycle cost parameters. Prior lessons learned are summarized with an • California Air Resources Board (CARB) Regulatory Process emphasis on aerospace fi ber optic design engineering and support • How to use the CARB Light/Medium Regulation principles. The seminar concludes with an in-depth description of • Malfunction and diagnostic system requirements relevant military and aerospace standards along with an example digital • Enforcement of malfunction and diagnostic system requirements fi ber optic system design and development methodology case study.

DAY TWO Learning Objectives • CARB Regulation - an in-depth look at: By attending this seminar you will be able to: • In-use r ates • Explain the basic physics of light and how light couples into and out • Comprehensive component requirements of an optical fi ber • Introduction to a Diagnostic Design Process (Box, Graves, Bisgaard, • Identify the benefi ts of fi ber optics technology applied to aerospace Van Gilder, et al) platforms • Defi ning “Good” vs. “Bad” Systems • Defi ne the construction and performance of aerospace fi ber and fi ber • Exercise: Defi ning Good vs. Defective Systems optic cable • Anatomy of an On-Board Diagnostic • Identify how fi ber optic connections are made on aerospace • Diagnostic Modeling platforms • Exercise: Induction System Modeling • Identify how fi ber optic cables and connectors are selected for • Understanding and Dealing with Variation aerospace applications • Decision making processes • Appraise digital fi ber optic transmitter and receiver parameters • Design guidelines for Exponentially Weighted Moving Averages • Identify digital fi ber optic link characteristics and design principles, (EWMA) and avionics fi ber optic interface control parameters • Recognize the key underlying elements of aerospace fi ber optic DAY THREE supportability, reliability and maintainability and their relationship • SAE J1979 - An Overview to life cycle cost • Exercise: Finding Information in J1979 • Identify fi ber optic cable termination best practices for aerospace • System Design for Diagnosibility • Relate the content and application of SAE and MIL standards to • Overview of Regulatory Requirements Related to OBD avionics fi ber optic system design and specifi cation • In-use Enforcement • Recognize future directions for avionics fi ber optics and photonics • Emissions warranty technology • OBD Certifi cation Process • The Relationship between the Control and OBD System Design Who Should Attend Instructor: John Van Gilder This seminar will benefi t any aerospace contractor residing in Fee $1655 2.0 CEUsthe aerospace fi ber optics supply chain including component manufacturers, subsystem providers, system integrators, engineers, research scientists, instructors, technicians, logisticians, and students

Prerequisites A basic understanding of physics and electronics.

P111669 book.indb 53 11/28/11 2:09 PM 5454 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

Topical Outline • Specify important characteristics of electrohydraulic valves, sensors, and electronic controllers • The Basic Physics of Light and its Application to Fiber Optics • Read and create hydraulic schematics using electrohydraulic • Introduction to Fiber Optics Technology symbols • Singlemode fi ber • Recognize the critical issues in designing and troubleshooting • Multimode fi ber electrohydraulic systems • Avionics Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies • Identify the risks associated with electrohydraulic systems and • Fiber optic cable means to overcome them. • Fiber optic termini • Fiber optic connectors • Fiber optic cable assembly testing Who Should Attend • Digital Fiber Optic Transmitters and Receivers (Transceivers) This course is designed for individuals engaged in mechanical, • Digital Fiber Optic Transmitter and Receiver Packaging Technology electrical, and fl uid power engineering that are new to the • Digital Fiber Optic Link Design and Testing Principles technical fi eld of electrohydraulics. Additionally, technicians, • Interface control document program managers, and sales engineers requiring knowledge of • Link loss power budget electrohydraulic components and systems will benefi t from attending • Fiber optic cable optical testing and fi ber optic link bit error rate this seminar. testing • Fiber Optic Cable Assembly Qualifi cation Prerequisites • Aerospace Fiber Optic System Supportability and Maintainability An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical • Relevant Standards Organizations background is highly recommended. A basic knowledge of college • SAE and MIL Fiber Optic Standards algebra, college physics, and familiarity with hydraulics is also • System Design and Development Case Study recommended but not required. • Future Directions for Avionics • Closing and Evaluations Topical Outline Instructor: Mark Beranek DAY ONE Fee $725 .7 CEUs• What is Electrohydraulics? • Power Density • Hydraulics comes out on top • Review Physical Principles • Inductance Electrohydraulic Controls for • Electromotive Force • Pascal’s law Mobile Equipment & Vehicles • Hall Effect • Resistive elastic properties used in strain gauges 3 Days • Magnetostrictive Principle I.D.# C1011 • Fluid Viscosity • Control of Power • Mechanical Power Electrohydraulic technologies have been utilized in aerospace and • Hydraulic Power industrial applications for well over fi fty years. Already mature in • Electrical Power such applications as ABS and traction control, electrohydraulics • Block Diagrams - System Approach continues to be used in newer applications such as electronic • Simple mechanical system stability control and active and semi-active suspensions. In off- • Simple hydraulic system highway applications, designers are using electrohydraulics in a • Simple electric System wide range of applications, from simple pump control to complex • Electrohydraulic system (Open Loop) brake systems found on agricultural tractors and construction • Electrohydraulic system (Closed Loop) equipment. Additionally, with the acceptance of digital engine • Actuators controllers for emissions control, engineers are increasingly looking • Linear actuators to utilize electrohydraulics to improve vehicle ease of use, safety, and • Rotary actuators performance. As more electronics are used in mobile applications, • EH Control Devices there is a greater need for engineers, managers, and technicians to • EM Devices -- Solenoids; Torque motors; Stepper motors; DC understand electrohydraulic technologies. This three-day seminar motors examines the systems and component level details needed to • Valves -- Pressure relief; Pressure reducing; Flow control better understand how the cross-functional disciplines of electrical, • Pumps mechanical, and fl uid power engineering are utilized to offer • Motors performance and functional advantages through electrohydraulic • Rheological Fluids technologies. Using a systems engineering block diagram approach, • Fluid Issues -- Viscosity; Tribology - Friction, lubrication & key components covered in this seminar include electromechanical wear; Cleanliness - ISO ratings; Hygroscopic vs. Hydrophobic actuation, electronic controllers, networks, valves, and sensors. In each properties; Special issues water-based fl uids section, examples of existing products are shown and elements of risk are discussed. This course also examines environmental specifi cations DAY TWO and fl uid issues that are specifi c to electrohydraulics. • Feedback Devices • Position Transducer -- Linear Pot; LVDT (Linear Variable Learning Objectives Differential Transformer); Magnetostrictive; Encoder; Resolver; By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Infrared & Radar • Identify the key building blocks of electrohydraulic systems • Speed Sensors -- Hall Effect; Variable Reluctance; Ground Speed

P111669 book.indb 54 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 5555

Radar • Force Sensors Embedded Control Systems Design • Torque Se nsors • Accelerometers Workshop • Yaw Rate 2 Days • Pressure Transducers I.D.# C0922 • Pressure Switches • Flow Meters • Fluid Level Sensors This highly interactive seminar - featuring microcontroller hands-on • Temperature Se nsors lab projects - will help you learn fundamental concepts needed to • Controller design, implement, and calibrate control functions for an embedded • Valve dr ivers microcontroller system. Overviews of engine, transmission, hybrid • Pulse width modulation of solenoids control functions and related sensors and actuators including • Dither electronic control signals will be presented, as well as microcontroller • Digital controllers -- Microprocessors vs Microcontrollers functions, control algorithms, software, diagnostics and calibration • Safety Integrity Level (SIL) of the system. A focus on robust design for electronic / mechatronic • Inputs -- Power; Analog; Discrete; Frequency systems is included as a separate topic. • Outputs -- Regulated Power; PWM Drivers; Discrete Devices • Networks -- ISO Seven Layer Model; Common Protocols The seminar introduces the system elements: control system architecture; control algorithms; sensors; actuators; wiring; DAY THREE electromagnetic compatibility; microcontroller; software; diagnostics • Environmental Co nsiderations and calibration, and shows how all elements are connected. The • Electrical discussion will be based on engine, transmission, and electric drive • EMC/EMI propulsion system functionality. Participants will be involved in • ESD -- Electrostatic Discharge both a lecture format and a ‘hands-on’ lab to design, implement and • Voltage t ransients calibrate lab exercises related to the topic under discussion using a • Wiring considerations microcontroller. This seminar applies to conventional and hybrid • Connectors embedded control system design and implementation. • Mechanical • Temperature • Shock & vibration Learning Objectives • Humidity By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Fluid compatibility • List the major embedded control functions for an engine, • Altitude transmission, electric drive and battery, and vehicle electronic • IP rating system interface • Submersion • Explain the use and function of the sensors/actuators and electrical • Cleaning signals used for a vehicular embedded control system • Suppliers • Select the typical microcontroller architecture used for embedded • Off-Highway Controllers control • Command Devices • Describe the type of control algorithms used in embedded control • Joysticks functions and alternative choices • Foot pe dals • Generate a sample calibration in the lab and apply it to a diagnostic • Switches function • Operator input controls • Explain the types of hybrid electric drives and the electronic controls • ISO Symbols for EH Devices • Use a microcontroller to design and implement a simple control • EH Examples function and calibration • Proportional valves and servo valves • Make a control function more robust during a hands-on lab using • Pumps electronic hardware, software and calibration • Pressure reducing valves • 6 DOF motion simulators Who Should Attend • Hydrostatic drive control Embedded controls are found in each major vehicle sub-system and • Hydrostatic regenerative braking the manufacturing system has robotics and autonomous assembly, • Suspension product making it essential for automotive engineers and leaders to have • X by wire core knowledge of embedded systems. This course is designed for engineers and management who design, develop, service, or plan Instructor: David E. Ewel embedded control systems. This includes individuals working Fee $1545 2.0 CEUson elements of the embedded system who want to understand a mechatronics and systems view (architecture, software, algorithms, microcontroller, sensors/actuators, calibration).

Prerequisites This course will contain technical material in the presentations. A degree in electrical or mechanical engineering is recommended, however those working in labs, manufacturing, service or management will beneﬁ t from an overview perspective. This course is for anyone working on embedded systems but will focus on automotive propulsion control system examples.

P111669 book.indb 55 11/28/11 2:09 PM 5656 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

Topical Outline Emissions-Related OBD Systems: DAY ONE • Engine, Transmission, Hybrid Electronic Control Functions A Design Overview • Fuel control • Ignition 1 Day • Aftertreatment I.D.# C0708 • Clutch control • Torque converter control • Electric drive: motor control and battery control On-board diagnostics, required by governmental regulations, provide • Network control: vehicle, engine, transmission, electric drive a means for reducing harmful pollutants into the environment. Since • Sensors and Actuators used for Engine, Transmission, and Hybrid being mandated in 1996, the regulations have continued to evolve Controls and require engineers to design systems that meet strict guidelines. • Actuators - injectors, pumps, solenoids, motors, battery This one day seminar is designed to provide an overview of the • Sensors - pressure, temperature, position, combustion, detonation, fundamental design objectives and the features needed to achieve those current with feedback, massfl ow, level, switches, torque, fuel objectives for generic on-board diagnostics. The basic structure of an composition, humidity, acceleration on-board diagnostic will be described along with the system defi nitions • Communication - types of serial data; interactive with vehicle needed for successful implementation. Please note that because of • Electronic Control Signals for Sensors and Actuators proprietary considerations, this class does not provide details of • Pwm, frequency, analog, pulse, complex combination algorithm design, algorithm performance, or algorithm application. • Hands-on Lab The class will cover general OBD algorithm designs and the features • Electromagnetic Compatibility and Wiring required to promote sound OBD system design. Individuals desiring a • Control System Architecture and Setting Requirements more in-depth look at On-Board Diagnostics should consider attending • PID Wheel Control with Hands-on Lab SAE seminar ID# C0707 Designing On-Board Diagnostics for Light and Medium Duty Emissions Control Systems. DAY TWO • Microcontroller Learning Objectives • Typical elements By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Memory • Articulate the underlying design objectives of on-board diagnostic • Timers and signal generation systems • Timers and program fl ow (interactive) • Apply the design features that all diagnostics need for successful • External interrupts implementation • Analog to digital conversion • Apply basic design techniques to deal with variation • Input capture • Use a diagnostic design template in the development of an on-board • Serial communications diagnostic • Control Algorithms and Software • Need for well defi ned requirements • Types of control algorithms - feedback, adaptive, estimation, Who Should Attend learning This course is designed for engineers involved in either the design or • Software Design Based on Control System Architecture control of on-board diagnostic systems for engines or transmissions • “V” development and test concept for light and medium duty on-road vehicles. Individuals working in • Derive software requirements for design and test the heavy duty industry may also fi nd the information interesting, • Software partitioning for reuse and team design but should note that the examples will be geared towards spark • Autocode ignition engines and light and medium duty regulations. In addition, • AutoSAR engineers involved in engine and transmission hardware will benefi t • Hands-on software lab by obtaining a better understanding of the design of OBD systems. • Diagnostics Engineers new to the area of OBD system design and engineers • Calibration of the System involved in the design of control systems wishing to obtain a better • What is calibration? understanding of OBD requirements will also fi nd the course valuable. • Types of calibration in embedded systems • Advanced calibration methods using robots and automation Prerequisites • Virtual sensors for fail soft diagnostics and control An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical background is • Torque e stimation highly recommended. A basic knowledge of college algebra, college physics, • Fuel composition and a familiarity with modern engine or transmission systems is required. • Airfl ow • Derived t emperature • Mechanical position (engine and throttle) Topical Outline • Hands-on Diagnostic and Calibration Lab • Fundamental Design Objectives for OBD Systems • Robust Design using Signal Delivery Analysis including Hands-on • Basic Design Features for OBD Systems Lab • Defi ning “Good” vs. “Bad” Systems • Robocar Instructor Demonstration (time permitting) • Exercise: Defi ning Good vs. Defective Systems • Anatomy of an On-Board Diagnostic Instructor: Dennis Bogden • Diagnostic Modeling Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs• Understanding and Dealing with Variation • Decision making processes • Design guidelines for Exponentially Weighted Moving Averages (EWMA)

Instructor: John Van Gilder Fee $785 .7 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 56 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 5757

Energy Effi cient Motor Drives and Who Should Attend This course is designed for those who work in engineering, marketing, Power Electronics for EV, HEV, and or manufacturing of powertrain systems or other electrical and mechanical aspects of EVs, HEVs, and PHEVs. In addition, this PHEV Applications course can be valuable to those involved in renewable energy or transportation systems that utilize electric motors. Individuals new to 4 Days the fi eld of power electronics, electric motors and drives will benefi t I.D.# C1045 most from the material. This course is not intended for individuals with signifi cant experience with power electronics or motor drives.

Electric motor drives have emerged as one of the differentiating Prerequisites technologies in electric vehicles (EV), hybrid electric vehicles (HEV) An undergraduate degree in engineering or a strong technical and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV). As a result, it is critical background is highly recommended. Attendees should have taken for engineers and technical decision-makers to understand the various an undergraduate or graduate course in basic electric circuits and/or energy-effi cient motor drive technologies and how to apply them. basic electric machines, basic electric circuits, and basic electronics or Likewise, power electronics is one of the key technologies enabling be familiar with resources such as: the shift from conventional gasoline/diesel engine powered vehicles • Electric Circuits: J David Irwin: Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis, to electric vehicles (EVs), hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs), and plug- John Wiley & Sons in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). Of particular importance are the • Electronic Circuits (chapter 1 to 5 of Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, power electronics converters used in EVs, HEVs, and PHEVs, which Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford University Press include rectifi ers, unidirectional and bidirectional DC-DC converters, inverters, and battery chargers. Topical Outline The fi rst two days of this seminar begin with an introduction to the DAY ONE principle of power electronics followed by a thorough coverage of • Introduction to Power Electronics various converters. The unique aspects of power converters in EVs, • Concept of power electronics HEVs, and PHEVs are addressed, including vehicle to grid technology • Major types of power converters and battery chargers. Distinctive characteristics of the operation of EV • Unique aspects of power electronics in EV/HEV/PHEV converters, such as uncontrolled rectifi cation of permanent magnet • e-CVT and the role of power electronics motors, are covered in detail. Modeling and simulation of different • Modeling of power electronics power converters are demonstrated with hands on examples and • Modeling principle and importance of modeling hardware-in-the-loop concepts are briefl y covered. • Modeling tools - Simplorer and Matlab Simulink • Modeling example The second two-day module begins by defi ning energy-effi cient • Rectifi ers motors and EV/HEV/PHEV motors. Following an in-depth study • Principle of induction motor drives, permanent magnet (PM) brushless motor • Single-phase and three-phase rectifi ers drives, and switched reluctance (SR) motor drives, attendees will • Voltage r egulation understand the core motor drive technology for EVs, HEVs and • Voltage r ipple PHEVs. The course concludes with information on in-wheel motors, • DC side current and AC side harmonics emerging motor technologies, and electric variable transmission (EVT) • Unidirectional DC-DC converters motor systems. • Buck converter • Boost converter Learning Objectives • Buck-boost • Cuk Converter By attending this course, you will be able to: • Bidirectional DC-DC converters • Identify energy-effi cient motors • Two-quadrant chopper • Identify EV/HEV/PHEV motors • Four-quadrant DC-DC converter • Explain the differences between induction, brushless, and SR motor • Energy management converter for HEV batteries drives for EVs/HEVs/PHEVs • Thermal Management of Power converter • Explain the differences between various in-wheel motors • Power losses of semiconductor devices • Identify a sound methodology for sizing EV/HEV/PHEV motors • Cooling choices • Describe how to approach fi nite element and thermal analyses of • Thermal circuit design motors • Heat sink selection • Describe EVT motor systems and various emerging motor • Power electronics building blocks technologies • Inductors • Explain the basic principle of power electronics and the operation • Isolation transformers principle of different converters • Capacitors • Describe the uniqueness of EV/HEV/PHEV power converters • Diodes • Identify the appropriate power converter topology for different • MOSFTS powertrain applications • IGBTs • Identify passive components for power converters • Hardware in the loop (HIL) • Model power converter circuits used in an EV/HEV/PHEV • Closed loop control of power electronics converters • Select the semiconductor devices for major power converters in an • HIL t ools EV/HEV/PHEV • HIL Example • Describe vehicle to grid and battery charger technology • Explain the implementation principle of hardware in the loop tools • Identify emerging power electronics technologies

P111669 book.indb 57 11/28/11 2:09 PM 5858 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

DAY TWO • Computer-aided design tools • Isolated DC-DC converter • Power Converters for AC and SR Motors • Isolation n eeds • Converter t opologies • Method of isolation • PWM switching schemes • Isolated unidirectional DC-DC converters (feed forward and • Losses due to PWM supply fl yback) • Isolated bidirectional DC-DC converters - phase shift and dual DAY FOUR phase shift • Induction Motor Drives • Inverter • Variable-voltage variable-frequency control of induction motor • Single-phase i nverter drives • Three-phase i nverter • Vector control of induction motor drives • Vector control • PM BLAC Motor Drives • Boost rectifi cation • Constant-torque operation of PM BLAC motor drives • Introduction to motor drives • Constant-power operation of PM BLAC motor drives • Induction motor drives • PM BLDC Motor Drives • PM motor drives • Constant-torque operation of PM BLDC motor drives • V/f control • Constant-power operation of PM BLDC motor drives • Vector control • Sensorless control • Special Operations • SR Motor Drives • Uncontrolled rectifi cation in PM motors • Current chopping control of SR motor drives • Fault-tolerant operation of EV converters • Angular position control of SR motor drives • Battery Charger • In-wheel Motors • SAE st andards • Planetary-geared high-speed motors • Unidirectional charger • Gearless low-speed motors • Bidirectional charger • Magnetic-geared high-speed motors • Inductive charger • Emerging Motor Technologies • DC charger • Doubly salient PM motors • Power factor correction • PM hybrid motors • Vehicle to Grid (V2G) • EVT Motor Systems • V2G basics • Planetary-geared motor systems • Isolated and non-isolated • Double-rotor motor systems • Impact of vehicle on the power grid • Magnetic-geared motor systems • Emerging Power Electronics Technologies • Learning Assessment • Silicon carbide devices • Power electronics in renewable energy Instructor: Chris Mi and K. T. Chau • Power electronics in battery management systems Fee $1655 2.6 CEUs • Power electronics in high speed rail • Learning Assessment

DAY THREE • Overview of Energy-Effi cient Motors Flight Control Systems for • What is effi ciency? • What is an energy-effi cient motor? Transport Aircraft • How to achieve high effi ciency? .5 Day • Overview of EV/HEV/PHEV Motors I.D.# C1130 • What is an EV/HEV/PHEV motor? • Types of EV/HEV/PHEV motors • Classifi cations of EV/HEV/PHEV motors • Induction Motors SAE International is pleased to offer this professional development • Types of induction motors seminar in conjunction with the following SAE Aerospace Committee • Operation principles of induction motors meetings being held during the week of Oct. 3, 2011: SAE A-6 • Performances of induction motors Aerospace Actuation, Control and Fluid Power Systems, SAE A-5 • PM Brushless AC (BLAC) Motors Aerospace Landing Gear Systems, SAE AMS CE Elastomers, and • Types of PM BLAC motors AMS P Polymeric Materials. This four hour short course will provide • Operation principles of PM BLAC motors an overview of the fl ight control system design of recent transport • Performances of PM BLAC motors aircraft. Topics will include the principles, system architectures, power • PM Brushless DC (BLDC) Motors sources, and main components of various technologies of fl ight control • Types of PM BLDC motors systems including mechanical, hydromechanical, fl y-by-wire, power- • Operation principles of PM BLDC motors by-wire, and high-lift systems. Additionally, future trends in fl ight • Performances of PM BLDC motors controls will be discussed. • SR Motors • Types of SR motors • Operation principles of SR motors • Performances of SR motors • Design and Analysis of Motors • Sizing of motors for EV/HEV/PHEV • Finite element analysis of motors • Thermal analysis of motors

P111669 book.indb 58 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 5959

Learning Objectives Fundamentals of Shielding Design By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Explain the operating principles of various fl ight control systems for EMC Compliance • Identify the various system architectures, including normal and back-up where applicable 1 Day • Identify power sources for fl ight control systems I.D.# C0835 • Identify the various components of fl ight control systems

Who Should Attend It is important for electronic and hardware engineers to not only be knowledgeable of a product’s intended function and performance, This seminar is designed for engineers, executives, and other key but also its ability to perform within electromagnetic compatibility personnel with little or no previous fl ight control knowledge or (EMC) limits. This seminar introduces practical shielding theory, experience. design fundamentals, and confi gurations, including shielding products, common and differential modes, electromagnetic fi elds, and Prerequisites enclosure shielding. A segment on enclosure testing is presented in None conjunction with an aperture attenuation modeling program (which is used to model attenuation characteristics at various frequencies and Topical Outline aperture size prior to expensive FCC/CE compliance or MIL-STD 461 testing). Honeycomb vent panels, plating attenuation comparisons, • Generals and galvanic compatibility per MIL-STD 1250 will also be discussed. • Flight control surfaces Although the concepts presented in this seminar may be applicable to • Cockpit controls the automotive industry, the examples and standards presented are • Mechanical Flight Controls primarily focused on military and commercial vehicle applications. • Principles (mechanical linkages, tabs, horns…) • System Architecture • Components Learning Objectives • Hydromechanical Flight Controls By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Principles (mechanical linkages, hydro mechanical servo actuator) • Identify the basic characteristics of Common and Differential Mode • System Architecture • Recognize E,H, and Plane wave fi elds, Surface current and “Skin • Power sources (hydraulic systems) effect” based on increased frequency • Components (servo actuators, feel units, trim actuators…) • Specify Galvanic compatibility of various metal plating • First Generation: Fly-by-Wire Systems • Specify industry standard shielding products for EMC compliance • Principles (electro-hydraulic servovalve, computer architectures) • Evaluate waveguide effect of EMI/RFI shielded honeycomb • System architecture (normal and back-up) ventilation panels • Power sources (hydraulic systems) • Analyze aperture attenuation modeling for EMC design • Components (side stick, conventional controls columns, servo actuators, sensors, digital computers, control law overview) Who Should Attend • New Generation: Hybrid Power Sources and Full Fly-by-Wire This seminar will benefi t engineers requiring an understanding Systems of their electronic product or system’s electromagnetic impact on • Principles (reduced number of hydraulic systems, meeting commercial EMC and MIL-STD 461 requirements, as well as electrohydrostatic actuators) those engineers needing to incorporate shielding products into new or • System architecture (normal and back-up) current product improvement designs. • Power sources (hydraulic and electric systems) • Components (EHA, EBHA, back-up control) • High-Lift Systems Prerequisites • Leading edge and trailing edge high lift devices Attendees should have knowledge of electrical and electronic products • System architecture and profi ciency in mathematics at an algebra level. • Components (PCU, actuators, transmission, computers) • Future Trends: More Electric Systems Topical Outline • EMC Fundamentals Instructor: Dominique van den Bossche • Defi nitions Fee $295 .4 CEUs • Maxwell equations • EMI and apertures • EMI environment and characteristics • Practical Shielding Theory Many SAE Instructors are available to help • Common / Differential modes • BLS Crosstalk / Radiated fi elds your company solve specific engineering problems • Reciprocity by providing consulting services. • Emitter location effects To explore how our instructors can work with your • Partial sh ields • H, E, and PW fi elds company as consultants, contact • Shielding material testing • Absorption and refl ection SAE Corporate Learning Solutions • Shield Apertures 1-724-772-8529 • [email protected] • Skin depth • EM Leakage • Aperture calculation

P111669 book.indb 59 11/28/11 2:09 PM 6060 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

• Multiple apertures Electronic Parts; Avoidance, Detection, Mitigation, and Disposition • RF current fl ow standard is provided to each registrant. • Aperture Attenuation Modeling Program • Aperture Calculations Learning Objectives • PCB test data comparisons By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Attenuation Modeling and Test Factor • Characterize and describe the threat of counterfeit electronic parts • Honeycomb Vent Panels • Identify the characteristics of an effective Counterfeit Parts Control • Design - waveguide effect Plan • Attenuation of various panels • Demonstrate one of the fi rst steps in verifi cation of purchased • Galvanic compatibility product (inspection techniques for counterfeit parts) • EMC Shielding Products and Materials • Recognize suspect counterfeit parts • Board Level Shields (BLS) • Gaskets (BeCu fi ngerstock, conductive fabric, conductive elastomer, wire mesh) Who Should Attend • Ferrites Materials This seminar will benefi t a wide range of individuals and experience • RF Absorber levels across the electronics industry and supply chain. Anyone • Shielding principles who designs, specifi es, buys, receives, assembles and tests electronic • EMC Shielding Specifi cations and Applications hardware will benefi t from this seminar. This includes electronic • MIL-STD 461 / 464 test specifi cations design engineers, parts engineers, quality assurance engineers, • Shielding applications buyers, auditors, inspectors, assemblers, electronic test engineers, • Question/Answer Session microelectronic non-destructive test engineers, destructive test • Learning asse ssment analysts, and supplier managers. Additionally, this seminar will • Group discussion on specifi c EMC design concerns and benefi t individuals in various levels of management that infl uence applications electronic hardware.

Instructor: Michael J. Oliver Prerequisites Fee $725 .7 CEUsNone

Topical Outline • Introduction Introduction to AS5553 and • AS5553 • Terms and defi nitions Counterfeit Electronic Parts • Magnitude and impact of counterfeiting • Counterfeit electronic part examples Avoidance Training • G-19 Committee and its challenges • AS5553 structure 1 Day • Requirements I.D.# C0950 • Counterfeit electronic parts control plan • Parts availability • Purchasing processes Counterfeit electronic parts have been found in almost every sector • Procurement contract requirements of the electronics industry and continue to be an increasing threat • Verifi cation of purchased product to electronic hardware. This threat poses signifi cant performance, • Control of suspect or confi rmed counterfeit parts reliability and safety risks. Aerospace industry organizations, in • Reporting particular, must produce and continually improve safe and reliable • Future G-19 plans products that meet or exceed customer and regulatory authority • Counterfeit Parts Recognition requirements. The SAE AS5553 standard was created in response to • Terms and defi nitions the signifi cant and increasing volume of counterfeit electronic parts • Types of counterfeits entering the aerospace supply chain and standardizes requirements, • E-Waste practices and methods for counterfeit parts risk mitigation. The • Documentation review resulting document presents solutions to address counterfeit electronic • Slides of counterfeit parts and their features parts issues across a large cross-section of the electronics industry. • Non-destructive and destructive testing for counterfeits This comprehensive one-day seminar introduces participants to • Hands-on inspection with microscopes AS5553 and specifi cally addresses counterfeit part risk mitigation • Closing methods in electronic design and parts management, supplier • Assessment management, procurement, part verifi cation, material control, and • Evaluations response strategies when suspect or confi rmed counterfeit parts are discovered. The seminar will provide information and guidance in Instructor: Phil Zulueta and Katherine Whittington each of these key requirement areas. The latter part of the course Fee $785 .7 CEUs will highlight counterfeit detection techniques and part compliance verifi cation methods. Several examples of counterfeit parts will be reviewed in detail. The course will conclude with a hands-on learning exercise in identifying, under a microscope, characteristics that can be found in counterfeit electronic parts. To accomplish this, attendees are encouraged to bring a personal laptop computer. The instructors will provide a limited number of digital microscopes and electronic parts. In addition to the seminar handout, a copy of the AS5553-Counterfeit

P111669 book.indb 60 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 6161

• Energy vs. power Introduction to Hybrid and Electric • Expectations over vehicle lifetime • Product Liability / FMEA Vehicle Battery Systems • Battery Development Cycle • You don’t know what you don’t know! 2 Days • Why does it take so long and cost so much? I.D.# C0626 • Cost Factors • Scope of product: system vs. cells vs. sticks • $/kW vs. $kWh Driven by the need for lower emissions, better fuel economy and • System Considerations higher effi ciency, hybrid vehicles are appearing in many different • Electrochemistry Selection confi gurations on today’s roadways. While the powertrain components • Safety such as the drive motor, motor controller and cooling system are • Advance planning for safety tests somewhat familiar to the automotive industry, the battery systems are a • Thermal runaway relatively unfamiliar aspect. This seminar will introduce participants to • String confi guration (series, parallel) the concepts of hybrid vehicles, their missions and the role of batteries • Range Estimation (hybrid vs. electric) in fulfi lling those requirements. Battery topics including limitations, trends in hybrid development, customer wants and needs, battery DAY TWO system development timelines, comparison of electrochemistries and • Real-life Battery Analysis Exercise (using a contemporary vehicle as safety will be examined. Current offerings, cost factors, pack design an example) considerations and testing will also be reviewed. Students will have • Battery Pack Design Considerations an opportunity to perform a battery pack analysis exercise using a real • Failure Modes world application and are requested to bring a calculator to class. • Wear-out • Power and energy degradation Learning Objectives • High resistance / open circuit • Controller / signal malfunction By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Vehicle Trends • Capture customer wants and expectations of the battery system • Plug-in hybrid • Identify factors that drive power and energy requirements • Battery electric • Determine test program structure • Demanding applications • Compare and contrast the newest relevant battery technologies • Fuel cell hybrids • Calculate estimates of electric range and quantify the assumptions • Battery Trends • Critically assess media claims of new battery discoveries • Battery Warranty • Battery Recycling Who Should Attend This seminar is primarily intended for vehicle systems engineers, Instructor: Erik Spek battery system integration engineers, testing engineers, electrical Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs engineers and thermal management engineers recently assigned to their roles or returning to hybrid or electric vehicle programs. It will also be benefi cial to those involved in the specifi cation, design, development, testing and planning of hybrid vehicle programs. Product planners and program managers will fi nd the overview aspects helpful. In-Vehicle Networking with LIN

Prerequisites and FlexRay Applications Material presented will be practical in nature with basic mathematics 2 Days used to describe quantitative measures. An undergraduate degree I.D.# C0136 in electrical or electromechanical engineering will assist in gaining maximum benefi t from the material presented. Experience or training in battery electrochemistry is helpful, but not essential. This two-day seminar covers the theory and practices of in-vehicle multiplex networking. Attendees learn about FlexRay and LIN Topical Outline SubBus, and other network standards. Attendees explore the latest DAY ONE OBD II regulations and implementation requirements, along with • Terminology, Defi nitions and Conventions device hardware and software interfaces. Proprietary applications are • Brief Review of the Hybrid Market discussed and system development tools are demonstrated. • Market drivers and expectations • Market infl uences Learning Objectives • Competing technologies By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Customer expectations • Describe in-vehicle multiplex network architecture. • Review of Common Vehicle Product Offerings (battery descriptions, • Explain how multiplex networks are used in a wide range of power, technology, size, architecture) automotive applications. • Fundamentals • Identify and use various standards and specifi cations related to in- • Fossil fuel vs. hybrid vs. electric vehicle networks. • Source ragone plot • Effi ciencies, weights Who Should Attend • Cost of fuel (fossil vs. electrons) • Role of Battery Engineers who will be or currently are working with applications • ICE vs. electric systems using multiplex networks, including validation engineers, embedded programmers, and test engineers.

P111669 book.indb 61 11/28/11 2:09 PM 6262 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

Prerequisites • Implement the required control state transitions and responses for charging Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. • Comprehend the physical, mechanical, electrical, environmental and EMC requirements for EVSEs, charge connectors and vehicle inlets Topical Outline • Be able to design vehicle or EVSE electrical interfaces and controls in DAY ONE accordance to the requirements of SAE J1772. • Introduction • Overview of In-Vehicle Network Systems Who Should Attend • On Board Diagnostics (OBD) Networks -- CARB, EPA, EURO Vehicle OEMs, Vehicle Tier 1 suppliers, EVSE/charge coupler • Control System Networks -- CAN Protocol equipment suppliers, Code inspectors, Code developers, Third party • Deterministic System Networks -- FlexRay Protocol testing labs, Students, Electric Utilities, National Labs. This webinar • Input/Output Device Networks -- LIN Protocol will be best suited for individuals with a moderate understanding of • OBD Communications Specifi cations plug-in vehicle charging. This webinar will provide details to help • SAE J1979 assure vehicles and EVSEs are compliant to the intent of SAE J1772. • SAE J2012 • SAE J1699-3 • SAE J2534 Topical Outline • SAE J1939-73 Session 1 • ISO 15765-4 • Scope • ISO 14229 • Terminology • CAN Bus Specifi cations • Charging Strategy (AC, DC, Power Levels) • SAE J2284 • Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements: • ISO 15765 • UL standards and third party listing agencies • ISO 27145 • FCC • SAE J1939 • National electrical code • Canadian electrical code DAY TWO • International Electrotecnical Commisson (IEC) standards • FlexRay Networks • General Conductive Charging System Descriptions • SAE, ISO, Other Specifi cations • AC level 1 • Designing FlexRay Networks • AC level 2 • Implementation of FlexRay Networks • DC charging • LIN SubBus • Charge Couple Requirements • SAE J2602 Specifi cation • •Safety • LIN 2.x Specifi cation • Performance • Designing LIN Networks • Locking option • Implementation of LIN Networks • Ergonomic • Emerging Technology & Future Networks • Environmental • Wireless • Dimensional • GbE Session 2 • DSRC • General EV/PHEV Requirements • Vehicle Application Examples • EMC • LIN • Cable ampacity coordination • FlexRay • Environmental • Session Review and Summary • Charge indicator • General EVSE Requirements Instructor: Mark Zachos • Installation r equirements Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs• Codes and standards requirements • AC present indicator • Personnel protection system • EMC • Control and Data Plug-In Vehicle Conductive • Control pilot circuit description • Control pilot functions Charging, SAE J1772 Explained • Proximity detection circuit description • Proximity detection functions Webinar • Digital data transfer 3.5 Hours • State t ransitions I.D.# WB1046 • Typical start up sequence Instructor: Gery J. Kissel Fee $365 .3 CEUs Learning Objectives By connecting with this webinar you will be able to: • Cite terminology used for plug-in vehicle charging • Comprehend and apply codes, standards and regulations for plug-in vehicle charging • Become profi cient at the purpose and characteristics of the Control Pilot and Proximity control interfaces

P111669 book.indb 62 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 6363

• Introduction to Power Electronics Power Electronics for EV, HEV and • Concept of power electronics • Major types of power converters PHEV Applications • Unique aspects of power electronics in EV/HEV/PHEV 2 Days • e-CVT and the role of power electronics I.D.# C1123 • Introduction to motor drives • Induction motor drives • PM motor drives Modern power electronics and electric drives are the key enabling • V/f control technologies propelling the shift of the automotive industry from • Vector control conventional gasoline/diesel engine powered vehicles to electric drive • Rectifi ers vehicles (EDVs), including pure electric vehicles (EVs), hybrid electric • Principle vehicles (HEVs), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). Of • Single-phase and three-phase rectifi ers particular importance are unique characteristics of power converters • DC side current and AC side harmonics and motors used in EVs, HEVs, and PHEVs, which include rectifi ers, • Unidirectional DC-DC converters unidirectional and bidirectional DC-DC converters, inverters, battery • Buck converter chargers, and various motor drives. This course begins with an • Boost converter introduction to the principle of electric drivetrain, followed by a • Buck-boost thorough coverage of various converters and motor drive technology. • Bidirectional DC-DC converters The unique aspects of power converters in EVs, HEVs, and PHEVs are addressed, including vehicle to grid technology and battery chargers. DAY TWO The pros and cons of different types of electric drives are discussed. • Inverter Various emerging technologies, such as new motor topologies and • Single-phase i nverter silicon carbide devices are explained. • Three-phase i nverter • Brief introduction of Vector control • Battery Charger Learning Objectives • SAE st andards By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Unidirectional charger • Explain the basic principle of power electronics and the operation • Bidirectional charger principle of different converters • Inductive charger • Describe the uniqueness of EV/HEV/PHEV power converters and • DC charger motor drives • Power factor correction • Identify the appropriate power converter topology for different • Vehicle to Grid (V2G) powertrain applications • V2G basics • Describe vehicle to grid and battery charger technology • Isolated and non-isolated • Identify emerging power electronics technologies • Impact of vehicle on the power grid • Identify energy-effi cient motors and their use in EV/HEV/PHEV • Emerging Power Electronics Technologies • Explain the differences between induction, brushless, and SR motor • Comparison of different motor technology drives for EVs/HEVs/PHEVs • New motor topologies • Identify a sound methodology for sizing EV/HEV/PHEV motors • Design of Electric Traction Motors • Learning Assessment Who Should Attend This course is designed for those who work in engineering, marketing, Instructor: Chris Mi or manufacturing of powertrain systems or other electrical and Fee $465 1.3 CEUs mechanical aspects of EVs, HEVs, and PHEVs. In addition, this course can be valuable to those involved in renewable energy and transportation systems. Individuals new to the fi eld of power electronics and motor drives will benefi t most from the material. This course is not intended for individuals with signifi cant experience with Safe Handling of High Voltage power electronics or motor drives. Battery Systems Prerequisites 1 Day I.D.# C1019 An undergraduate degree in engineering or a strong technical background is highly recommended. Attendee should have taken an undergraduate or graduate course in basic electric circuits and basic electronics. Electric and hybrid vehicles are becoming more visible on today’s roadways and the automotive companies are working hard to Topical Outline make these vehicles as transparent as possible to enhance consumer acceptance. The battery system forms a key part of any of these DAY ONE vehicles and is probably the least understood. With practically no • Introduction of Electric Traction System moving parts the battery systems show no visible or audible warning • Intro to HEV of any latent dangers. This seminar will introduce participants to the • Challenges of HEV risks encountered in handling high voltage battery systems and their • The Toyota synergy drive principle component parts. With the understanding of these risks, the seminar will • Prius energy fl ow then address how to raise risk awareness and then methods of dealing • The motor controller with those risks. The outcome of this seminar should be improved • Role of power electronics avoidance of personal injury, reduced risk of reputation loss and product • A/C drive and accessory battery liability actions and reduced risk of loss of property and time.

P111669 book.indb 63 11/28/11 2:09 PM 6464 Electrical,Aerodynamics Electronics and Avionics

Students will have an opportunity to participate in a real world battery handling case study scenario in which they will identify Selecting the Optimal Battery solutions for potential risk situations. Chemistry for HEV, PHEV, and EV Learning Objectives Applications By attending this seminar, you will be able to: 2 Days • Identify the handling risks of the battery system I.D.# C1133 • Respect the risks and work with them • Develop a safety program to manage the risks

Who Should Attend Selecting the right chemistries for different applications has a signifi cant impact on cost and performance of electric vehicles. The This seminar is primarily intended for vehicle and battery engineers, power and energy required for different vehicle applications are battery system integration engineers, battery testing engineers, safety directly linked to the chemistry of the battery. This course will cover systems engineers, electrical engineers and thermal management advantages and disadvantages of various battery chemistries for engineers recently assigned to their roles or returning to hybrid or different transportation applications, such as mild hybrids, extended electric vehicle programs. It will also be benefi cial to those involved in range and plug-in, as well as full electric vehicles. Fundamentals the specifi cation, design, development, testing and planning of hybrid of battery chemistries from materials science and engineering vehicle programs. Prototype shop staff will fi nd the safety protocol perspectives will be discussed. Potentials and limitations of various aspects helpful. battery components, i.e. positive electrodes, negative electrodes, different classes of electrolytes, various engineering and science Prerequisites aspects of binders and conductive diluents, as well as current SAE course C0626, Introduction to Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Battery collectors will also be covered. Cell designs for different battery Systems, is recommended as a prerequisite. Material presented chemistries, as well as potential new battery designs on hybrid will be practical in nature and is based on selected fundamentals of electrodes necessary to meet different vehicle performances will also chemistry, materials science, electrical and mechanical engineering. be covered. An undergraduate degree in electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering will assist in gaining maximum benefi t from the material Learning Objectives presented. Experience or training in battery electrochemistry is By attending this course you will be able to: helpful, but not essential. • Select the proper battery chemistries for your applications • Reduce cost and improve performance of batteries for your Topical Outline applications • High Voltage Batteries • Improve safety aspects of batteries for your applications • Electrochemical energy • Select proper format and design for electrodes, cells, and batteries • Construction aspects and controls for your applications • DC v s AC • Select battery components and understand their impacts on cost and • Lithium Ion aspects performance • Risks of HV Batteries • Team exercise: identifying the risks Who Should Attend • Risk drivers This course is designed for engineers and scientists who are working • Hazards classifi cations on hybrid electric, plug-in hybrid electric and electric vehicles who • Cell vs pack level are designing cells and batteries, preparing and evaluating battery • Risk Management materials, and doing research on battery materials, battery design, • Abuse pr evention battery modeling and battery testing. Chemical, electrochemical, • Best practices, design measures, error proofi ng mechanical, and electrical engineers as well as material scientists will • Prevention & warnings benefi t from this course. • Claims vs. test data • Housekeeping Prerequisites • Containment • High Voltage Issues in Engineering and Manufacturing Participants should have a basic knowledge in sciences and Environments engineering and some familiarity with hybrid vehicles. • Avoidance of internal dangers from handling • What can go wrong in different environments Topical Outline • MSDS DAY ONE • Special tools • Basics of Battery Component Chemistries • Handling of ‘failed’ batteries or cells • Electrode processes and dynamics in batteries • Dealing with an incident - team exercise • Electrolyte functions and interface chemistries • Role of current collectors, binders, conductive diluents and their Instructor: Erik J. Spek dynamic interactions with electrodes and electrolytes Fee $725 .7 CEUs• Review of Electrode Materials and their Corresponding Performances and Degradation Mechanisms • Positive and negative electrode materials design, structure, composition and performance characteristics • Hybrid electrodes design and performance optimization for various applications

P111669 book.indb 64 11/28/11 2:09 PM Electrical, ElectronicsAerodynamics and Avionics 6565

DAY TWO Who Should Attend • Electrolyte Formulation and its Dynamics Coupling with Electrode This seminar is designed for engineers involved with automotive Materials design and development who need to write programs that interact • Formulation and optimization of liquid electrolytes, potentials and with vehicles through the in-vehicle network. This includes engineers limitations who validate OBDII, engineers developing and validating new • Design and optimization of polymeric and gel electrolytes, new electronic control modules, engineers writing reprogramming possibilities application, test engineers who log vehicle data, system integrators • Science, engineering of solid ceramic electrolytes and their future who need to validate system operation, and after-market engineers prospects who add new functionality to vehicles. The seminar would also be • Design and formulation of hybrid electrolyte for future batteries helpful for people who develop end-of-line tests, service diagnostics • Future Generation of Lithium-ion Battery, Smart and Hybrid or inspection and maintenance cells for vehicles. Electrode and Electrolyte • Science and engineering of future electrode formulation and design • Science and engineering based electrolyte formulation and design Prerequisites • Science and Engineering based electrode, cell, and battery design Participants should have an undergraduate degree in computer programming or equivalent experience including the ability to write Instructor: G. Abbas Nazri programs in the “C” programming language. A basic knowledge and Fee $1225 1.3 CEUsunderstanding of vehicle networks (CAN, J1850, ISO9141, ISO14230 or ISO15765) and familiarity with the Windows or Linux operating system are essential. Understanding and Using the Topical Outline • What is the SAE J2534-1 PassThru API SAE J2534-1 API to Access Vehicle • Why use the SAE J2534-1 PassThru API • Overview of the SAE J2534-1 PassThru API Networks • Overview of vehicle communication • History of the SAE J2534-1 PassThru API 1 Day • Future of SAE J2534-1, J2534-2, J2534-3 I.D.# C0733 • PassThru PC Setup • Using the registry to fi nd devices • Loading the SAE J2534-1 DLL With the increase in vehicle electronics, the need to gather data from • PassThru Open and Close the vehicle has never been greater. From vehicle development, through • PassThru Connect and Disconnect vehicle test to vehicle validation, engineers are required to collect • PassThruConnect: protocols, connect fl ags, baudrates data from the vehicle’s network. The SAE J2534-1 API (Recommended • PassThruDisconnect Practice for Pass-Thru Vehicle Programming) gives engineers the • Lab 1: PassThru on the PC: Simple SAE J2534-1 Program tool to collect vehicle data from multiple network types including • PassThru Read Messages and Write Messages CAN, ISO15765, J1850, ISO9141 and Chrysler SCI, using standard • The PassThru message structure J2534 interface devices. In addition, the aftermarket can access the • PassThruReadMsgs: read, loopback and indication messages vehicle’s OBDII information from the diagnostic connector. Using • PassThruWriteMsgs the SAE J2534-1 API, an engineer can write a single program that • PassThru Start Message Filter and Stop Message Filter communicates on multiple protocols, uses an off-the-shelf interface • PassThruStartMsgFilter: pass, block and fl ow control fi lters device and is scaleable. This course is designed to give you an • PassThruStopMsgFilter understanding of the J2534-1 API, enabling you to create your own • PassThru Other Functions programs that accomplish your vehicle communication needs. In • PassThruSetProgrammingVoltage addition to learning how to use each of the J2534-1 functions, you will • PassThruReadVersion have the opportunity to write a program that collects messages off of • PassThruGetLastError the CAN vehicle bus and another program that reads trouble codes • Lab 2: A Complete SAE J2534-1 Program off of a J1850 vehicle. Note that because of the proprietary nature of • PassThru Start Periodic Message and Stop Periodic Message the information, this class does not provide details on reprogramming • PassThru I/O Control algorithms or proprietary data collection. • GET_CONFIG and SET_CONFIG • Other par ameters Attendees will receive a copy of the SAE J2534-1 Recommended • ISO15765 in J2534-1 Practice for Pass-Thru Vehicle Programming. • Flow control fi lters • Indication messages Learning Objectives • Lab 3: Enhancing your PassThru Program • Changing device confi guration By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • ISO15765 message reader • Write programs that use the SAE J2534-1 compliant hardware to communicate with vehicles • Reduce your dependency on proprietary vehicle communication Instructor: Mark Wine hardware Fee $825 .7 CEUs • Increase your productivity by collecting the specifi c vehicle information you need when you need it • Solve vehicle integration problems by capturing events from the vehicle network • Protect your software investments by writing your application using a standard API

P111669 book.indb 65 11/28/11 2:09 PM 6666 EnvironmentAerodynamics

Advanced Diesel Particulate Filtration Systems ...... 66 Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition Engines ...... 71 Catalytic Converters: Design and Durability e-Seminar ...... 67 Ignition Issues and Their Impact on Engine Performance, Combustion and Emissions for Engineers ...... 67 Efﬁ ciency and Emission ...... 72 Common Rail Diesel Fuel Injection ...... 68 Liquid Atomization, Sprays, and Fuel Injection ...... 73 Diesel Engine Technology ...... 68 Selective Catalytic Reduction for Diesel Engines ...... 74 Diesel Engine Technology e-Seminar ...... 69 Turbocharging for Fuel Economy and Emissions Webinar...... 75 Evaporative and Refueling Emission Control ...... 70 Exhaust Flow Performance and Pressure Drop of Exhaust Components and Systems ...... 71

Advanced Diesel Particulate Topical Outline DAY ONE Filtration Systems Porous Media Basics for Diesel Particulate Filters • Pore space and structure defi nitions (defi nitions of relevant length 2 Days scales, derivation of “pore metrics” such as correlation lengths, I.D.# C0502 lineal path distributions.) • Simplifi ed representations of structures (unit cell models based on granular, cylindrical and composite collectors.) As diesel emissions regulations have become more and more stringent, • Flow resistance descriptors (Darcy permeability, Forchheimer diesel particulate fi lters (DPF) have become possibly the most coeffi cient, inertial loss coeffi cient as functions of wall micro- important and complex diesel aftertreatment device. This seminar geometry, cell density, wall thickness, plug length)Filtration covers many DPF-related topics using fundamentals from various Concepts for Diesel Particulate Filters branches of applied sciences such as porous media, fi ltration and • Particle transport and deposition phenomena -- Condensed vs. materials sciences and will provide the student with both a theoretical vapor phases in diesel exhaust; Diesel fractal soot aggregate basics; as well as an applications-oriented approach to enhance the design Diffusional transport; Thermophoretic transport; Direct interception and reliability of aftertreatment platforms. Structure, geometry, mechanism; Inertial transport mechanism; Other phenomena composition, performance, applications and optimizations of DPFs (electrical effects, sticking, entrainment by exhaust fl ow) are some of the main topics covered in this advanced level seminar. • Continuum fi ltration theory -- Deep-bed fi ltration regime; Cake Computer simulation techniques for analysis and optimization of DPF fi ltration regime reconstruction of fi lter media performance are also demonstrated. • True-to-the-geometry representations (digital reconstruction of fi lter media, micro-fl ow simulation with Lattice-based techniques and Learning Objectives discrete particle dynamics. Examples applied to granular ceramic By attending this seminar, you will be able to: extruded fi lters, sintered metal fi lters, foam fi lters and fi brous textile • Discuss fundamental, moderate and advanced topics on DPF fi lters.)Diesel Filter Types: Materials and Confi gurations in Practice structure, geometry, composition, performance, applications and • Materials aspects optimizations • Ceramics -- Oxide based: Cordierite, Mullite, other (Tialite/ • Formulate porosity, permeability, inertial loss coeffi cient, fl ow Aluminum Titanate, etc.); Non-oxide based: Recrystalized Silicon resistance descriptors, different particulate transport modes Carbide (R-SiC), Siliconized Silicon Carbide (Si-SiC), Silicon Nitride (diffusional, interceptive), etc. to develop models for predicting • Metallics (high temperature alloys) -- Sintered grains and fi bers backpressure of DPF • Confi gurations • Recognize different modes of particulate fi ltration regimes in DPF • Wall-fl ow honeycombs (square, triangular, symmetric vs. • Select, design, utilize and optimize DPF for various light duty and asymmetric channels.) heavy duty aftertreatment applications • Pleated, foiled (sheet-based) designs • Predict, via modeling and simulations, various important DPF • Fibrous, textile cartridges performance features (backpressure, peak regeneration temperature, • Foam-based de signs etc.) as well as to analyze their failure modes and thus enhance the • Flow-through particulate collectors reliability of diesel exhaust aftertreatment platform designs DAY TWO Who Should Attend Applications, Performance Optimization and Modeling of Diesel Particulate Filters This seminar is designed for engineers, scientists, investigators • Filter backpressure/particulate loading -- Porosity, permeability, and consultants involved in researching, developing, applications, pore structure issues; Role of catalyst coatings; Filter size effects designing or optimizing diesel exhaust aftertreatment components and (length, diameter, cell density, wall thickness); Microstructure of systems. Individuals from technical and regulatory institutions as well soot deposits (physical and chemical properties); Soot deposition as individuals from OEMs, suppliers, emissions service companies, conditions and role on soot structure: Steady state, transients, cycles; research facilities and universities will gain modern knowledge of Modeling aspects diesel fi lter performance. • Filter Regeneration • Soot reactivity and structure -- Oxidation mechanisms (thermal, Prerequisites catalytic, NO2); Kinetic descriptions Students should have some technical insight into the performance of • Types of regeneration technologies -- Raising exhaust temperature exhaust emission aftertreatment. Attendees with science or technology by post-injection and/or by exhaust-port injection in combination background (mechanical/chemical engineering, chemistry, physics) with DOxC; Fuel borne additive-assisted regeneration; Catalyst will benefi t substantially from this seminar. coating-assisted regeneration; Reactive species-assisted regeneration (NO2-assisted, non-thermal plasma, etc.)

P111669 book.indb 66 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsEnvironment 6767

• Simulation Techniques for Diesel Particulate Filters -- Brief history Learning Objectives of DPF performance modeling; Backpressure -- Theory, insights and By attending this seminar, you will be able to: lessons; Modeling: demonstrations, validations; Regeneration -- • Identify and describe the important processes in combustion and Theory, insights and lessons; Modeling: demonstrations, validations emission • Ash Effects -- Ash production, transport, deposition and thermal • Identify the formation mechanisms and reduction strategies of history; Ash effects on fi lter thermal management, catalyst pollutant species in combustion systems activities, and fi lter sizing • Recognize the effects of engine design and operating conditions on combustion and emission Instructors: Athanasios Konstandopoulos and Mansour Masoudi • Explain the technology and the logic behind after-treatment of Fee $1275.00 1.3 CEUs pollutants • Identify the underlying laws and principles used in combustion and emission black-boxed computer programs • Explain the role chemical kinetics plays in the design of low- Catalytic Converters: Design and emission combustion systems • Identify design trade-offs between increasing engine performance Durability e-Seminar and maintaining low emission characteristics I.D.#PD130405 (CD-ROM version only) Who Should Attend Engineers working on the design of combustion engine components, software development and application for modeling of thermal- fl uid, combustion and emissions processes, and those working on Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led the reduction of harmful pollutants emissions will fi nd this course seminar, this 10 hour, 45 minute e-seminar option offers an alternative valuable. way to receive the same instruction as the live classroom learning without the expense of travel and time away from the workplace. The course offers 12 video modules accompanied by a handbook. Topical Outline DAY ONE View the complete program brochure and demo at http://www.sae. • Air Co mposition org/e-seminars/cat_converters. • Concept of “Complete Combustion” • A/F & Stoichiometric (A/F) ST, and (Equivalence Ratio) What You Will Receive: • Lean, Rich, Stoichiometric Mixture • First and Second Law and Applications in Combustion Systems • Dr. Heck’s textbook, “Catalytic Air Pollution Control: Commercial • Adiabatic Flame Temperature, Heat of Reaction (or Heating Value) Technology” and Their Usage • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Thermodynamic and Chemical Equilibrium • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) • Demonstration Applications of Equilibrium Using Computer • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) Simulation (SuperState) • Four (4) CDs • Course Handbook (bound, paperback) DAY TWO • Chemical Kinetics • General concept and rate of reaction (RR) Instructors: Suresh Gulati & Ronald Heck • Classifying reactions Fee $595 1.1 CEUs• Reaction Between Gas Molecules and a Solid Surface • Physical absorption, chemisorption, and heterogenous catalysts Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE • Nature of catalysis reaction Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • Arrhenius equation and activation energy • Analysis of data for complex reaction • General characteristics of catalysis • Explosion Combustion and Emissions for • Simplifi ed generalized kinetic model (slow reaction and explosion) • Explosion and fl ammability limits • Mechanism of H O Reaction Engineers 2 2 • Oxidation of CO 3 Days • Explosion Limits of Hydrocarbons (HC) I.D.# 97011 • Experimental combustion characteristics • Methane and Paraffi n oxidations • Demonstration applications of chemical kinetics using SuperState Public awareness regarding pollutants and their adverse health effects • Autoignition and Induction Time Using SuperState has created an urgent need for engineers to better understand the • Flame and its Propagation combustion process as well as the pollutants formed as by-products • Laminar fl ame structure of that process. To effectively contribute to emission control strategies • Laminar fl ame speed (SL) and design and develop emission control systems and components, • Flammability limits a good understanding of the physical and mathematical principles of • Quenching distance dT the combustion process is necessary. This seminar will bring issues • Flame st abilization related to combustion and emissions “down to earth,” relying less on mathematical terms and more on physical explanations and analogies.

P111669 book.indb 67 11/28/11 2:09 PM 6868 EnvironmentAerodynamics

DAY THREE Prerequisites • Combustion in SI Engines Familiarity with basic engine design and operation theory is • Simple thermodynamic analysis of SI engine combustion recommended. • Flame and unburned gas motions • Mass fraction burned and heat release analysis • Combustion process characterization Topical Outline • Flame structure, speed, and effects of various parameters on • Basic Principles of Diesel Engines burning rate • Basic Principles of Diesel Fuel Injection • SL turbulence & turbulent ﬂ ame • Diesel and Alternative Fuels • Cyclic variability, partial burning & misﬁ re • Applications -- Passenger car; Light-duty; Heavy-duty; Off-highway; • Pollutant Formation and Control Pressure history • Nature of problem SI & CI • Common Rail System Overview • NO and NO2 formation kinetics and reduction • Low-pressure system • CO kinetics and reduction • High-pressure system • Unburned Hydrocarbon (UHC) emission and reduction • Controls • Effects of design and operating parameters on HC and NOx • Hydraulic Components • Demonstration Applications of Pollution Effects Using SuperState • Pumps -- Radial piston; Inline piston -- Minor species; Lean-burn engine • Rails • Exhaust Gas Treatments • Injectors -- Solenoid; Piezo • Options • Nozzles • Catalytic converters • Control valves -- Pressure control valve; Metering unit; Pressure • Thermal reactors relief valve • Typical Engine Emission Results • High-pressure l ines • Emission Measurements • Controls • FTP Emission Standards • Overview • Requirements Instructor: Bruce Chehroudi • Functions Fee $1595 2.0 CEUs• Components -- ECU; Sensors; Actuators; Torque control structure • Seminar Summary and Assessment

Instructor: Vincent Piacenti Common Rail Diesel Fuel Injection Fee $725 .7 CEUs 1 Day I.D.# C0920 Diesel Engine Technology

The improved efﬁ ciencies of the modern diesel engine have led to 2 Days its increased use within the mobility industry. The vast majority I.D.# 93014 of these diesel engines employ a high-pressure common rail fuel injection system to increase the engine’s fuel-saving potential, emissions reduction, and overall performance. This one-day seminar As diesel engines become more popular, a fundamental knowledge of will begin with a review of the basic principles of diesel engines and diesel technology is critical for anyone involved in the diesel engine fuel injection systems. Diesel and alternative fuels will be discussed, support industry. This course will explain the fundamental technology of followed by current and emerging diesel engine applications. The diesel engines starting with a short but thorough introduction of the diesel majority of the day will be dedicated to the common rail system itself, combustion cycle, and continue with aspects of engine design, emission beginning with a comprehensive overview of the complete system. control design, and more. An overview of developing technologies for The instructor will then introduce the main subsystems, including the future with a comprehensive section on exhaust aftertreatment is also hydraulics and controls. Finally, the subsystems will then be broken- included. The text, Diesel Emissions and Their Control, authored by Magdi down into their respective components. Khair and W. Addy Majewski is included with the seminar.

Learning Objectives Learning Objectives By attending this seminar you will be able to: By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Identify the basic principles of diesel engines and diesel fuel • Summarize the technological advances in modern diesel engines injection • Evaluate the sources of emissions from diesel engines and the • Distinguish the main properties of diesel and diesel alternative fuels inﬂ uence of engine component design on curbing these emissions • Compare and evaluate various diesel engine applications • Explain diesel exhaust aftertreatment systems and their effectiveness • Describe the main systems and sub-systems of common rail diesel in reducing emissions fuel injection and how these systems interact • Recognize the importance of fuel injection parameters to • Identify the main design features of the common rail components performance and emission control • Discuss basic common rail control strategies Who Should Attend Who Should Attend You should attend this seminar if you are involved in diesel engine This course will beneﬁ t engineers and other individuals involved in support industries such as catalytic converters, lube oils, gaskets, and the design, application, and service of common rail diesel engines turbocharger suppliers, and if you are not well versed with diesel utilized in passenger cars, light/medium/heavy-duty trucks, and off- engines although they play a major role in your career’s survival. highway vehicles, including marine and farm machinery.

P111669 book.indb 68 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsEnvironment 6969

Topical Outline • Anatomy of a turbocharger • Energy conversion in a turbocharger • The Case for the Diesel Engine (Brief) • The importance of A/R in a turbocharger design • Fuel consumption • Cutaway in a modern turbocharger • Emissions • Sample performance map of a turbocharger • The diesel and the future • Waste-gated turbocharger • Advantages and disadvantages of diesel engines • Variable geometry turbocharger • Thermal effi ciency of diesel vs gasoline engines • Combination system - wave charging • Compression ratio limitations in diesel engines • Turbocompounding • The Diesel Combustion Process • Sequential turbocharging • SI four-stroke • Emissions Formation in Diesel Engines • CI four-stroke • Hydrocarbon • The diesel combustion cycle • Carbon monoxide • Basic Types of Diesel Engines • Nitrogen oxides • Open chamber - direct injection (DI) • Particulate matter • Prechamber - indirect injection (IDI) • Smoke • General Characteristics of DI & IDI Engines • Emission St andards • Peak combustion pressure and temperature • Europe • Combustion severity • North America • Rate of pressure rise • Steps Towards the Modern Diesel Engine • Noise • Injection • Fuel economy • Combustion • Application • Induction • Emissions • Oil consumption • The Diesel Fuel Injection System • Engine electronics • Functions of the diesel fuel injection system • Other design parameters • Types of diesel fuel injection systems • Current and Future Technologies • Pump-line-nozzle systems (in-line pump) • Exhaust gas recirculation • Pump-line-nozzle systems (distributor pump) • Multiple injections • Pump-line-nozzle systems (unit pump) • Auxiliary emission control devices (aftertreatment) • Unit injector systems • Fuels and emulsions • Common-rail injection systems • Details of an in-line pump • Operation of an in-line pump Instructor: Magdi Khair • Multi-hole injector holder and nozzle Fee $1475 1.3 CEUs • Line dynamics and delivery valves • Mechanical governors and boost control devices • Engine installation and spray details • Operation of a distributor pump Diesel Engine Technology • Another type of distributor pump • Mechanically-controlled unit injector e-Seminar • Moving towards electronically-controlled systems • Motivation for using electronically-controlled systems I.D.#PD130812ON (Online Delivery) • Basic electronic injection system • Electronically-controlled in-line pump • Visual differences between mechanical & electrical pumps Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led • Electronically-controlled distributor pumps seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this nearly • Single solenoid valve electronically-controlled UI 13 hours e-Seminar option offers an alternative way to receive the • Electronically-controlled UI system same instruction without the expense of travel and time away from the • Electronically-controlled common-rail system workplace. The course is divided into an introduction and eight modules. • The HEUI system • Operation of a HEUI system View the complete description and demo at http://www.sae.org/e- • Development of injection pressure in HEUI seminars/det • Desired injection fl exibility • Operation differences between HEUI-A & HEUI-B What You Will Receive: • The HEUI-B injection system • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org • HEUI-A and HEUI-B injectors • Links to streaming video modules • Air Management - Supercharging & Turbocharging • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • The purpose of air charging • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Methods of air charging • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) • Supercharger drives • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) • Types of superchargers • Schematic representation of supercharger types • Sample performance map of a supercharger Instructor: Magdi Khair • Photographs of two centrifugal superchargers Fee $645 1.3 CEUs • Sample performance map of a centrifugal supercharger • Types of turbochargers Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE • Schematic representation of a turbocharging system Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • Exhaust and charge airfl ow through a fi xed geometry turbocharger

P111669 book.indb 69 11/28/11 2:09 PM 7070 EnvironmentAerodynamics

Evaporative and Refueling Topical Outline DAY ONE Emission Control • Introduction • Evaporative and refueling emission control system 2 Days • Why and how to control fuel vapor emissions I.D.# C0928 • Fuel and Fuel Vapor Pressure • Hydrocarbon fuels • Oxygenated fuels and non-ideal solutions All gasoline powered vehicles and equipment create exhaust and • Estimation of vapor pressures of ideal (hydrocarbon fuels) and evaporative and refueling emissions. Unlike exhaust emissions, which non-ideal solutions (oxygenated fuels) occur only when the engine is operating, evaporative emissions (evap • Flexible Fuel Vehicles (FFV) and fuel commingling emissions) occur all the time. Controlling evap emissions to PZEV levels • Vapor pressure and boiling point estimation is as challenging as controlling exhaust emissions. It becomes even more • Fuel Vapor Generation important in the case of plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) and • Diurnal, hot-soak, running loss extended range electric vehicles (EREV) which generate evaporative • Refueling - liquid seal and mechanical seal, hot tank/cold fuel vapors, but have no place to burn/consume the vapors when dispensed fuel, cold tank/hot dispensed fuel, RVP, air entrainment the engine does not operate for extended periods of time. Constantly and vapor recirculation, etc. changing evaporative regulations including new test procedures for • Effect of altitude on vapor generation and fuel boiling in running accommodating future EREVs and PHEVs vehicle evap systems, new loss test test fuels to reﬂ ect changing commercial gasolines, identifying and • Effect of oxygenates on fuel vapor generation and fuel boiling in controlling new sources of fuel vapor emissions, etc., require that running loss test individuals working in this area have a solid understanding of both regulatory and system design issues for evap emissions control. This DAY TWO comprehensive seminar introduces the participants to the principles of • Carbon Can isters gasoline evaporative fuel vapor generation (diurnal, hot soak, running • Adsorbents and isotherms loss, and refueling) from the vehicle fuel tank, fuel vapor storage in • Activated carbons activated carbon canisters, and fuel vapor desorption and consumption • Adsorption/desorption phenomena in engine combustion. The seminar begins with an analysis of gasoline • Canister vapor loading, purging, redistribution, and back-purge and gasoline/ethanol blends and estimation of their vapor pressures • Canister de sign and vapor generation. In-depth analysis of various vapor generations • Evaporative and Refueling Emission Control System Design as a function of fuel properties (ethanol content, Reid Vapor Pressure, • Test procedures - EPA & CARB 3-day test, EPA-ORVR, EPA & etc.) and ambient conditions will be presented. Activated carbon canister CARB 2-day test, ECE and other global EVAP test procedures, etc. design, OBD II leak detection, hydrocarbon permeation, and CARB • Canister sizing - determine optimum size and EPA evaporative test procedures will also be covered. Participants • Purge air volume requirement will have the opportunity to apply the knowledge gained by designing • Miscellaneous Evaporative Emission Control Topics a sample evaporative and refueling emissions control system in class. • Hybrid and plug-in hybrid evaporative emission control Participants are asked to bring a calculator for use in classroom exercises. • Pressurized/sealed and bladder fuel tank for evaporative emission control Learning Objectives • Evap OBD II leak detection By attending the seminar, you will be able to: • Permeation losses - effects of materials, temperature, fuel • Identify various sources of evaporative fuel vapor emissions composition, etc. • Predict the effects of ethanol on evaporative emissions Instructor: Sam Reddy • Estimate diurnal and refueling vapor generation Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs • Analyze the differences in the test procedures: U.S., Europe, and Asia • Explain activated carbon canister operation: loading, purging, vapor redistribution, and back-purge • Identify potential solutions to induction hydrocarbon emissions • Estimate the effect of altitude on evaporative emissions

Who Should Attend See information on the Diesel This course is designed for engineers in all fi elds related to the Technology Certifi cate Program design and development of evaporative and refueling emission control systems including platform fuel system design engineers for on page 75 fuel tanks, onboard refueling vapor recovery systems, evaporative emission control canisters, fuel vapor lines, vapor purge lines, purge and vent valves, etc. Air induction system design engineers dealing with induction hydrocarbon adsorbers, powertrain fuel delivery design engineers responsible for canister purge vapors, powertrain calibration engineers responsible for evaporative canister purge and evaporative emission diagnostics, and environmental engineers who deal with state and federal emission regulations, will all fi nd the seminar valuable.

Prerequisites An undergraduate engineering degree or strong technical skills with some knowledge in basic organic and physical chemistry is required.

P111669 book.indb 70 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsEnvironment 7171

• Inlet and exit cones: fl ow recirculation in cones and its effect Exhaust Flow Performance on backpressure and performance (e.g. conversion effi ciency, particulate deposit, light-off, etc.) and Pressure Drop of Exhaust • Similar analysis of other exhaust system components such as pipes, bends, elbows, and constrictions and expansions in the path of the Components and Systems exhaust fl ow 1 Day I.D.# C0235 Instructor: Mansour Masoudi Fee $725 .7 CEUs

Designing more effi cient and robust emission control components and exhaust systems results in more effi cient performance, reduced backpressure and fuel penalty, and higher conversion effi ciency. This course will help you to understand the motion of exhaust fl ow Homogeneous Charge in both gasoline and diesel emission control components including fl ow-through and wall-fl ow devices such as catalytic converters, Compression Ignition Engines NOx adsorbers, diesel oxidation catalysts, diesel particulate fi lters 2 Days as well as fl ow through the overall exhaust system. Discussions will I.D.# C1010 also cover: fl ow recirculation in inlet cones, fl ow maldistribution and its effect on conversion effi ciency in fl ow throughs, non-uniform particulate deposit in diesel fi lters, and roots of non-uniformity in fl ow The potential benefi ts of the Homogeneous Charge Compression distribution due to exhaust system design such as bends. Ignition (HCCI) engine are numerous and have the potential to combine some of the best features of the Compression Ignition engine Learning Objectives with that of the Spark Ignition engine. These benefi ts include overall By attending this seminar, you will be able to: engine effi ciencies available with compression ignition and the • Describe how exhaust stream is distributed in fl ow-throughs substantially lower emissions of PM and NOx available with spark in gasoline or in diesel emission components and in wall-fl ow ignition systems. However, the commercial viability and wide-spread components (catalytic converters, NOx adsorbers, DOC, diesel use of the HCCI engine has been slow to materialize due to signifi cant particulate fi lters), including in inlet cones, exit cones, bends, elbows, technical challenges. This two day seminar will provide attendees fl ow constrictions, and in other components of an exhaust system a comprehensive overview of the benefi ts of HCCI combustion and • Design exhaust systems yielding higher conversion effi ciency, lower the main challenges to its acceptance and use in vehicles. Current backpressure, faster light-off, and optimal performance technologies will be examined along with recent developments in • Design diesel particulate fi lter systems yielding more uniform soot HCCI engines. The characteristics of several commercial engines that distribution in fi lters, thus lowering both fi lter backpressure and its use HCCI combustion during a portion of their operating range and peak regeneration temperature the future directions for HCCI research will also be examined. • Describe connections between fl ow distribution and thermal performance such as light-off and radial and axial temperature Learning Objectives gradients By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Evaluate the benefi ts of HCCI combustion Who Should Attend • Identify the primary challenges in the development of commercially This seminar is intended for engineers, managers, designers, viable HCCI engines researchers and technical associates who wish to gain deeper • Identify recent developments in HCCI technology insight into developments and optimization of exhaust systems and • Describe the characteristics of several commercial engines that use components. This also includes professionals involved with catalyst HCCI combustion during a portion of their operating range and emission components and exhaust sensors. • Evaluate current research being performed and with support from governmental agencies Prerequisites • Assess the potential and future direction of HCCI technology Any professional with a technical insight (and not necessarily a Who Should Attend technical education) will be capable of comprehending most or all of the course contents. This course is designed for engineers, technicians, managers, and students that are associated with engine design. In addition, personnel Topical Outline in the transportation industry that are involved in the research of advanced low pollutant emission technologies and high thermal • Flow-throughs (e.g. catalytic converters or NOx adsorbers) effi ciency engine concepts will benefi t from this seminar. • The basics: fl ow distribution; roots of and various contributors to pressure drop; effect of geometry; effect of surface area, length and Prerequisites diameter; role of catalyst; etc. • How to optimize the performance Attendees should have at least a basic understanding of fl uid • How to measure the pressure drop dynamics, thermodynamics, internal combustion engine operation, • Wall-fl ows (e.g. diesel particulate fi lters) and combustion. • The basics: fl ow distribution; roots of and various contributors to pressure drop; effect of geometry such as wall thickness, Topical Outline cell density, plugs, and aspect ratio; transport and deposit of DAY ONE particulate in fi lters and its effect on the fi lter performance; role of • Introduction and HCCI Overview exhaust fl ow on regeneration • What is Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition? • How to optimize the performance • HCCI and other low temperature combustion strategies • How to measure the pressure drop

P111669 book.indb 71 11/28/11 2:09 PM 7272 EnvironmentAerodynamics

• HCCI for diesel engines -- Advantages; Limitations Learning Objectives • HCCI for gasoline engines -- Advantages; Limitations By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • The importance of R&D in HCCI • Describe the important processes in ignition and its relation to • Benefi ts and Challenges engine performance, effi ciency, and emission • Benefi ts -- Effi cient; Fuel fl exibility; Lower emissions • Explain the combustion process in internal combustion engines • Challenges -- Controlling ignition timing over a range of speeds • Apply ignition strategies for reduction of engine pollutants and loads; Extending the Operating Range to High Loads; Cold- • Recognize the effects of ignition system design and engine operating Start Capability; Hydrocarbon and Carbon Monoxide Emissions conditions on combustion and emission • Developments in HCCI for Diesel Engines • Describe the technology and the logic behind the current and future • Fundamental un derstanding ignition-based engine diagnostics • Advancements in speed and load control • Assist in the design of critical components such as combustion • Results using different fuels chambers and exhaust systems • Early applications of HCCI technology • Identify key design components of an ignition system for optimum • Developments in HCCI for Gasoline Engines combustion chamber design and low engine emission of pollutants • Fundamental un derstanding • Advancements in speed and load control • Results using different fuels Who Should Attend • Early applications of HCCI technology This seminar will be especially valuable for engineers, technical and project managers, researchers, and academicians involved in DAY TWO ignition and combustion/emission aspects of the combustion engines. • Future Directions Currently, the design strategy of many components in these engines • Ignition Timing Control is affected by combustion and emission control measures to meet • Low Temperature Combustion Strategies customer’s, federal and local government’s demands and regulations. • Combustion Rate Control for High-Load Operation Therefore, engineers working on the design of components for high • Cold-Start effi ciency and performance of combustion engines as well as those • Emission Co ntrol directly and indirectly involved in ignition and emission reduction • Exhaust Aftertreatment strategies will highly benefi t from this seminar. • Transient Ope ration • Dynamic Predictive Control and Mode Transitioning Topical Outline • Advanced Control Systems DAY ONE • High Pressure and Low Pressure EGR Applications • A Concise Background on Combustion in Spark Ignited (SI) Engines • Valve Train Development • Cylinder pressure traces • Fuel Injection System Development • MBT and ignition timing • Multi-Cylinder Effects • Flame propagation issues • Combustion Modeling • Combustion characterization • Cyclic variability Instructor: Gerald J. Micklow • Ignition Fun damentals Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs• Spark Ignition • Function of ignition system • Commonly used ignition systems • What determines the amount of ignition energy Ignition Issues and Their Impact • Four Phases of Spark Ignition • Pre-breakdown, breakdown, arc, and glow discharge on Engine Performance, Effi ciency DAY TWO and Emission • Effects of Some Key Parameters on Combustion, Emission and Performance 2 Days • Higher power and/or energy I.D.# C0131 • Longer duration discharge • Multiple spark plugs • Different spark plug designs Improved understanding and control of ignition and thereby • Alternative Ignition Methods combustion are critical in dealing with the problems of pollutants • Corona ignition system formation, engine performance, and fuel economy. This seminar will • Plasma-jet ignition system provide you with basic knowledge and recent advances in combustion- • Flame-jet ignition system initiation (ignition) issues to more intelligently evaluate and harness • Activated radical (AR) ignition their potentials. Thermodynamic and fl uid mechanical properties of • Others the unburned charge near the spark plug and at the time of ignition • Diagnostic and Control Opportunities strongly affect the quality of the combustion and therefore the emission • Use of spark voltage for monitoring combustion of the pollutants from the engine. Furthermore, a weak ignition limits • Spark spectroscopy engine performance and drivability. The so-called cyclic variability, • Ionization measurement for engine health monitoring & diagnostics which affects and bounds the lean and knock limits of an engine • Ignition Systems for Highly Diluted Mixtures design is to a great degree infl uenced by the ignition system. Equally • Conclusions important, the ignition system can and is being used to provide local in- cylinder information on air-fuel ratio, misfi re, knock, and mass fraction Instructor: Bruce Chehroudi burned in each individual cylinder. Hence, great potential exists for Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs applications of this information for individual cylinder control strategy to attain a more fuel effi cient and environmentally compatible engine.

P111669 book.indb 72 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsEnvironment 7373

• Disintegration of liquid sheets Liquid Atomization, Sprays, and • Drop breakup in air fl ow, turbulent fl ow, and viscous fl ow • Types of Atomizers: Pressure, Air-Assist, Air-Blast, Effervescent, Fuel Injection Electrostatic, Ultrasonic, Diesel Injector and Gasoline-Fueled 3 Days Injectors I.D.# 98019 • Drop Size Distribution and Measurements • Graphical and mathematical representation of drop size distribution Liquid fuel atomization and spray formation is the heart of the • Averaged diameter and representative diameters majority of stationary and mobile power generation machines that • Measurement techniques -- patternation; drop size measurements we rely on. This seminar focuses on the process of liquid atomization and spray characterization and spray formation and how it relates to fuel injection systems • Mechanical methods -- drop collection on slides; molten-wax and and emission of pollutants in modern engines. The seminar begins frozen-drop approach; cascade impactors; electrical; charged-wire with background coverage of terminology, the purposes of liquid and hot-wire methods; optical methods; imaging - photography atomization and spray formation, and different designs of atomizers and holography; single-particle light scattering (Phase Doppler and nozzles employed in various industries. The focus is then Particle Analyzer, etc.); diffraction size analyzer directed to gasoline and diesel fuel injections, injector designs, and • Drop e vaporation performance requirements for optimum engine operation with lowest possible emission of harmful pollutants. Based on the idea DAY TWO that knowledge of technical practices and advances in one area (i.e. • Diesel Fuel Spray, Injector and Injection System diesel fuel injection) is benefi cial to engineers in other areas (gasoline • Fuel injection system -- pumps: in-line injection, distributor-type direct injection, rocket engines), this seminar takes an interdisciplinary injection, single-barrel injection, and unit injector & unit pumps; approach. Attendees will understand the technology and logic behind injector designs: nozzle holder, nozzles, others different injector designs, and gain the knowledge to judge, adapt and • Overall spray structure transfer technology advances from one discipline to another. • Liquid fuel atomization • Spray angle • Intact core length Learning Objectives • Spray evaporation By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Ignition delay • Explain important terminology commonly used in atomization and • Mixing-controlled combustion sprays • HC emission mechanisms in diesel engines and its relation to fuel • Describe important processes in atomization and spray formation injection • Articulate the effects of injection system design and operating • Soot formation and fuel sprays conditions on engine performance, combustion, and emission of • Advanced topics (details of split injection, common-rail injection, pollutants interacting-sprays injection, ultra-high pressure fuel injection, • Describe different injector designs and the rationale for the use of effects on performance and emissions, and others) each • Defi ne the role the injection system plays in combustion and DAY THREE emission and how it is used to provide guidance in design of low- • Gasoline Port Fuel Injectors and Injection System emission combustion systems • Multipoint port injection system -- classes of gasoline port • Implement appropriate design concepts and logic in the design of injectors: low pressure, medium pressure, high pressure, air- critical components such as intake valves and induction systems assisted, swirl, heated vaporizing, ultrasonic, and electrostatic; key • Evaluate future trends and technology developments in fuel requirements of gasoline port injectors; deposit considerations injection • Single-point throttle body injection system • Feedback system Who Should Attend • Effects of injection parameters on engine performance and Automotive and aerospace engineers, technical and project managers, emission: injection timing, spray targeting, spray momentum, researchers and academicians will benefi t by attending this seminar. mean drop size, pulse-to-pulse variability, and others Automotive engineers working on the design of combustion engine • Flow of Fuel and Air in Intake Manifolds components, reduction of harmful pollutants emissions, software • Details of Gasoline Direct Injection (GDI) and its Effects on Engine development and application for modeling of thermal-fl uid, Performance and Emission of Pollutants combustions and emissions and engineers and managers directly • Fuel-air mixing processes involved in fuel injection systems will also benefi t. Aerospace • Spray Modeling and Demonstration of Computer Software for Spray engineers involved in the design of gas turbine or rocket engines’ Calculation in Engines combustion chambers will benefi t as well. • Summary and Conclusion

Topical Outline Instructor: Bruce Chehroudi Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs DAY ONE • Description of the Atomization Process • Disintegration of the Liquid Jets • Rayleigh criterion (no viscosity) • Weber’s criterion (effects of viscosity) • Ohnesorge criterion for atomization (Ohnesorge Number) • Rayleigh, fi rst and second wind-induced breakup and atomization regimes • Infl uence of some parameters -- jet velocity profi le; nozzle length- to-diameter ratio; ambient pressure

P111669 book.indb 73 11/28/11 2:09 PM 7474 EnvironmentAerodynamics

• Passenger car diesel emission regulations Selective Catalytic Reduction for • Light-Truck diesel emission regulations • EURO IV Regulations Diesel Engines • EURO V Regulations 2 Days • NOx regulations in Japan I.D.# C0913 • Drivers for controlling NOx • NOx Formation in Diesel Engines • Diffusion combustion model Stringent requirements of reduced NOx emission limits in the US have • The Zeldovich Mechanism presented engineers and technical staff with numerous challenges. • Pressure/Crank angle diagram Several in-cylinder technical solutions have been developed for diesel • Heat release rate engines to meet 2010 emission standards. These technologies have • In-Cylinder Means for NOx Reduction been optimized and have yielded impressive engine-out results in • Injection timing retard their ability to reduce emissions to extremely low levels. However, • Multiple injections/combustion cycle current and state-of-the-art in-cylinder solutions have fallen short of • Charge air cooling achieving the limits imposed on diesel emissions for 2010. To help meet • Exhaust gas recirculation emissions requirements, the catalyst industry has developed exhaust • NOx Aftertreatment Systems for Diesel Engines emission reduction technologies with impressive levels of performance. • Lean NOx Catalysts (LNC), DeNOx Catalysts, HC SCR These technologies include hydrocarbon selective catalytic reduction • Lean NOx Trap (LNT), NOx Adsorber Catalyst (NAC also NAK), (SCR), NOx absorber catalysts, and urea SCR. This seminar will and NOx Storage Reduction (NSR) begin with an explanation of NOx formation in diesel engines and • Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) using urea reductant in-cylinder methods for reducing these emissions. The aftertreatment • Derivatives: Ammonium Carbamate, Combination LNT/SCR systems for NOx reduction will be explained and the advantages • Urea SCR Technology and disadvantages of these emission reduction technologies will be • Chemical reactions discussed. In this two-day seminar, the primary focus is on urea SCR • Advantages/Disadvantages of the urea SCR system and its technology will be fully examined. The important chemical • Notablede monstration reactions and methods for improving SCR performance by encouraging desirable reactions and avoiding undesirable reactions are explained. DAY TWO Additionally, the components and control of a urea SCR system are • Components of the Urea SCR System detailed and the necessary sensors for its control are described. The • Catalyst -- Extruded substrate; Coated substrate SAE paper, Laboratory Testing of Urea-SCR Formulations to Meet Tier 2 Bin • Catalyst Type -- Vanadia/Titania/Tungsten; Iron Zeolite; Copper 5 Emissions, is included in the course materials. Zeolite • Catalyst volume and space velocity considerations • Urea injection system -- Air-Assist systems; Airless systems Learning Objectives • NOx sensors By attending this seminar you will be able to: • Urea specifi cations and suppliers • Identify how NOx is formed in diesel engines • System Calibration and Control Considerations • Identify the in-cylinder means for reducing NOx • Effect of NH3/NO • Evaluate NOx aftertreatment technologies for diesel exhaust. • Effect of NO2/NO • Describe the characteristic of selectivity in catalytic aftertreatment • Ammonia sl ip • Apply selectivity to urea SCR • Exhaust architecture • Describe the features and components of a complete urea SCR • Regulatory and Market Considerations system • Urea Infrastructure -- Bottles; Dispensers; Co-Fueling • Learn how to optimize the control of a urea SCR • End-user and urea refi lls • Distinguish the differences between various catalytic SCR • The Japanese experience formulations • The European experience • Plans for USA manufacturers Who Should Attend • Commercial vehicle market projections This seminar will benefi t engineers and technical staff who are • Urea Production and Distribution developing urea aftertreatment systems for diesel engines, including • The A.D. Little Report catalyst engineers who supply NOx aftertreatment systems to the • The European experience diesel industry. Also benefi tting will be suppliers of other NOx • Passenger car diesel emission regulations reducing technologies, such as EGR components and fuel injection • Light-Truck diesel emission regulations systems, as well as on-highway and off-highway diesel engine • SCR Options and Confi gurations for Future NOx Limits technical staff. • On-Highway heavy-duty diesels • Non-Road diesel engines Prerequisites • Passenger car diesels • Light-Truck diesels Attendees should have knowledge of how a diesel engine operates, • Cold weather operation including its 4-stroke operation. Additionally, attendees should have • Closing and Evaluations basic knowledge of the emission formation mechanism in internal combustion engines. Instructor: Magdi Khair Fee $1245 1.3 CEUs Topical Outline DAY ONE • Introduction • On-Highway diesel emission regulations • Non-Road diesel emission regulations

P111669 book.indb 74 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsEnvironment 7575

• Advanced Technology Developments Including Variable Geometry, Turbocharging for Fuel Economy EGR Systems, and Multi-Stage Turbocharging and Emissions Webinar • Worldwide Growth in Application of Turbocharging 4 Hours Instructor: S. M. Shahed and Arjun D. Tuteja I.D.# WB1018 Fee $395 .4 CEUs

Turbocharging is already a key part of heavy duty diesel engine SAE Diesel Technology technology. However, the need to meet emissions regulations is Certifi cate Program rapidly driving the use of turbo diesel and turbo gasoline engines for passenger vehicles. Turbocharged diesel engines improve the fuel This fi ve-course package is designed to equip engineers with economy of baseline gasoline engine powered passenger vehicles by a solid understanding of diesel engines, emissions and after 30-50%. Turbocharging is critical for diesel engine performance and for treatment strategies, and related components including fuel emissions control through a well designed exhaust gas recirculation injection, and air management. The program design requires (EGR) system. In gasoline engines, turbocharging enables downsizing completion of courses that address these areas and then which improves fuel economy by 5-20%. allows for further depth in after treatment technologies through a menu of electives. This webinar will explore turbocharging for gasoline and diesel (heavy Completing the Diesel Technology Certifi cate equates to and light duty) engines, including the fundamentals of turbocharging, eight graduate credits towards the SAE/Kettering University design features, performance measures, and matching and selection 20-credit Certifi cate in Automotive Systems and Kettering’s criteria. It will discuss the interaction between turbocharging and 40-credit M.S. in Mechanical Engineering. Visit www.sae. engine systems and the impact on performance, fuel economy and org/collegecredit for more information.. emissions. Developments in turbocharging technology such as variable geometry mechanisms, two-stage and sequential (series For the complete list of required and elective courses & parallel) turbocharging, EGR including low pressure loop, high and additional information on enrolling in this or any SAE pressure loop and mixed mode systems and novel turbocharging certifi cate program, visit www.sae.org/certifi cate. systems will be described using fi gures and data. SEMINARS Learning Objectives By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: • Identify the basics of how a turbocharger works, how to measure the appropriateness of a turbocharger, and how to select and match a turbocharger to the needs of your powertrain • Estimate the impact of turbocharging on performance and emissions • Anticipate potential issues such as packaging, noise, driveability, reliability, and durability • List the latest developments in turbocharging technology, their impact on engine performance and emissions, and the use of turbocharging world-wide Your Global Print and Who Should Attend This course will be benefi cial to powertrain development engineers, book Resource component development engineers, engineering managers, product planners, service engineers, and those developing product strategy. Heavy duty diesel engine development engineers may fi nd the course helpful by Stock your bookshelf or e-reader with technical, increasing their knowledge of turbocharging and EGR systems. historical, and enthusiast books available at the SAE Bookstore. Buy an entire e-book or an Prerequisites individual chapter in the format that is compatible To get the most out of this webinar, you should have a familiarity with with your smartphone, computer, or e-reader. automotive engines. A Bachelor’s degree in Engineering is desirable.

Topical Outline Visit books.sae.org to ﬁ nd your technical Session 1 resources and build your library today. Introduction to Turbocharging • Fundamentals, Functionality, and Basic Design Features of Turbochargers • Impact of Turbochargers on Engine Performance, Emissions, and Order Today! Fuel Economy Online: books.sae.org • Performance Maps, Selection Criteria, Comparison and Matching of Email: [email protected] Turbochargers to Engine and Powertrain Needs Phone: 1-877-606-7323 (U.S. and Canada only) or 1-724-776-4970 (International) Session 2 • Advanced Issues and Technology • Turbocharger Noise, Reliability, and Durability Considerations P110644

P111669 book.indb 75 11/28/11 2:09 PM 7676 Fuels/EnergyAerodynamics Sources

Alternative Fuels: Impact on SI and CI Fuel Systems, Distribution Microbial Contamination in Aviation Fuel and Aircraft Fuel and Storage ...... 76 Systems ...... 81 Fundamentals of Automotive Fuel Delivery Systems ...... 76 Modern Fluids for Crankcase Engines: An Overview ...... 81 Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Engineering Academy...... 77 Motor Fuel: Technology, Performance, Testing, and Improving Fuel Efﬁ ciency with Engine Oils ...... 80 Speciﬁ cations ...... 82

• Material Compatibility Alternative Fuels: Impact on SI • How is material compatibility defi ned? • Metals vs. non-metals and CI Fuel Systems, Distribution • Factors that contribute to the corrosion of metals and non-metals • Examples of material compatibility issues and Storage • Microorganisms 2 Days • Brief overview of the operational and economic impact of I.D.# C0729 microorganisms to the gasoline, diesel and biodiesel industry • Brief description of microorganisms related to fuels • Requirements for microorganisms to survive in a fuel storage and Microbial contamination and material compatibility present signifi cant distribution system issues for alternative fuels, causing costly operational problems for • Diesel Fuel Storage and Distribution suppliers, distributors and end-users. Fouling, corrosion, sulphide • Entry and movement of microorganisms throughout the diesel spoilage and increased water content can lead to fi lter plugging, fuel storage and distribution network blocking of fuel lines and injectors and consequently cause excessive • Detection of Microorganisms wear and failure of engines and systems components. This course • Types of detection equipment and procedures is a primer for those professionals who desire to learn how new • Practicum fuel and fuel blends could potentially impact the operation and reliability of engines powered by oxygenated gasoline, desulfurized DAY TWO diesel fuel and biodiesel fuel blends. Attendees will learn the basics • Remediation of Microorganisms about fuel chemistries, material compatibility and how the increased • Microbial pesticides approved for use in fuels susceptibility to water and microorganisms can affect equipment • USEPA regulations governing the sale of microbial pesticides operation and reliability. • Characteristics of an effi cacious microbial pesticide • Methods for treating storage and distribution systems Learning Objectives • Surveillance and Testing • Benefi ts of a routine surveillance program By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Developing a surveillance program • Explain the events that have shaped our current fuel policies • Compare the differences between petroleum and biomass fuel Instructor: Ed English & Howard Chesneau chemistries Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs • Detect fuel and potential system material compatibility issues • Describe how fuel systems could potentially be at greater risk for problems due to the presence of microorganisms • Detect and remediate problems associated with microbial contamination of fuels Fundamentals of Automotive Fuel • Improve the overall operational reliability of power systems that utilize diesel and biodiesel fuels Delivery Systems

Who Should Attend 2 Days I.D.# C0303 This seminar is appropriate for fuel systems design engineers, fuel quality managers in reﬁ nery, pipeline and terminal operations, engine fuel quality managers, and maintenance technicians. The key to a vehicle’s overall operation is the superior, quality design of its major moving subsystems. Automotive gasoline and diesel Prerequisites fuel delivery systems in particular must be virtually malfunction Attendees should have a basic understanding of fuels and fuel systems. free for all components for the entire vehicle prescribed service life. Fuel systems must be robust and precise enough to store and deliver Topical Outline the appropriate amount of fuel to power the engine. These stringent requirements necessitate a basic understanding of the subsystem DAY ONE working principles, functionalities and interrelated components. • Fuels • Brief overview of fuel history -- Introduction of fuels for spark This course provides a basic yet thorough examination of technical issues ignition and compression ignition engines; Events and policy that involved in automotive gasoline and diesel fuel delivery. Participants shaped fuels in the United States will acquire a fundamental understanding of the current technology and • Overview of Fuel Chemistries requirement guidelines and apply some of the principles through an in- • Petroleum fuels -- Feedstocks and production class project and exercises. Examples of frequently encountered technical • Biomass fuels -- Feedstocks and production issues of fuel delivery systems shall also be discussed. The course is • Unique chemical differences designed to encourage discussion, insights, and possible solutions into

P111669 book.indb 76 11/28/11 2:09 PM Fuels/EnergyAerodynamics Sources 7777

the engineering problems encountered in the gasoline and diesel fuel • Safety requirements delivery systems and components. • Permeation requirements • Contamination life requirements Learning Objectives • Static charge and abatement techniques • Fuel Delivery System and Components Evaluation and Testing By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Methods • Organize, differentiate and interpret the fundamental concepts, • Fuel tank features and applications of fuel delivery systems • Fuel l ines • Describe general gasoline and diesel fuel delivery system • Delivery module functionality • Pump • Compare and differentiate individual components comprising the • Injector subsystem • Regulator • Identify interconnections of system components • ORVR valve • Apply general gasoline and diesel fuel system requirement • Fuel level gauge guidelines • Fuel ﬁ lter • Vapor canister Who Should Attend • Fuel delivery driver module You should attend if you are an engineer or engineering manager • Leak testing involved in design, research, testing or implementation of automotive • Electrical static discharge testing fuel delivery systems. Engine designers, suppliers of fuels and fuel • Permeation t esting delivery system components, and polymer engineers may beneﬁ t as well. • Summary

Prerequisites Instructor: Dr. Xiaojian Tao An engineering degree in any discipline would be beneﬁ cial. Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs

Topical Outline • Introduction • Overview Hybrid and Electric Vehicle • General expectations • Fundamental Fuel Delivery Systems Engineering Academy • SI engine fuel delivery systems -- Gasoline; Alternative fuel 5 Days • GDI engine fuel delivery systems -- for stratifi ed; homogeneous; I.D.# ACAD06 mixed combustion mode • Diesel engine fuel delivery systems -- Conventional unit injector system; Electronic controlled intensifi er systems; High pressure common rail systems SAE Engineering Academies provide comprehensive and immersive • Fuel Cell -- Solid oxide fuel cell; Proton exchange fuel cell training experiences, helping new and re-assigned engineers become • Advanced fuel delivery system concept -- Variable valve lifting; profi cient and productive in a short period of time. The Hybrid and Cylinder deactivation Electric Vehicle Engineering Academy covers hybrid and electric • Fuel Types & Properties vehicle engineering concepts, theory, and applications relevant to • Fuel Delivery Subsystem Working Principles HEV, PHEV, EREV, and BEV for the passenger car industry. While the • Delivery modules -- Return systems; Returnless; Mechanical theory and concepts readily apply to the commercial vehicle industry returnless fuel delivery system (MRFS); Electronic returnless fuel as well, the examples and applications used will apply primarily to the delivery system (ERFS) passenger car industry. • Fuel pump assemblies -- PFI pumps; GDI high pressure pumps; and diesel high pressure common rail (HPCR) pumps Agenda Highlights • Injector assemblies -- PFI injectors; GDI injectors; HEUI injectors; • Pre-academy webinar to prepare you for the class unit injectors; Diesel HPCR injectors and their electronic driving • Dinner and Expert Panel Thursday evening mechanism • Injection types -- Multi-point injection (MPI); Sequential multi- Learning Objectives point injection (SMPI); Direct injection (DI); Common rail diesel injection (single injection event; Multiple injection events; Rate Upon completion of the academy, participants will be able to: shaping); Homogeneous charge compression injection (HCCI) for • Defi ne and analyze fundamental electrochemistry of battery gasoline and diesel operation and performance requirements for HEV, PHEV, EREV and • Fuel pressure regulation -- mechanical and electronic full electric vehicle applications • Onboard refi lling vapor recovery system (ORVR) and vapor • Estimate the size of a cell to meet a specifi c requirement management • Create a cradle-to-grave, or cradle-to-use list of materials used in • Fuel level indication mechanism -- contact; non contact any type of automotive battery • Fuel fi ltration -- Pump/module inlet fi ltration; Inline fi ltration; • Compute the temperature response of battery cell and pack Integrated fi ltration system; lifetime fi lters; fi ltration effi ciency; assemblies for a simple model beta value; and dirt capacity • Describe the functions performed by a Battery Management System • Fuel delivery metering -- High pressure end; Inlet metering (BMS) • Fuel Delivery System OEM and Government Regulatory General • Explain different approaches to estimating state of charge, state of Requirements health, power and energy • Functionality requirements • Apply the operation of brushless dc and induction motors to HEV • FTP highway and urban cycles and EV vehicles • Durability requirements • Defi ne the torque speed curves for motors and the application to electric and hybrid electric vehicles

P111669 book.indb 77 11/28/11 2:09 PM 7878 Fuels/EnergyAerodynamics Sources

• Describe the features of buck, boost, and Transformer converters • Future Trends and New Concepts in Battery Materials and Design • Compare and contrast the various industry standards for hybrid and (30 min) electric vehicle battery pack applications • Describe the main hybrid and electric vehicle development Lithium-Ion Battery Design and Simulation considerations and performance requirements for various vehicle • Overview of Battery Design system • Major Cell Components • Identify how to deﬁ ne key vehicle system requirements and select • Overview of Battery Modeling and Simulation and size system components that best meet those requirements • Lithium-Ion Cell Design Example

Who Should Attend Tuesday Individuals who already have a basic understanding of hybrid and/ Battery Materials, Supplies & Recyclability • Source Materials, Reﬁ ning, Use, and Potential Re-use of Materials or electric vehicles who are seeking to increase their knowledge • Global sources and understanding of hybrid vehicle system applications, including • Reﬁ ning challenges mechanical and electrical application engineers, design engineers, • Existing recycling or disposal of materials project managers, and other individuals who are working with or

transitioning to hybrid-electric powertrain development, will fi nd this academy particularly helpful. Thermal Management for Batteries and Power Electronics • Introduction • Thermal control in vehicular battery systems: battery performance Prerequisites degradation at low and high temperatures An engineering degree is highly recommended, but not required. This • Passive, active, liquid, air thermal control system confi gurations Academy does not cover basic electrical concepts and assumes that for HEV and EV applications the attendee already understands such concepts (voltage, current, • Brief Review of Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics, and Heat Transfer resistance, capacitance, inductance, etc.) In order to understand • First Law of Thermodynamics for open and closed systems; concepts discussed, all participants are required to have driven an internal energy, enthalpy, and specifi c heat HEV prior to attending the academy. • Second Law of Thermodynamics for closed systems; Tds equations, Gibbs function ***Attendees are asked to bring a calculator for in-class exercises.*** • Fluid mechanics: laminar vs. turbulent fl ow, internal fl ow relationships, Navier Stokes equations Topical Outline • Heat transfer: simple conduction, convection, and radiation relationships; Nusselt number relationships for convective heat Pre-academy Webinar transfer; energy equation This two hour webinar will serve as an introduction to the week-long • Battery Heat Transfer academy and is designed to ensure that all participants begin the • Introduction to battery modeling: tracking current demand, voltage, academy with a minimum level of knowledge. The session will be and State of Charge as functions of time for given drive cycles recorded for those who cannot attend the live webinar. • Development of thermodynamic relationships for cell heat generation • Incentives for Hybrid & Electric Vehicles • Lumped cell and pack models for transient temperature response • Stakeholders and Key Players to drive cycles • USABC • Model parametric study results • Government & industrial agencies • Thermal Management Systems • Electric Vehicle Categories • Overall energy balance to determine required fl owrates • Propulsion Systems • Determination of convection and friction coeffi cients for air and • General Defi nition of Battery System Terminologies liquid systems in various geometric confi gurations: fl ow around • Overall Hybrid Vehicle Confi guration cylinders, fl ow between plates, fl ow through channels • Battery System Performance Requirements • Development of a complete thermal system model and parametric • Spectrum of Battery Technology study results • Requirements • Temperature control and heat transfer using phase change materials • Vehicle, pack, cells and battery components • Thermal Management of Power Electronics • Typical Steps Toward Battery Development Program • Typical Steps Toward Battery Sizing • Driving cycles Battery Management Systems • Block Diagram - Main Functions of a BMS • Power e stimation • Sensing Requirements • Battery sizing • Cell/module level: cell voltage, cell/module temperature, • Typical Steps Toward Battery Pack Design (humidity, smoke, air/fl uid fl ow) • Battery Categories and Characteristics • Pack level: current, pre-charge temperature, bus voltage, pack • Lithium ion Batteries voltage, isolation • Battery Range of Operation • Control Requirements • Future Ch allenges • Contactor control, pre-charge circuitry • Thermal system control Monday • Cell Balancing: Active versus passive, strategies Electrochemistry and Battery Design • Estimation Requirements • Electrochemical Principles of Energy Storage Systems • Strategies: different approaches and benefi ts of model-based • General Overview; Physics and Chemistry of Advanced Lithium approach Battery Materials • How to create a model via cell tests • Advanced Positive and Negative Electrodes • State of Charge estimation • Advanced Electrolytes • State of Health estimation • Battery Failure Modes, Capacity Fading, and Safety Aspects • Power e stimation • Tools and Techniques for Real-time Analysis of Battery Components • Energy estimation (range estimation)

P111669 book.indb 78 11/28/11 2:09 PM Fuels/EnergyAerodynamics Sources 7979

• Electronics Topologies Thursday • Monolithic versus master/slave versus daisy-chain Hybrid Systems Integration • Implications of battery pack topologies: parallel strings versus • Vehicle Development Process series modules • Typical VDP overview • Available chipsets for designing electronics • Hybrid and EV unique processes • Other Requirements: CAN communication, data logging, PH/EV • Establishing Vehicle System Requirements charger control, failure modes/detection, thermal systems control • Typical system requirements • Future Directions for Battery Management, Degradation Control • Establishing architecture options • Selecting and sizing components Wednesday • Evaluating tradeoffs Power Electronics • System Development Considerations • Introduction - Why Power Electronics? • Energy/power management • Overview of Power Density • Torque man agement • Effects of air vs. liquid cooling • Thermal man agement • Effects of effi ciency • Cabin comfort • Converter T opologies • Chassis (braking, vehicle dynamics, powertrain to chassis • Buck, boost, transformer dynamics, ride and handling, steering) • Inverter Topology • HV/LV electrical systems (effi ciency, integration, EMC, thermal) • 6-pack inverter • Displays/information • Space Vector Control • Safety • Sources of Loss in Power Electronics • Drivability/performance • Conduction, switching, leakage, and control losses • NVH • Power Semiconductors • Controls i ntegration • Insulated Gate Bi-polar Transistor (IGBT) • Production Certifi cation Requirements • Metal-Oxide-Silicon Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET) • •QRD and validation requirements • Emerging technologies: Moore’s law, silicon carbide • Emissions certifi cation and diagnostic requirements • MVSS certifi cation considerations Electric Motors for HEV and EV • Service requirements • Three Phase Circuits • Manufacturing/assembly requirements • How three phase is generated. • Summary/Conclusions • 3 Phase to dc, dc to 3 ph Passive and Active • Base three phase bridge circuit Expert Instructor Panel • Ripple current voltage conversion factor Enjoy dinner and the opportunity to pose questions to the academy • 3 Phase Induction Motor instructors. • Basic principle of operation • How it generates torque Friday • Torque/speed characteristic Safety, Testing, Regulations, and Standards • Techniques for varying speed • Applicable Standards • Overload, magnetic and thermal limits • Cell / Battery • Field weakening at light load for effi ciency improvement • HEV Battery Pack • Generator o peration • Charger • Distributed windings and why this must be used • Charging St ation • Base constructional techniques, especially the rotor • Cell / Battery • 3 phase BLDC (permanent magnet) • UN/DOT 38.3 (Transportation Safety) • Basic principle of operation • UL 1642, 2054 versus IEC 62133 • Requirement for rotor position sensing • HEV Battery Pack • Torque speed curves temperature limitations of the magnet, • UL 2580 versus IEC 61982, 62133 versus SAE J2929, J2464 demagnetization issue • Charger • Overload i ssues • UL 2202 versus IEC 61851 versus SAE J2894 • How wide speed range gives poor current waveforms • Charging Station • Rotor Construction • UL 2594, 2231-1, 1131-2, 2251 versus • Speed limitations due to mechanical issues • IEC 61851, 60950, 62196 versus • Surface magnets with banding • SAE J2293, J1772 • Embedded magn ets • Governing bo dies • Increase in power density with higher speed (also applies to • OSHA, UL, IEC, SAE induction motors) • Safety, Testing, Regulations, and Standards Roadmap • Reluctance Motors • Demonstrations • Potential adv antages • Drop • Major detail problems that stop widespread use • Vibration • Losses, Cooling and Temperature Limitations. • Overcharge • Power density • Iron l osses Analytical Tools • Copper losses • Background and Goals • Why? • System Integration • Model life cycle • Simulation Areas • Thermal

P111669 book.indb 79 11/28/11 2:09 PM 8080 Fuels/EnergyAerodynamics Sources

• Hydraulics The course begins with a brief overview of the fuel consumption • Vehicle dynamics regulations and global perspective of passenger car lubricants and • Vehicle performance diesel oil specifi cations in North America, Europe and Asia. Limitations • Summary of the SW available in the market to assist to carry on with and advantages of various methods to measure fuel consumption in a the analysis variety of bench tests, dyno tests and actual vehicles will be presented. • Summary Fundamentals of fl uid lubrication regimes, as well as detailed aspects • Description for the “Top 6” tools of oil formulations which have signifi cant effects on reduction in • Basic Knowledge mechanical friction, such as base oil selection, viscosity grade choice • How to implement the basic degree of freedom and impact of friction modifi ers, will be covered. The performance • Transfer function characteristics of fresh oil versus used oil and lubrication of coated • Typical drive cycles for passenger cars surfaces will also be discussed. Finally, the impact of various emission • List of Typical Components control devices on overall diesel fuel consumption will be described. • Required Data • Hybrid Control Strategies Learning Objectives • Typical Output By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Examples • Describe the effects of mechanical friction on engine effi ciency • Parallel - P2 • Summarize the pros and cons of various test methodologies used to • Series measure engine friction • Power-Split • Articulate the limitations in various fuel consumption test • Two-Mode methodologies • Demo: Conventional, P2, EV • Select oils based on frictional control performance • Describe the role of oil degradation on fuel economy and engine wear High Voltage Battery Charging Methods • Evaluate lubricant interactions with low friction surfaces • Basic Battery Reactions • Overcharge Reactions • Consequences of Overcharge Who Should Attend • Design Co nsiderations This seminar is designed for engineers, scientists, investigators and • Thermal Co nsiderations consultants involved in designing or optimizing mobile or stationary • Charging Infrastructure/methods powertrains. Individuals interested in understanding the role of • Basic Defi nitions engine oils in reducing fuel consumption will fi nd the seminar • Conductive Charging benefi cial. Automotive decision makers will also benefi t by gaining an • Method understanding of the limitations of fuel economy testing methods. • Standards • Inductive Charging Prerequisites • DC Ch arging Attendees should have a background in science or technology and • Defi nition some technical familiarity with performance of engines. No previous • Issues: Infrastructure, Thermal, and Life exposure to organic chemistry is required. • Grid Infrastructure • Basic infrastructure • Grid interactions: bi-directional communication and power fl ow Topical Outline DAY ONE Instructors: Saeed Siavoshani, Mark A. Benvenuto, Rich • Reducing Fuel Consumption Byczek, Alexandra Cattelan, G. Abbas Nazri , Tom O’Hara, • Regulations - N. American, Europe and Asia Gregory Plett, Mark Schumack, Robert Spotnitz, Tom Stoltz, • GHG emissions and climate change David Turner • Petroleum based fuels - availability • Biofuels - availability and global trends Fee $3345 4.0 CEUs • Fundamentals of Engine Friction

• Gasoline e ngine • Diesel e ngine • Methodology - Part 1: How to Measure Engine Friction • Examples of bench tests Improving Fuel Effi ciency with • Examples of engine tests • Methodology - Part 2: How to Measure Fuel Consumption in Real Engine Oils Life Conditions • Gasoline vehicles 2 Days • Diesel trucks I.D.# C0914 DAY TWO • Fuel Economy Derived Lubricant Specifi cations Improving vehicular fuel effi ciency is of paramount importance • N. America - API specifi cations to the global economy. Governmental regulations, climate change • United Europe - OEM specifi cations and associated health concerns, as well as the drive towards energy • Japan - OEM specifi cations independence, have created a technical need to achieve greater fuel • Lubrication Fundamentals effi ciency. While vehicle manufacturers are focusing efforts on improved • Lubrication regimes combustion strategies, smaller displacement engines, weight reduction, • Stribeck curve low friction surfaces, etc., the research involved in developing fuel • Lubricant Components - Effects on Fuel Consumption effi cient engine oils has been less publicized. This seminar will highlight • Base o ils the role of lubricants in improving fuel effi ciency and provide strategies • Viscosity grades for selecting the best oil for a given application. • Friction modifi ers

P111669 book.indb 80 11/28/11 2:09 PM Fuels/EnergyAerodynamics Sources 8181

• Fuel Economy Retention • Entry and movement of microorganisms throughout the aviation • Impact of used oil on fuel consumption vs. engine wear protection fuel storage and distribution network • Lubrication of Low Friction Surfaces • The Impact of Microorganisms on Aircraft • Coatings • Detection of Microorganisms • Engineered surfaces • Types of detection equipment and procedures • Impact of Diesel Emission Control Devices on Overall Fuel • Practicum - test methods and equipment -- Culture test; Immuno Consumption assay test; Bioluminescence test • Remediation of Microorganisms Instructor: Ewa Bardasz • Microbial pesticides approved for use in aviation fuel Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs• USEPA regulations governing the sale of microbial pesticides in the U.S. • Characteristics of an efﬁ cacious microbial pesticide • Methods for treating storage and distribution systems • Industry practice for introducing a microbial pesticide into aircraft Microbial Contamination in Aviation • Surveillance Program • Beneﬁ ts of a routine surveillance program Fuel and Aircraft Fuel Systems • Developing a surveillance program 1 Day I.D.# C0728 Instructor: Ed English & Howard Chesneau Fee $725 .7 CEUs

Microbial contamination in aviation fuel creates biomats that clog fi lters and scavenge systems, coat fuel quality indicator systems (FQIS) probes, and lead to structural corrosion, impacting the operational and Modern Fluids for Crankcase economical aspects of turbine powered fi xed wing and rotary wing aircraft. From inaccurate fuel level readings to aborted take-offs and air Engines: An Overview interrupts, microorganisms can wreak havoc on the entire aircraft and 2 Days the system operations. Attendees will learn how microorganisms enter I.D.# C0704 and survive in the fuel distribution and storage network, and how a routine surveillance program can manage risk and mitigate lost profi ts. Students will have the opportunity to experience hands-on techniques to detect and remediate contamination in aviation fuel systems. Lubricating fl uids are the lifeblood of modern engines, performing numerous vital functions from reducing system friction, temperature, and Learning Objectives fuel consumption to minimizing tailpipe emissions. This comprehensive seminar covers the latest developments in lubricating fl uids technologies By attending this seminar, you will be able to: and explores the relationships between lubricating fl uids and emissions, • Describe the impact of microorganisms on aircraft fuel systems after-treatment devices, bio-fuels, and fuel economy. Fundamentals • Explain how microorganisms survive in an aviation fuel environment of crankcase lubrication, including the properties and performance • Determine how microorganisms enter the fuel storage and requirements of global base stocks and lubricants will be covered. The distribution system seminar will further explore the need for lubricating systems to possess • Detect and remediate microbially contaminated fuel systems thermal and oxidative stability suffi cient to withstand the rigors of low- • Improve the overall operational reliability of aircraft and reduce heat-rejection, high performance diesel engines or other modern engines maintenance costs equipped with various emission control devices. Case studies will be utilized to demonstrate the existence of overlapping phenomena aimed at Who Should Attend extending oil life and protecting key mechanical components. This seminar is appropriate for aircraft fuel systems design engineers, aviation fuel quality managers in manufacturing, storage and Learning Objectives distribution facilities, aircraft fuel quality managers, and aircraft By attending this seminar, you will be able to: maintenance technicians. • Describe how various classes of additives commonly used in crankcase lubricants impact: Prerequisites • wear of bearings, pistons, and piston rings Attendees should have a basic understanding of fuels and fuel systems. • friction and fuel consumption • corrosion Topical Outline • piston cleanliness • swelling of seals • Microorganisms • hydraulic media in fuel systems, such as hydraulically-actuated • •Brief overview of the operational and economic impact of electronically-controlled unit injector system (HEUI). microorganisms to the aviation industry • Recognize the limitations and technical trends in new base stocks • Regulatory, FAA Flight Standards Information Bulletin for and additive technologies Airworthiness (FSAW) FSAW 05-08A “Air Carrier Implementation • Compare performance characteristics of lubricants designed for of Inspections for Fuel Microbial Contamination” passenger cars manufactured in N. America, Europe or Japan • Brief description of microorganisms related to aviation fuel • Identify key lubricant requirements for protecting heavy duty diesel • Requirements for microorganisms to survive in a fuel storage engines system • Select and optimize fl uids for various light duty and heavy duty • Aircraft fuel system water scavenger maintenance and periodic after-treatment applications aircraft fuel tank sump draining • Recognize differences between API, ACEA, and ILSAC lubricant • Aviation Fuel Storage and Distribution categories

P111669 book.indb 81 11/28/11 2:09 PM 8282 Fuels/EnergyAerodynamics Sources

Who Should Attend Motor Fuel: Technology, This seminar is designed for engineers, scientists, investigators and consultants involved in designing or optimizing mobile or stationary Performance, Testing, and powertrains. Individuals interested in understanding the role of crankcase fl uids in extending useful life of the overall systems, Specifi cations minimizing emissions and reducing fuel consumption will fi nd the 3 Days seminar benefi cial. I.D.# 98003 Prerequisites Attendees should have a background in science or technology and Fuel composition has had to change with the advent of more some technical familiarity with performance of engines and emissions. stringent emission regulations. Reformulated gasoline (RFG), for No previous exposure to organic chemistry is required. example, is vastly different from gasoline of even ten years ago. Tightening regulations on diesel emissions will dramatically change Topical Outline both diesel fuel and engine design. This three-day seminar will DAY ONE review the fundamentals of motor fuels, combustion and motor • Introduction to Engine Lubricant Formulations power generation. The primary content of the course provides a • What are motor oils? basic introduction to the technology, performance, evaluation, and • Standardized tests of new oils (SAE J300) specifi cations of current gasoline, diesel, and turbine fuels. The fi rst • Used oils testing day of the course begins with a brief review of the evolution of motor • Lubrication Fundamentals fuel through 100 years of performance and specifi cation. • Functions of a lubricant • Friction Learning Objectives • Lubrication regimes (Steinbeck Curve) By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Wear mo des • Describe how fuel compositional variables affect engine performance • Viscosity • Interpret test data to determine if fuel meets required specifi cations • Base Oi ls and regulations • Classes of crude oils • Determine the purpose and mode of action of performance additives • Conventional refi ning processes • List the important processes in motor fuel • Base oil categories • Communicate effectively with others working with motor fuels • Affect of base oils on performance of engine oils • Have a working knowledge of motor fuel composition, properties, • Additives and performance -- a necessity for engine designers, and fuel and • Composition of motor oils - historical perspective additive formulators. • Lubricant additives industry • Engine oil additives -- Dispersants and dispersant VI improvers; Who Should Attend Detergents and overbased detergents; Oxidation inhibitors; Wear inhibitors; Rust inhibitors; Friction reducers; Viscosity improvers; This course is intended for engine design engineers who need a basic Factors promoting wear and deposits formation; Dispersion of understanding of the fundamental performance properties of motor particles in diesel and gasoline engine oils fuels and additives. The course is also intended for formulators who need to understand the relationships of fuel performance and DAY TWO composition to properly design fuels and additives to meet current • Global Lubricant Specifi cations and future needs. Engine testing personnel; petroleum company • Classifi cation of motor oil by performance category employees; Federal, State, and Local Regulatory personnel, laboratory • API service categories supervisors; and fuel marketing personnel would also benefi t. • Development of a new diesel engine oil category: PC10 • Motor oil classifi cations- API doughnut Prerequisites • ACEA European oil specifi cations for gasoline and diesel engines Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. • Extended Service Intervals (ESI) • Maintenance intervals and engine life Topical Outline • Effect on lubricant formulations • Fuel Economy DAY ONE • Diesel vs. gasoline engines test procedures • Introduction and History of Motor Fuels • Lubricant role in friction reduction • Overview of Motor Gasoline • Global Trends in Emission Specifi cations and Exhaust Control • Gasoline composition, chemistry, production, blending Systems • Spark ignition engine and effect of fuel quality on performance • Gasoline e ngines • Gasoline volatility and combustion • Diesel e ngines • Infl uence of composition on storage stability and engine deposit • Fuel quality concerns formation • Examples of Lubricant Interactions with Exhaust Systems • Three-way catalysts DAY TWO • Diesel particulate fi lters • Oxygenated Blend Components and Emissions • Gasoline Specifi cations Instructor: Ewa Bardasz • Overview of Diesel Fuel Fee $1285 1.3 CEUs• Diesel composition, chemistry, production, blending • Diesel engine and effect of fuel quality on performance • Fuel characteristics infl uencing combustion and emissions • Low temperature and other fuel characteristics • Fuel addi tives

P111669 book.indb 82 11/28/11 2:09 PM Fuels/EnergyAerodynamics Sources 8383

DAY THREE • Alternative Fuels, Future Trends, and Directions • Diesel Speciﬁ cations • Gaseous Fuels for Engines • Natural gas combustion, performance, and emissions • LPG combustion, performance, and emissions • Alternative fuels, future trends, and directions • Racing Fuels • General considerations • Hydrocarbon fuels • Alcohol fuels • Special fuels • Future Trends in Fuels • Alternative fuels • Future trends and directions

Instructor: Kenneth Kipers Fee $1645 2.0 CEUs

“Don’t judge each day by the harvest you reap, but by the seeds you plant.” Robert Louis Stevenson The Next Generation of Innovators is Counting on You! The SAE Foundation is a recognized leader for innovative programs fostering the advancement of science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) education.

Through the interactive A World In Motion® program, the Collegiate Design SeriesTM competitions, and Scholarship and Awards Programs, we actively support the innovation cycle from learning to achievement to recognition.

When you support the SAE Foundation you play an important role in the development of the next generation of innovators.

Make a gift – visit www.saefoundation.org.

P90640 www.saefoundation.org • 1-724-772-8515 • [email protected]

P111669 book.indb 83 11/28/11 2:09 PM 8484 HumanAerodynamics Factors

Advanced Topics in Seat Suspension Design and Human Body Occupant/Interior Vehicle Packaging: Designing for the Vibration Control ...... 84 Customer ...... 84

• Acceleration Transfer Function Response and Human Stiffness and Advanced Topics in Seat Damping Identifi cation • Optimization Techniques Suspension Design and Human • Defi nition of constraints • Constrained o ptimization Body Vibration Control • Use of MATLABTM as a tool for optimization 2 Days • Seat Suspension Optimization I.D.# 97007 • Search for optimum suspension design • Design issues and hardware constraints • Control St rategies The objective of this two-day seminar is to provide the latest Instructor: Farid M.L. Amirouche technology and research on testing and evaluation of ride comfort Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs and proposed seat suspension design. Attendees will focus on how to evaluate and control human response to various types of vibration in different vehicles. Models of the seat and operator subjected to various types of input including impulses, multi-frequency sinusoidal types of vibration, and random excitation will be addressed as well as the Occupant/Interior Vehicle examination of current seat suspension designs using passive, semi- active optimization and control strategies. Packaging: Designing for the Learning Objectives Customer Upon completion of this seminar, attendees will be able to: 2 Days • Identify modeling techniques of seat/driver/passengers I.D.# C0108 • Review seat suspension optimization • Discuss ride comfort quantifi cation • Describe sensor selection, data acquisition, calibration and fi ltering One of the most important aspects in the design of the vehicle is • Compare active versus semi-active suspension in creating an interior compartment that accommodates the needs • Recognize how to further evaluate seat comfort dynamics that of the customer base. Occupant and interior packaging involves: contribute to better seat design determining the necessary amount of vehicle interior space for the customer, arranging interior and structural components in order to Who Should Attend enhance the performance of the customer, and increasing overall This seminar will be especially benefi cial to those involved in seat satisfaction, comfort, accommodation and safety for all occupants. design and those evaluating seat ride dynamics and how vibration The occupant and interior packaging process relies on the sciences of affects the human body. human factors and ergonomics in order to design for the customer.

Prerequisites Learning Objectives An engineering background in a related fi eld and some knowledge of By participating in this seminar, the attendee will: human body vibration is recommended. • Develop an awareness of “Designing for the Customer” • Gain an understanding of the importance of designing the interior Topical Outline package to fi t the needs and requirements of the customer • Determine how to identify the target customer • Modeling of Seat/Passenger • Determine how to accommodate the target customer in the vehicle’s • Two mass model interior • Three mass model • Learn how to utilize human factors/ergonomics principles and • Evaluation of stiffness and damping coeffi cients of the seat techniques in the vehicle design process • Evaluation of stiffness and damping coeffi cients of the driver/ • Recognize the key differences between the current industry passenger paradigm and occupant packaging based on the customer • Generalized seat/driver model • Road profi le and input conditions • Dynamic Analysis of Several D.O.G. Systems Who Should Attend • Formulation of the equations of motion This seminar is designed for individuals at all levels who are involved • MATLABTM models development in the design, development, and evaluation of vehicle interior • State space representation systems including: interior systems/cockpit module suppliers, design • Human Operator/Driver Characteristics engineers, product engineers and product development teams, human • Experimental analysis of ride comfort factors/ergonomics specialist, electronics engineers, marketing, and • Acceleration response product planners. • Energy absorption and fatigue • Transmissibility Prerequisites • ISO st andards Participants should have an undergraduate degree and some exposure to vehicle interior systems.

P111669 book.indb 84 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsHuman Factors 8585

Topical Outline DAY ONE • Foundation for Occupant/Interior Vehicle Packaging • What is occupant/interior vehicle packaging? • Importance of occupant/interior packaging in the vehicle development process • Occupant/interior vehicle packaging methodology: “Designing for the Customer” • Identify the Target Customer • Developing a customer (user) proﬁ le • Identifying the needs and requirements of the customer • Interactive case study

DAY TWO • Accommodate the Target Customer in the Interior Compartment • What is accommodation? • Physical representation of the target customer: Anthropometry and its use in vehicle design • “Inside-Out” vs. “Outside-In” design philosophy approach: determining the occupant/interior envelope • Design and location of primary controls • Design and location of secondary controls • Visibility: ﬁ eld of view and controls/displays • Emerging Industry Trends and Technology: Impact on Occupant/ Interior Packaging • Impact of CAD/CAM/CAE virtual prototyping simulation technology on occupant/interior vehicle packaging • “X”-by-Wire - mechanical to electrical inputs • Impact of telematics

Instructor: Deborah D. Thompson Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs

Journals The Journal Set included these seven titles: • SAE International Journal of Aerospace • SAE International Journal of Commercial Vehicles • SAE International Journal of Engines • SAE International Journal of Fuels and Lubricants • SAE International Journal of Materials and Manufacturing • SAE International Journal of Passenger Cars – Mechanical Systems • SAE International Journal of Passenger Cars – Electronic and Electrical Systems sae.org/journals

erna E Int tion SA al U N D E F O D

✽ ✽

J A 5 0 N U 9 A R Y 1

P100523

P111669 book.indb 85 11/28/11 2:09 PM 8686 Interiors,Aerodynamics Cabins and Cockpits

Aircraft Cabin Safety and Interior Crashworthiness ...... 86

Aircraft Cabin Safety and Interior Topical Outline DAY ONE Crashworthiness • Introduction to Part 25 Airworthiness Standards Requirements • Commercial Off The Shelf equipment (COTS) and Super COTS 2 Days • Galleys I.D.# C0926 • Electrical disconnects • Water shut-offs • Latches The certifi cation of transport category cabin interiors requires a • Passenger Oxygen and Oxygen Masks thorough understanding of Part 25 Transport Category aircraft cabin • Reach (5th percentile female) interior safety and crashworthiness regulations and compliance • Quantity and duration requirements requirements. Regardless of whether it is a simple modifi cation, • Emergency Equipment a specialized completion (VIP or VVIP) or airline passenger • Ditching requirements -- Life rafts; Life vests; Survival kits confi guration, engineers, designers, and airworthiness personnel • First aid kits must understand and adhere to these requirements. • Defi brillators • Fire extinguishers This two day seminar will begin with a discussion of Commercial • Smoke detectors off the Shelf (COTS) test requirements. The instructor will then • Access guide participants through the various cabin interior emergency • Placards provisions and their requirements such as supplemental passenger • Seats oxygen, emergency equipment, seats, fl ammability, emergency • Dynamic (C127a) exits, emergency lighting and escape path markings, and various • Static (C39b) other cabin interior systems. Additionally, DO-160 environmental, • Divans cooling and ventilation requirements will be discussed to provide • Seat belts and shoulder harness participants a comprehensive introduction to cabin interior safety • Head strike and crashworthiness requirements as specifi ed in the CFR Part 25 • Oxygen mask requirements Airworthiness Standards. • Recline and rotations at exit rows • Exit access Learning Objectives • Foot/leg rests • Beds By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Latches and Secondary Latches • Identify key strategies to managing certifi cation programs • Placards effectively • Visibility • Recognize cabin safety and design problems in a timely manner so • Contrast they may be addressed in advance • Size • Communicate intelligently on the requirements and effectively • Locations negotiate with others involved in FAA certifi cation programs • Flammability • Interpret and identify the reasoning behind cabin safety rules and • Bunsen Burner fl ammability tests and materials regulations • Fire blocking on seat and back cushions and markings • Demonstrate an understanding of cabin safety and • Fire containment -- COTS; Lavatory and galley waste containers crashworthiness regulations • Smoking and ash trays • Examine and evaluate current cabin safety issues and their solutions • Smoke Detection and Penetration for Cabin Accessible Baggage through open discussions between instructor and attendees Compartments

Who Should Attend DAY TWO This course is designed for engineering and certifi cation managers, • Emergency Exit Types and Requirements design engineers, airworthiness and certifi cation engineers, program • Floor l evel managers, consultants, Federal Aviation Administration designated • Window engineering representatives (DER) interested in gaining interior • Flight deck arrangement authorization added to their delegated functions and • Exit Signs and Requirements authorized areas, and other technical and administrative personnel • Size -- Equivalent safety involved in FAA certifi cation activities. • Visibility • Types and requirements -- Bulkhead; Locator; Marker Prerequisites • Aisle Clearance Requirements • Cabin main aisles -- Cross aisles None • Exit Passageways • Emergency Lighting Systems • Luminosity tests -- Cabin color contrast • Fuselage transverse separation • Emergency Escape Path Markings (EEPM) -- Luminous; Incandescent; Visibility; Seat baggage bars

P111669 book.indb 86 11/28/11 2:09 PM Interiors, CabinsAerodynamics and Cockpits 8787

• Crew Areas • Crew assist space • Crew assist handle • Crew visibility • Crew rest area • Oxygen • Communication • Flight Deck Door • Cabin Doors and Curtain Dividers • Ordinance Signs • Visibility • Legibility • Cross Aisle Visibility • Passenger Address (PA) System • Cabin Hand Sets and Egress Issues • Constant retention cord reels • Ratcheting • EMI/RFI Tests • DO-160 Environmental, Cooling and Ventilation Requirements • Lithium Ion batteries • Water systems

Instructor: Ken Farsi Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs

SAE not only brings value to the world of mobility engineering — Join SAE Today and we also deliver added value to our members. Exclusive SAE Member Benefits • Access to SAE standards in progress, and Empower Yourself • Discounts on books, technical papers and status updates standards • Access to the results of the first-ever salary • Complimentary subscriptions to SAE industry survey and employment study for the mobility and Your Industry magazines industry • EngineerXchangeSM, the members-only online • Advance notice of new industry jobs through professional network for mobility engineers the SAE Career Center • Discounts on registration for SAE-owned conferences • Discounts on professional development seminars, engineering academies, and e-learning products Visit sae.org/membership/benefits for a full list of benefits specific to each membership level

Customize your SAE Membership—Choose from Elite, Premium, or Classic Levels Visit www.sae.org/membership to use our interactive membership e-Valuator tool to help you decide quickly and easily which level is best for you. P111258 www.sae.org/membership

P111669 book.indb 87 11/28/11 2:09 PM 8888 MaintenanceAerodynamics and Aftermarket

Aerospace Product Support: Sustainment Throughout the Life Cycle ...... 88

Aerospace Product Support: Topical Outline DAY ONE Sustainment Throughout the Life • Introduction to Aerospace Product Support • Developing the class defi nition of product support -- Attributes; Cycle Shared experiences • Setting expectations 2 Days • Elements of Product Support Offerings I.D.# C0945 • Characteristics of Product Support • Compare and Contrast -- Logistics Support; Product Support; Customer Support In today’s aerospace industry, product life-cycles are often being • “Bits and pieces” of product support extended far beyond a product’s original design expectations. With • What constitutes success? fewer and fewer new aerospace products being introduced into the • Support I ntegration marketplace, there is a dramatic need for increased emphasis on • How Support Integration works supporting these products in the most effi cient and effective manner • Primary Support Integrator -- How PSI works possible throughout the entire product life-cycle. In addition to the • Third-Party Logistics Provider -- Defi nition; How 3PL works initial product acquisition cost, customers are becoming more aware and sensitive to the product’s total life-cycle cost. The long-term costs DAY TWO to operate, maintain, and otherwise sustain these products are often a • Contractor Logistics Support determining factor in the initial product acquisition. • How CLS works • Customer and contractor roles This two day seminar is intended to introduce participants to the • Constructing a CLS proposal -- Estimating costs various approaches, technologies, and tools available to support a • Performance-Based Logistics product throughout the product’s total life-cycle in the most effi cient • How PBL works manner possible. Major topics presented and discussed during this • Customer and contractor roles seminar include The Elements of Logistics, Performance Based Logistics, • Constructing a PBL proposal -- Estimating costs Product Support Integration, and regulatory requirements. Collectively, • Regulatory and Guidance Document Identifi cation the information presented in this seminar will equip attendees with the • Regulatory documents and reports skills and techniques needed to help them comfortably and confi dently • Development and use of metrics develop the best tailored support package, satisfying the needs of both • Notifi cation of problems and re-plans to stakeholders the customer and the provider. • Seminar Review and Open Dialog

Learning Objectives Instructor: Drex Rutledge By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs • Identify and apply basic concepts of Product Support, including Contractor Logistics Support, Total System Performance Requirements, Performance-Based Logistics, and Primary Support Integration • Evaluate elements of cost associated with life-cycle support/ sustainment opportunities • Compare and contrast the different approaches that may be taken to New! provide total life-cycle support in aerospace programs SAE e-Seminars Economy-Friendly Pricing. • Assess relative risks to both the provider and the customer in the various approaches Professional Development • Determine how to best integrate sustainment activities within the OEM as well as after-market provider business plans through SAE International

Who Should Attend SAE offers industry expertise and Technical professionals, as well as current and prospective Program/ instruction on a broad range of Project managers, Product Support Managers, and Sustainment technologies with the Specialists will beneﬁ t by attending this seminar. This seminar will also be of value to individuals in other disciplines, including marketing and convenience of anytime access. general management, that require an understanding of the concepts and strategies of effective life-cycle sustainment programs.

Prerequisites www.sae.org/e-seminars Basic knowledge or awareness of product support, logistic support, Professional Development - Anytime Access customer support, or sustainment will be beneﬁ cial but is not required.

P111669 book.indb 88 11/28/11 2:09 PM Management and ProductAerodynamics Development 8989

Aerospace Program Management - It’s More than Scheduling Principles of Cost and Finance for Engineers ...... 95 and Delivery ...... 89 Product Liability and The Engineer ...... 96 Engineering Social Media Strategy and Policy for Organizational Program and Risk Management ...... 96 Success Webinar ...... 91 Root Cause Problem Solving: Methods and Tools Webinar ...... 97 Hybrid Vehicle Systems Integration ...... 91 Social Media: A Competitive Advantage in Engineering Product Leading High Performance Teams ...... 92 Development Webinar ...... 98 Managing Engineering & Technical Professionals ...... 93 Strategic Leadership ...... 98 Patent Law for Engineers ...... 93 The Role of the Expert Witness in Product Liability Litigation ...... 99 Patent Litigation in the U.S.: What You Need to Know Webinar ....94

Aerospace Program Management Topical Outline DAY ONE - It’s More than Scheduling and • Introduction to Program/Project Management • Clarifying and Giving Identity to Tasks Delivery • Who are the stakeholders? What do they want? • What are the resource allocations? (budgets, tools, facilities, personnel) 3 Days • What constitutes program/project success? I.D.# C0818 • Communication Skills Essentials • Elements of effective presentations (verbal, e-mail, internet) • Appreciation of differing perspectives and how to integrate them Effective and effi cient management of today’s complex and integrated • Interpersonal skills programs requires both the refi nement of interpersonal and basic • Interfacing with Other Units leadership skills as well as the application of appropriate technologies • Use of integrator personnel and tools. This seminar is intended to introduce basic program • Importance of shared goals as well as shared responsibilities management skills and techniques to fi rst-line and mid-level leaders to help them comfortably and confi dently assume their role and to aid in DAY TWO assuring program success. Areas of special concentration will include: • Establishing and Developing of Performance Schedules role of project management, communication, interpersonal skills, • Ensuring dependencies are identifi ed and commitments are defi ned schedule management, interfacing with other units, Task Scoping • Determining critical milestones and potential impacts (Estimating, Pricing, Financial Measures, etc.), project management • Introduction to use of commercial software tools software use, compliance reporting, risk management and more. • Creating Meaningful Performance Metrics and Monitoring Techniques This seminar will include lecture, dialog, and case-study approaches. • The “critical life signs” of a program/project (cost, schedule, quality) Active participation of the class attendees will ensure a dynamic • Role of program/project integrator and methods of in-process baseline for learning and honing valuable skills. performance monitoring • Keeping all stakeholders informed and satisfi ed Learning Objectives • Compliance Reporting, Test Plans, and Contingencies By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Regulatory documents and reports • Communicate more effectively in all media - verbal, written, and • Test plans and confi guration control electronic modes • FAA certifi cation • Refi ne interpersonal skills as they relate to dealing with diverse • Use of “critical life signs”, milestones, and monitoring personal perspectives, attitudes, and motivational techniques • Notifi cation of problems and re-plans to stakeholders • Develop and utilize task schedules • Refi ning the art of asking for and receiving help • Demonstrate effective management of all resources (people, tools, and budgets) DAY THREE • Apply techniques for scoping programs/projects (resource needs, • Managing the Individual Components of the Program/Project schedules, level of tasking, etc.) and effectively monitor and measure • Financial aspects (pricing, ROI, ROIC, etc.) progress • Marketing coordination, warranties, and after-market support • Identify critical milestone events and how to develop alternate • Using metrics to correct “critical life sign” defi ciencies schedule recovery plans • Risk - assessment, abatement, and management • Utilize basic project management tools and techniques more • Motivation and Rewards effectively • Effective use of non-fi nancial rewards for team members • Ensuring full participation and best contribution from each team member Who Should Attend • Valuing others and letting them know it This course is designed for current and prospective Program/Project • Workshop Managers with a level of experience ranging from in-training to mid- • Using program/project management techniques and tools, level program management leadership. perform trial tasks as assigned • Discuss and critique workshop tasks Prerequisites • Conclusion Practical understanding of desktop software applications is useful as • Importance of “unlearned” leadership attributes (integrity, well as general knowledge of basic fi nancial principles. honesty, people sensitivity) • Business and personal ethics

Instructor: Drexel L. Rutledge Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 89 11/28/11 2:09 PM 9090 ManagementAerodynamics and Product Development

• Project Plan Life Cycle Engineering Project Management • Three types of life cycles: Product, Project, Project Management 2 Days • Comparison of project management and the automotive APQP I.D.# 99003 process • Major elements of each APQP phase • Project Management Techniques Project Management and Advanced Product Quality Planning • Principles of Integration Management (APQP) are two critical techniques used in product development in • Defi ning, constructing, and recognizing the differences between the mobility industry today. This seminar will bring these techniques Statement of Requirement, Statement of Work and Work together in an easy to understand format that goes beyond the typical Breakdown structures concept of constructing timelines and project planning, by exploring • Developing scope of work for conceptual-based (R&D) customers not only the AIAG APQP process, but also specifi c aspects of PM • Review of the various types of Work Breakdown Structures (WBS) processes. Students will gain a solid foundation in the essential and a guide to WBS development principles of Project Management and APQP. • Beyond lessons learned - Project Best Practices and the TGR/TGW database Students will immediately apply learned skills by taking a sample • Documentation requirements necessary to support the PM/APQP project through all phases of the Project Plan using actual industry processes documents. Realistic issues, problems and time constraints are • Resource Planning introduced throughout the exercise to stimulate actual project • Choosing an organizational structure to support effective Project concerns. Each workshop exercise uses documents specifi c to the Management particular areas of study such as Statement of Requirements and • Roles and responsibility matrix (RASIC) Statement of Work, Timeline development and reacting to changing • Creating a useful Staffi ng and Resource Plan situations such as time crash. Discussion of the major milestones • Special considerations for small projects of typical OEM APQP processes, to include PPAP. The workshop • Sequence Planning is structured so that students must operate in teams and the time • Milestone Charts constraints allow students to see fi rsthand the effects of improper • Gantt Ch arts delegation of work assignments. • Network Diagrams • PERT Attendees will receive a copy of the book, PMBOK® 4 - Project • Critical Path Method (CPM) and use of fl oat/slack time Management Body of Knowledge (4th edition) by the Project Management • Techniques to address Fast Tracking and Crashing Institute (PMI). • Project Costing and Tracking • Project cost analysis methods and estimating methods Learning Objectives • Recognizing and dealing with Scope Creep • Control techniques -- Requirements for an effective Change By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Management System; Negotiating the difference between Phase • Defi ne the importance of each of the nine Bodies of Project and Design Reviews; Earned Value Analysis (EVA); Effective Management Knowledge and the essential components of APQP by meeting techniques; Forming and leading project teams; Structure Phase of effective Phase and Design Reviews; Recognizing and resolving • •Properly evaluate Statement of Requirement, Statement of Work internal and external confl ict and Work Breakdown structures • Project Risk Management • Apply the different timeline methodologies: Milestone, Gantt, • Components and construction of an effective Risk Management Network (PERT) and Critical Path Plan • Recognize the minimum essential elements of a Robust Project Plan • Risk qualifi cation and quantifi cation techniques -- Developing • Utilize different types of meeting and confl ict resolution strategies, effective checklists; Expected Values Matrix; Probability and formulate an effective meeting summary and action list, and Impact Matrix; Product liability using the FMEA and HAZOP conduct an actual Design Review • Procurement Management • Recognize the current U.S. and international legislation and • Understanding partner supplier relationships directives which impact today’s technology development and • Suppliers rating techniques manufacturing environment • Suppliers skill requirements

Who Should Attend Instructor: Angelo E. Mago New Project Managers, Lead or Design Release Engineers, Project Fee $1390 1.3 CEUs Managers requiring refresher training or other individuals involved with projects will benefi t by attending. The course is best suited for individuals in the mobility industry and specifi cally operating as Tier 1 - 3. Students should be familiar with how projects are currently managed in their company so they may ask questions relating to their specifi c problem areas.

Topical Outline • The Project Management Process • •Deﬁ nition, outline and overview of the differences between 3rd and 4th editions • Project constraints • The nine bodies of Project Management Knowledge • Project Management and ISO

P111669 book.indb 90 11/28/11 2:09 PM Management and ProductAerodynamics Development 9191

• Setting clear social media policies Engineering Social Media Strategy • Communicating policies internally and externally • Social Media Policy and Policy for Organizational • Defi nition of scope • Frequency and process for updates Success Webinar • Branding gui delines 3.5 Hours • Training and education I.D.# WB1127 • Approval processes and continuity planning • Escalation - when problems happen • Social Media Policy Examples Social media is a channel of communication using web-based and mobile technologies for interactive dialogue. It starts with people, Session 2 personal profi les, and personal branding and extends to company • Social Media Assessment branding, customer engagement, collaboration, and co-creation. • Customers Understanding social media and its business application can build • Competition brand consistency and messaging across the organization, as well • Brand as representation on social media tool websites and individual • Partners profi les. Evangelism and amplifi cation are the new buzz words to • Social Media Strategy leverage customer contact and to enlist technical, sales and business • Business go als development teams, marketing and management resources in the • Objectives/mission product development, product sales and product support areas. • SWOT Analysis • Benefi ts This two-session webinar will focus on social media strategy, • Actions integration of social media with a marketing strategy, and the • Resources governance that needs to be in place via a social media policy that • Reporting will guide employees and customers. Emphasis will be placed on • Social Media Strategy Examples the importance of having a strategy that aligns with business goals and how to move through a strategy process. From there, the course Instructor: Wendy Soucie will provide an operational approach to social media governance for Fee $195 .3 CEUs managing employee, partner, vendor, visitor, and customer behavior. Recognizing that the Internet is an extension of word-of-mouth, the course will provide a perspective on employee boundaries and limits and defi ning an escalation path when something goes wrong. Hybrid Vehicle Systems Integration Learning Objectives 1 Day By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: I.D.# C1125 • List the drivers to becoming a social business • Defi ne social media governance • Review the top ways that social media can improve business process Integration of hybrid electric components into a vehicle can be and achieve business goals through defi ned strategy signifi cantly complex. Detailed modeling, analysis, design and • Identify the components of a social media strategy development are required to optimize the tradeoffs and balances • Defi ne a process to follow for assessment of your social ecosystem between energy management, torque management, vehicle • Clarify the differences between social program, social media performance, vehicle drivability and vehicle safety. Management strategy, content strategy, and action plan of component and system controls architecture and software • Present core components of social media policy integration is an increasingly involved and convoluted task. This • Review case studies to highlight the discussion seminar will address: how to establish essential vehicle requirements; development considerations for various vehicle systems and Who Should Attend production/certifi cation requirements. A strong focus will be placed on understanding the balances and tradeoffs associated with a hybrid Since social media is a people based medium, all levels of employees electric system. should understand the benefi ts, dangers and implications of using social media for themselves, and their companies. This course will be especially benefi cial for technical and operational professionals Learning Objectives in research, product development and management, marketing, and By attending this seminar, you will be able to: sales. Some experience with Internet-based tools and exposure to • Describe the vehicle systems impacted by hybrid/electric social media sites is useful. components • Identify how to defi ne key vehicle system requirements and select Topical Outline and size system components that best meet those requirements • Identify the main hybrid/EV development considerations for Session 1 various vehicle system and performance topics • Social Business - Why Now • Explain unique system validation, certifi cation, service and • Overview of drivers for social media channel in business manufacturing requirements. • How can business benefi t in the area of product innovation • Why assessment comes fi rst • Social Media Governance Who Should Attend • Identifying opportunities Individuals who already have a basic understanding of hybrid • Aligning with business goals and process improvement system components who are seeking to increase their knowledge • Risks and understanding of hybrid vehicle system integration, including

P111669 book.indb 91 11/28/11 2:09 PM 9292 ManagementAerodynamics and Product Development

mechanical and electrical application engineers, systems integration Who Should Attend engineers, performance managers, design and release engineers, Engineers and business people involved in various product project managers, and other individuals who are working with or development team activities will fi nd the subject matter practical transitioning to hybrid-electric powertrain development, will fi nd this and useful. The content is of particular value to professionals from seminar particularly helpful. engineering, manufacturing, purchasing, quality, marketing, and fi nance functions in ground vehicle OEMs and suppliers. Topical Outline • Vehicle Development Process Topical Outline • Typical VDP overview • Designing High Performance Team • Hybrid and EV unique processes • Characteristics of effective teams • Establishing Vehicle System Requirements • Systems aspects of team design • Typical system requirements • Addressing systemic variables • Establishing architecture options • Identifying key stakeholders • Selecting and sizing components • Establishing the team’s charter • Evaluating tradeoffs • Leadership and Group Dynamics • System Development Considerations • Responsibilities of the team leader • Energy/power management • Understanding human behavior in groups • Torque man agement • Motivating team members • •Thermal management • Establishing a productive team culture • Cabin comfort • Developing team support • Chassis (braking, vehicle dynamics, powertrain to chassis • Productive and destructive team roles dynamics, ride and handling, steering) • Effective communications • HV/LV electrical systems (effi ciency, integration, EMC, thermal) • Infl uence of personality styles • Displays/information • Launching the Team • Safety • • Stages of team development • Drivability/performance • • Pre-meeting considerations • NVH • • Selecting the team • Controls i ntegration • • Common reasons meetings fail • Production Certifi cation Requirements • • Managing the fi rst team interface • QRD and validation requirements • • Establishing group norms • Emissions certifi cation and diagnostic requirements • Structuring the agenda • MVSS certifi cation considerations • Making Sound Decisions • Service requirements • Situational analysis: problems, decisions and polarities • Manufacturing/assembly requirements • Common errors in decision making • Summary/Conclusions • Essential steps in the decision process • Quality and acceptance factors in decision making Instructor: Alexandra Cattelan • When to use and avoid group consensus Fee $725 .7 CEUs• Identifying the decision makers • Facilitating consensus decisions • Flawless Facilitation • Recognizing and defusing common group problems Leading High Performance Teams • Managing confl ict and providing feedback • Mind mapping, story boarding and other techniques 2 Days • Making work assignments I.D.# C0410 • Assessing group performance • Concluding the meeting

Product development is organizationally a complex undertaking Instructor: Joseph Doyle that requires effective coordination within a company and between Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs companies. During product development, teams are confronted with a number of ongoing organizational challenges and there is a high potential for conﬂ ict between participants in the process.

This course addresses teamwork and other “soft-side” factors that See information on the General largely determine whether product development programs are successfully completed on schedule. The content is relevant for both Management & Leadership Certiﬁ cate OEMs and suppliers. Program at www.sae.org/certiﬁ cate Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Explain the importance of effectively managing ‘soft-side’ issues that cause problems and delays during product development programs • Employ successful practices of chartering and launching teams • Implement techniques to successfully lead and facilitate effective teams • Effectively troubleshoot problems on a team and employ techniques to remain productive • Implement proven tips for conducting effective team meetings

P111669 book.indb 92 11/28/11 2:09 PM Management and ProductAerodynamics Development 9393

• Why “Output Leadership” is ineffective and counter-productive Managing Engineering & Technical • Different kinds of team models - and which is most effective • How to reduce the infl uence of “bad” politics in an organization Professionals through constructive decision making processes 3 Days I.D.# C0608 DAY TWO • The Psychology of Change • Why change is often stressful In the fast paced and competitive environment of today’s global • Five stages of change economy, the work of technical professionals is often the difference • How to make change exciting and interesting between success and failure in an organization. Providing leadership • Emotional Intelligence: Building an Effective Leadership Style for engineers is uniquely challenging, and the transition from working • Why “emotional intelligence” is important - the research results engineer to fi rst-line technical supervisor is one of the most diffi cult • The fi ve elements of emotional leadership career challenges that an engineer may face. First-time engineering • How to practice and develop greater emotional intelligence supervisors and mid-level managers who wish to sharpen their skills • Solving typical meeting problems with emotional intelligence and learn new techniques for guiding, coaching, and motivating • Coaching in Supervision working engineers, technicians, and designers will fi nd this seminar • Building t rust valuable. A mix of lecture and attention-grabbing exercises are used to • Coaching roles develop intense and lasting learning results. • Improving communication for constructive coaching • Using Meeting Time Effectively • Five key issues for successful meetings Learning Objectives • How teamwork breaks down in meetings, and how to correct this By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Describe the basic value proposition of management: what DAY THREE managers bring to an organization that makes them worthwhile • Dealing with Practical Issues • Avoid the most common errors that supervisors and managers make • Dealing with diffi cult people • Describe the evolution of management thought, and utilize the • Learning how to delegate effectively latest proven concepts for improving the performance of people in • Basic Negotiation Principles complex organizations • Soft & hard negotiating approaches • Explain the issues that drive the psychology of effective leadership • Win-win n egotiation and develop greater emotional intelligence • Positions, interests, & goals • Implement strategies to enhance your skills in meeting management, • How to Make Performance Reviews Constructive coaching, and performance review that are essential in today’s • Legal r equirements professional workplace • Style issues • 360 r eviews Who Should Attend Engineers and technical professionals who are either recently Instructor: Eric Timmis promoted into a management position, or have some experience as Fee $1645 2.0 CEUs a manager but would like to learn how to become more effective will benefi t from attending this workshop. The concepts and skills developed during this interactive experience will be of interest to those involved in product development, manufacturing, service, or quality engineering, and all related technical activities in automotive, Patent Law for Engineers aerospace, manufacturing, and off-highway industries. 1 Day I.D.# 88007 Topical Outline DAY ONE • The Management Perspective - How Managers Earn Their Keep This information-packed seminar focuses on the intricacies of patents, • The value proposition of management patent infringement litigation and patent licensing. Attendees will • The “Peter Principle” and how to avoid this trap explore the important subjects of obtaining U.S. and foreign patents, • Understanding the most important errors that managers maintaining U.S. and foreign patent rights, enforcing patent rights, commonly make - and how to steer clear of major supervisory defending against patent rights asserted by competitors, and licensing pitfalls patent rights for revenue. After this seminar, you will effectively • Why people usually struggle to cooperate, and how you can understand patents and ways to protect your company’s valuable reduce this inventions. Your new knowledge will help your company maintain • What You Need to Know about Today’s Workforce and enhance its position in the marketplace. • The evolution of leadership thought, and why recent events have signifi cantly changed effective leadership methods Learning Objectives • Understanding what leadership is really about By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Why teamwork and cooperation are necessary in modern • Assess which product developments and improvements are corporate structures potentially patentable • How you can generate consistent focus and daily commitment • Describe the process for obtaining and maintaining patent protection among technical and engineering professionals • Cite the anatomy of, and costs associated with, a patent • Playing “The Tower Game” - applying focus and commitment infringement lawsuit • The Psychology of Successful Modern Leadership • Identify the opportunities associated with patent licensing • Process centered leadership: getting sustained results • Summarize patent system reform proposals • Task and relationship balances

P111669 book.indb 93 11/28/11 2:09 PM 9494 ManagementAerodynamics and Product Development

Who Should Attend mechanisms, such as mediation, to resolve patent disputes. Among other topics, this course also will increase your appreciation for the Participants should have a mid- to upper-level managerial role. time it typically takes to go from the ﬁ ling of a case to trial, and the Research and development, in-house legal staff members such as in- fees and expenses associated with the case. house lawyers, patent agents, or patent liaisons will especially beneﬁ t.

Topical Outline Learning Objectives By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: • Introduction to Patents and Patent Law • Obtain an overview of U.S. patent litigation • Explanation of why patents have become so important to business • Explain the basic legal principles for liability and damages in patent and why there has been a dramatic increase in the number of cases patent lawsuits and magnitude of damages awards in these patent • Gain insights into how patent disputes are resolved lawsuits • Predict the fees and expenses associated with bringing and/or • Deﬁ nition of a Patent defending a patent case in the U.S. • Eligibility for Patent Protection • Anticipate the scope of discovery in, and/or business disruption • Obtaining Patent Protection arising from, a U.S. patent case • U.S. Protection -- Conception and Reduction to Practice; Prior Art • Peek into the future of potential patent law reform Searches; Preparing an application; Prosecuting the application; Ownership of patent applications/patents • Foreign Protection Who Should Attend • Maintaining Patent Protection This course is geared toward executives, in-house counsel, in- • Maintenance fees house patent agents, and senior managers across industries, such as • Foreign working requirements automotive and aerospace. Participants may be both U.S. and non-U.S. • Enforcing Patent Rights -- anyone who needs help in understanding what to expect and what • Notice letters the realities are should they become involved in U.S. patent litigation. • Infringement suits • Licensing Topical Outline • Patent Infringement Litigation • Proving infringement Session 1 • Overview of Patent Litigation • Willful infringement • Issues the patent-owner has to prove • Defenses to allegations of infringement • Issue the accused infringer has to prove • Remedies for any infringement • What is the Scope of Discovery? • Licensing Patented Technology • Documents, including e-documents • Types of License Grants -- Exclusive; Non-exclusive • Depositions • Permissible l imitations • Third parties (e.g. customers, suppliers) • Impermissible l imitations • Conﬁ dentiality of discovery materials • Royalties • Who Decides Liability and Damages? • Jury Instructor: Russell E. Levine or David K. Callahan • Judge Fee $725 .7 CEUs • Mediator/Arbitrator

Session 2 • How Long Does it Take from Filing to Trial? Patent Litigation in the U.S.: What • District Courts • ITC You Need to Know Webinar • How Much Does it Cost? • Fees and expenses 4 Hours • Contingency fees I.D.# WB0940 • Recovery of fees and expenses • What Changes are on the Horizon? • Supreme Co urt In today’s economic environment, patents have become an • Patent law reform increasingly important asset for both individuals and corporations. More and more, individuals and corporations, including those in the Instructor: Russell E. Levine automotive and aerospace industries, are recognizing that revenue Fee $395 .4 CEUs can be generated from their patent rights, whether those rights consist of a single patent, a family of patents or an entire portfolio. Indeed, some companies do not make or sell products; their entire revenue is derived from the licensing of their patents. Suffi ce it to say, licensing revenue has become a signifi cant source of value in the global intellectual property economy. This webinar will tell you what you need to know about U.S. patent litigation and will provide in-depth See information on the Professional & insights into the practical realities of patent disputes in the U.S. You Legal Issues Certifi cate Program at will learn what’s involved in a patent case, including the issues that the patent owner has to prove, e.g. infringement, and the issues the www.sae.org/certifi cate accused infringer has to prove, e.g., invalidity. You will increase your awareness of the role of the judge and the jury in patent cases and you will hear about the increasing use of alternative dispute resolution

P111669 book.indb 94 11/28/11 2:09 PM Management and ProductAerodynamics Development 9595

• Interest: simple and compounded Principles of Cost and Finance for • Infl ation • Worth: present and future values Engineers • Decision Making 3 Days • Net Present Value, Payback Period I.D.# C0828 • AAR, Internal Rate of Return, Profi tability Index • Case Analysis • Benchmarking Module In today’s corporate environment of shrinking budgets, required structural cost reductions, sharing of global designs/services, and DAY TWO - Cost Impact & Enterprise Decisions pricing pressures, it is critical that engineers possess a working • Cost Impact on the Enterprise knowledge of engineering economics principles. To fully understand the • Cost of capital, cost of equity and debt, WACC, Case Analysis economic viability of engineering decisions, engineers need to fi nd the • Cost of Ownership, Depreciation; Accelerated cost recovery; appropriate balance between design alternatives, resulting costs, and Depletion impact on their enterprise. This seminar introduces participants to the • The infl uence on tax obligations cost, fi nance and economic concepts and their applications to products • Alternative Financial Decisions Using Case Analysis and services. This three-day course provides you with practical • Make-Buy information normally obtained through university level economics • Buy-Lease and business management courses and will help you to maximize • Repair-Replace effi ciencies from both an engineering and business perspective. • Investments of Unequal Life • Sensitivity & Scenario Analysis Note: • Matrix Priority Rating Systems Attendees are requested to bring with them a business or scientifi c DAY THREE - Cost Management calculator capable of doing exponential calculations. • Production Cost Relationships • Break-even Point Learning Objectives • Marginal Costing By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Elements of the Production Process • Make and justify fi nancial decisions using sound fi nancial principles • Pricing infl uences -- Quality; Competition • Use current business strategies to reduce costs and improve • Elasticity of Demand productivity • Cost Principles & Defi nition • Estimate capital and manufacturing or services costs • Accounting, Opportunity, Estimating • Identify the relationship between direct and marginal costs in the • Fixed, Variable, Cost Function, Transfer Pricing decision-making process • Economies of Scale • Execute strategies for resource allocation and cost-control measures • Managerial & Cost Accounting • Identify viable project alternatives with respect to materials, • Cost Volume Profi t Analyses processes, and tooling • Standard Co sting • Analyze make-buy and buy-lease options and other alternative • Throughput Costing & Case Analysis decisions based on the best fi nancial strategies • Activity-based • Inventory Management Who Should Attend • Types • Accounting This seminar will benefi t engineers having responsibilities in • Cost Estimating Methodology manufacturing, maintenance, research, design, product and process • Activity-based costing development, program and project management, troubleshooting, and • Cost analysis process examples (metallic, electronic, plastic) materials management. Additionally, individuals in non-engineering • Cost Co ntrol Alternatives disciplines, including marketing and general management, will benefi t • Marketing & content evaluation from an introduction to the engineering perspective. • Engineering & redesign (DFSS, DFMA, VE, Benchmarking) • Commercial Decisions (Purchasing, Economies of Scale) Prerequisites • Regions of manufacture & transportation Individuals holding an engineering degree in any discipline, combined with experience in the transportation or similar industry will benefi t Instructor: James Masiak the most from this course. Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs

Topical Outline DAY ONE - Principles of Economics & Finance • Process & Responsibility for Determining Cost • Economics, Finance & Cost Principles Many SAE Instructors are available to help • Macroeconomics and Growth your company solve specific engineering problems • Microeconomics, Supply & Demand • International Economics & Comparative Advantage by providing consulting services. • Finance & Accounting: Corporate To explore how our instructors can work with your • Finance company as consultants, contact • Financial Statements & GAAP • Financial Analysis & Ratios, Case Analysis SAE Corporate Learning Solutions • Capital Sources & Allocation 1-724-772-8529 • [email protected] • Time Value of Money and Decision Making

P111669 book.indb 95 11/28/11 2:09 PM 9696 ManagementAerodynamics and Product Development

Product Liability and The Engineer Program and Risk Management 1.5 Days 2 Days I.D.# 82001 I.D.# C0409

In the past few decades, product liability law has dramatically This course presents a proven eight-step method for program planning changed the manufacturer’s outlook in the design and manufacture of and control, including: defi nition of customers’ requirements, roles product. The concept of safety and reliability has been altered from a of the program team, determination and fl owcharting of program purely engineering/manufacturing concept to a legal/manufacturing tasks, scheduling and costing, quality aspects of critical tasks, and approach. This new approach requires an understanding of legal risk management. Easy to grasp, each of the eight steps evolve from concepts as related to the manufacturing and design process. The common-sense questions that should be answered for any program, engineer’s role has shifted to include a safety audit analysis to regardless of size or complexity. minimize the existence of a product defect and/or to defend the product in a way that is responsive to the legal concerns. An overnight With shortened development cycles and greater reliance on assignment will be made by the instructor. It will consist of problems information in programs, this course emphasizes the value of drawn from actual cases and a group project that examines the design, communication within a program team, between the team and instructions, and warnings of a product. functional areas, and between the team and the program customer. Since the appropriateness of communication vehicles vary depending Learning Objectives on purpose and audience, alternative modes of communication and change control are discussed. By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Relate legal concepts as they apply to the manufacturing/design process Learning Objectives • Use safety audit analysis techniques to minimize or eliminate By attending this seminar, you will be able to: product defects during design, thus reducing product liability • Explain the eight-step method for program planning and control • Discuss defense of product from a legal perspective • Implement the eight-step method to improve program outcomes as • Recognize the importance of potential liability as it relates to the measured by cost, schedule and quality manufacturer • Make plans and progress visible to team members and to the program customer Who Should Attend Persons responsible for product design, including managers Who Should Attend and designers; corporate risk managers; persons responsible for Engineers and business people involved in various product developing and approving product instructions and warnings; development team activities will fi nd the subject matter practical marketing personnel; production and quality assurance managers and and useful. The content is of particular value to professionals from personnel; personnel responsible for product safety and those persons, engineering, manufacturing, purchasing, quality, marketing, and including lawyers, who oversee and manage product liability issues. fi nance functions in ground vehicle OEMs and suppliers.

Prerequisites Topical Outline Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree or • Program and risk management overview commensurate experience in manufacturing or product liability. • Process approach to planning programs • Competition drives us to perform better Topical Outline • Why programs sometimes fail • Reference materials and website (Day two will end at approximately 1:00 p.m.) • Deﬁ ning program outcomes and measurables • Legal Concepts • Building quality and performance targets into program planning • Negligence: elements, defenses • Financial impact of poor planning • Strict liability: section 402A (elements, defenses) • Roles and responsibilities of project team members • Warranties: express, implied • Design reviews • Analysis of Defect • Product performance measurement • Meaning of unreasonable danger • Program/project metrics • Production defect • Team formation and task planning • Design defect • Team de velopment • Defect by words • Roles and responsibilities • Designing for Reasonable Safety • Matrix management • Products’ use, users & environment • Meeting management • Product safety audit • Scheduling work • The Role of Standards in Design • Critical Path calculation • Warnings • Fast tracking • Guidelines for design & warnings • Developing a baseline schedule • Functions & use • Gantt chart creation • Problem Analysis by Participants • Software tools for scheduling • Review of a Product Design by Participants • Software tools for program management • Resource planning Instructor: Charles F. Seyboldt • Resource planning (quantity, skills, resource conﬂ icts, anticipating Fee $1225 1.0 CEUs needs) • Adding contingencies

P111669 book.indb 96 11/28/11 2:09 PM Management and ProductAerodynamics Development 9797

• Constraint management • Problem solving and quality improvement facilitators • Risk Management • Anyone whose role includes problem solving; therefore all • Proactive assessment and mitigation of risks supervisors and lead personnel • Types of risk • Failure mode and effects analysis applied to programs/projects Topical Outline • Optimizing work performance • Spheres of inﬂ uence and control Session 1 • Overview • Cause-effect diagrams • Following a process approach • Assessing critical information ﬂ ows • What is a problem? • Managing human performance • Inhibitors to effective problem solving • Responsibility matrix (RASIC) • 8-step problem solving process overview • Project initiation • Step 1: See the Problem as an Opportunity • Establishing a war room • Framing the problem solving effort • Authorization to begin • Identifying team members • Meeting management • Team r oles • Tracking program performance • Step 2: Describe the Problem • Symptoms vs. Causes Instructor: Murray Sittsamer • Methods for describing the problem Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs • Using and charting data • Problem Is/Is-Not analysis

Session 2 Root Cause Problem Solving: • Step 3: Implement Containment • Protect the Customer Methods and Tools Webinar • Process Control Plan • Step 4: Recognize Potential Root Causes 8 Hours • Identifying possible causes I.D.# WB0931 • Process Maps • Cause-Effect diagrams • 5-Why tool Tough times require searching for things that we can change and making them better. But so often problems are solved with ‘band- Session 3 aids’ and not root cause solutions. This approach is getting too • Step 5: Design Solution expensive and at best only helps companies tread water. To combat • Solutions that don’t work these issues and adopt a fresh approach, teams can use the methods • Process Controls and Error Proofi ng and tools of Root Cause Problem Solving to fi rst view problems as • Standardized Work opportunities for improvement, identify root causes and implement • Step 6: Implement Permanent Corrective Actions solutions to prevent recurrence. Benefi ts include improved quality and • Plan the work customer satisfaction, reduced operation costs, and greater employee • Complete system changes knowledge of work processes. This proven 8-step approach to problem • Verify effectiveness solving will help improve operational and fi nancial performance by identifying causes and implementing solutions to signifi cant or Session 4 recurring problems. This approach to problem solving is used by • Step 7: Prevent Recurrence many major automotive manufacturers. • Was the problem eliminated? • Layered audits • Leverage learnings with FMEA Learning Objectives • Step 8: Recognize Efforts • Team debrief and lessons learned By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: • Evaluate and celebrate success • Describe the 8-Step Problem Solving Methodology • Summary • Defi ne the difference between Symptom and Root Cause • •Suffi ciency checklist for effective problem solving • Use tools and techniques to solve problems • Continuous I mprovement • Evaluate effectiveness of problems solving efforts • Describe the role of problem solving in continuous improvement Instructor: Murray Sittsamer • Write an action plan to apply problem solving to a specifi c concern Fee $585 .8 CEUs Who Should Attend This course is applicable to those directly working in or responsible for performance improvement of any defi nable, repetitive process, e.g. manufacturing, design, logistics, purchasing, sales, or distribution, including: • Manufacturing managers, supervisors and team leaders • Manufacturing engineers • Design e ngineers • Quality engineers and technicians • Technical managers • Project team leaders

P111669 book.indb 97 11/28/11 2:09 PM 9898 ManagementAerodynamics and Product Development

• Cocreation Social Media: A Competitive • Social Media Audit or Assessment to Get Started • Four quadrant assessment Advantage in Engineering Product • DIY (Do it yourself) Assessment • Analyzing the data Development Webinar • Social Media Strategy Introduction 3 Hours • Why do you need one I.D.# WB1126 • What does it look like • Having a social media tool strategy Performance • Assignment (creating a profi le) Social media is a channel of communication using web-based and mobile technologies for interactive dialogue. It starts with people, Session 2 personal profi les, and personal branding and extends to company • Social Media Tools branding, customer engagement, collaboration, and co-creation. • Following business goals when choosing a platform Understanding social media and its business application can build • What are the different types of sites brand consistency and messaging across the organization, as well • Choosing the right platform as representation on social media tool websites and individual • Good, bad and the ugly profi les. Evangelism and amplifi cation are the new buzz words to • The NCP Model for Social Networking leverage customer contact and to enlist technical, sales and business • Networking development teams, marketing and management resources in the • Size of network product development, product sales and product support areas. • Contribution - value add • Participation - responding to and taking action This two-session webinar will discuss why a social business approach is • Case Study Examples key to surviving in Enterprise 2.0. It will focus on a process model and starting point for social media profi les using the Social Media Academy Instructor: Wendy Soucie NCP Model of network, contribution, and participation. It will provide Fee $195 .3 CEUs a better understanding of how the social media channel can improve customer engagement leading to collaboration and co-creation in product development. Examples of how social media has been successfully applied in engineering product development will be covered. Strategic Leadership

Learning Objectives 3 Days By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: I.D.# C0620 • Summarize what the social media channel is • Review the major types of social media tools • List the top ways that social media can improve business process As a strategic leader, it is your responsibility to ensure that your and achieve business goals through defi ned strategy organization is moving in the right direction. Executives and high- • Identify how social media aligns with market research (monitoring level managers must have the practical insight necessary to address and listening), crowdsourcing (gathering feedback and competitive business challenges. Each segment of this three day collaboration), product creation, product launch, promotion and course is designed to impart simple, but powerful lessons that will marketing (promoting and sharing) equip participants to more fully engage in strategic discussions, • Follow the NCP Model for social media activity and appropriate ask pertinent questions, facilitate critical decisions and shape high examples performing organizations. In addition, the course provides students • Recognize the importance of a social media profi le for achieving with a personal leadership profi le that illustrates their strengths and headway in social media potential limitations. Participative exercises assist emerging executives • Review case studies to highlight the discussion with practical and effective methods of gaining organizational credibility and avoiding common errors in strategic leadership. Who Should Attend Since social media is a people based medium, all levels of employees Learning Objectives should understand the dangers, benefi ts and implications of using By attending this seminar, you will be able to: social media for themselves, and their companies. This course will • Describe the role and responsibilities of strategic leadership be especially benefi cial for product developers, product teams and • Manage the critical factors that drive the success and failure of those in marketing, sales, research, and product management. Some business strategies experience with Internet-based tools and exposure to social media • Anticipate the longer term impact of strategic initiatives sites is useful. • Attain credibility and support as you assume the helm of a new operation Topical Outline • Avoid common errors made by leaders in transitioning to higher Session 1 levels of responsibility • Social Media Landscape • Select the most effective approaches when framing strategic • Overview of current adoption decisions • Relationship evolution • Think strategically and systemically as you plan organizational change • What is social media • Infl uence the emergence of a more positive and functional corporate • How to change your thinking about social media and make it culture work for your role and business • Eliminate turf battles, dropped balls and organizational duplication • Where Social Product Development is Paying Off of effort • Social media engagement • Analyze and correct dysfunctional organizational dynamics • Collaboration • Manage the strengths and limitations of your personal leadership style

P111669 book.indb 98 11/28/11 2:09 PM Management and ProductAerodynamics Development 9999

Who Should Attend • Lessons of History for Strategic Leaders • Developing a Leadership Proﬁ le This seminar is designed for executives, senior level managers, and • Charting your personal leadership proﬁ le engineering managers or technical specialists who are called upon to • Identifying your leadership assets and liabilities formulate or provide input into strategic decisions and business strategies. • Creating a plan of action

Topical Outline Instructor: Joseph Doyle • Introduction to Strategic Leadership Fee $1585 2.0 CEUs • What exactly do we mean by leadership? • Who is and is not a leader? • At what point do we become leaders? • Critical elements of leadership support • Managing versus leading - is there really a difference? The Role of the Expert Witness in • Critical factors in assessing leadership performance • The relationship between leadership, strategy, human behavior, Product Liability Litigation decision-making and organizational systems 1.5 Days • Understanding the Human Dimension I.D.# 92054 • Similarities between animal behavior and human behavior • Infl uence of brain structure on human behavior • Creating long term employee motivation According to the Federal Rules of Evidence, an expert witness is • Rules of thumb for predicting human behavior in organizations anyone who can assist the trier of fact (the jury) in understanding any • Recognizing the symptoms of pathological leadership issue in dispute at trial. The witness’ ability to give this assistance • Managing and defusing dysfunctional behavior can be derived from any specialized training, education, background, • Assuming the Helm or experience. To be effective in providing this assistance, however, • Managing the transition to a new workgroup requires that the expert witness understand the true role that he or she • Common and avoidable errors of leadership is to play both before and at the trial. This seminar will address the • Developing and maintaining the support of your workgroup critical issues that every person who may be, has been, or is, an expert • Simple, but effective steps to improve workgroup performance witness must understand to assist both the attorney and the product • Shaping Corporate Culture manufacturer, regardless of which side the expert serves. • Understanding the critical components of corporate culture • Forming productive organizational norms • How leaders contribute to dysfunctional cultures Learning Objectives • Establishing a high performance work environment By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Creating Organizations that Work • Employ the risk/utility balancing process necessary for effectively • Creating an organizational charter addressing the issue of design defect • Selecting an effective management team • Recognize the critical elements that govern the interaction between • Thinking systemically human behavior and product behavior • Importance of managing image and expectations • Apply the technical/legal elements that will enhance your • Creating meaningful performance indicators effectiveness as an expert witness • Eliminating turf battles and duplication • Limitations on the application of common systems Who Should Attend • Facilitating Strategic Decisions This seminar is intended for anyone who is or may become an expert • Critical distinctions between problems, decisions and polarities witness in product liability litigation. In-house experts typically • How to properly frame a decision have engineering, engineering management or fi eld technician • Selecting the decision makers responsibilities. In addition, insurers, risk managers, corporate • Common errors in decision making process product safety personnel, attorneys and those who manage product • Essential elements of effective decision making process liability litigation will benefi t from insight into selecting and using • Knowing when the decision has been made expert services and witnesses more effectively and effi ciently. • The Leader’s Role in Creating Effective Strategies • What exactly is a strategy? • Why business strategies fail Topical Outline • Internal and external considerations (Day two ends at 1:00 p.m.) • What constitutes effective strategy? • The Legal Framework of Negligence and Strict Liability • Anticipating the impact of adaptive responses • The Relationship Between the Attorney and the Potential Expert Witness • Framing strategic initiatives • Investigation of an Accident Years After an Occurrence • Barriers to strategy implementation • Developing the Background Necessary to Understand the Product • Leading Strategic Change and its Environment • Planning a change initiative • Understanding How to Allege or Refute the Existence of a Product • Critical variables in organizational change Defect • The leader’s role in fostering change • Analyzing the Role of Human Behavior and its Relationship to the • Anticipating and dealing with resistance Cause of an Accident • Culture as a barrier to change • Guidelines for Effective Presentation Before Trial and on the Witness • Political Reality versus Dysfunctional Idealism Stand • Gaining credibility in executive circles • The seminar will also include overnight problem assignments and a • Sources of leadership power demonstration of direct and cross-examination of an expert witness. • How power is gained and lost • The importance of building networks and relationships Instructor: Charles F. Seyboldt • How to avoid getting derailed Fee $1225 1.0 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 99 11/28/11 2:09 PM 100100 ManufacturingAerodynamics

Design for Manufacture and Assembly (DFM/DFA) ...... 100 Metal Forming ...... 101 Fundamentals of Statistical Process Control ...... 100 Sheet Metal Stamping: Robust Formability...... 102

DAY TWO Design for Manufacture and • Design Considerations (cont) • Operator Interface Considerations - Handling, Insertion, and Assembly (DFM/DFA) Fastening issues 2 Days • Calculating initial design effi ciencies I.D.# C0418 • Prioritizing Design Improvement efforts using the Worksheet codes • Finalizing DFM project This seminar provides a functional understanding of the principles • Process Considerations involved in conducting a Design for Manufacture/Design for Assembly • Workplace Layout study. DFM/DFA can support both manual and automated processes • Methods of Assembly resulting in signifi cant cost savings through simpler designs with • Lean Production Metrics fewer components. Related topics include workstation layouts, • Error pr oofi ng ergonomic considerations and error proofi ng. Actual examples from the • Introduction to DFM Concurrent Costing automotive industry are used to support the lecture and participants • Total cost savings through DFM and DFA complete actual design effi ciency using the DFM/DFA worksheet. Instructor: Angelo Mago Learning Objectives Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Recognize and list the benefi ts of the DFM/DFA method in creating product designs which support manufacturing processes leading to short and long term product cost savings Fundamentals of Statistical Process • Outline a Robust Manufacturing Plan that optimizes and simplifi es product design without sacrifi cing quality Control • Objectively determine which designs would be suitable as DFM/ 2 Days DFA candidates I.D.# C0553 • Perform the essential stages of a Design for Manufacture process including the analysis required to overcome typical manufacturing diffi culties encountered in product design • Construct an actual DFM/DFA worksheet and calculate design As competition for market share increases, so does the need to effi ciency using an instructor provided project monitor processes and quality to ensure top-notch products. This hands-on seminar will provide you with the skills to apply and maintain statistical process control to assist your organization in the Who Should Attend improvement of various processes to achieve higher percentage yield Product Engineers, Designers and Managers, Manufacturing and or higher quality products or services. Quality characteristics (process Tooling Engineers, and Project Managers who desire to understand outputs to track), measurement systems, sampling strategies, types DFM/DFA as a product design tool to increase manufacturability of of control charts, construction of control charts, and control chart product assemblies. The course is best suited for individuals in the interpretation will be covered. The determination of the key process manufacturing industry and is benefi cial to OEMs and Tier suppliers. parameters and controlling them to provide consistent results will improve quality and lower costs, in particular, scrap and rework costs. Topical Outline Statistical theory and depth are kept to a minimum while you learn DAY ONE how to utilize the tools. • Introduction to DFM/DFA and DFM/DFA objectives • DFM, DFA and Product Life Cycle Attendees will receive a copy of the, Statistical Process Control Manual • Six Steps of the DFM/DFA Life Cycle Model (SPC-3, 2nd Edition) by the Automotive Industries Action Group. • DFM and DFA advantages and challenges in a Product Development environment Learning Objectives • Design Co nsiderations Upon completion of this seminar, you will be able to: • Creating the DFM/DFA Environment • Describe the purpose and uses of SPC • Guidelines for selecting DFM candidates • Select the best measurement system to use for a specifi c application • Integrating FMEA and DFM/DFA • Identify an appropriate process sampling strategy • Material Selection process • Determine the basic type of control chart to use • Project Cost Estimation • Collect data and construct basic control charts • DFM Worksheet, Tables and Terms Defi ned • Interpret control chart results • Minimizing part count using the Minimum Part Criteria • Finalizing the Critical Design Characteristics Who Should Attend • DFM introductory project Quality managers, engineers, and technicians, project engineers, manufacturing engineers, technical specialists and anyone with

P111669 book.indb 100 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsManufacturing 101101

responsibility for product or process control who want to apply SPC in the workplace should attend this seminar. Individuals seeking to Metal Forming attain the Certifi ed Quality Engineering status within the American 2 Days Society for Quality will fi nd this course particularly helpful. I.D.# 85012 Prerequisites Participants should have at least high school mathematical and This seminar covers metal forming and related manufacturing graphing skills, and a good technical understanding of products, processes, emphasizing practical applications. From forged or P/M processes, and measuring devices in their work environment. connecting rods to tailor-welded blank forming, metal parts are integral to the automotive industry. As a high value adding category Topical Outline of manufacturing, metal forming is increasingly important to the core competency of automobile manufacturers and suppliers. A thorough DAY ONE survey of metal forming processes and metal forming mechanics will • Introduction be performed, including bulk deformation, sheet-metal, and powder • Viewpoints and Determinants of Quality metallurgy operations. Design considerations are fully integrated into • SPC: Part of a Product Quality System the course and are presented with every process. A large number of • SPC philosophy: prevention versus detection real-world case studies are presented to the attendees to emphasize • Process control system course content. • Causes of variation: common and special • Reactions to causes of variation Attendees will receive a copy of the book, Manufacturing Engineering • Requirements and specifi cations Technology, co-written by instructor Steven R. Schmid. • Control charts: SPC tools • Benefi ts of SPC • SPC implementation process Learning Objectives • Quality Characteristic Determination By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Everything is a process • Identify the unique characteristics of metals that lead to plastic • Process fl owchart and functions deformation as a processing strategy • Quality characteristics generation -- intermediate/fi nal; variable/ • Explain the processes involved in metal forming mechanics, attribute materials, and tribology • Critical characteristics determination -- fi nal customer • Analyze the interrelationships between various factors that infl uence requirements; subsequent process requirements the quality of manufactured products • Process example • Describe sheet metal characteristics and forming • Quantifi cation (measurement) of Quality • Describe the wide variety of processes used to shape and deform • Types of characteristics -- variable; attribute metals, including forging, rolling and extrusion; sheet metal • Methods of measurement and measurement systems forming, shearing and stamping; powder metallurgy processes and • Measurement system capability assorted other processes • Sampling Strategy • Sample si ze Who Should Attend • Sample frequency This course is designed for engineers who are involved in metal • Sample structure forming and other related manufacturing processes. • Quality Planning Workshop • Basic Control Chart Types • Variable: X and R charts -- AIAG example; workshops Prerequisites Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. DAY TWO • Basic Control Chart Types (continued) Topical Outline • workshops DAY ONE • process capability indices (Cp & Cpk) • Overview of Solid Mechanics and Materials Science Topics of • Attribute Importance to Metal Forming • np chart - number defective -- AIAG example; workshops • Tribology of Metal Forming: Friction, Lubrication and Wear • c chart - number of defects -- AIAG example; workshops • Bulk Deformation Processes • Basic Chart Interpretation • Forging: open die and closed-die (impression) forging; machinery • Basic decision rules description and capabilities; forging process layout and die design; • Process responses -- jumps, steps, shifts; trends; cycles heading, coining, piercing and upsetting operations; swaging • Documented process changes • Rolling: fl at rolling process, including Orowan model; control of product quality including surface fi nish and gage control; rolling Instructor: Phillip J. Ross equipment and capabilities; shape rolling; ring rolling Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs• Extrusion and drawing: direct, indirect and hydrostatic extrusion; cold and hot extrusion; die design; defects in extrusion; drawing equipment and mechanics; limiting drawing ratio

DAY TWO • Sheet Metal Forming Processes • Sheet metal shearing: mechanics of shearing, burr formation, blanking operations, ﬁ ne blanking • Sheet metal bending: types of bending operations and equipment; springback calculation and control; tube bending

P111669 book.indb 101 11/28/11 2:09 PM 102102 ManufacturingAerodynamics

• Sheet forming operations: deep drawing and ironing; stretch Topical Outline forming; bulging, rubber forming and hydroforming; roll forming DAY ONE of sheet; spinning; incremental forming; explosive, peen and other • The Stamping Process specialty forming processes; stamping operations and die design • Inputs vs. outputs • Sheet metal formability: limiting drawing ratio for deep drawing; • Steps: from coil to assembly sheet metal formability; forming-limit diagrams • Process control and quality • Powder Metallurgy Processes • Stamping D ies • Compaction through pressing, cold and hot isostatic pressing • Draw forming process -- Die types and functions; Die materials; and metal injection molding; sintering mechanics and processes; Die design and construction coining and ﬁ nishing • Other types of forming (tube and sheet hydroforming, progressive dies, etc) Instructor: Steven R. Schmid • Stamping P resses Fee $1365 1.3 CEUs DAY TWO • Sheet St eel • Mechanical properties Sheet Metal Stamping: Robust • Grade de signations • Sheet Aluminum Formability • Mechanical properties • Grade de signations 2 Days • Sheet Metal Formability I.D.# C0713 • Forming limit diagram • Circle grid and thinning strain analyses • Applications Preventing future problems and troubleshooting existing problems in today’s stamping plants requires greater stamping process knowledge. Instructor: John Stolter and Edmund Herman The link between inputs and outputs isn’t as clear as many think, Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs increasing the need for detailed understanding of the variables involved. This course discusses the key inputs and outputs associated with sheet metal stamping, including important elements for controlling the process and making it more robust. The course reviews sheet metal characteristics and their application, especially from a formability standpoint, using many automotive-related examples. Common issues such as springback, dent resistance, and process differences among mild steel, high strength steel, bake hardenable It’s your world, make the most of it. steel, and aluminum are discussed. Stamping die types and functions, in particular the types of dies used in draw forming, are explained. Mechanical presses and lubrication are brieﬂ y discussed as other variables in the process. Other processes, including tube and sheet hydroforming, and progressive dies are covered in less detail.

Learning Objectives The global network for mobility engineers. By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Describe steps and elements of the stamping process • Identify common grades of sheet metal and their applications Announcing the hottest and newest • Specify key mechanical properties and their relationship to product member bene t, EngineerXchangeSM, quality • Identify important inputs and outputs of the stamping process an online professional network that • Describe important aspects of process control gives SAE Members exclusive access • Read and interpret sheet metal strain analysis and forming limit to powerful networking tools, career diagrams counseling/management features, and advance access to SAE technical Who Should Attend content. Anyone who wants to know more about sheet metal stamping, from Get connected and get exclusive new hires in the industry, to product design engineers who design sheet metal parts, to manufacturing engineers, supervisors, and others access through a seamless, working at a stamping plant, will benefi t from this seminar. Those customizable online experience for SAE with plant fl oor experience who are lacking a solid understanding of Members only! the how’s and why’s will also benefi t. Visit ex.sae.org to Xperience it Today! Prerequisites None. Not an SAE Member? Join today or learn more at www.sae.org/membership

P111275

P111669 book.indb 102 11/28/11 2:09 PM 103103 MaterialsAerodynamics AerodynamicsMaterials 103103

Advanced High Strength Steels for Vehicle Weight Reduction.....103 Material Selection and Testing for Plastics ...... 108 Automotive Glazing Materials ...... 104 Seals and Sealing System Design of Actuation Systems in Automotive Plastics: Principles of Materials & Process Selection ...104 Military and Commercial Aircraft ...... 108 Designing with Glass ...... 105 Strictly Snap-Fits - Developing World-Class Plastic Part Laminated Glass: Design Considerations for Vehicle Door Attachments ...... 109 Systems Fast Track ...... 106 Surface Texture: Speciﬁ cation and Control ...... 110 Engineering Alloys: Properties and Applications ...... 106

Advanced High Strength Steels for Prerequisites Participants should have an engineering degree and several years of Vehicle Weight Reduction automotive engineering experience. 2 Days I.D.# C0916 Topical Outline DAY ONE • Steel Usage: Background and Status Growing environmental awareness, the need for more fuel efﬁ cient • Steel categorization and mechanical properties vehicles, and safety performance are driving vehicle manufacturers to • Drivers of AHSS -- Safety enhancement; Demands for improved explore new innovations in Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS). fuel economy; Cost reduction/avoidance; Environmental The body of a modern passenger car constitutes approximately 40% of responsibility; Dentabiltiy/durability improvements the total vehicle weight and the chassis frame constitutes up to 25% of • Snap shot of potential future usage the total weight, demonstrating a signiﬁ cant opportunity for overall • Impediments and Enablers for the Successful Utilization of AHSS vehicle weight reduction. Advanced High Strength Steels have only • Formability and springback recently been applied to vehicle design and usage, but predictions • Welding have been made that future vehicles (i.e., 10 years out) could be using • Fatigue and durability greater than 50% AHSS for up to a 25% weight advantage at equal or • Role of CAE in successful implementation -- Retention of stiffness; less cost, versus current body and chassis structures. Accurate safety simulation • Material variability This seminar will focus on identifying appropriate applications of • Serviceability and repair AHSS in the body and chassis for vehicle weight reduction. Recent steel • Alternate Materials and Strategies applications will be presented, including factors which contributed • Materials overview to the appropriateness of using Advanced High Strength Steel versus • Steel for affordable weight reduction mild steels or Conventional High Strength Steels (CHSS). Advantages • Class exercise in fundamental mechanics of AHSS, as well as obstacles that may impede its use will be covered. • Lambda factor Relative performance of alternate materials for weight reduction, particularly aluminum alloys, will be explored. A number of examples DAY TWO from industry will be presented to demonstrate the types of analyses • AHSS Procurement & Availability which will have to be performed to lead to successful applications of • Steelmaking processes for AHSS AHSS. Extensive reference will be made to advanced analysis and • AHSS cost inputs testing methods without going into the details of the methodology. • Productivity, quantity and order quantity considerations Finally, a future roadmap of AHSS applications will be presented. • AHSS and carbon steel pricing comparisons • Availability constraints - coated sheet steels, grades, cross sections • Recommendations for specifying and purchasing Learning Objectives • Case Studies for the Application of AHSS By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • IMPACT Project • Specify which key steel parts are candidates for conversion to • FABRICATE project Advanced High Strength Steels • Auto/Steel Partnership - door project • Implement strategies for overcoming the impediments to AHSS • Part by Part AHSS Conversion Strategies utilization • Body • Select vehicle architectural elements to accommodate AHSS • Chassis • Compare AHSS with other light weighting materials and strategies • Assess where your products are with respect to the most up-to-date Instructor: Paul E. Geck and Richard J. Cover steel strategies Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs

Who Should Attend This seminar is designed for any automotive or automotive supplier engineer who needs to expand his/her knowledge of alternative steels. The content is broadly applicable to body/chassis design release engineers, engineering support (e.g., safety, testing, CAE, etc.) engineers, research engineers, and low/middle engineering management.

Catalog Key Instructor-led Online ACTAR Part of a Certiﬁ cate programs courses approved Program Curriculum

P111669 book.indb 103 11/28/11 2:09 PM 104104 MaterialsAerodynamics

• Laminated Glass - The Windshield Automotive Glazing Materials • History 2 Days • Production process: glass bending; windshield interlayer; and I.D.# 99002 windshield production • Safety • Testing and weathering • Windshield i ssues Automotive glazing materials affect the total automotive system. • Encapsulation and adhesion This seminar presents an overview of different automotive glazing • Packaging and shipping materials and covers a wide range of topics including history, • Installation manufacturing, testing, and safety. The chemical, physical, and design • Replacement, repair, disposal and warranties issues related to various glazing materials (annealed, laminated, • Design considerations tempered, glass-plastic, and plastic) are covered in depth. Attendees • Specialty windshields: heated, HUD, and solar control will receive a copy of SAE Standard J673 Automotive Safety Glasses as • Tempered G lass part of the course material. • Production process • Testing and evaluation Learning Objectives • Safety: legal requirements; testing; and performance By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Design considerations • Describe the evolution of glazing materials in the automotive • Encapsulation and adhesion industry • Installation: movable and stationary • Contrast the safety characteristics of various products and how they • Warranty perform in normal usage and in accidents • Tempered vs. Laminated Glass • Explain how safety glazing materials are regulated and certifi ed • History • Describe the production processes used to make laminated and • Legal Requirements tempered glass • Safety: testing and performance • Avoid problems by optimizing the performance and failure modes • Design considerations of the different glazing materials • Ejection • Describe the physical and chemical characteristics of the different • Security products • Specialty Glazing Materials • Summarize glass manufacturing procedures, processing, handling, • Plastic installation, and usage to disposal • Glass-Plastic • List the important characteristics of tempered, laminated glass, and • Roof glass plastic glazing • Truck and van glazing materials • Articulate how glazing materials affect the total automotive system • Bullet resistant glass • Explain when and why specialty products are used and how they • Photochromic are manufactured • Electrochromic • Discuss future trends and technical innovations • Hydrophobic • Coatings Who Should Attend • Off-highway glazing materials • The Replacement Market This seminar is designed for transportation, safety and glass engineers • Finding the glass and others who work on or with automotive or similar glazing • Tinting materials: transmittance; refl ectance; and performance products. Individuals who need either general information on glazing • Windshield installation: sealant and procedure or details on specifi c glazing topics, such as legal, safety, marketing, • Legal r equirements performance and manufacturing issues will benefi t from this seminar. • Windshield r epair • Anti-theft Topical Outline • Introduction Instructor: Siegfried H. Herliczek • Laminated gl ass Fee $1255 1.3 CEUs • Tempered gl ass • History of automotive glass • Automotive safety glass regulations • Glass • Chemistry Automotive Plastics: Principles of • Surface properties • Ceramic paint and silver Materials & Process Selection • Stress 2 Days • Breakage I.D.# C0135 • Physical properties • Manufacturing process • Glass Processing Plastic - any class of synthetically-produced organic compounds • Inspection capable of being molded and hardened into a specifi c shape or form. • Cutting This course is designed to offer a basic understanding of plastics • Break-out and plastic processing. Using plastics can be simple, but there is • Grinding and seaming much more behind producing high performance plastic parts. This • Washing seminar will walk you through the molding process, provide a • Printing comprehensive look at the variables in the manufacturing mix, and • Bending

P111669 book.indb 104 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsMaterials 105105

review characteristics of typical automotive plastics such as PP, PVC, ABS, and more. This seminar will also cover troubleshooting molding Designing with Glass mistakes and alternative processes, and review the selection of an 1 Day application’s appropriate plastic material. Material presented is both I.D.# 85008 an excellent foundation for further development and an extensive update for those already working in the fi eld. The understanding of brittle behavior is a prerequisite to effi cient Learning Objectives product design with glass, glass-ceramic, and ceramic-type materials. At the completion of this seminar, attendees will be able to: This short course will address the weakness of brittle materials and • demonstrate an understanding of typical automotive plastics and how it may be overcome; it will highlight the design principles for primary and application-specifi c plastics processing methods brittle materials and contrast them with those for ductile materials. • recognize key plastics terminology and parameters related to The seminar will review the design tools, e.g. stress analysis, fi nite plastics element analysis, photo-elastic methods, and experimental stress • explain alternative molding processes analysis, and illustrate how they may be applied to automotive, aircraft • prevent or reduce molding mistakes and consumer products. Formulas for mechanical stresses due to • understand the molding cycle bending, twisting, and impact loads in beams, plates and tubes will • troubleshoot the processing operation be reviewed. Similarly, thermal stresses in above structures due to transient and steady state temperature changes will be estimated using Who Should Attend simple equations. The role of fracture mechanics and failure analysis will be discussed from the point of view of product liability. Hands- This seminar is designed for those who are new to automotive plastics, on demonstration of glass failure and examination of fracture surface as well as those who have some experience. The program will benefi t will be carried out in the classroom. Glass specimens with different product designers, process engineers, purchasing agents, project surface abrasions will be fractured to illustrate the impact of fl aw engineers, manufacturing engineers, material engineers, and sales and severity on long-term reliability. The fundamentals of glass behavior marketing professionals. under mechanical and thermal loads will be emphasized. In particular, the strength and fracture properties of glass, glass-ceramics, and Prerequisites ceramics will be reviewed. Also discussed will be available commercial Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. techniques for improving strength and fracture properties to make glass more attractive as a structural material. This will be followed by a Topical Outline review of design methodology and its application to glass and ceramic products in automotive, aircraft, space, consumer, and construction DAY ONE industries. The issue of product liability involving glass products and • Introduction to Injection Molding how to minimize it via product design will be addressed. • Process description • Product description • Business o verview Learning Objectives • The Injection Molding Machine By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Clamp systems • Explain why glass as a structural material behaves differently than • Plastication unit metals or plastics and how such differences affect product design • Screw • Design glass components or structures that have adequate safety • Controls built into them to meet reliability requirements in the fi eld • The Molding Cycle • Examine fracture origin and estimate failure stress from mirror size • Pressure in process • Improve design strength of glass articles by three times or more • Velocity generation, including mold fi lling, mold packing, cooling, ejection, material melting and material handling. Who Should Attend This course is designed for mechanical, metallurgical and chemical DAY TWO engineers, materials scientists and those involved in handling, • Typical Injection Molding Mistakes assembling, and failure analysis of glass products. • Melt temperature • Material drying • Contamination Prerequisites • Over packing Participants should have background or experience in handling, • Incomplete fi ll analyzing, examining or working with glass products. • Oversized machines • Undersized machines Topical Outline • Temperature control • Silica Structure • Mold(s) • Silicon-oxygen bond • Function • Bond length and bond angles • Forming • Si-O-Si t etrahedron • Cooling • Random network theory • Basic Design Requirements • Water molecule • Clamp sl ots • Crack tip morphology • Ejection “hole” • Silicate Glasses and Their Properties • Support • Mechanical properties -- Elastic modulus; Hardness; Strength; • “Seal-off” Toughness; Fatigue • Strength of Inorganic Glasses Instructor: Robert G. Speirs • Brittle nature of glass Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 105 11/28/11 2:09 PM 106106 MaterialsAerodynamics

• Strength and weakness of glass best practices for integration of the product into vehicle door systems • Griffi th fl aw based upon extensive testing and fi eld experience. • Types of strength • Factors affecting strength Major topics include: • Statistical nature of strength • Overview of Laminated Glazing • Strength of annealed glasses • Laminated Glazing Selection Criteria • Strain tolerance of brittle materials • Automotive Glass Strength Characterization • Thermal T empering • Static Stresses and Door Design Considerations • Tempering fundamentals • Dynamic Stresses from Door Slam • High temperature properties -- Expansion and viscosity; Air • Laminated Glass Performance and Analysis Techniques quenching; Temporary tension; Benefi cial stresses • Summary of Laminated Glazing Benefi ts • Stress Relaxation • Shear and volume relaxation • Relaxation time Is this Fast Track for you? • Strain This online short course was developed for engineers and those in • Annealing and softening points the automobile supply chain involved in all disciplines related to the • Stress release vs. viscosity design or development of glass. It is designed to provide a technology • Fracture Process overview that is relevant to those who simply want an introduction • Fracture of glass to laminated glass, while providing suffi cient technical detail on best • Slow, medium and fast crack growth practices to benefi t seasoned glazing engineers. • Fracture surface and energy • Fracture mirror What You Will Receive • Failure st ress • Three months of online access to the 40 minute presentation • Estimate of product life • Integrated knowledge checks to reinforce key concepts • Reliability of Glass Products • Proof of Participation • Long term reliability • Size effect Instructors: Pete Dishart & DeWitt Lampman • Surface strength and variability Fee $79 • Failure probability • Threshold st rength • Fatigue life • Formulas for Bending and Thermal Stresses • Bending of beams and plates Engineering Alloys: Properties and • Pressurization of tubes • Twisting of tubes and rods Applications • Impact loading of plates • Thermal stresses in plates and tubes 3 Days • Automotive G lass I.D.# C0010 • Properties of fl oat glass • Air vs. tin side • Surface fl aws and their origin This seminar focuses on the characteristics and properties of engineering • Fatigue de gradation alloys, and their practical applications in aerospace and other industries • Windshield design and analysis where they are utilized. It will enhance attendees’ professional skills • Importance of edge quality in design, manufacturing and repair technologies. The relationships • Stone damage between alloy processing, microstructure and properties will be • Delayed failure explained and discussed. Microstructures evolving from various heat treatment schedules, and a variety of processes ranging from casting, Instructor: Suresh T. Gulati forging, extrusion, hot isostatic press to powder metallurgy will be Fee $725 .7 CEUs compared to illustrate their effects on mechanical properties.

Aluminum alloys, from 2024 to 7075 are widely used in low temperature lightweight structures, and reciprocal engine parts. This seminar will discuss their product forms, strengthening mechanisms, Laminated Glass: Design environmental durability, and mechanical properties. Titanium alloys are used for various aircraft parts and other structural components Considerations for Vehicle Door because of their lightweight and strength. The microstructure of a titanium alloy varies dramatically when subject to different heat Systems Fast Track treatment schedules, and so do the subsequent mechanical properties. I.D.#PD130810ON (Online delivery) These changes will be discussed along with examples of real-life applications. Ferrous alloys including stainless steel and cast iron are used for their respective unique characteristics. Properties and applications of these alloys will be discussed. Ni-base alloys, for The evolution in glass technology creates both opportunities and example Inconel 718, are often referred to as superalloys due to their challenges which must be understood by today’s automotive durability of strength at elevated temperatures. Alloy strengths at designers and engineers for successful implementation. Because high and low temperatures are attributable to different strengthening laminated glass has different structural properties than tempered mechanisms. These factors directly affect part and structure failure glass, this 40 minute online short course will provide an overview of modes and fractography; transgranular at low temperature, and intergranular at high temperature.

P111669 book.indb 106 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsMaterials 107107

The suitability of individual engineering alloys for specifi c • Processing of Al Alloys applications are contingent on the controlling critical factors in each • Casting, forging and extrusion, powder metallurgy process case. Fracture toughness and tensile properties are the determining • Al-Cu Alloys factors if an engineering alloy is used for static structure at room • Strengthening mechanisms, properties and practical applications temperature. Low cycle fatigue resistance is the critical factor to High-strength Al Alloys determine if an engineering alloy is suitable for a rotating part. Creep • Engineering applications of Al-Mg-Zn alloys, and Al-Li alloys and stress rupture characteristics are the properties to be checked • Oxidation and Corrosion before any alloys can be safely used for high temperature applications. • Environmental de gradation This course will provide attendees with knowledge to evaluate • Exercise: Al Alloy Selection in Engine Cylinder Design Ferrous Alloys available engineering alloys, judging from their critical properties, for • Processing of Ferrous Alloys specifi c applications. • Production of steels • Heat treatment and microstructure Attendees are encouraged to bring in their own real-life cases. • Hardenability • Carbon, Alloy and Stainless Steels Learning Objectives • Alloy designation • Mechanical properties of steels Upon completion of this seminar, attendees will be able to: • Corrosion protection • Recognize the effects of materials processing on microstructure and • Industrial Applications properties • Engine components, landing gear • Formulate proper heat treatment schedules of A1, Ti, ferrous alloys • Exercise: Establishing Heat Treatment Schedules for Steels and Ni-base superalloys for their respective applications Titanium Alloys • Judge the suitability of an engineering alloy for a specifi c part or • Heat Treatment and Microstructure structure • Phase diagram and heat treatment • Demonstrate a high professional knowledge in general applications • Microstructure and mechanical properties of engineering alloys • Effects of Processing • Triple melting, hard alpha effects Who Should Attend • Mechanical Properties and Environmental Effects Executives, managers, design, manufacturing and quality-control • Mechanical strength and physical characteristics engineers, and technicians in aerospace industries, from airframe • Flammability and engine manufacturers to airline maintenance facilities and • Engineering Applications of Ti Alloys repair stations will benefi t by attending this seminar to enhance their • Engine compressor disks and blades professional knowledge in aviation metallurgy. Managers, engineers • Dwell time creep and technical people from automotive, railroad and the highway • Exercise: Dwell Time Fatigue Analysis Ni-base Superalloys industries, and of metallurgical, or power plant utility companies will • High Temperature Alloy Characteristics also benefi t from this seminar by broadening their comprehensive • Creep and stress rupture knowledge in engineering alloys for their respective applications. • Transgranular and intergranular fracture mechanisms • Characteristics of Ni-base Superalloys Prerequisites • Cast, forged, powder metallurgy, and single crystal • Applications at Elevated Temperatures There is no prerequisite, however, some familiarity with engineering • High temperature turbine disks alloys would be benefi cial. • Stress concentration • Coating Topical Outline • Exercise: Design Project with Ni-base Superalloys Engineering Alloy Characteristics and Mechanical Properties Alloys Applications • Alloy Structure and Product Form • Alloy Selection in Engineering Design • Structure of engineering alloys • Strength and safety requirements • Miller Indices, slip systems and defects • Fatigue, fracture toughness and damage tolerance • Effects of process and product form on mechanical properties • Environmental awar eness • Alloy Phase Formation and Identifi cation • Effects of operating conditions • Phase di agram • Critical Alloy Characteristics in Manufacturing • Isothermal transformation and continuing cooling curves • Ductility and superplasticity, machinability, and formability • Microstructure evolution • Alloy References • Tensile Properties and Hardness Measurement • Alloy codes, classifi cations and specifi cations • Tensile test and stress-strain curve • Engineering alloy references • Theoretical shear strength • International alloy cross references • Hardness me asurement • Engineering Alloys and Repairing • Fracture Toughness • Weldability, post repair heat treatment • Fracture toughness in design and failure analysis • Case study • Ductile to brittle transition • Alloy selection for engine turbine blades • Low-cycle and High-cycle Fatigue Life Prediction • Alloys for airframe structure • Low cycle fatigue life prediction • Candidate alloys for a rotating shaft • High cycle life calculation • Goodman di agram Instructor: Wego Wang • Thermal mechanical fatigue Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs • Creep and Stress Rupture • Materials behavior at elevated temperature • Creep test and mechanisms • Exercise: Fatigue and Creep Life Calculations Aluminum Alloys

P111669 book.indb 107 11/28/11 2:09 PM 108108 MaterialsAerodynamics

DAY TWO Material Selection and Testing for • Properties of Plastics • DIN vs ASTM Plastics • Data shifts 2 Days • Tests and their procedures I.D.# C0134 • Chemical resistance • Optical properties • Color analysis Today’s necessity for quickly delivering products to market limits • Weathering resistance product development time and leaves less room for error and ‘re- • Abrasion resistance dos.’ With so many plastic materials available, it is crucial that those • Flammability involved in product design understand resin properties and how • Electrical character they affect part design and manufacturability. To help you make the • Chemical (analytical) testing best plastic choices the fi rst time, this seminar provides an overview • Processing Properties of polymer chemistry, explains the methods for testing properties • Melt index of plastics and presents a method of systematic selection that will • Capillary remoter optimize your plastics material selection process. • Shrinkage • Thermal diffusion character • Simple Plastics Materials Selection Learning Objectives • Product needs assessment At the conclusion of this seminar, attendees will be able to: • Systematic selection • Understand the properties of plastic materials • Typical Materials Selection Errors • Know what types of instruments are used in testing • Plastics Materials Review • Demonstrate methods used to test the properties of plastic materials • The “Big Eight” • Possess the technical background necessary to select the optimum • Commodity polymers resin for a given application • Engineering polymers • Apply measurements to the standards and specifi cations so the • Rubbers and elastomers material and design meet an application’s service requirements Instructor: Robert G. Speirs Who Should Attend Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs This seminar will benefi t product and part designers, engineers, engineering managers and those involved in the development of plastic parts. Specifi cally designed to enhance on-the-job effectiveness for professionals at all levels of plastics part development, this course will provide an invaluable foundation for selecting plastic materials Seals and Sealing System Design of and understanding their capabilities and limitations. Actuation Systems in Military and Prerequisites Commercial Aircraft Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. .5 Day I.D.# C1131 Topical Outline DAY ONE • Introduction to Plastic Materials • Defi nitions This four hour short course intends to present an overview of seals and • Thermoset vs. thermoplastics sealing system design for military and commercial aircraft. It is aimed • Good (and bad) characteristics to provide engineers having some previous actuator and control valve • General pr operties design background with an understanding of the general hardware • Brief history groove standards, standard parts for static applications and how seal • Economic “position” (commodity vs engineering vs specialty) designs and sealing systems can be best used in dynamic reciprocating • Plastics-General Overview and rotary applications. Information will be provided regarding seal • Materials form material and fl uid compatibility, friction drag, expected wear rates • Shipment si zes depending on operating conditions and duty cycle, hardware surface • Pre-compounded vs blended fi nish and topography. Also included will be information on seal • Drying/storing installation procedures and potential pitfalls to avoid. • Handling • Grades and lots Learning Objectives • Regrinding and reuse By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Polymer Chemistry Introduction/Review • Identify the standards relevant to seals and seal systems • Molecular weight • Summarize key characteristics of dynamic reciprocating applications • Distribution, dispersity index • Summarize key characteristics of rotary applications • Morphology • Evaluate seal material characteristics and proper applications • Molecular confi guration • Process Related Property Variations • Drying Who Should Attend • Shrinking This seminar is designed for engineers and other key personnel with • Rheology some actuator and control valve design knowledge. • •Additives

P111669 book.indb 108 11/28/11 2:09 PM AerodynamicsMaterials 109109

Prerequisites • Dynamic • Static Attendees should have some previous actuator and control valve • Installation Tools and Procedures design experience. • For piston seals • For rod seals Topical Outline • Hardware Design Tips: Avoiding Installation and Performance • First O-Ring Patent Catastrophes • 1932-Niels A. Ch ristensen • Pump/Motor Function Applications • Parker: Development of Range of Sizes • Tables Instructor: Alan Schofi eld • AS568 Fee $295 .4 CEUs • Range of sizes • Cross sections • Tolerances to Class 2- Tables • History and Application of Aerospace Gland Dimensional Standards for Seals and Strictly Snap-Fits - Developing • Scrapers • MIL-P-5514 Revs A and B World-Class Plastic Part • MIL-P-5514 Revs C, D, and E • MIL-G-5514 Rev F Attachments • AS4716, AS5857, MS33675, AS4088, AS4052 2 Days • History of Backup Ring Standards I.D.# C0201 • MIL-R-8791, MS28774, MS27595, MS28782, MS28783 • AS8791, AS5781, AS5782, AS5860, AS5861 • EPDM History and Applications This seminar provides attendees with an in-depth understanding • NAS1613, NAS1611, NAS1612, AECMA specs of snap-fi t technology. Seminar material covers everything from • prEN 6111, prEN 6075, prEN6076 the minimum design requirements to lock feature selection and • Elastomer Materials and Applications diagnosis of common problems. Attendees will acquire the knowledge • In red oils to develop snap-fi t applications that are optimized for reliability, • In fuels manufacturing, assembly and customer usage. A new module • In turbine oils introduces management and organizational concepts leading to a • Properties ‘snap-fi t capable’ organization. Attendees are encouraged to bring • Storage of Elastomers their own examples and applications for discussion. Sample parts are • ARP5316 provided to support a hands-on activity and attendees are encouraged • Plastic Materials and Applications to bring their own examples and applications for discussion. • AMS3678 and slash sheets Attendees will receive a copy of the instructor’s book, “The First Snap- • Effects of fi llers on PTFE materials Fit Handbook”, second edition. • High Modulus Plastics • PEEK • PEKEKK Learning Objectives • Carbon fi ber composites At the conclusion of this seminar, attendees will be able to: • Properties and uses • Explain how a snap-fi t attachment functions as a complex system of • Reciprocating Seals for AS4716 grooves features. • Piston Se als • Identify the minimum design requirements for a successful snap-fi t • Bi-directional - to fi t std. and non-std grooves - examples attachment. • Uni-directional - to fi t std. and non-std grooves - examples • Apply a process for developing fundamentally sound application • Rod Seals concepts before committing to a fi nal design. • Bi-directional - to fi t std. and non-std grooves - examples • Recognize a wide variety of integral locking features and identify • Uni-Directional - to fi t std. and non-std grooves - examples which is appropriate in a given application. • Scrapers for MS33675, AS4088, and AS4052 • Apply tricks of the trade which are otherwise learned through trial • Reciprocating Sealing Systems and error. • Tandem and tertiary sealing systems with scrapers • Apply rules of thumb as well as analysis procedures for lock feature • Face Seals design. • Types for internal and external pressure • Recognize basic processing and material considerations for snap-fi ts. • Seal Design Notes: An Appreciation • Follow a process for diagnosing common snap-fi t problems. • Low temperature considerations • Defi ne a snap-fi t capable organization. • High temperature considerations • Friction calculations: C of F for PTFE compounds Who Should Attend • Friction calculations: Elastomers Engineers and designers with responsibility for designing, developing • Consideration of elastomer shear strength or testing plastic parts and applications engineers who must integrate • Consideration of elastomer tensile strength parts into systems. Novices looking for an understanding of the basic • Consideration of elastomer elongation percentage principles of snap-fi ts as well as experienced designers/engineers will • Thermal cycling: Reciprocating PTFE seal components benefi t from learning this systems approach to snap-fi t technology. • Rotary shaft seals Managers of product design/development groups will also fi nd • Metal can types: Elastomeric lip(s) the material useful for product development planning, establishing • Metal can types: PTFE lip(s) performance requirements, supplier/client interactions and guiding • Flanged spring energized seals: Thermal cycling development projects. • Hardware Surfaces, Coatings, and Roughness Finishes

P111669 book.indb 109 11/28/11 2:09 PM 110110 MaterialsAerodynamics

Prerequisites Surface Texture: Specifi cation and Participants should have an engineering or design degree or experience in plastic part design. Control 1 Day Topical Outline I.D.# C1110 DAY ONE • Overview of the Attachment Level Â® Construct • The key requirements of a snap-fi t application Surface texture is one of the most important topics in today’s world • Elements of design, development and performance. Many of the industry’s • Constraint Fe atures top warranty issues (leaks, noise, vibration, etc.) are a direct result of • Locator features surface texture implications. Rather than focus on the theories of surface • Lock features texture, this course will focus on the applications of these concepts to • Lock feature selection automotive applications - thereby giving the attendees tools that they • Enhancements can immediately use as they solve automotive problems. • Assembly • Activating and using snap-fi ts • Performance Learning Objectives • Manufacturing By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Fundamental Snap-fi t Concepts • Communicate clear descriptions of surface texture in reports and • Constraint product documentation • Decoupling • Recognize roughness and waviness impacts on components • Recognize measurement errors and avoid misinterpretations of DAY TWO results • Feature Design and Analysis • Specify surface texture according to ISO 1302 • Pre-conditions for feature analysis • Identify and specify functional wavelength regimes for surface • Material property data needed for analysis texture • Cantilever hook design rules of thumb • Initial strain evaluation Who Should Attend • Adjustments to calculations This topic bridges all fi elds within the automotive industry and is • Cantilever hook analysis designed for engineers and technicians involved in: the specifi cation • Modifi cations to the insertion and retention face profi les of mechanical systems and components; failure analysis and warranty; • Other feature calculations quality control and measurement functions, manufacturing and • The Snap-Fit Development Process process development. The areas of interest could include: sealing, • When is snap-fi t appropriate? sliding, cosmetic appearance, friction, leakage and more. • Benchmarking • Generating multiple concepts • Analysis and design Prerequisites • Diagnosing Snap-Fit Problems Participants should have a basic knowledge of mechanical terms such • Introduction as friction, sealing, wear, etc. • Rules for diagnosing snap-fi t problems • Attachment level diagnosis Topical Outline • Feature level diagnosis • The Language of Surfaces • The ‘Snap-Fit Capable’ Organization • Roughness • Harmful beliefs • Waviness • Suggested i nitiatives • Form • A proposed capability plan • The Measurement of Surfaces • Class summary • Describing Wavelength Regimes • Evaluation • Separating roughness from waviness • Distortions that can occur in the data and how to deal with them Instructor: Paul Bonenberger • Choosing the right fi lter cutoff Fee $1325 1.3 CEUs• Surface Texture Interactions with other Tolerances like GD&T • Parameters • Specifying Surface Texture

Instructor: Mark Malburg Fee $725 .7 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 110 11/28/11 2:09 PM Noise/Vibration/HarshnessAerodynamics (NVH) 111111

Diesel Engine Noise Control Webinar ...... 111 Practical NVH Signal Processing Methods ...... 112 Introduction to NVH Aspects of Hybrid and Electric Vehicles ..... 111 Sound Package Materials for Vehicle Noise Control ...... 113 Noise Diagnostics and Analysis Using Acoustic Imaging Technologies ...... 112

Diesel Engine Noise Control Introduction to NVH Aspects of Webinar Hybrid and Electric Vehicles 4 Hours 1 Day I.D.# WB1041 I.D.# C1128

This webinar provides an in-depth overview of diesel engine noise The infl ux of different hybrid and electric vehicle confi gurations has including combustion and mechanical noise sources. In addition, the brought about unique NVH challenges from a variety of sources. NVH instructor will discuss a system approach to automotive integration refi nement is an important aspect of powertrain development and the including combining sub-systems and components to achieve overall vehicle integration process. While developing the NVH behavior of the vehicle noise and vibration goals. vehicle is critical to satisfy customer expectations, it is also important to consider the infl uence of reduced exterior noise levels on pedestrian Learning Objectives safety. This seminar introduces participants to basic NVH principles and unique NVH challenges encountered in the development of HEV, ReEV, By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: and EV including engine start/stop behavior, electric motor whine, • Identify and analyze commonly occurring diesel engine noise driveline NVH, body structure, infl uence of noise from accessories, and sources sound quality development, as well as potential countermeasures. • Understand how analytical and experimental techniques can be used to solve diesel noise issues • Understand how analytical and experimental techniques can be Learning Objectives used to solve diesel noise issues Upon completion of this seminar, you will be able to: • Prescribe appropriate noise control analysis and solutions for • Articulate the basic principles of NVH specifi c diesel engine NVH issues • Describe the relative importance of powertrain noise, wind noise, and road noise in the vehicle’s interior Who Should Attend • Identify the key sub-components of powertrain noise and means to control them This webinar is ideal for those who want to understand the root causes • Explain the key NVH issues specifi c to electrifi ed vehicles and of many diesel engine noise issues, and how to use this understanding means to develop appropriate countermeasures to better diagnose and control diesel engine-related noises. • Identify key metrics available to assess the NVH performance of electrifi ed vehicles Prerequisites • Develop an awareness of advanced NVH methodologies available to Those intending to take this webinar should have at least a bachelor’s design the sound character of electrifi ed vehicle degree in engineering, or equivalent, and be familiar with basic engineering mechanics and vibrations. Who Should Attend This seminar has been developed for engineers involved in all Topical Outline fi elds related to the design or development of electrifi ed vehicles. Session 1 Individuals involved with component design/release responsibilities • The Basics of Diesel Engine Noise in ICE, electric motor, transmissions, powertrain mounts, vehicle body, • Combustion Noise Forcing Functions and chassis areas will fi nd this course helpful. • Combustion Mode Switching • Mechanical Forcing Functions in Diesels Prerequisites • Separating Combustion and Mechanical Noise Sources An undergraduate degree in engineering or a strong technical • Strategies for Reducing Forcing FunctionsSession 2 background is highly recommended. A basic knowledge of college • Surface Radiated Noise algebra, college physics, and a familiarity with vehicle and powertrain • Exterior Covers: Radiated Sound and Simulation Modeling systems is needed. • Gear Train Noise Issues and Countermeasures • Drive-By Noise Contribution • Diesel Engine Design Considerations for Low Noise Topical Outline • Application Noise Issues • Automotive NVH Fundamentals • Fundamentals of noise, vibration, and sound quality Instructor: Thomas Reinhart • Vehicle NVH Fee $395 .4 CEUs• Powertrain-induced interior noise • Engine n oise • Transmission n oise • Driveline n oise • Intake noise • Exhaust noise • Road-induced noise

Catalog Key Instructor-led Online ACTAR Part of a Certiﬁ cate programs courses approved Program Curriculum

P111669 book.indb 111 11/28/11 2:09 PM 112112 Noise/Vibration/HarshnessAerodynamics (NVH)

• Wind n oise Topical Outline • Vehicle interior noise simulation for powertrain-induced noise DAY ONE • Vehicle interior noise simulation for road-induced noise • Basic Terminologies • Vehicle sound quality • Acoustic pressure, particle velocity, acoustic intensity, and acoustic • Vehicle exterior noise simulation power • HEV, ReEV, PHEV, and EV NVH • Acoustic wavelength, frequency, and speed of sound • HEV, ReEV, PHEV, and EV architecture defi nition • Acoustic far fi eld versus near fi eld • “Road Map” for vehicle NVH development of HEV, ReEV, PHEV, • Structural wavelength, natural frequency, and natural modes and EV • Monopole, dipole, and quadrupole sources • ICE start/stop noise using case study examples • Airborne and structure-borne sounds • ICE start/stop vibration using case study examples • Interrelationships between sound and vibrations • Active control for start/stop refi nement using case study examples • Acoustic Imaging Technologies and Implementations • Motor NVH using case study examples • Fourier transform based planar nearfi eld acoustical holography • HEV/EV driveline NVH using case study examples (PNAH) • Power electronics noise • Inverse boundary element method (IBEM) • Accessory noise • Helmholtz equation least squares method (HELS) • Application of powertrain-induced vehicle interior noise simulation • Beamforming • Application of road-induced vehicle interior noise simulation • Comparisons of Acoustic Imaging Technologies • Sound character of EV using case study examples • Comparisons of Acoustic Imaging Technology and Traditional • Sound character of ReEV using case study examples Methods • Exterior noise considerations for EV and ReEV • HELS versus Intensity Probe • HELS versus Beamforming Instructor: Kiran Govindswamy • HELS versus Transfer Path Analysis (TPA) Fee $725 .7 CEUs DAY TWO • Applications of Acoustic Imaging Technologies to Noise Diagnosis • Visualization of vehicle interior sound pressure fi eld Noise Diagnostics and Analysis • Visualization of vehicle interior sound intensity fi eld • Visualization of break squeals noise Using Acoustic Imaging • Visualization of vehicle tire noise • Visualization of door slamming sound Technologies • Diagnosis of vacuum cleaner noise • Applications of Beamforming Technology 2 Days • Vehicle engine noise I.D.# C0607 • Vehicle wind tunnel test • Vehicle pass-by noise • Vehicle interior noise The demand for better and quieter vehicles in terms of NVH performance • Demonstrations on Using NAH and Beamforming is increasing every year. This course covers the subject of noise diagnosis using various acoustic imaging technologies including nearfi eld Instructor: Sean Wu acoustical holography (NAH) and beamforming technology. Acoustic Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs imaging technologies and traditional noise diagnostic methodologies such as using a sound pressure level meter, scanning a sound intensity probe, performing laser vibrometer measurement, and transfer path analysis (TPA) will be covered. The diagnosis of noise sources and interrelationships between sound and vibration will be fully explored and Practical NVH Signal Processing students will have the opportunity to observe demonstrations of different acoustic imaging tools such as NAH and beamforming. Methods 2 Days Learning Objectives I.D.# C0431 By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Describe the relationship between vibration and sound • Explain the advantages and limitations of the traditional noise Signal processing has become a critical tool in optimizing vehicle diagnostic methods noise. This seminar will help you to understand the foundation • Describe the benefi ts of the acoustic imaging technologies to common to all NVH data acquisition equipment including digitizing, diagnose noise sources windows, aliasing, averaging techniques, and common analysis • Detect noise sources and their transmission paths using NAH functions such as the power spectrum, transfer function and coherence. Fundamental concepts such as fi ltering, modulation, Who Should Attend convolution, and correlation, as well as specialized techniques used in This course is designed for engineers in the road, off-road and rotating machinery such as adaptive re-sampling and order tracking, aerospace industries who are responsible for noise mitigation. will be covered. The seminar will also cover multi-input multi- NVH engineers, as well as individuals responsible for the design of output (MIMO) signal processing, array based solutions for force applications with associated NVH issues, are encouraged to attend. identifi cation, source and path characterization and data visualization. Brief introductions to emerging concepts will also be explored and computer demonstrations, physical experiments and case studies will Prerequisites be used to illustrate applied, real-world problems. A baccalaureate degree in mechanical engineering and several years of experience in NVH are recommended.

P111669 book.indb 112 11/28/11 2:09 PM Noise/Vibration/HarshnessAerodynamics (NVH) 113113

Learning Objectives Sound Package Materials for By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Explain the fundamental controls typical in modern spectrum Vehicle Noise Control analysis tools • Interpret NVH data and judge its relevance to physical phenomena 2 Days • Extract new types of useful information from NVH data I.D.# 92032 • Implement new signal processing techniques

Who Should Attend Selection of acoustical materials for vehicle interior noise reduction NVH technicians, engineers and managers who want to understand requires an in-depth understanding of vehicle noise, noise how NVH data is produced and interpreted will fi nd this seminar propagation, and the noise control properties of acoustical materials. valuable. The material is presented at a level suitable for beginners, This seminar will provide a detailed analysis of three different but offers the more experienced practitioners new insight into the acoustical materials, how they are different from each other, and concepts presented through the illustrations and demonstrations that acoustical properties that materials should possess for optimum are included. vehicle noise control. Attendees will also learn ways to evaluate the acoustical performance of these materials using different test Prerequisites methods. This seminar was formerly titled Selection, Evaluation and Measurements of Acoustical Materials for Vehicle Interior Noise. The majority of the course material is presented through qualitative descriptions, practical examples, illustrations and demonstrations, Learning Objectives which require only basic mathematical skills. However, some familiarity with time and frequency domain measurements, linear algebra and By attending in this seminar, you will be able to: statistics will enhance overall understanding of the material. • Recognize various types of noise problems and noise paths in a vehicle • Identify types of acoustical materials Topical Outline • Describe ways that acoustical materials work and how they differ from each other • Properties of the FFT • Distinguish test methods used to evaluate the acoustical • Sampling and digitizing performance of material • Aliasing and fi lters • Leakage and windows Who Should Attend • Averaging techniques • Autopower, crosspower and coherence Designed for OEM or supplier employees responsible for various • Transmissibility and isolation noise activities, such as design, evaluation, trouble-shooting, • Measuring and interpreting the transfer function supplying, and/or manufacturing noise control treatments and parts, • Rotating Machinery Basics this seminar will also benefi t those with responsibilities including the • What is an order? areas of manufacturing, design, engineering, process, noise and release • Rotation synchronous data acquisition methods engineering, supervision or management. Attendees should have an • AM and FM modulation effects undergraduate engineering degree and a working knowledge of noise • FIR, IIR and re-sampling fi lters control and automotive acoustics. • Up-sampling down-sampling and adaptive re-sampling • Time Frequency Methods Topical Outline • Short time Fourier transform • •Introduction and Overview • Gabor expansion and Gabor transform • Defi ning acoustical performance of acoustical parts • Orthogonality, invertability and the dual function relationship • Fundamentals • Gabor order tracking • Sound waves and sources • Introduction to wavelets • Sound sources • Fundamentals of Multi-Input-Multi-Output (MIMO) System • Defi nition of terms Analysis • Human response to sound • Review of Single-Input-Single-Output (SISO) systems • Various noise and vibration instrumentation • Introduction to Single-Input-Multiple-Output (SIMO) systems • Noise in Vehicles • Partial correlation concepts • The noise system • Coherent output power • Vehicle noise sources • Statistical errors in basic estimates • Road and wind noise • Conditioned spectral analysis • Miscellaneous noise sources • Forces and Sources in MIMO Systems • •Principles of Noise Control • Least squares solution techniques • Noise control design approach - source, path, receiver • Force estimation technique Conditioned Source Analysis (CSA) • Materials for Vehicle Noise Control • Case history: transfer path analysis • Absorber, including case studies and test methods • Case history: model correlation and updating • Barrier, including case studies and test methods and the effect of • Introduction to Data Classifi cation and Pattern Recognition holes • Techniques for building and analyzing feature vectors • Damper, including case studies and test methods • Recognition engines: neural networks and hidden Markov models • Isolator • Applications: machine noise recognition, vision based gear mesh • Different Automotive Measurements quality • Vehicle • Component Instructor: Michael F. Albright • Material Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs Instructor: Pranab Saha Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs

3 ways to get a no-obligation price quote to bring a course to your company • Call SAE Corporate Learning at 1-724-772-8529 Catalog Key Instructor-led Online ACTAR Part of a Certiﬁ cate • Fill out the online quote request at www.sae.org/corplearning • Email us at [email protected] programs courses approved Program Curriculum

P111669 book.indb 113 11/28/11 2:10 PM 114114 PartsAerodynamics & Components

Hydraulic & Pneumatic Fluid Power Seals ...... 114 See also: Seals and Sealing System Design of Actuation Systems in Threaded Fasteners and the Bolted Joint ...... 114 Military and Commercial Aircraf

• Lessons Le arned Hydraulic & Pneumatic Fluid • System Design to Prevent Leakage Power Seals • Responsibility of component designer and system designer 1.5 Days Instructor: Kelley Fling I.D.# 91002 Fee $1155 1.0 CEUs

This seminar presents the fi ndings of several seal research and development programs, focusing on the “lessons learned” from - and innovative solutions to - seal problems. Attendees will gain insights Threaded Fasteners and the Bolted from numerous R&D programs, including: a large rod scraper evaluation study; experiments evaluating different types of cap seals; Joint and the military’s research on 8,000 psi hydraulic systems (the fi ndings of which are equally applicable to lower pressure components). 2 Days Seal design recommendations applicable to actuators will also be I.D.# 95030 presented. A software program for seal squeeze and gland volume fi ll (with most adverse tolerances) will be demonstrated and provided to each attendee. This seminar introduces participants to all aspects of threaded fasteners including nomenclature, geometric considerations, Who Should Attend metallurgy, material properties, applied stresses, and considerations for fatigue, corrosion, brittle fracture and temperature. Methods are This seminar is designed for those responsible for the design of developed for the analysis and design of bolted joints under axial and hydraulic or pneumatic components, the selection of fl uid power shear loads. Other topics include assembly practice and methods to systems, or the sales of hydraulic or pneumatic seals. control preload.

Prerequisites Learning Objectives Attendees should have previous experience with seals or basic By attending this seminar, you will be able to: knowledge of the subject. • List the characteristics of threaded fasteners - their geometry, materials and standards Topical Outline • Describe how fasteners fail and failure prevention methods DAY ONE • Identify the methods and key variables involved in the analysis and • Calculating Seal Squeeze and Gland Volume Fill design of a bolted joint • Demonstration of AS 4727 procedures • Deﬁ ne assembly practice and methods to control preload • Sealing Surface Finishes • Rod Bushing Design Who Should Attend • Choice of bushing material This seminar is intended for design, analysis, test or production • Preferred axial location of O-ring grooves engineers who deal with threaded fasteners. Although the seminar • Backup Rings content was developed for engineers, the material would also be • Cross-sections that have been effective anti-extrusion devices useful to others who deal with threaded fasteners including designers, • Seal El astomers technicians, production and maintenance supervisors and managers. • Rod Scrapers • Cap Se als • Two-Stage Rod Seals Prerequisites • History of un-vented rod seals in the U.S. The attendee needs little if any previous experience with threaded • Design of cylinders that do not leak fasteners. The attendee should have completed the standard • Seal Friction undergraduate courses in stress analysis and material science. • Low-friction design recommendations • Pneumatic Seals Topical Outline • Spiral Fai lures PART 1 - Geometry, Materials and Standards • Conditions leading to spiral failures • Introduction • Conﬁ gurations that are immune to spiral failures • Bolts, rivets and pins • Static Face Seals and Static Radial Seals • Are you breaking fasteners? • Eliminating leakage • Do you have a happy joint? • Design st andards • Geometry • Threaded fastener -- Head, threads DAY TWO (ends at 12:00 noon) • Nuts • Guide Rings • Washers and other elements • High-Pressure Se als • Materials and Manufacturing • Rotary Seals • Material Properties & Fastener Testing • Demonstration of the Joule effect

P111669 book.indb 114 11/28/11 2:10 PM PartsAerodynamics & Components 115115

• Fastener Grades and Classes • Nut Grades and Classes • Selection Nut & Fastener • Forming Method • Coatings and Finishes • Other Fastener Material

PART 2 - Behavior of the Bolted Joint • Joint Diagram • Introduction • Behavior - Axial Loading • Preload and Clamp Load • Joint Constant • Separation • Joint Diagram • Hard vs. Soft Joint • Application of Joint Diagram • Application of external load • Determination of separation load • Axial and shear loading • Non-linear member behavior e-Learning from • Non-linear fastener behavior • Loss of preload due to embedment • Joint Analysis SAE International • Joint Preload • Overall Strategy Convenient • Accessible • Considerations in Selection of Preload • Selection of Preload Timely • Relevant

PART 3 - Loads and Environment • Fatigue and Fracture • Ductile vs. Brittle Fracture SAE International® offers online based • Fatigue learning in multiple formats to suit your • Methods to Improve Fatigue Performance learning needs. • Relative Importance of Sources • Hydrogen Embrittlement Live or Recorded Webinars—informative, • Stress Corrosion Cracking interactive content-rich classroom seminars • Loading of the Fastener delivered via telephone/internet; available live and • Applications of Fasteners on-demand • Loading of the Joint - Axial, shear, torsion, thermal • Loading of the Member -- Contact stress; creep and stress e-Seminars—industry expertise and instruction relaxation; thread loading with the convenience of anytime access • Corrosion • General Co rrosion Fast Tracks—online short-courses that capture • Performance of Coatings the essence of a topic and teach you exactly what • Galvanic Corrosion you need to know - fast • Crevice Corrosion Ford online courses—online courses from Ford PART 4 - Preload and Assembly Motor Company that extend to you Ford’s engi- • Loss of Preload neering training on essential powertrain and quality • Basic Behavior topics • Sources of Loss of Preload -- Self loosening; preload relaxation; differential thermal contraction Visit www.sae.org/e-learning for more information • Methods to Prevent Loss of Preload -- Self loosening; preload and to access the course listings. relaxation • Methods to Control Preload • Tools Stay current on the technology, increase • Potential Assembly Problems your knowledge, and positively affect your • Control of Preload organization’s bottom line with professional • Torque Co ntrol development from SAE International®. • Stretch Control • Tension Co ntrol • Turn Co ntrol • Torque-Turn Co ntrol • Yield Control

Instructor: Jess J. Comer P110342 Fee $1315 1.3 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 115 11/28/11 2:10 PM 116116 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

A Familiarization of Drivetrain Components ...... 116 Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition (HCCI) Webinar ...133 A Familiarization of Drivetrain Components e-Seminar ...... 117 Hybrid and Electric Vehicles: Current Production, Future Powertrain Controls (PTC) - Ford Online Course ...... 118 Strategies Webinar...... 133 Powertrain As-Installed Driveline Subsystems (PAIDS) - Ford Internal Combustion Systems: HCCI, DoD, VCT/VVT, DI and Online Course ...... 119 VCR ...... 134 Powertrain As-Installed Stationary Subsystems (PAISS) - Ford Introduction to Gears...... 136 Online Course ...... 119 Introduction to Hybrid Powertrains Webinar ...... 137 Powertrain Driveability - Ford Online Course ...... 119 Introduction to Hydraulic Hybrid Systems for Road Vehicles .....137 Powertrain Performance Feel - Ford Online Course ...... 120 Piston Ring Design/Materials ...... 138 Automotive Fuel Cell Systems ...... 120 Plug-in Hybrids: Opportunities and Challenges Webinar ...... 138 Basic Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Safety Webinar ...... 120 Powertrain Control Unit/Transmission Control Unit Technology Diesel Engine Technology Engineering Academy ...... 122 Webinar ...... 139 Displacement on Demand Systems (DoD) Webinar ...... 123 Powertrain Selection for Fuel Economy and Acceleration Fundamentals of Automotive All-Wheel Drive Systems ...... 124 Performance ...... 140 Fundamentals of Automotive All-Wheel Drive Systems Principles of Electric Drives Webinar ...... 141 e-Seminar ...... 125 Race Engine Calibration for Optimal Performance ...... 142 Fundamentals of Continuously Variable Transmission Race Engine Calibration for Optimal Performance e-Seminar ...... 142 Technology Webinar ...... 125 Review of AMT and DCT Technology Applied to Automotive Fundamentals of Gear Design and Application ...... 126 Powertrain Webinar ...... 143 Fundamentals of Hybrid Electric Vehicles ...... 127 The Basics of Internal Combustion Engines ...... 143 Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle Transmissions ...... 128 The Basics of Internal Combustion Engines e-Seminar ...... 144 Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle Transmissions e-Seminar ...... 129 Thermodynamics of Gas Turbine Engines ...... 145 Fundamentals of Truck and Off-Highway Transmission Systems ..129 Turbocharging Internal Combustion Engines ...... 145 Gasoline Direct Injection (GDI) Engines ...... 130 Variable Cam and Valve Timing (VCT) & (VVT) Webinar ...... 146 High-Performance Differentials, Axles, & Drivelines ...... 131 Variable Compression Ratio (VCR) Webinar ...... 147 High Performance Engine Design and Development ...... 132

• Compare common misconceptions of limited slip devices to their A Familiarization of Drivetrain actual performance. • Recognize four-wheel drive systems and the need for an inter-axle Components differential. 1 Day • Appraise electronic control of torque through braking and clutching I.D.# 98024 devices. • Evaluate the total drivetrain package as a system.

An efﬁ cient, robust, and quiet running drivetrain is as essential to Who Should Attend customer satisfaction as styling and interior creature comforts. In This seminar is intended for engineers now working with passenger this seminar, you will be exposed to various methods that can be car, sport utility, truck, bus, industrial, and off-highway vehicles who used to accomplish this goal. Designed to help you visualize both have had minimal prior experience with the total drivetrain. individual components and the entire drivetrain system - without reference to complicated equations - this seminar focuses on the Prerequisites terms, functions, nomenclature, operating characteristics and effect on vehicle performance for each of the drivetrain components. An engineering undergraduate degree in any discipline would be Attendees will receive an introduction to the various components beneﬁ cial. of the drivetrain, including the clutch or torque converter, manual or automatic transmission, driveshaft, axle, wheel ends, and brakes. Topical Outline The course also provides insight into: the structure and function of CLUTCH each component; vehicle integration; and related noise, vibration (dry/wet) and harshness issues. You will be equipped to evaluate the space requirements, mounting needs, clearances required, and effect on • Pressure Plate (Cover) vehicle response for each component. • Direct pressure • Indirect pressure Learning Objectives • Belleville By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Over center springs • Discuss both practical and technical aspects of smoothing clutch • Disc operation by incorporating cushion and torsional dampers. • Hub • Compare different types of transmission synchronizers, automatic • Facing support member transmission torque converters, hydraulic clutch operation and • Torsional damper -- damper springs; co-axial damper springs; epicyclic gear trains. damper friction devices • Describe the interaction of gear ratios and vehicle performance as • Facings - Organic; Ceramic/metallic; cushion types related to engine horsepower and torque curves. • Linkage • Explain phasing and mounting of propeller shafts as related to • Hydraulic torsional excitation and secondary couple loads • Cable • Review different types of differentials. • Mechanical

P111669 book.indb 116 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 117117

TRANSMISSION • Automatic A Familiarization of Drivetrain • •Hydraulically controlled • Electronically controlled Components e-Seminar • Planetary or epicyclical gearing I.D.#PD130555ON (Online delivery) • Hydraulic multi-disc clutches • Torque Co nverters • Impeller • Turbine Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led • Stator seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this fi ve • Lock-up clutch and a quarter hour e-seminar option offers an alternative way to • Manual receive the same instruction without the expense of travel and time • Synchronized away from the workplace. This is divided into seven video modules • Non-Synchronized and a coordinated handbook. • Electronically shifted • Gear rattle View the complete program brochure and demo at http://www.sae. org/e-seminars/drivetraincomponents. PROPSHAFT • Cardan Joints What You Will Receive: • Torsional excitation -- cancellation (two or more joints) • Secondary couple • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org • Constant Velocity Joints • Links to streaming video modules • Rzeppa type • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • Others • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) AXLE • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) • Rigid -- Semi-fl oat; Full-fl oat; Carrier type; Banjo type • Steering Instructor: Joseph Palazzolo • Independent Fee $295 .6 CEUs • Gearing -- Spiral bevel; Hypoid • Differentials Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE • Two pi nion Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • Four pi nion • Limited sl ips • Full locking • Plate types -- spring loading of plates; springs between side gears and plates; springs between gears; gear loading of plates Automotive Powertrain and • Cam loading of plates • Viscous types Battery Cooling Airfl ow Systems: • Speed loaded types -- hydraulic pump; viscous pump A Vehicle Perspective TRANSFER CASE 2 Days • Full T ime I.D.# C0616 • The requirement for a differential -- bevel differential; planetary differential • Part T ime Designing more fuel effi cient vehicles requires that considerations be • Two-wheel dr ive given to the thermal management requirements of vehicle propulsion • Locked four-wheel drive systems. Exterior appearance, vehicle function, and thermal limits all have a direct impact on the design of the cooling airfl ow system. For WHEEL ENDS hybrid and all-electric vehicles, batteries and thermal management • Independent present unique integration challenges. To address these challenges, • Live vs. Dead Spindle suppliers and vehicle manufacturers must work as partners in the • Bearing architectures selection and packaging of batteries and under-hood cooling components. Critical to a successful design effort is a thorough understanding of the BRAKES vehicle-level trade-offs and cooling issues that affect system performance. • Disc • Drum This two-day seminar will provide attendees a vehicle-level • Hydraulics perspective of powertrain and battery cooling airfl ow systems, • Master Cylinder, Proportioning valve including the unique challenges of hybrid and electric vehicles. • Electronic Control of Brakes and Torque Product design constraints related to front-end, batteries, and under- • Anti-Lock Brake Systems hood components will be discussed. Special emphasis will be placed on the numerous battery integration issues and thermal management Instructor: Joseph Palazzolo characteristics. A lumped capacitance model will be used to pull Fee $725 .7 CEUstogether battery thermal analysis concepts and the trade-off with energy required for cooling. Attendees will also learn about cooling airfl ow (fan & ram), fan design parameters, grille openings, thermal recirculation, system resistance, cooling drag, powertrain heat rejection, and battery thermal characteristics and heat generation

P111669 book.indb 117 11/28/11 2:10 PM 118118 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

rate. The radiator heat transfer equation will be used to describe the • Airfl ow patterns; idle, ram, exit, underhood infl uence of vehicle-level and subsystem requirements on powertrain • Airfl ow restrictions; system resistance, underhood, grille opening cooling. Case studies will be used to reinforce concepts and attendees • Sizing cooling openings; inlet total-pressure recovery should bring a calculator for these in-class activities. • Ram airfl ow and cooling drag • Other airfl ow considerations Learning Objectives • Cooling Fan s • Classifi cation By attending this seminar you will be able to: • Specifi c speed • List fundamental considerations of grille openings and underhood • Blade aerodynamics and design parameters airfl ow systems • Air performance test chamber (AMCA airfl ow stand ) • List battery thermal management system options, requirements, and • Characteristic curves and performance matching integration issues • Fan l aws • Describe the fundamental performance characteristics of cooling fans • Shrouds • Use the fan/ram airfl ow map to track system design, operation, and • Installation effects - tip clearance, obstructions, installed performance performance • System airfl ow road map, fan and ram • List major factors and considerations in airfl ow system resistance • Powertrain Cooling System Case Study and optimization • Defi ne a system to meet thermal & product requirements • Estimate installed-powertrain radiator heat rejection for system analysis • Evaluate system alternatives • Analyze a powertrain cooling system design proposal against • List and discuss options for program management trade-off thermal limits discussions • Draft alternatives for program management trade-off discussions on • Wrap-Up Discussions cooling system Instructor:Jack Williams Who Should Attend Fee $1305 1.3 CEU This course is designed for OEM and supplier engineers, managers, and sales personnel involved with powertrain and/or battery thermal management systems or components or individuals that interface with program management on these issues. Engineering students and CAE analysts will fi nd the product perspective benefi cial. Powertrain Controls (PTC) - Ford

Prerequisites Online Course Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. Some I.D.#PD111013ON (Online delivery) exposure to thermal product development is helpful, but not required. The Ford Powertrain Controls (PTC) online course introduces the critical Topical Outline role the powertrain controls system plays in providing excellent vehicle DAY ONE performance, fuel economy, driveability, and emissions. The course • OEM vehicle perspective describes the powertrain controls system components, including sensors • Powertrain cooling airfl ow system and actuators. The information is presented from a functional, interface • Underhood package and cooling fan alternatives diagram, and p-diagram perspective, to enable reliable and robust • Suppliers powertrain operation. In addition, the course emphasizes powertrain • System & sub-system requirements controls interactions with internal and external interfaces. • Thermal recirculation • HEV and EV Battery Thermal Management This 6-hour online course is intended to stimulate systems interaction • Battery thermal characteristics; a brief review thinking by emphasizing powertrain controls interactions with internal • Internal and external heating and external interfaces and to help you understand powertrain control • Heat generation rate systems, prevent late design changes, reduce warranty costs, and • Lumped capacitance model improve customer satisfaction. • Cooling system options • Thermal management system characteristics Major topics include: • Vehicle; BTMS integration issues and challenges • Powertrain Controls Overview • Vehicle examples • Powertrain Controls Hardware • Current technology, challenges, and future development • Powertrain Controls Software/Calibration and Diagnostics • Underhood airfl ow patterns • Powertrain Controls Reliability and Robustness • Thermodynamics Review • Powertrain Controls Interfaces • First Law • Sensors and Actuators • Radiator heat transfer equation • Powertrain Controls Modes of Operation • Radiator effectiveness and pressure drop • SCFM Is this SAE/Ford Online Course for you? • Total-pressure This course is geared toward powertrain, product development, quality, DAY TWO and manufacturing engineers. It is recommended that you have an • Powertrain Heat Rejection engineering degree and experience in the automotive engineering fi eld. • Estimating radiator heat rejection; SAE Dynamometer engine test procedures What You Will Receive • Engine mean effective pressure (MEP) • Three months of online access to the six hour course • Engine specifi c heat rejection (SHR) • Proof of Participation • Engine oil temperature • Front-End Airfl ow Fee $215

P111669 book.indb 118 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 119119

Powertrain As-Installed Driveline Major topics include: • Accelerator Controls Subsystems (PAIDS) - Ford Online • Air Induction • Engine and Transmission Cooling Course • Exhaust • Fuel I.D.#PD111014ON (Online delivery) • Powerplant Mounts

Is this SAE/Ford Online Course for you? Powertrain as-installed subsystems have a common fundamental This course is geared toward quality, manufacturing, and product function to perform in harmony, enabling the engine to power the development engineers. It is recommended that you have an vehicle and/or accessories. There is a need to avoid issues such as engineering degree and experience in the automotive engineering idle roughness and to realize these are system interaction issues. For ﬁ eld. example, modal alignment affects idle roughness, and improving idle roughness can affect fuel economy. What You Will Receive • Four months of online access to the six hour course This 8-hour Ford Online Course describes the function and major • Proof of Participation interfaces of powertrain as-installed driveline subsystems. It also discusses Design Veriﬁ cation System (DVS) metrics/performance Fee $395 requirements for each subsystem and how each subsystem affects other subsystems. Major topics include: Powertrain Driveability - Ford • Introduction to Driveline • Drive Axles Online Course • Driveshafts/Halfshafts • Transfer Case/PTU/Coupling/RDU I.D.#PD111016ON (Online delivery)

Is this SAE/Ford Online Course for you? This course is geared toward quality, manufacturing, and product development engineers. It is recommended that you have an Driveability is the result of a system’s interaction between the engineering degree and experience in the automotive engineering powertrain, the vehicle, and the customer. Driveability concerns can ﬁ eld. arise in any mode of operation and have a common factor that all are the result of a change in engine/torque speed. Driveability is a key customer-driven Powertrain attribute. Improving Driveability What You Will Receive is critical to improving customer satisfaction and competitiveness of • Three months of online access to the six hour course vehicles. • Proof of Participation All Powertrain Product Development engineers must know how their Fee $275 area of subsystem responsibility could affect vehicle Driveability. This 3-hour Ford Online Course will provide knowledge of Driveability fundamentals. With this knowledge, you can better determine actions to improve the customer’s perception of Driveability.

Powertrain As-Installed Stationary Major topics include: Subsystems (PAISS) - Ford Online • The Customer’s Perspective • Systems and Interfaces that Impact Driveability Course • Evaluating a Vehicle’s Driveability Performance I.D.#PD111015ON (Online delivery) Is this SAE/Ford Online Course for you? This course is geared toward quality, manufacturing, and product Powertrain as-installed subsystems have a common fundamental development engineers. It is recommended that you have an function to perform in harmony, enabling the engine to power the engineering degree and experience in the automotive engineering vehicle and/or accessories. There is a need to avoid issues such as ﬁ eld. idle roughness and to realize these are system interaction issues. For example, modal alignment affects idle roughness, and improving idle What You Will Receive roughness can affect fuel economy. • Three months of online access to the six hour course • Proof of Participation This 12-hour Ford Online Course discusses hardware design, function, and major interfaces of powertrain as-installed stationary Fee $115 subsystems. It also discusses Design Veriﬁ cation System (DVS) metrics/performance requirements for each subsystem and how each subsystem affects other subsystems.

P111669 book.indb 119 11/28/11 2:10 PM 120120 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

• Select fuel cell system component sizes to meet performance and Powertrain Performance Feel - effi ciency goals • Discuss system integration challenges as well as fuel and operational Ford Online Course requirements for fuel cell vehicles I.D.#PD111017ON (Online delivery) Who Should Attend Professionals involved in the design, procurement or regulation of fuel cell vehicles and systems. It is recommended that attendees have a In addition to NVH, Driveability, and Shift Quality, Performance background in engineering, physics and chemistry. Feel is among the four Powertrain attributes that directly infl uence customer satisfaction. It is defi ned in terms of the availability of power Topical Outline to the end customer and is the customer perception of performance that includes the effects of vehicle acceleration, accelerator control DAY ONE characteristics, shift character, and sound quality. • Fuel Cell Basics This 3.5-hour Ford Online Course is intended to increase the • Overview of Fuel Cell Types awareness of vehicle Performance Feel issues, target setting process, • Principle of Operation and the interactions and controls that affect Performance Feel. • Effi ciency and Performance • Effect of Pressure and Concentration • Losses in Fuel Cell Processes Major topics include: • Proton Exchange Membrane (PEM) Fuel Cells • Performance Feel from the Customer’s Perspective • Water Management in PEM Fuel Cells • Performance Feel from an Engineering Perspective • Metrics and Targets of Performance Feel DAY TWO • Performance Feel Design Considerations • Fuel Cell Systems • Psychrometrics of Humid Gasses Is this SAE/Ford Online Course for you? • Air Supply and Pressurization This course is geared toward powertrain, product development, • Humidifi cation and Water Balance quality, and manufacturing engineers. It is recommended that • Thermal Management you have an engineering degree and experience in the automotive • Power Processing engineering fi eld. • Fuel Processors and Integration • Controls and Sensors What You Will Receive • System Effi ciency and Part-Load Operation • Three months of online access to the six hour course DAY THREE • Proof of Participation • Fuel Cell Vehicles • Vehicle Load and Performance Requirements Fee $125 • Fuel Cell System Sizing • Fuel Selection, Infrastructure and Storage Issues • Vehicle Systems Integration Issues • Hybrid Battery/Fuel Cell Systems • Fuel Cell Auxiliary Power Units (APU) Automotive Fuel Cell Systems • Cold Start and Transient Performance 3 Days • Fuel Cell Vehicle Fuel Economy and Greenhouse Gas Impact I.D.# C0112 • Current Fuel Cell Vehicles

Instructor: Douglas J. Nelson Fuel cell technology promises to revolutionize the automotive Fee $1695 2.0 CEUs industry, offering tremendous potential to increase effi ciency and reduce emissions for many types of vehicles.This course will provide a detailed understanding of the processes, subsystems and vehicle characteristics relating to fuel cell systems for automotive applications. Basic Hybrid and Electric Vehicle The course starts with the principles of fuel cells and electrochemical Safety Webinar conversion of hydrogen. Each of the supporting subsystems needed for operation of the fuel cell stack is developed to determine the 2 Hours overall fuel cell system effi ciency. Vehicle system integration, I.D.# C0904 performance and fuel economy are then related to fuel cell system characteristics. Attendees will receive the text, Fuel Cell Systems Explained, written by J. Larminie and A. Dicks. High-voltage, high-current energy storage systems and electrical circuits in many current and future alternative-propulsion powertrains Learning Objectives present unique challenges to the automotive industry. Care must be By attending this seminar, you will be able to: taken to minimize risk to all who come into contact with the vehicle • Understand the advantages and disadvantages of different fuel cell throughout its development and life cycle, including powertrain technologies for transportation applications developers, assembly line workers, service technicians, vehicle • Calculate the effi ciency and power output of a fuel cell process occupants, and fi rst responders. Signifi cant risk to life and limb can • Calculate the net system power and effi ciency of a complete fuel cell arise from technical issues surrounding these vehicles. system over a range of loads

P111669 book.indb 120 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 121121

This 120-minute webinar reviews safety concerns and precautions related to high-voltage circuits present in hybrid, plug-in hybrid, Compact Heat Exchangers for electric, and fuel cell hybrid vehicles. HV circuits are discussed in general to provide an understanding of “where the risk lies”. The Automotive Applications effects of electrical current on the human body are summarized and 2 Days existing protective measures, along with the standards that govern I.D.# 97002 such measures, are described. Specifi c issues related to vehicle development, service, and operation are explained, along with onboard fault detection systems used to protect individuals from electrical injury. A general understanding of electrical and mechanical Rapid advances have been made in the range of available designs and engineering is helpful, but is not required. operational parameters as well as in the fundamental understanding of compact heat exchangers (CHEs). Since the majority of modern Learning Objectives heat exchangers used for heating and cooling systems for vehicular applications are CHEs, keeping up to date with these advances is • Describe component functions and locations in a typical high- essential. This seminar will help you understand and be able to apply voltage powertrain as well as the onboard safety systems associated comprehensive information about the intricacies of CHE design, with such components performance, operating problems and state-of-the-art-technology for • Explain the general effects of electric current on the human body car and truck applications. • Know which national and international safety standards apply to high-voltage vehicle circuits Learning Objectives • Summarize HV safety working issues that may be present during a vehicle’s development, assembly, service, and operation By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Identify general issues associated with extrication of occupants from • Describe current state-of-the-art vehicular heat exchangers and vehicles with high-voltage powertrains how they relate to the current heat exchanger technology of other industries Who Should Attend • Explain the interaction, feedback and importance of problem specifi cations, thermal-hydraulic design, mechanical design, Light and heavy duty engineers and technicians who work directly manufacturing and cost considerations and trade-offs based on with high-voltage vehicle circuits in hybrid, plug-in hybrid electric, the component and system design approaches for vehicular heat and/or fuel cell hybrid vehicles, as well as component suppliers, exchanger design safety offi cers and/or personnel who plan to develop high-voltage • Assess in-depth -NTU, P-NTU and MTD methods of heat exchanger safety programs or procedures, will benefi t from this webinar. analysis and articulate advantages and limitations of each method • Perform exchanger pressure drop analyses, taking into account Topical Outline pressure drop associated with the core (entrance, exit, friction, • General high-voltage electrical safety issues in vehicles form drag and momentum effects) and fl ow distribution devices • Issues with energy storage systems (manifolds, headers, tanks, bends, fi ttings, etc.) • Issues with motor controllers • Explain theoretical solutions for developed and developing laminar • Issues with motor-generators and turbulent fl ows in heat exchangers • Issues with DC-DC converters • Apply empirical correlations for various fi n and surface geometry’s • Relationship between high-voltage (HV) bus and 12V bus used in vehicular heat exchangers • Gasoline-electric hybrids (HEV) • Utilize theoretical solutions to extend the applicability range of • Electrical injury empirical solutions • Effects of electrical energy on the human body • Describe and implement detailed, step-by-step procedures for the • Electrical resistance of the human body design and performance of single-phase heat exchangers -- radiators, • “Let-go” current heaters, oil coolers and charge air-coolers • Common electrical accidents • Determine how to choose specifi c fi n or surface geometry’s for • Industry protection against electrical injury vehicular applications • Standards and regulations organizations • Optimize heat exchanger designs to work with a large number of • Personal protective equipment variables associated with the design • On-board vehicle protection against electrical injury • Computerize heat exchanger design and performance calculations • Insulation and insulation breakdown • Describe the engine cooling system from the radiator and heater • Fusing and interlocks design point of view • Ground-fault protection systems • Describe the components of the air-conditioning system and • Discharge and isolation circuits implications for the design of condensers and evaporators • Powertrain development issues • Utilize basic principles of vaporization and condensation for the • Working with prototype battery packs design of condensers and evaporators • Working in powertrain test cells • Articulate design and rating procedures for condensers and • Service and repair issues evaporators • Hazards associated with routine maintenance • Describe system design considerations for the design of engine • Hazards associated with HV component diagnosis and repair cooling and air-conditioning heat exchangers • General industry safety procedures • Discuss future trends and technology developments of vehicular • Vehicle occupant and fi rst responder issues heat exchangers • Protective measures for vehicle occupants • Hazards associated with vehicle occupant Who Should Attend This course is intended for product and design engineers and Instructor: Jack Rosebro academicians seeking the latest developments in the fi eld, and Fee $245 .2 CEUsengineers involved in software development for heat exchanger design and heating and cooling systems.

P111669 book.indb 121 11/28/11 2:10 PM 122122 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

Prerequisites • List the various emission standards and testing requirements • Detail the elements of post-combustion emission control devices Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. • Discuss emerging diesel engine technologies Topical Outline Who Should Attend DAY ONE This academy will be especially valuable for engineers who design • Automotive Heat Exchangers - Functions and Types diesel engines in the following types of vehicles: • Heat Exchanger Design Logic/Procedure • Passenger cars • Single-Phase Heat Transfer and Pressure Drop Analysis • Light trucks • Discussion • Heavy trucks • Heat Transfer/Flow Friction Characteristics and Correlations • Off-highway vehicles • Plate-Fin and Tube-Fin Rating and Sizing Procedures • Farm machinery • Vaporization and Condensation Principles • Condenser and Evaporator Design • Discussion Topical Outline DAY 1 DAY TWO • Terminology and Performance Parameters • Automotive Air-Conditioning System • The Case for the Diesel Engine • Engine Cooling System • Air Management Systems • Auto A/C Heat Exchangers Performance Testing • Turbocharging and supercharging -- Purpose of turbocharging; • Charge Air and Exhaust Gas Cooling Supercharging vs. turbocharging; Thermodynamic principle • Heat Exchanger Design from System Design Considerations of turbocharging; Description of turbocharger; Performance • State of the Technology and Future Trends in CHEs of turbomachinery (swallowing-lines); Types of turbochargers • Discussion (fi xed, variable, waste-gate); Special arrangements (sequential, turbo compounding); An exercise in turbomatching; New role of Instructor:Joe Borghese turbochargers in EGR control Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs• Superchargers -- Mechanically driven; Electrically driven; Hydraulically driven; Role of superchargers in modern diesels • Fuel Injection Systems • Requirements and function • Injection timing Diesel Engine Technology • Injection metering • The fuel injection system Engineering Academy • Types of fuel injection systems and main components 5 Days • Diesel control -- Mechanical Governor; Electronic control systems I.D.# ACAD03 • Nozzle and nozzle holders • Application • European Diesel Engines • Modern Technology Engines & Fuel Systems This Academy covers the diesel engine engineering principles and practices necessary to effectively understand a modern diesel engine. DAY 2 Types of engines addressed include naturally aspirated, turbocharged, • Thermodynamics I pre-chamber, open chamber, light duty, and heavy duty. It is an • First Law -- Energy balance for a closed system; Energy balance for intensive learning experience comprised of lecture and structured an open system; Property Evaluation practical sessions, including a team-solved case study problem. • Second Law -- Defi nition of entropy; Irreversibility; Entropy Evening sessions are included. balance for a closed system; Entropy balance for an open system; Defi nition of availability; Availability balance Attendees will receive a copy of the textbook, Diesel Emissions and Their • Air standard cycle analysis -- Otto cycle; Diesel, Dual, Atkinson, Control, by lead instructor Magdi K. Khair and W. Addy Majewski. Miller cycles; Lessons to be learned from air standard cycles • Chemical reactions -- Stoichiometry (balancing chemical Practical Component reactions); Defi nition of equivalence ratio; Calculating exhaust gas This Academy includes several practical activities, including a team- composition from F/A ratio; Calculating F/A ratio from exhaust solved case study and a diesel engine facility tour. gas composition; Computation of brake specifi c emissions • Energy equation with chemical reactions (combustion reactions) Pre-Academy Activity -- Adiabatic fl ame temperature; Higher/lower heating value Prior to the Academy, you will be asked to complete a pre-assessment. • Detailed example of energy balance on engine -- Fuel energy Results will be shared with the lead instructor to help customize the in=coolant + exhaust + work out learning experience to specifi c attendee needs. • Thermodynamics II: Combustion in Diesel Engines • Basic combustion theory - defi nitions and concepts Learning Objectives • Complete combustion vs. equilibrium composition (dissociation) By attending this Academy, you will be able to: -- Equilibrium assumption vs. kinetics (rate limited reactions); • Articulate basic diesel engine terminology and principles Global vs. elementary reactions; Basic fl ame theory (Ignition, • Describe the key features of the basic types of diesel engines fl ame propagation & speed, quenching, fl ammability limits); • Compare various diesel fuel injection systems and their components Autoignition theory; Hydrocarbon combustion; Laminar and • Analyze the effects of different fuels on engine performance and turbulent fl ame speeds; Premixed and diffusion combustion longevity • Diesel combustion -- Phenomenological description of diesel • Compare the function and applicability of various air management combustion; Ignition delay, premixed combustion, diffusion systems combustion; Burning rate diagram (heat release diagram)

P111669 book.indb 122 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 123123

• Combustion chamber design considerations -- Relationship • Fault Resolution between air motion, fuel injection system (injection pressure, • Diagnostic Tools - OBD and General number of nozzle holes, orifi ce size), and combustion chamber • Future P aths geometry (bowl size and shape) • Noise • Modeling the diesel combustion process -- Fuel-air standard Otto • Simulation in Diesel Engines cycle/Diesel cycle (Assumptions, Thermodynamics); Single zone • In-Cylinder Measures to Control Emissions I and II models-heat release type (Assumptions, Thermodynamics); Multi- zone models, phenomenological models; CFD modeling; Lessons DAY 4 to be learned from each approach; Advantages/disadvantages of • In-Cylinder Measures to Control Emissions III each approach • Diesel Exhaust Aftertreatment I • Heat release analysis -- Collection of cylinder pressure data • Exhaust system-based emission reduction technologies (transducers, encoders, data acquisition); Analysis of cylinder (aftertreatment) pressure data (smoothing, frequency characteristics, mean effective • NOx reduction catalysts pressure); Heat release model (Krieger and Borman assumptions); • Selective Catalytic Reduction -- With Supplemental HC; With Urea Interpretation of heat release diagrams and Ammonia • Diesel Combustion & Emissions in DI Engines • Lean NOx Traps • Premixed/diffusion combustion -- Effect of low temperature, low • Diesel Particulate Filters -- Active Regeneration Systems; Passive cetane number; Effect of turbocharging Regeneration Systems • Factors affecting the combustion process -- Injection pressure; • Diesel Exhaust Aftertreatment II Air swirl; Atomization; Penetration; Drop size distribution; • Combination Trap/Catalyst Systems -- Catalyst Assist; Vaporization; Ignition delay Catalytically Regenerated Traps • Combustion infl uence on fuel economy -- Effect of heat release; • Special Aftertreatment Systems Effect of heat transfer -Compare to “adiabatic” engine results • Non-Thermal P lasma • Combustion infl uence on emissions -- Origin of hydrocarbon • Non-Thermal Plasma Assisted Catalysts emissions; Origin of carbon monoxide; Origin of NOx emissions; • Bosch Farmington Hills Diesel Facility Tour Relation to premixed combustion, aromatic content of fuel, cetane number; Origin of particulates and smoke; Relation to diffusion DAY 5 combustion; Effect of fuel sulfur • Diesel Exhaust Aftertreatment III • Tradeoffs -- BSFC vs. NOx; NOx vs. particulates; HC vs. ignition • Combination Trap/Catalyst Systems -- Catalyst Assist; delay Catalytically Regenerated Traps • Effect of ignition timing on heat release rate and cylinder pressure • Special Aftertreatment Systems -- Effect of timing of combustion, ignition delay • Non-Thermal P lasma • Effect of injection pressure on heat release rate and cylinder • Non-Thermal Plasma Assisted Catalysts pressure -- Effect of mixing rate on diffusion combustion • Engine Performance Simulation • Fuels Technologies • Emerging Technologies • Variable Valve Actuation DAY 3 • Camless V alvetrain • The Role of Lube Oil in Modern Diesel Engines • Air Hybrids • How are Lubricants Specifi ed • Other • Viscosity Grades, Quality • Academy Wrap-up and Evaluation • Lubricant Performance Categories: • North America *The order in which the topics are presented is subject to change. • Europe • Japan Instructor: Magdi Khair, Ewa Bardasz, Andre´ Boehman, • OEM Specifi cations Bernard Challen, Philip Dingle, Michael Levin, Helmut • Future Developments - Low Emission Fluids Tschöeke, and John Wilken • Composition of Typical Crankcase Lubricants Fee $3345 4.0 CEUs • Drivers for Novel Lubricant Development • Aftertreatment Compatible Lubricants: SAPS • Beyond Current Lubricant Specifi cation - System Approach • Engine Controls I • Electronic fuel injection system control Displacement on Demand Systems • Control system architectures and hardware • Fundamentals of control (DoD) Webinar • Design approaches for diesel engine controls 4 Hours • Development me thods I.D.# WB1010 • Application requirements -- Fuel injection volume, timing and rate shaping • Engine Controls II • Vehicle aspects This webinar focuses on the signifi cance, technology and application of • Ancillary system control and integration Displacement on Demand (DoD) Systems in automotive applications. It • Variable geometry turbocharger control will cover the theoretical improvements to engine system performance • EGR scheduling and control and effi ciency, the historical mechanisms to implement DoD systems, • Control of other subsystems - today and tomorrow the modern approach to DoD systems, and the practical results. If you • Adaptive controls and the future have a practical understanding of internal combustion technology • On-Board Diagnostics and systems, you will gain an appreciation for the DoD System -- its • Legal Requirements application to the automotive marketplace and its signifi cance as it • Fault Detection applies to improvements in all facets of an automotive powertrain. You

P111669 book.indb 123 11/28/11 2:10 PM 124124 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

will learn the fundamental science and implementation technology of the various DoD systems and move to the emerging technologies Fundamentals of Automotive in DoD system design and operation that can signifi cantly improve operational effi ciencies. The course will cover how the Engine Control All-Wheel Drive Systems Module (ECM) uses information related to the operational status 1 Day to implement real-time running effi ciency of the engine and effects I.D.# C0305 changes in the operation of the engine through the control systems that manage its operation. With this understanding, you will be able to derive your own set of improvement criteria that could be made to This seminar provides an introduction to the fundamental concepts address the limitations of current engine technology. and evolution of passenger car and light truck 4x4/all-wheel drive (AWD) systems including the nomenclature utilized to describe Learning Objectives these systems. Basic power transfer unit and transfer case design By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: parameters, component application to system function, the future of • Describe Displacement on Demand Systems (DoD) AWD systems, and emerging technologies that may enable future • Discuss theory of operation systems are covered. This course is an excellent follow-up to the • Explore theoretical improvements to engine system performance “A Familiarization of Drivetrain Components” seminar (which is designed and effi ciency for those who have limited experience with the total drivetrain). • Review historical mechanisms to implement DoD systems • Examine modern approaches to DoD systems Learning Objectives • Outline practical results By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Identify front wheel drive and rear wheel drive vehicle architectures Who Should Attend • Identify part time, full time, and on demand all-wheel drive systems This intermediate level webinar is appropriate for a number of design • Explain the benefi ts of all-wheel drive over two-wheel drive and engineering disciplines including, but not limited to: design • Quantify all wheel drive traction and mobility benefi ts engineers and engineering managers, automotive engine designers, • Describe auxiliary axle disconnect systems component suppliers, engine test and development engineers, • Explain basic vehicle dynamics performance and the effect of AWD design services managers, and others who require the technological on performance knowledge to perform their respective job functions. • Identify couplers vs. biasing devices and their basic function • Describe the differences between mechanical and electrical Prerequisites implementation in AWD systems • Describe basic control strategies and logic You should have a practical understanding of current internal • Discuss advanced propulsion concepts and systems combustion technology and systems. An undergraduate engineering degree, or a strong technical background, is highly recommended. Basic knowledge of algebra and physics is essential. Who Should Attend This seminar is designed for engineers (working with passenger Topical Outline cars, light trucks, and SUVs) who need to master AWD componentry, and the function and effect of those components. Engineers new to Session 1 the 4WD/AWD fi eld, as well as managers, marketing personnel, • Theory and Background purchasing professionals and others interested in all-wheel drive • Theoretical Improvements to Engine System Performance and fundamentals will benefi t from this seminar. Effi ciency • General Theory of Operation Prerequisites Session 2 A technical background in any discipline is benefi cial, although not • Historical Mechanisms to Implement DoD Systems required. • Modern Approaches to DoD Systems • Practical Results Topical Outline • Front wheel drive and rear wheel drive vehicle architectures Instructor: W. Mark McVea • Engine layout -- Transverse vs. longitudinal Fee $395 .4 CEUs• Transmission layout -- Transaxle vs. longitudinal • Axle layout -- Independent vs. beam • Powerfl ow -- typical power transmission arrangements • Part time, full time, and on demand all wheel drive systems • Modes of operation • Performance benefi ts • Usage pr ofi les • Twin systems • Benefi ts of all-wheel drive as compared to two-wheel drive • Performance • Weight • Packaging • Quantifying all-wheel drive traction and mobility benefi ts • Vehicle dynamics • Stability Acceleration • Auxiliary axle disconnect systems • Function • Design

P111669 book.indb 124 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 125125

• Basic vehicle dynamics performance and the effect of AWD on performance Fundamentals of Continuously • Oversteer • Understeer Variable Transmission Technology • Neutralsteer • Traction Effects Webinar • Stability Effects 4 Hours • Couplers vs. biasing devices I.D.# WB1002 • Functions of couplers • Functions of biasing devices • Types - - mechanical, electrical, speed sensing, torque sensing The technology of continuously variable transmissions spans belts • Mechanical vs. electrical implementation in AWD systems (both ‘push’ and ‘pull’), ‘disc-on-wheel’, and toroidal. All common CVT • Active control technologies rely on friction, and typically require special fl uids for • Passive control optimum operation. CVT technology is one of a core of technologies • Effects of AWD driveline confi guration on NVH and weight commonly employed when smooth transition from one speed ratio • Consequences of axle ratio selection to another is required and when powertrain system optimization • Halfshaft and propshaft options relies on precise ratio control. This webinar will highlight the various • Basic control strategies and logic mainstream CVT technologies as they apply to automotive applications • Advanced propulsion concepts and systems Â- fundamental operational principals, the reliance on friction as the • Active differentials primary means to transmit power, and the specifi c characteristics of the • Independent wheel control common fl uids used in these types of transmissions. • Hybrid electric all-wheel drive This webinar will provide those with a basic understanding of Instructor: Joseph Palazzolo automotive transmission operation and components the fundamentals Fee $725 .7 CEUsof continuously variable transmission technology, its application to the automotive marketplace, and the signifi cance of this technology as it applies to improvements in powertrain effi ciency and affectivity. You will also receive insights into the various types of CVT systems, review their relative differences from a ‘theory of operation’ point of view, Fundamentals of Automotive and as a function of their core components. Further, Dr. McVea will explore the versatility and operator satisfaction that vehicles equipped All-Wheel Drive Systems e-Seminar with CVT systems can provide as well as some of the limitations to the I.D.#PD130556ON (Online delivery) core technology and limits on practical implementation.

Learning Objectives By connecting with this webinar you will be able to: Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led • Identify, describe, and explain what continuously variable seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this four transmission (CVT) technology is, how it works, and what are and a half hour e-seminar option offers an alternative way to receive the various types and underlying functional concepts of this the same instruction without the expense of travel and time away from transmission technology the workplace. The course is divided into eight video modules and is • Explain the technical, operational, and fi nancial benefi ts of CVT accompanied by a handbook. technology to the OEM, vehicle service personnel and owner/ operators View the complete program brochure and online demo at http:// • Compare and contrast the function of CVT-equipped vehicles versus www.sae.org/e-seminars/awdsystems. vehicles with simple manual or automatic transmissions • Describe all the various manifestations and confi gurations of CVT What You Will Receive: technology when applied to actual and/or conceptual transmission • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org systems of today • Links to streaming video modules • Compare and contrast system benefi ts, limitations and practical • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) consideration of adopting CVT technology • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) Who Should Attend • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) The Fundamentals of Continuously Variable Transmission Technology Webinar will benefi t anyone involved in the design, analysis, Instructor: Joseph Palazzolo development, service, customer support or sales of automotive Fee $265 .5 CEUstransmission and/or powertrain components and systems. The Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE material covered in this webinar should be considered a core adjunct Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. to your current knowledgebase. The value of this webinar also extends to anyone involved in the vehicle powertrain design and/or application of the technology.

Prerequisites A basic understanding of automotive transmission technology and a BS in mechanical engineering or a related ﬁ eld is recommended.

P111669 book.indb 125 11/28/11 2:10 PM 126126 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

Topical Outline • Recognize “Best Practices” in regards to gear system design • Discuss some of the new and automated gear design systems Session 1 • Step-less Transmission Technology/Continuously Variable Transmissions Who Should Attend • Theoretical framework of operation The intended audience for this seminar is powertrain engineers, • The friction model engineering directors and managers, component suppliers, vehicle • Fndamentals of power transmission based on friction platform powertrain development specialists, and those involved in • Developmental history the design and application of geared systems and assemblies. This • Toroidal Drive Technology seminar will appeal to anyone who is interested in gears, gear systems, • Theory of operation design development or measurement and inspection techniques. More • Main components specifi cally, anyone responsible for the following will benefi t: • Benefi ts and limitation of the technology • Mechanical power transmission system design, development, Session 2 durability assessment and application • Belt Driven Technology • Application and development of geared systems technologies • ‘Push’ versus ‘pull’ • Management of transmission designers and manufacturers • Theory of operation • Supply of components and sub-systems to mechanical power • Main components transmission system manufacturers • Benefi ts and limitation of the technology • CVT Technology as it Augments Hybrid Powertrain Models Prerequisites • Control and Command Attendees should have an undergraduate engineering degree to attend • Commercialization of a CVT this program. This seminar is intended for powertrain engineers, • Optimum confi guration engineering directors and managers, component suppliers, vehicle • Performance platform powertrain development specialists, and those involved in • Vehicle fuel consumption the design and application of geared systems and assemblies. Anyone • Cost/weight/packaging who is interested in gears, gear systems, design development or measurement and inspection techniques should attend. Instructor: W. Mark McVea Fee $395 .4 CEUs Topical Outline DAY ONE • Principles of Gears • Purpose of gears Fundamentals of Gear Design and • Basic concepts -- Law of gearing; common tooth forms • Classifi cation of gears Application • Defi nitions and terms used in gearing 2 Days • Velocity ratio I.D.# C0223 • Pitch surfaces • Gear Tooth Action • Conjugacy • Profi le curves Through informative discussions and detailed explanations, this • Surface of action seminar will provide a solid and fundamental understanding of • Profi le sl iding gear geometry, types and arrangements, and design principles. • Gear Geometry and Nomenclature Starting with the basic defi nitions of gears, conjugate motion, and • Principle of planes the Laws of Gearing, those attending will be given the tools needed • Tooth nomenclature to understand the inter-relation and coordinated motion operating • Blank nomenclature within gear pairs and multi-gear trains. Basic gear system design • Gear Arrangements process and gear measurement and inspection techniques will also • Simple gear train be explained. In addition, the fundamentals of understanding the • Compound gear train -- ratios step-wise process of working through the iterative design process • Epicyclic -- confi gurations (solar, planetary, star); ratios; tooth required to generate a gear pair will be reviewed, and attendees will number selection and build requirements; application also briefl y discuss the steps and issues involved in design refi nement • Preliminary Design Considerations and some manufacturing considerations. Also, an explanation of basic • Gear type selection gear measurement techniques, how measurement equipment and test • Preliminary estimate of size machines implement these techniques, and how to interpret the results • Stress formulations from these basic measurements will be covered. • Gear Drawing Data

Learning Objectives DAY TWO By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Gear System Design Process • Describe the “Law of Gearing,” conjugate action and specifi cally, • Calculation of gear tooth data involute profi les • Gear rating practice • Review the various defi nitions and terms used in gearing • Gear Design Process • Identify the function and operation of all gear arrangements • Layout • Appraise preliminary design considerations and the gear system • Root geometry design process • Backlash • Explain practical gear measurement and inspection techniques, tools • Gear Measurement and Inspection and equipment • Dimension over pins

P111669 book.indb 126 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 127127

• Pin di ameter • Discuss the emerging technologies, engineering challenges, and • Modify pin diameter and dimension over pins development trends in HEVs • Pin contact point • Charts - involute; lead; red liner Who Should Attend • Dimension sheet This fundamental overview course is designed to provide an • Gear Design Systems and Best Practices introduction to HEVs for engineers in electrical, mechanical, • Common p roportions automotive and other related fi elds who are involved or interested in • Interchangeability HEV development, design, modeling, manufacturing and marketing. • Tooling considerations • Mounting considerations • Best practices Prerequisites • Application Attendees should have a basic understanding of electrical engineering systems, some mechanical system background related to equations of Instructor: W. Mark McVea motion, or experience with automotive engineering. Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs Topical Outline DAY ONE • Introduction to Hybrid Electric Vehicles Fundamentals of Hybrid Electric • Environmental impacts of HEVs • Interdisciplinary nature of HEVs Vehicles • Confi guration of HEVs, parallel, series and complex HEVs • State-of-the art HEVs 3 Days • HEVs vs. diesel engine vehicles I.D.# C0511 • The future of HEVs • Opportunities in HEVs • HEV Fun damentals One of the fastest growing automotive fi elds, hybrid electric vehicles • Vehicle resistances (HEVs), presents both opportunities and challenges. HEVs are more • Traction and slip ratio models fuel-effi cient and environmentally friendly compared to conventional • Vehicle dynamics vehicles. Optimizing the power intake in HEVs allows the engine • Transmission: gear transmission, CVT and planetary gear systems operation to be kept within the range designed for best fuel economy • Vehicle performance: maximum speed, gradeability and and lowest emission, while the motor/generator system either acceleration provides additional power input, or generates electricity using • Fuel economy and improvement the excessive power from the engine. It also recovers the kinetic • Braking performance energy during braking or coasting. These advantages have attracted • Sizing of HEV powertrains worldwide development interests for HEVs in the automotive • Vehicle modeling industry. Global sales of hybrid vehicles continue to grow and experts • Power man agement predict that 38 models will be available by 2011. • Vehicle control • HEV Modeling and Simulation The challenges presented in HEVs include power electronics, electric • Vehicle model motors and generators, batteries, power management, thermal • Modeling and simulation basics management, and system integration. Additional challenges related to • Vehicle performance after-sales issues include reliability, gracefully degradable operation, • Modeling examples using ADVISOR and servicing. • Power Electronics • The need for power electronics in HEVs This three-day seminar will cover the fundamentals of HEV. In an • Overview of power electronics circuits in HEV powertrains easy-to-understand format, the course will explain the engineering • Fundamentals of power electronics philosophy of HEVs, the component selection and design, modeling, • Bidirectional DC/DC converter and control of HEVs. Some existing HEV models such as the Toyota • Inverter and motor control Prius, Honda Civic, Mercury Mariner, Saturn VUE and Camry will be • Regenerative braking and rectifi cation used as case studies. DAY TWO Learning Objectives • Series HEV Powertrain Design • Concepts of hybridization By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Hybrid architecture • Describe the pros and cons of different types of HEVs • Series hybrid confi guration and functionality • Implement fundamental HEV design parameters • Operation patterns, advantages • Develop specifi cations for HEV systems and components • Control st rategies • Perform basic design of HEV systems, using parallel, series, or • Power man agement complex topologies • Sizing of major components • Develop models and perform simulations of HEVs; simulate the fuel • Design examples economy and emissions of HEVs • Modeling of series HEVs • Size a HEV powertrain • Parallel HEV Powertrain Design • Size HEV components, including motors, energy sources and motor • Parallel architecture and operation modes controllers • Torque coupling • Calculate the regenerative braking performance of a HEV • Speed coupling • Describe the testing procedures for HEVs • Torque and speed coupled architecture • Compare and contrast hydraulic hybrid and electric hybrid systems

P111669 book.indb 127 11/28/11 2:10 PM 128128 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

• Control strategies and power management • Design example and modeling using ADVISOR Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle • Mild hybrid and micro hybrid • Complex hybrid Transmissions • Plug-in hybrid 3 Days • Electric Propulsion Systems I.D.# 99018 • Fundamentals of electric motor drives • DC motor drives • Induction motor drives Starting with a look at the transmission’s primary function -- to couple • Permanent magnet synchronous motor drives the engine to the driveline and provide torque ratios between the two • Brushless DC PM motor drives -- this updated and expanded seminar covers the latest transmission • Switch reluctant motor drives systems designed to achieve the most effi cient engine operation. • Sizing of electric motors and power electronics in HEVs Current designs, the components and sub-systems used, their • Speed control of electric drives functional modes, how they operate, and the inter-relationships will • Starter/alternator be discussed. • Regenerative Braking in HEVs • Energy consumption during braking A manual transmission display will be used to explain ratios and how • Limitation of energy recovery they function within the driveline. Automatic transmission design • Control st rategies will illustrate the concept of automatic control and hydro-mechanic decision theory and implementation. Attendees will have the DAY THREE opportunity to supplement these theoretical concepts with practical, • HEV Energy Storage “hands-on” experience using the various transmission models and • Battery basics components provided. Mechatronics, toroidal transmission functions, • Lead acid battery, nickel-metal-hydride battery, and Li-ion battery and the future of the automatic transmission will also be discussed. • Fuel cell • Ultra capacitor Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) systems, which represent • Flywheel a fundamental shift in the way power is transmitted from the primary • Hybridization of energy source source to the remainder of the driveline will be the focus of in-depth • Fuel Cell Vehicles coverage on the third day of this seminar. • Confi gurations • Design examples • Current H EVs Learning Objectives • Toyota Prius By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Honda Civic • Explain the development, operational aspects and design principles • Mercury Mariner of passenger vehicle and light truck transmission systems, their • Toyota 2007 Camry major components and sub-systems • Saturn V UE • Describe the operational parameters and inter-relationships of each • ISE truck of the sub-systems • Military HEV • Apply basic design synthesis and analysis techniques for each of the • Special Topics major components and sub-systems • Military applications • Compare and contrast ‘stepless’ to ‘stepped’ transmission • Novel t opologies technology • Antilock braking (ABS) of HEVs • Identify and describe the function and operation of all major • HEV t esting components and sub-systems by participating in hands-on • System integration issues demonstrations • Hydraulic hybrid vehicle architecture vs. electric hybrid systems • Recognize the limitations, technological trends, and potential new • User level issues - reliability, servicing products under consideration • Emerging Technologies of HEV • Summarize the direction of new passenger car transmission designs • Electric motors and systems • Power electronics, silicon-carbide devices • Thermal man agement Who Should Attend • EMC issues This seminar is intended for anyone not familiar with the operational theories or functional principles of modern vehicle transmission Instructor: Abul Masrur and Chris Mi systems. As the material covered is targeted at a number of design Fee $1645 2.0 CEUsand engineering disciplines, attendees should have a minimum of two years design experience in the automotive powertrain fi eld, or preferably a B.S. in engineering or related fi eld.

Topical Outline DAY ONE • Overview of Mechanical Power Transmission in a Passenger Vehicle and Light Truck -- Manual transmission; automatic transmission; continuously variable transmission (CVT) • Theory, Function and Operation of Manual Transmission -- Design; main components; common conﬁ gurations • Vehicle Powertrain Requirements and Speciﬁ cations Assessment • Shift Strategy Analysis and Control System Implementation

P111669 book.indb 128 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 129129

• Components and Sub-systems -- Shifters, clutches, synchronizers, What You Will Receive gears, shafts • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org • Basic Gear Theory and Application Development • Links to streaming video modules • Powerfl ow Analysis • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • Synchronizer Operation and Analysis • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Lubrication and Cooling Requirements Review • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) DAY TWO • Development and Layout of the “Automatic” Transmission -- Front- wheel drive; rear-wheel drive; four-wheel drive Instructor: William Mark McVea • Functionality -- Torque converter operation; gear systems; gear Fee $695 1.5 CEUs design considerations; type; layout; NVH (Noise, Vibration and Harshness); epicyclic powerfl ow Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE • Extension of Gear Theory to Epicyclic Gear-trains Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • Design and Operation of Clutches and Bands • Application of One-Way/Over-Riding Clutches • Powerfl ow Analysis of Torque Converters, Epicyclic Gear Sets • Review of Shift Strategy • Implementation of Shift Strategy Through Hydro-Mechanical Fundamentals of Truck and Control Systems • Simple Shift Model Analysis Off-Highway Transmission Systems • Lubrication and Cooling Requirements Review 2 Days I.D.# C0024 DAY THREE • CVT Design and Operation -- Theory and function; typical layout; main components This course will develop a basic understanding of the fundamentals of • Technological Development of the CVT operation and explain the current state-of-the-art design of the modern • Basic Theory of Friction Drives transmission designs. Transmission systems in current production • Toroidal Drive Technology -- Theory of operation; main components; will be used as a practical example throughout the seminar. Two basic benefi ts and limitation of the technology product areas of truck and off-highway transmission systems will be • Functionality and Characteristics of CVT Components, Sub- reviewed: Planetary Automatic Transmissions, and Power-Shifted systems -- Gearbox housing; variators; forward clutch; converter Transmissions. housing; input shaft; selector shift valve; differential; output shaft; mechatronic control unit; belt/push chain The functional requirements of the “current” market and the • CVT Power-Flow -- Torque converter; primary variator; secondary operational needs of its drivers will drive the course. Course variator; output shaft material will be presented in the chronological order in which it was • Mechatronics -- Theory and operation; general implementation; CVT introduced into the marketplace. This order is shown through the application requirements of “ new” functionality by the marketplace at the time it • CVT Manufacturing -- Considerations; major manufacturers; future was introduced. The design advances that satisfi ed these requirements CVT development will be discussed and used to show design progression through to the • Future Technologies -- “Manualized” automatics, automated current state of design. manuals; DCT, SSCT, DSCT This “current state-of-the-art” design schematic will then be used Instructor: W. Mark McVea to show the driving forces behind the next evolutionary step in the Fee $1565 2.0 CEUsdevelopment of future designs of transmission systems. All aspects of current designs will be reviewed in depth; the components used, how they operate and the interrelation of all components. All functional modes of the major components and sub-systems will be discussed Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle and explained to the audience. Based on this working knowledge of transmission components and systems, attendees will work through Transmissions e-Seminar design specifi cations, functional modes and considerations of reliability and life for each major sub-system in a transmission system. I.D.#PD130419ON (Online delivery) The seminar will conclude with a brief discussion of the future of transmission systems and what functional requirements are likely to be expected by the users of the next generation vehicles within this market. Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor- led seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this Learning Objectives 14 hour e-seminar option offers an alternative way to receive the By attending this seminar, you will be able to: same instruction without the expense of travel and time away from • Identify the major components and system functions in a modern the workplace. The course is divided into nine video modules, truck or off-highway transmission system accompanied by a handbook. • Compute powerfl ow, relative rotational speeds of various components, and the functional relationships that exists between View the complete program brochure and online demo at these components http://www.sae.org/e-seminars/fmvtrans. • Specify the size of a truck or off-highway transmission, select the numbers of speed ranges and ratios for each, and assess system effi ciency

P111669 book.indb 129 11/28/11 2:10 PM 130130 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

• Explain the operational aspects and design principles of each of the major components and sub-systems of a transmission Gasoline Direct Injection (GDI) • Describe the operational parameters and inter-relationships of each of the sub-systems within the truck transmission Engines • Summarize basic design synthesis and analysis techniques for each 3 Days of the major components and sub-systems of a transmission I.D.# C1009 • Discuss the direction of new truck and off-highway equipment transmission designs The quest for more efﬁ cient, smarter, and environmentally cleaner Who Should Attend liquid-fueled spark ignition (SI) reciprocating engines is more alive The intended audience for this seminar is powertrain design and intense now than ever before. GDI SI engines have overcome engineers, designers, engineering directors and managers, component many of the original limitations and are now becoming commonplace. suppliers, platform powertrain test and development specialists, and This seminar will provide a comprehensive overview of GDI engines. those involved in the application, design and discussion of engines. Mixture preparation and the combustion process, with an emphasis on strategies for both homogenous and stratiﬁ ed charge operation The seminar will appeal to anyone who is interested in truck or off- and control, including issues related to the direct injection of gasoline highway vehicle operation and design. into the combustion chamber, and fuel injection system requirements for optimal spray characteristics will be explored. Emission of Prerequisites pollutants, fuel economy and effects of some key design and operating parameters will also be covered. The seminar concludes with an Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. overview of a select list of production and prototype GDI engines.

Topical Outline Learning Objectives • Theory of Operation of a Basic Transmission Upon completion of this seminar, you will be able to: • Basic transmission layout • Describe the rationale behind the GDI engine operation • Main components • Analyze the important processes in GDI engines • Common confi gurations/transmission types • Explain liquid atomization, sprays, and injector requirements for • Development of the “Automatic” Transmission successful GDI operation • Major Components of a Modern Automatic Transmission • Utilize the technology and the logic behind gasoline direct injection • Torque converter • Estimate and predict effects of key engine design and operating • Planetary gearsets conditions on performance, combustion, and emission in GDI • Clutch packs and bands engines • Powerfl ow • Communicate effectively with engineers working on fuel injection, • Functionality combustion and emission aspects of the GDI engine in your fi rm or • Torque converter operation with customers • Gear systems • Effectively contribute to the design of critical components such as • Gear design considerations combustion chambers, injectors, and emission reduction strategies • Type • Explain and utilize trade-offs between increasing engine • Layout performance and maintaining low emission characteristics • NVH (Noise, Vibration and Harshness) • Planetary powerfl ow • Common gear arrangements and standard design confi gurations Who Should Attend • Clutches and bands This seminar will be especially valuable for engineers, technical and • One-way/over-riding clutches project managers, researchers, and academicians. Engineers working • Comparisons to Power-Shift transmissions on the design of components for high effi ciency and performance • Operational characteristics of power-shift transmissions of GDI engines as well as those directly and indirectly involved in • Components and typical layouts mixture preparation and emission reduction of harmful pollutants • Clutch packs from these engines will highly benefi t from this course. Environmental • Shift systems engineers desiring to expand their understanding of fuel spray • Application and duty cycle consideration formation, combustion and emissions from GDI engines will benefi t, • Design considerations for Over-The-Road Transmissions as well as, engineers active in the development and application of • Process to select the number of speed ranges software for the modeling and design of combustion chambers, fuel • Select approximate gear ratios for each speed range spray dynamics, combustion and emission issues. • Calculate losses and effi ciencies • Power-fl ow optimization Prerequisites • Duty cycle considerations Attendees should have general knowledge of engine operation • Design for reliability and life especially in-cylinder combustion processes. However, a very concise • Design considerations for Off-Highway transmissions review of the subject is presented. • Process to select the number of speed ranges • Select approximate gear ratios for each speed range • Calculate losses and effi ciencies Topical Outline • Design information content of engine curves DAY ONE • Duty cycle considerations • Combustion Systems • Design for service, repair and “rebuildability” • Relative position of spark plug and fuel injector • Future direction of technologies • How to achieve homogeneous and stratifi ed charge -- spray-, wall-, and air-guided combustion systems Instructor: William Mark McVea • Fuel Injection System Fee $1245 1.3 CEUs• Fuel injection system requirements

P111669 book.indb 130 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 131131

• Fuel injector requirements and classifi cation • Fuel Spray Characteristics High-Performance Differentials, • Spray atomization requirements • Sac spray consideration Axles, & Drivelines • After-injection 2 Days • Fuel spray penetration and cone angle I.D.# C1113 • Split injection • Sprays characteristics of injectors • Effects of ambient pressure (density) on spray Every automobile has a differential and most have axles, yet the exact • Spray characterization (GDI) function of these is not common knowledge. This comprehensive seminar introduces participants to the function and interfaces of DAY TWO axles and their individual components. As we modify cars for street • Mixture Formation performance or all out race applications, it is important to know • In-cylinder fl ow characteristics and GDI combustion the trade-offs in the drivetrain system. The theory and practice of • Fuel-air mixing process axle systems is introduced along with a hands-on style approach to • Spray-wall interactions repairing and modifying axles for high performance applications. • Cold start and wall wetting issues For this hands-on approach, actual hardware will be reviewed in an • Combustion Process and Control Strategies informal setting. • Engine Operating Modes and Fuel Injection Strategies • Early-injection, late-injection, stoichiometric operation The seminar begins by defi ning the axle fundamentals and operation • Operating mode transition followed by an in-depth review of original equipment axles, • Split Injection Strategy differentials, torque bias, hypoid gears, and rebuild steps. The • Two-stage, split, and post injection different manufacturing and service techniques required for different • Combustion characteristics gear architectures is also reviewed. The seminar concludes with a • Homogeneous-charge and stratifi ed-charge combustion unique applications-specifi c workshop and industry trends discussion. • Effects of Engine Operating and Design Parameters on GDI Upon completion of the seminar, attendees will having a working Combustion knowledge of axles, hypoid gearing, and differentials (open and • Injection and ignition timings limited slip), along with typical performance enthusiast modifi cations • Spray cone angle for race teams and weekend warriors. • EGR • Knock resistance characteristics The book, “High-Performance Differentials, Axles, and Drivelines,”by • Air-assisted versus single-fl uid GDI fuel system Joseph Palazzolo is included in the course materials. • Injector, Combustion Chamber, and Intake Valve Deposits

DAY THREE Learning Objectives • Emissions of Pollutants - Reduction Approaches By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Hydrocarbon, NOx, particulate and noise emissions • Identify vehicle specifi c axle types • Fuel Economy • Evaluate the differences between open and limited slip differential • Factors affecting improved fuel economy (LSD) • Fuel economy versus emissions compromise • Distinguish between the different torque transfer characteristics of • Select Gasoline Direct-Injection Engines the different LSD technologies • Early DISC engine • Identify how to correctly set and adjust bearing preload and hypoid • Mitsubishi reverse-tumble-based wall-guided contact patterns • Concise review of Toyota, Nissan swirl-based (wall-guided), Audi • Describe how to assemble and disassemble a differential wall-guided, AVL, FEV air-guided, Ford, Honda spray-guided, • Explain the steps to set-up a new gear set and bearings Isuzu, Mazda swirl-based, wall-guided, Mercedes-Benz spray- • Recognize the difference required between typical passenger car guided, Ricardo tumble-based, wall-guided, Volkswagen tumble- applications and high-performance, race style axles based, wall-guided FSI • GDI Fuel Rail Technology Who Should Attend • Benefi ts of Turbocharging a GDI engine This seminar is intended for automotive engineers and mechanics who are working in the driveline area. This also includes performance shop Instructor: Bruce Chehroudi mechanics and race teams that are modifying axles for specifi c on and Fee $1595 2.0 CEUsoff-road applications. Any performance-minded amateur, professional racer, or race team would also benefi t from attending this seminar.

Prerequisites Basic mechanical background and familiarity with automobile drivelines is preferred.

Topical Outline DAY ONE • Axle Fundamentals • Lube ﬂ ow • Venting • Housing reaction loads • •Axle housing types • Beam axles - Banjo / Salisbury

P111669 book.indb 131 11/28/11 2:10 PM 132132 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

• Independent axles • Quick change axles High Performance Engine Design • Axle tubes • Axle shaft retention methods and Development • Common axle identiﬁ cation 1 Day • Axle rebuild I.D.# C0725 • Common axle problems • Axle disassembly • Component inspection Ever since Beau de Rochas patented the four stroke cycle in 1862, • Axle Reassembly engineers have pursued the development of high performance engines • Differentials for road and racing applications at an accelerated pace. While this • Theory and practice of open differential course will not cover such ancient history, it will focus on engine • Factory installed limited slip differentials design and development advances over the last 40 years from “BC to • Torque bias ratio explanation AD” (“Before Cosworth to After Duckworth”), covering the concepts • Teardown and rebuild process and designs behind the modern racing engines for series including • Review preload and friction modiﬁ er Formula One, Indy Cars, the IRL, and NASCAR.

DAY TWO This course will help you determine how to design a championship- • Aftermarket differentials winning racing engine including many of the key calculations that • Review advantages and disadvantages of the following: support the pursuit of power. Attention to detail on every aspect of • Open differentials engine design is emphasized with focus on applying simple math, • Limited slip differentials physics, and even plain old common sense, rather than relying heavily • Spool and mini-spools on sophisticated software. • Locking differentials • Helical differentials The course begins with a review of the major advances in engine • Viscous control differentials design , then explores the design of the engine’s primary systems and • Torque Vectoring structures including oil systems, cam drive systems, water systems, • Hypoid Ring and Pinion Gears inlet systems, exhaust systems, cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, • Gearing fundamentals and sumps. It will then explore how combustion works and how to • Spiral bevel review analyze the major parameters involved in burning different fuels. This • Hypoid will be followed by the design and optimization of inlet and exhaust • Review face milling vs. face hobbing systems and applying mathematics via simple excel spread sheets • Review how to correctly set-up gear set to determine the key factors for cam design, port design, inlet and • Review correct contact pattern exhaust tuning, and turbocharger / supercharger matching for those • Importance of bearing preload and how to set formulae that permit the use of boost to increase the inlet pressure. • Break-in procedure The day concludes with a discussion and opportunities to continue • Tire size, speedometer accuracy design exercises that will allow attendees to put into practice several • Axle Shafts of the key concepts learned throughout the seminar. • Primary function • Materials Detailed course notes and illustrations are provided along with • Spline de tails example calculations to enable the attendee to calculate the key • Driveshafts parameters required in the design and development of racing engines. • Driveshaft considerations • Universal joint • Replacement Learning Objectives • Sizes By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Retention methods • Describe the key parameters and choices facing the high • Pinion an gle performance engine designer • Consider a variety of tips and solutions which can be applied by Instructor: Joseph Palazzolo both design and development engineers to enhance the performance Fee $1250 1.3 CEUsof competition engines • Select “the least worse design solution” for any particular problem • Summarize the major advances in engine design over the past 40 years

Who Should Attend See information on the Diesel This course is for individuals with a thirst to improve their understanding of what makes a racing engine a championship winner. Technology Certiﬁ cate Program It can be valuable to those responsible for engine design, component on page 75. design, and overall engine performance calculations or those who are merely interested in the subject.

Prerequisites An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong automotive technical background is highly recommended. A basic knowledge of college algebra, college physics, and a familiarity with how we currently think engines work is helpful.

P111669 book.indb 132 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 133133

Topical Outline to derive your own set of improvement criteria that could be made to address the limitations of current engine technology. • Engines from BC to AD A brief outline of racing engine history covering the design and development of several famous racing engines to highlight how fundamentally different approaches to Learning Objectives design and manufacturing can generate championship winning By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: engines for various classes of racing • Identify, describe and explain the various types of Homogeneous • Detailed Design of Engine Systems Charge Compression Ignition (HCCI) Systems including gasoline- • How does a modern racing engine work and why? based and diesel-based • Review of fundamental systems of the modern racing engine • Recognize the hardware used in an HCCI system • Engine Structures • Review the chemistry of an HCCI • Designing from the inside out, focusing on performance design • Examine HCCI control • Adding the structures to integrate the load paths throughout the • Describe the kinetics of HCCI combustion engine core • Discuss new engine technology • Combustion • How any given fuel burns and what the combustion processes are Who Should Attend that underpin performance This intermediate level webinar is appropriate for a number of design • Combustion kinetics and fuel chemistry to enable calculation and engineering disciplines including, but not limited to: design of energy release, peak combustion temperatures, and tail pipe engineers and engineering managers, automotive engine designers, emissions for any fuels or fuel mixtures. component suppliers, engine test and development engineers, • Major fuel types and how to deal with any fuel starting from its design services managers, and others who require the technological basic chemical equations knowledge to perform their respective job functions. • Engine T uning • Inlet systems • Exhaust systems Prerequisites • Simple math for optimizing tuning orders and lengths You should have a practical understanding of current internal • Camshafts combustion technology and systems. An undergraduate engineering • Turbocharging and Supercharging How to calculate the degree, or a strong technical background, is highly recommended. requirements and the major performance parameters before starting Basic knowledge of algebra and physics is essential. the design process • Discussion and Design Exercise How to design the next engine to Topical Outline move the boundaries of engine performance forward again... Session 1 • Overview and Historical Perspective of HCCI Technologies Instructor: Geoff Goddard • Hardware Review Fee $725 .7 CEUs • Introduction to the Gasoline-Based HCCI • Introduction to the Diesel-Based HCCI

Session 2 Homogeneous Charge • The Chemistry of HCCI • HCCI Co ntrol Compression Ignition (HCCI) • Kinetics of HCCI Combustions

Webinar Session 3 • New Engine Technology 6 Hours I.D.# WB1013 Instructor: W. Mark McVea Fee $515 .6 CEUs

The objective of this Webinar is to describe the signifi cance, technology and application of Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition (HCCI), as it applies to improvements in all facets of an automotive powertrain. This Webinar will provide an overview and historical Hybrid and Electric Vehicles: perspective of HCCI technologies, a hardware review, and an explanation of the differences between gasoline and diesel based Current Production, Future HCCI, as well as the chemistry. HCCI control and Kinetics of HCCI combustion will be covered. Strategies Webinar 2 Hours Participants with a practical understanding of internal combustion I.D.# C0906 technology and systems will gain an appreciation for HCCI and its application to the automotive marketplace. This webinar will expose you to the emerging technologies in HCCI design and operation that Hybrids, and to a lesser extent, electric vehicles, have been on the can signifi cantly improve operational effi ciencies. The fundamental road since 1997. Although just two hybrids were on the market in science and implementation technology of the various HCCI systems 2001, there are more than a dozen today, and the market is ramping will be presented. You will learn how the Engine Control Module up quickly, driven by fuel prices and constraints, environmental (ECM) uses information related to the operational status to implement regulations, and customer demand. The commercial vehicle market is real-time running effi ciency of the engine and how the ECM affects also rapidly embracing hybrid technology. This two-hour webinar will changes in the operation of the engine through the control systems highlight the passenger, light-duty, and heavy-duty hybrid and electric that manage its operation. With this understanding, you will be able vehicles that are currently in production, offered for sale, or planned

P111669 book.indb 133 11/28/11 2:10 PM 134134 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

for near-term production. Asian, European, and North American manufacturers of hybrid and electric vehicles will be reviewed. Tier Internal Combustion Systems: 1 suppliers of major hybrid and electric vehicle components will be covered as well. HCCI, DoD, VCT/VVT, DI and VCR Learning Objectives 3 Days By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: I.D.# C0613 • List the hybrid and electric vehicles that have been commercialized from 1997 to present • Identify passenger, light-duty, and heavy-duty hybrid-electric vehicles that are on the market Societal and regulatory demands to lower emissions and increase • Explain the major resource and regulatory drivers of hybrid and engine-operating effi ciencies have forced engine designers to adopt electric vehicle development new technologies and control strategies. This has resulted in dramatic • Recognize basic layouts of light, medium, and heavy-duty hybrid evolutions of the technology of internal combustion engines and vehicle powertrains their support systems in recent years. These operational management • Compare advantages and disadvantages of different hybrid strategies have evolved into more robust control systems and sensory architectures packages, which in turn has driven the need for more accurate and • Summarize upcoming HEV and EV production plans specifi c information being communicated between the various systems found within a modern automobile. Who Should Attend This seminar will expose you to the emerging technologies in engine This webinar will benefi t executive, manager, marketing, or other design and operation that can signifi cantly improve operational passenger car and light duty industry professionals who need a effi ciencies. The fundamental science and implementation technology comprehensive overview of past, current, and future hybrid and of the various internal combustion engine systems will be presented. electric vehicle production. Those unfamiliar with the evolution Attendees will learn how the Engine Control Module (ECM) uses of hybrid and electric vehicle development, yet whose job will be information related to the operational status to implement real-time impacted by hybrid and electric vehicles in the future, will benefi t also. running effi ciency of the engine. You will also learn how the ECM effects changes in the operation of the engine through the control Topical Outline systems that manage its operation. With this understanding, you will • Hybrid and electric vehicle production, 1997-present be able to derive your own set of improvement criteria that could be • Current Asian hybrid vehicle production made to address the limitations of current engine technology. • Current US hybrid vehicle production • Advantages and disadvantages of series hybrids Learning Objectives • Upcoming commercialization of series hybrids By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Market and regulatory drivers of HEV/EV production • List the typical sensors, the sensory information they collect and • Fuel constraints describe the use of that information as it addresses improved fuel • US regulatory drivers economy and reduced combustion emissions • “Green state” regulatory drivers • Describe the signifi cance, technology, and application of: • EU regulatory drivers • Direct Injection (DI) of both gasoline and diesel fuels • Asia’s regulatory drivers • Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition (HCCI) • Planned Asian hybrid and electric vehicle production • Displacement on Demand (DoD) Systems • Planned European hybrid and electric vehicle production • Variable Cam Timing (VCT) and Variable Valve Timing (VVT) • Planned US hybrid and electric vehicle production • Variable Compression Ratio (VCR) engine designs • Commercial hybrid and electric vehicle production • Explain the fundamental physics of the various technologies • Asian commercial hybrids • Specify the operational parameters and inter-relationships of each of • European commercial hybrids the sub-systems of the enabling hardware • North American commercial hybrids • Describe the basic design synthesis and analysis techniques for each • Tier 1 suppliers and partnerships of the major operational improvement technologies • Internal-combustion engines (ICE) • Energy storage systems Who Should Attend • Motors and power electronics This intermediate level seminar is appropriate for a number of design Instructor: Jack Rosebro and engineering disciplines including, but not limited to: design Fee $245 .2 CEUs engineers and engineering managers, automotive engine designers, component suppliers, engine test and development engineers, design services managers, and others who require the technological knowledge to perform their respective job functions.

Prerequisites Individuals should have a practical understanding of current internal combustion technology and systems such as that covered in the SAE seminar ID# C0103, “The Basics of Internal Combustion Engines,” or its equivalent. An undergraduate engineering degree, or a strong technical background, is highly recommended. Basic knowledge of algebra and physics is essential.

P111669 book.indb 134 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 135135

Topical Outline Introduction to Commercial and DAY ONE • Operation of ECM and Sensor Systems Off-Road Vehicle Cooling Airfl ow • Information requirements • Use and distribution of collected information Systems • Control theories and implementation of fuel management strategies • Direct Injection (DI) of Both Gasoline and Diesel Fuels 2 Days • Overview and historical perspective of DI technologies -- Gasoline; I.D.# C0738 Diesel Vehicle functional requirements, emission regulations, and thermal • DI hardware review limits all have a direct impact on the design of a powertrain cooling • Potential and proven benefi ts of DI -- Theory; Aspects of gasoline airfl ow system. Given the expected increase in emission-related heat combustion; Aspects of diesel combustion; Engine hardware rejection, suppliers and vehicle manufacturers must work together development as partners in the design, selection, and packaging of cooling • Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition (HCCI) Technologies system components. An understanding and appreciation of airfl ow • Overview and historical perspective of HCCI technologies integration issues and vehicle-level trade-offs that effect system • Hardware r eview performance are important to the team effort. The severe duty cycles, • Gasoline based HCCI -- Theory; Aspects of gasoline combustion; minimal ram air, and sometimes unconventional package layouts Engine development present unique challenges.The goal of this two-day seminar is to • Diesel based HCCI -- Theory; Premixed HCCI; Historical direct introduce engineers and managers to the basic principles of cooling inject systems; Current technology direct inject systems; Water airfl ow systems for commercial and off-road vehicles. Participants will injection systems for HCCI control learn about vehicle/product constraints, integration issues, cooling • The chemistry of HCCI -- Alternative fuels; Fuel blends; Fuel airfl ow, system resistance, fans, shrouds, radiators, coolers, estimating additives heat rejection, thermal accumulation, air recirculation, system • HCCI control -- Operating range extension; Key parameters for performance, and underhood airfl ow. Basic concepts will be reinforced control; Control strategies with in-class discussion of case studies. • Kinetics of HCCI combustion Learning Objectives DAY TWO • Displacement on Demand (DoD) Systems By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Theoretical improvements to engine system performance and • List fundamental factors and constraints of commercial and off-road effi ciency vehicle cooling airfl ow systems • Historical mechanisms to implement DoD systems • List vehicle requirements and system integration issues • Modern approaches to DoD systems • Describe system resistance, fan, shroud, installation effects, and • Practical results radiator characteristics • Variable Cam and Valve Timing (VCT, VVT) • List fan/shroud aerodynamic design considerations and installation • General theory and potential system benefi ts of varying valve effects timing • Estimate heat rejection and thermal accumulation for system • Variable cam timing or phasing -- Benefi ts associated with VCT; analysis Mechanisms to implement VCT; Modern approaches to VCT • Analyze performance of diesel cooling airfl ow system systems • List alternatives for program management trade-off discussions on • Variable valve timing -- Benefi ts associated with VVT; Mechanisms cooling airfl ow systems to implement VVT systems; Modern approaches to VVT systems • Practical results Who Should Attend OEM and supplier engineers and managers who are involved with DAY THREE vehicle cooling systems, or who interface with vehicle program • Variable Compression Ratio (VCR) Engine Designs management on these issues, will benefi t from this seminar. Graduate- • Theoretical improvements to engine system performance and level students interested in cooling systems will also fi nd it instructive. effi ciency • Mechanisms to implement VCR technology Prerequisites • Modern approaches to VCR systems • Practical results Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree. • General Discussion Exposure to thermal product development is helpful, but not required. • Use of alternate fuels • Implementing dual-fuel engines Topical Outline • Engines designed to run multiple fuels (not dual-fuels) DAY ONE • Control strategies for implementing and combining above • Vehicle Overview technologies • Cooling airfl ow system • Emerging technologies • A classifi cation • New technologies • Industrial air-cooled heat exchanger assemblies • System and sub-system requirements Instructor: W. Mark McVea • Thermal recirculation Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs• Challenges • Thermodynamics Review • First l aw • Radiator heat transfer equation • Bernoulli’s equation • SCFM

P111669 book.indb 135 11/28/11 2:10 PM 136136 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

• Key Concepts • Thermal road map Introduction to Gears • Fan airfl ow map 1 Day • Flow energy balance equation I.D.# C0822 • Fan Airfl ow (and system airfl ow road map) • Fan classifi cation • Specifi c speed This seminar is designed to provide gear novices with a general • Fan characteristic curve and matching understanding of gear nomenclature, geometry, and arrangements. • Fan static pressure Starting with the basic defi nition of gears, conjugate motion and the • Air performance test chamber (AMCA) “Laws of Gearing”, you will gain a solid understanding of gearing • Pusher and puller fans and the fundamentals of rotary motion transfer through gear-trains. Gear classifi cations, tooth forms and geometry, and very high-level DAY TWO application considerations, manufacturing processes, and inspection • Fan Airfl ow (and system airfl ow road map) cont’d techniques will be covered. • Vehicle installation effects-fan position, tip clearance, obstructions, installed performarmance Attendees will receive a copy of the book, Gear Design Simpli ed by • Fan l aws Franklin D. Jones & Henry H. Ryffel. • System airfl ow road map • Basic principles of mechanical fan systems • Vehicle Airfl ow Restrictions-Energy Losses Learning Objectives • Loss mechanisims-expansion and contraction loss, grilles, heat By attending this seminar you will be able to: exchangers and underhood • Describe the “Law of Gearing”, conjugate action and involute • Front-end and underhood fl ow patterns profi les • Ram pressure recovery • Identify the various gear types and confi gurations • Locating fan operating point • Articulate the various defi nitions and terms used in gearing • Compact Heat Exchangers (and system heat transfer equation) • Identify the function and operation of all gear arrangements • Thermal classifi cation • Articulate basic design considerations, nomenclature and intr- • Compact heat exchangers relationship of gear forms and motions • Calorimeters • Describe the various manufacturing processes and inspection • Radiator effectiveness and pressure drop techniques commonly used in industry today • Fouling considerations, air-side • Thermal accumulation Who Should Attend • Estimating Powertrain Heat Rejection This seminar is designed for individuals with little or no previous • Heat rejection to coolant -- Mean effective pressure; SAE experience in gear systems. Engineers new to the fi eld of gearing, sales dynamometer test procedures and marketing people responsible for interacting with gear engineers, • Specifi c Heat Rejection (SHR) characteristic curve component suppliers, and vehicle platform powertrain development • Vehicle installation considerations specialists who have not been previously involved in gear system • Diesel Cooling Airfl ow System - Case Studies and Exercises specifi cation or design will benefi t from this course. • Underhood Airfl ow • Thermal considerations, airfl ow pattern, and air temperature distribution Topical Outline • Flow visualization video (using water) • Principles and Purpose of Gears • Basic Concepts Instructor:Jack Williams • Law of Gearing Fee $1305 1.3 CEUs• Common Tooth Forms • Classifi cation of Gears • Defi nitions and Terms Used in Gearing • Gear Tooth Action • Conjugacy • Gear Geometry and Nomenclature • Tooth and Blank Nomenclature • Gear Arrangements • Simple and Compound Gear Train • Ratios: What They Mean and How to Calculate • Epicyclic • Confi gurations (Solar, Planetary, Star) • Ratios • Gear Measurement and Inspection • Charts - Involute, Lead, and Red Liner • Dimension Sh eet

Instructor: William Mark McVea Fee $755 .7 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 136 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 137137

• Through-the-road systems Introduction to Hybrid • Series-parallel hybrid architectures • Power-split hybrids Powertrains Webinar • GM “two-mode” hybrids 2 Hours • Plug-in Hybrids I.D.# C0903 • Advantages and disadvantages of PHEVs • Early PHEV conversions • Commercialization of PHEVs Although hybrid powertrains have been on the market for little more • Design considerations for PHEVs than a decade, hybridization has quickly become one of the most • Hybrid vehicle trends and developments successful alternative powertrains available today. Some OEMs estimate • Effects on IC engine development that up to 80% of their light-duty vehicles will require some level • Research and development trends of hybridization to meet upcoming CAFE regulations in the United States. Additional market drivers, such as California’s greenhouse Instructor: Jack Rosebro gas legislation (now adopted or in process in 20 US states and two Fee $245 .2 CEUs Canadian provinces) and a possible global agreement on greenhouse gas production at the end of 2009 may help to accelerate the process.

Basic information on hybrids is scattered among information sources, and is often difﬁ cult to synthesize. In this two-hour webinar, energy Introduction to Hydraulic Hybrid storage systems, inverters, motor-generators, and DC-DC converters Systems for Road Vehicles are explained, as well as design considerations for both light-duty and heavy-duty vehicle powertrains and developing trends such as plug- 2 Days in, ﬂ ywheel and hydraulic hybrids. I.D.# C0833

Learning Objectives By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: Considerable attention has been given to the design and effi ciencies of • Describe the effi ciency improvements that hybrid vehicles achieve electric hybrid propulsion systems and energy storage technologies. with respect to conventional vehicles Although they draw much less attention, hydraulic hybrid propulsion • Identify common components of hybrid powertrains and regenerative braking systems for road vehicles are a cost effective • Recognize basic layouts utilized in light, medium, and hevy-duty alternative to electric systems and have relevance to important sectors hybrid vehicle powertrains of the passenger and commercial vehicle markets. • Compare the advantages and disadvantages of different hybrid architectures In this two-day seminar, hydraulic hybrid vehicle systems and their • Summarize hybrid powertrain applications that are on the market potential will be examined using model based evaluations. This today will include an evaluation and comparison of hybrid confi gurations • Explain upcoming HEV developments as well as the introduction of components used in these hydraulic hybrid systems. Also provided will be details on how hydraulic systems are designed and integrated into vehicles, including Who Should Attend interactions with braking systems and various other vehicle systems. This course is designed for the engineer, manager, or marketing Recent developments in hydraulic machines and an update on the professional who needs a quick overview of the design and component technology needed to implement these solutions will also manufacture of hybrid vehicle powertrains. Industry professionals be presented. who want a broad yet concise overview of the technological aspects of current and upcoming hybrid powertrains will benefi t. Anyone Learning Objectives who is unfamiliar with basic hybrid technology, yet whose job will be impacted by hybrid vehicles in the future, will benefi t from this By attending this seminar, you will be able to: webinar. A basic understanding of road vehicle construction and • Identify the fundamentals of parallel and series hydraulic hybrid operation will be helpful. vehicle transmission systems and components • Evaluate the applicability of such systems to particular vehicle applications Topical Outline • Identify how hydraulic hybrid system components can be integrated • Types of hybrids into the vehicle • Gasoline-electric hybrids (HEV) • Recognize the interactions with other vehicle systems (e.g. engine, • Diesel-electric hybrids (HEV) transmission, ABS, foundation brakes) and integration of controls • Hydraulic hybrids (HH) • Hybrid-electric powertrain components Who Should Attend • Energy storage systems • Motor controllers This course will benefi t individuals new to hydraulic hybrid systems • Motor-generators as well as engineers and designers involved in all areas related to • DC-DC converters the design and development of vehicle powertrain systems. Also • Safety interlocks and circuits benefi ting will be individuals interested in the interaction of this • Ancillary systems hybrid system with braking systems and engine controls. • Series hybrid architectures • Advantages and disadvantages of series hybrids Prerequisites • Upcoming commercialization of series hybrids An undergraduate degree or strong technical background is highly • Parallel hybrid architectures recommended. A basic familiarity with vehicle powertrain and • Engine-assist systems braking systems is required.

P111669 book.indb 137 11/28/11 2:10 PM 138138 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

Topical Outline • Identify available computer models and instrumentation that is available to predict and measure the function of each of the DAY ONE components in the cylinder kit on oil consumption and blow-by • Introduction and Overview control • Objectives • Compare the base systems and facing material systems and the • Course outline and scope trade-offs associated with each of the material systems, i.e., wear • Hybrid Vehicle Systems - Outline and Comparisons rate, scuff resistance, etc. • Defi nitions • Energy storage • Basic electric and hydraulic confi gurations: Parallel and Series -- Who Should Attend Effi ciency evaluations; Weight comparison; Cost outline If you are an engineer associated with engine design and development • Hydraulic Components for Vehicle Hybrid Systems and interested in understanding the function and design considerations • Accumulators -- Types; Size and weight; Effi ciency and response; within the cylinder kit system, you would benefi t from attending. Installation • Pumps and Motors: Requirements -- Effi ciency and response Prerequisites • Types: Descriptions and Potential Applications (Axial Piston; Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree and Swash Plate; Bent-Axis; Radial Piston; Other some exposure to piston ring design and materials. • Other components - valves pipes, fi lters, coolers, etc. • Controls -- System; Vehicle Topical Outline DAY TWO • Background • System Design • Evolution of piston ring designs/materials -- diesel engines • Simulation strategy -- Drive cycles; Launch criteria; Maximum • Evolution of piston ring designs/materials -- gasoline engines speed; Towing/grades • Outline of Nomenclature & Ring Design Methodology, including • Stop/Start functionality -- Accessory drives Referencing to Various Published Standards i.e. -- SAE, DIN, ISO • Control St rategies • Systems Parameters & Their Interaction with Piston Rings to Cause • Regenerative braking Variations in Performance • Parallel hybrid hydraulic systems • Cylinder bore geometry • Series hybrid hydraulic systems • Cylinder bore fi nish • Engine operation management -- Simplifi ed engine calibration for • Piston de sign emissions and fuel economy; Advanced engines enabled by series • Power density hybrids • Operating spe ed • Safe Operation • Engine lubricants • Application Examples • Typical Procedures/Equipment Employed to Measure Dimension • Car and taxi Properties of Piston Rings • Light truck (SUV, pickup, work truck) • Developed Models Aiding in Cylinder Kit Design • Light delivery truck and shuttle bus • Determining the Effect of Design Parameters on Oil Consumption, • Refuse and transit bus Ring Function, Cylinder Bore Distortion, Friction & Wear Rates -- • Off-highway Unique test set-up procedures and their utilization • Hydraulic Hybrid Potential and Developments • Course Assessment and Summary Instructor: Harold E. McCormick Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs Instructor: Simon J. Baseley Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs Plug-in Hybrids: Opportunities Piston Ring Design/Materials and Challenges Webinar 2 Days 2 Hours I.D.# 86009 I.D.# C0905

The purpose of this course is to provide an overview of the factors in The path to commercialization of plug-in hybrids is likely to require the cylinder kit assembly of natural gas, gasoline, and diesel engines complex interactions between OEMs, battery manufacturers, that affect oil consumption, ring and cylinder bore wear, and blow-by. electric utilities, and government, yet the plug-in hybrid is a still- This course includes background and the evolution of designs and developing technology. How do plug-in hybrids (PHEVs) differ from materials currently employed in modern engines as well as providing conventional hybrids? What are the advantages and challenges for an overview of computer models, designs, and material systems vehicle manufacturers, public utilities, energy and environmental that can be utilized to optimize the performance of new engines. An concerns, and end-users? What is the current state of plug-in hybrid overview of the trends in materials and designs employed in U.S., development? Those unfamiliar with PHEV or vehicle-to-grid (V2G) European and Japanese engines will be presented. technology, yet whose job will be impacted by plug-in hybrid vehicles in the future, will beneﬁ t from this two-hour webinar. Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Learning Objectives • Describe the function of each ring and its interaction with other By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: components within the cylinder kit to provide oil consumption and • Describe the relevant differences between plug-in hybrid (PHEV) blow-by control and conventional hybrid vehicles

P111669 book.indb 138 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 139139

• Identify fundamental charge-discharge strategies • Explain the performance demands placed on PHEV energy storage Powertrain Control Unit/ systems and development trends in energy storage • Recognize the enablers and barriers to mass commercialization of Transmission Control Unit PHEVs • Summarize infrastructure requirements as well as supply-side and Technology Webinar demand-side incentives 4 Hours • Explain the potential energy and emission beneﬁ ts of PHEV and I.D.# WB1001 V2G synergies

Who Should Attend Powertrain and Transmission Control Units are among the core This webinar will benefi t automotive and commercial vehicle technologies commonly employed in the mobility industry when industry professionals who want to understand the rapidly-changing designing and developing new transmissions. This webinar will focus development of plug-in hybrids, as well as proposed legislation that on the basic functionality and confi gurations, high-level architecture, may affect that development, and surrounding infrastructure that will and block diagram type logic of modern automatic transmission play a supporting role in PHEV commercialization. powertrain control systems for enhanced vehicle operation, improved powertrain effi ciency/reduced vehicle emissions, smooth Topical Outline transition from one speed ratio to another, and when powertrain system optimization relies on precise ratio selection. The course will • Plug-in hybrid (PHEV) architectures also present a high-level description of the connectivity between • Gasoline-electric plug-in hybrids the various control units, their architecture and the powertrain • Diesel-electric plug-in hybrids confi gurations with which they are matched. This connectivity will • Fuel cell plug-in hybrids serve as the basis for a functional development of the shift strategy • Plug-in hybrid (PHEV) charge-discharge strategies analysis and implementation requirements used by the system • Series plug-in hybrids architecture. For each of the main powertrain confi gurations, the • Parallel plug-in hybrids participant will be presented with an operational summary for that • Series-parallel plug-in hybrids particular hardware and then shown how the PCU/TCU must be • Charge-sustaining (CD) strategies modeled to optimize function. This is not intended as a deep-dive into • Charge-depleting (CD) strategies the various aspects of programming and/or network communication. • Blended charge-discharge strategies • Plug-in hybrid (PHEV) energy storage systems Learning Objectives • State of energy storage chemistries today • Infl uence of all-electric range By connecting with this webinar you will be able to: • Infl uence of charge-discharge strategies • Identify, describe, and explain what powertrain and transmission • State of plug-in hybrid development today control units are and how they are used in modern vehicle • Conversion of existing hybrid vehicles transmission systems • Passenger and light-duty vehicles • Explain the similarities and differences between PCUs and TCUs • Heavy-duty vehicles • Discuss how PCUs/TCUs work as a standalone unit and as part of • Interaction between plug-in hybrids and the electrical grid the larger vehicle control system • Charging considerations • Compare and contrast the various underlying functional concepts of • Infrastructure considerations PCU/TCU technology • PHEVs and grid demand • Explain the technical, operational, and functional benefi ts • Vehicle-to-grid (V2G) of incorporating (compared to discrete non-systemic control • How V2G works architecture) PCU/TCU to the OEM • State of V2G development today • Describe all the various manifestations and confi gurations of • What’s needed to enable large-scale commercialization V2G PCU/TCU technology as applied to actual and/or conceptual • Government incentives toward development of PHEVs transmission systems of today • Supply-side incentives • Demand-side incentives Who Should Attend The Powertrain Control Unit/Transmission Control Unit Technology Instructor: Jack Rosebro Webinar will benefi t anyone involved in the design, analysis, Fee $245 .2 CEUsdevelopment, service, customer support or sales of automotive transmission and/or powertrain components and systems should consider this as a core adjunct to their current knowledgebase. The value of this webinar also extends to anyone involved in the vehicle powertrain design and/or application of the technology.

Prerequisites See information on the Fundamentals A basic understanding of automotive transmission technology and a of Drivetrain Systems Certiﬁ cate BS in mechanical engineering or a related ﬁ eld is recommended. Program on page 147 Topical Outline Session 1 • Fundamental Explanation of Powertrain Control Units (PCU) and Transmission Control Units (TCU) • Core Technology Development as it Applies to Designing and

P111669 book.indb 139 11/28/11 2:10 PM 140140 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

Developing New Transmissions to: Who Should Attend • Provide enhanced vehicle operation As this seminar is designed for automotive engineers involved • Improve powertrain efﬁ ciency/reduce vehicle emissions in the design and development of automotive powertrains (with • Generate and control smooth transition from one speed ratio to special value for entry-level engineers and others seeking to develop another a fundamental understanding), attendees should have a degree in • Optimize powertrain system performance mechanical engineering or a related ﬁ eld, be able to apply Newton’s • Review All the Various Inputs to and Outputs from Common PCU/ second law of motion, and be familiar with spreadsheets and simple TCU Technologies computer programming concepts.

Session 2 • High-Level System Architecture Topical Outline • Powertrain Layout DAY ONE • Overlay PCU/TCU on Transmission Architecture • Course Introduction/Powertrain Confi guration • Applicability to Hybrid Transmission Control • Powertrain layout: front-wheel drive, rear-wheel drive, four-wheel drive Instructor: W. Mark McVea • Powertrain components: engine, clutch/torque converter, Fee $395 .4 CEUstransmission, drive shaft, differential, tires • Road Load Forces and Power • Vehicle freebody diagram • Aerodynamic forces • Rolling resistance forces Powertrain Selection for Fuel • Gravity forces • Vehicle Coastdown Test Economy and Acceleration • Theory behind coastdown test • GPS fi fth-wheel Performance • SAE Recommended Practice J1263 2 Days • Vehicle Tractive Effort I.D.# C0243 • Characterization of internal combustion engines • Characterization of pneumatic tires • Drivetrain Selection • Vehicle design criteria Developing vehicles that achieve optimum fuel economy and • Selection of top gear ratio acceleration performance is critical to the success of any automotive • Selection of low gear ratio company, yet many practicing engineers have not received formal • Selection of intermediate gear ratios training on the broad range of factors which infl uence vehicle performance. This seminar provides this fundamental understanding DAY TWO through the development of mathematical models that describe the • Analysis of Power and Torque Flow in Drivetrain Components relevant physics and through the hands-on application of automotive • Clutches test equipment. Attendees will also be introduced to software used to • Standard & planetary gear sets predict vehicle performance. • Axles and differentials • Manual transmissions The course begins with a discussion of the road load forces that act • Automatic transmissions on the automobile (aerodynamic, rolling resistance, and gravitational) • Torque Co nverters followed by a review of pertinent engine characteristics. This • Acceleration Performance Prediction background information is then used to show how appropriate gear • Vehicle acceleration modeling ratios for a vehicle transmission are selected and to develop models • Effects of drivetrain component selection for predicting acceleration performance and fuel economy. The models • Road Load and Acceleration Power Testing Laboratory form the basis for the computer software used to predict vehicle • In-vehicle accelerometer performance. Participants will also use an in-vehicle accelerometer, GPS • GPS fi fth-wheel fi fth-wheel, and an OBDII scanner to measure vehicle performance. • SAE Recommended Practice J1491 • Fuel Economy Prediction Learning Objectives • Vehicle fuel economy modeling By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • EPA driving cycles • Explain the basic operation of the components in an automotive • CAFE st andards powertrain • Effects of drivetrain component selection • Calculate road loads on a motor vehicle • SAE recommended practice J1256 • Select appropriate gear ratios for a given engine/chassis • Emissions prediction combination • Demonstration of Vehicle Performance Software • Predict the effect of gear selection, body design, and weight on the • DOE Advisor fuel economy of a vehicle • Commercial packages • Explain and utilize the mathematical models for predicting the • Effects of drivetrain component selection acceleration of an automobile • Explain and utilize the mathematical models for predicting the fuel Instructor: Craig J. Hoff and Gregory Davis economy of an automobile Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs • Use computer software for predicting vehicle fuel economy and performance

P111669 book.indb 140 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 141141

• Battery Pack Performance Principles of Electric Drives • Integrating an Energy Storage System into the Chassis • System Relays and Power-on Sequences Webinar • Battery Management Systems and Communication with the CAN 8 Hours Bus I.D.# WB0941 • Thermal Management Systems and Considerations • System Degradation • Onboard Charging Strategies Electric drives are found in hybrid, plug-in hybrid, and hydrogen • Failure and Diagnostic Modes fuel cell vehicles, as well as battery electric vehicles. More than two • Recycling and Recovery of Battery Cell Material million hybrid vehicles worldwide utilize electric drive components, and battery technology has matured enough to enable major Session 2 manufacturers to develop light-duty and commercial electric vehicles • External Charge-Discharge Systems and DC-DC Converters for mass production and sale beginning in 2010-2012. It is also likely • Charging Systems for Electric Vehicles that many conventional vehicles will incorporate some form of idle- • Inductive and Conductive Charging stop or stop-start system comprised of a low-output electric drive, as • Charger-to-Vehicle Communication an integral part of efforts to meet U.S. CAFE fuel economy standards • Power Supply Considerations and EU CO2 emission requirements. • Vehicle-to-Grid Systems • Switching Power Supplies and DC-DC Converters Industry professionals who are looking for a general understanding • Packing and Thermal Management of DC-DC Converters of the structure and components of vehicular electric drives will • Failure and Diagnostic Modes benefi t from this course, which will cover theory, design, operation, • Power Requirements of Drive-By-Wire Systems and diagnostics of all major components used in electric drives (battery packs, inverters, motor-generators, DC-DC converters, and Session 3 charging apparatus) as applied to all forms of vehicles, including • Inverters and Fundamentals of Power Electronics charge-sustaining hybrids, plug-in hybrids, fuel cell hybrids, and • Power Transistors And Switching Operation battery electric vehicles. Battery chemistry, charging systems, power • Basic Motor Control conversion, switching techniques, and traction motor construction will • Producing AC Waves from a DC Supply be discussed in detail. • Capacitors in Inverters • Pulse-Width Modulation • PWM Ineffi ciencies Learning Objectives • Overmodulation and Six-Step Control By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: • Space-Vector Modulation • Explain the design, function, and interactions of all major • Boost Co nverters components of a typical electric vehicle powertrain • Thermal Management of Inverters • Describe the operation, attributes, and behavior of battery packs, • Circuit Protection inverters, motor-generators, on-board and off-board charging • Failure and Diagnostic Modes systems, and DC-DC converters across all ranges of performance • Upcoming Power Electronics Developments and Enhancements • Identify the different design confi gurations and requirements of electric drives in hybrids, plug-in hybrids, fuel cell hybrids, and Session 4 battery electric vehicles • Synchronous and Asynchronous Motor-Generators • Classify different types of battery packs, inverters, motors, and DC- • Flux Linkages and Rotating Magnetic Fields DC converters • Rotor and Stator Construction • Analyze the design and construction of a given electric powertrain, • Torque Production, Motor-Generator Types and evaluate its particular attributes and drawbacks • Permanent-Magnet • Assess fault detection and protection strategies and circuits as well • Induction as on-board diagnostic requirements • Reluctance • Appraise technical limitations of electric drive components, as well • Enhanced Lundell Motor-Generators as design and technological trends that may address such limitations • Operation in Motor, Generator, and High-Speed Modes • Field-Weakening Who Should Attend • Choosing a Motor-Generator, Thermal Management of Motor- Powertrain engineers, electrical engineers, project planners, project Generators managers, technical writers, safety offi cers, component specialists, • EMF Considerations component suppliers, and anyone else who is professionally impacted • Failure Modes and Diagnostic Strategies by the development of electric vehicle technology will be able to use this information to help them transition to working with electric Instructor: Jack Rosebro drives. Participants should have a basic knowledge of electric circuits. Fee $585 .8 CEUs This is an introductory webinar; a mechanical or electrical engineering degree is helpful but not necessary.

Topical Outline Session 1 Battery Packs, Capacitors, and Energy Management • Calculating Onboard Energy Storage Needs • Battery Chemistries and Lithium-Ion Sub-Chemistries • Electrolytic Double Layer Capacitors • Combination Systems (Hybrid Battery-Capacitor Systems)

P111669 book.indb 141 11/28/11 2:10 PM 142142 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

Race Engine Calibration for Topical Outline • Basic engine theory Optimal Performance • Relationships between torque, brake specifi c fuel consumption, engine design parameters, engine operating conditions, and four 1 Day fundamental effi ciencies (volumetric, combustion, indicated I.D.# C0602 thermal, and mechanical) • Effects of fuel/air equivalence ratio • Effects of load The engine control module (ECM, or on-board computer) is the tool • Effects of engine speed used to control the fuel injection rate, fuel injection timing, ignition • MBT and LBT timing, rate of exhaust gas recirculation (EGR), and other functions. • Goals for race engines The task of “programming” the ECM is much easier for a race engine • Goals for production engines than for a production engine because the calibration engineer does • Correction factors not need to be concerned about emissions: EGR, keeping the exhaust • Engine sensors--the need for and use of: catalyst “happy”, etc. • Crank position sensor • Cam position sensor This course provides a practical introduction to ECMs, including • Intake air temperature sensor the uses for the various sensors. It also covers the specifi c methods • Manifold air pressure sensor used to incorporate the various sensor signals into the ECM’s control • Mass air fl ow sensor (if used) systems for the fuel injection rate, fuel injection timing, and ignition • Exhaust “oxygen” or lambda sensor timing. Background information will include an understanding • Throttle position sensor of the desired air/fuel ratio and optimum ignition timing. While • Engine coolant temperature sensor examples are tailored around the application of the ECM to Formula • Knock sensor SAE race engines, this course is useful for improving any engineer’s • Air/fuel ratio control understanding of the functions of the ECM for other types of race • Base pulse width look-up table for speed-density systems engines as well as production engines. • Benefi ts of MAF systems • Multipliers Learning Objectives • Ignition timing control By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Base ignition timing look-up table • Describe the functions of the crank position sensor, cam position • Adders sensor, intake air temperature sensor, manifold air pressure sensor, mass air fl ow sensor, exhaust “oxygen” or lambda sensor, throttle Instructor: Ronald D. Matthews position sensor, engine coolant temperature sensor, and knock sensor Fee $725 .7 CEUs • Explain how the ECM controls the fuel injection rate, fuel injection timing, and ignition timing • Interpret base look-up tables, multipliers, and adders • Develop base look-up tables, multipliers, and adders Race Engine Calibration for Who Should Attend Optimal Performance e-Seminar Anyone interested in engine calibration/programming the on-board I.D.#PD130701ON (Online delivery) computer, especially for race engines. At a minimum, classifi cation as at least a junior in a curriculum leading to a BS degree in engineering or experience in engine development is necessary background for taking this course. Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this four Online Bonus Segments and a half hour e-seminar option offers an alternative way to receive Attendees will have the opportunity to access online bonus the same instruction without the expense of travel and time away from segments after the seminar. Segments will contain presentations by the workplace. This course offers six video modules; more than two representatives of Ricardo and Performance Electronics, Ltd. hours of bonus material and software demonstrations; and a glossary of acronyms, accompanied by a handbook. Online Segment by Ricardo in Brief: Throughout this seminar, Prof. Matthews discusses how an View the complete program brochure and demo at http://www.sae. accurate engine modeling code can be used to simplify the effort org/e-seminars/raceenginecalibration. required to generate the base look-up tables. In this segment, Steve Rawnsley of Ricardo discusses their WAVE engine modeling code, What You Will Receive: an example of a state-of-the-art engine modeling program that can be used to simplify engine calibration. Seminar attendees will • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org be given information to contact Ricardo Software if they desire a • Links to streaming video modules WAVE product evaluation. • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) Online Segment by Performance Electronics, Ltd. in Brief: The seminar is focused on learning how to program an aftermarket • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) Engine Control Module (ECM) to obtain optimal performance from a race engine. In this segment, Brian Lewis of Performance Instructor: Ronald D. Matthews Electronics, Ltd., discusses their aftermarket ECM. He discusses Fee $265 0.7 CEUs how various aspects of their ECM are to be used given the Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE background from Prof. Matthews’ discussion. Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote.

P111669 book.indb 142 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 143143

automotive transmission and/or powertrain components and systems. Review of AMT and DCT The material covered in this webinar should be considered a core adjunct to your current knowledgebase. The value of this webinar also Technology Applied to Automotive extends to anyone involved in the vehicle powertrain design and/or Powertrain Webinar application of the technology. 6 Hours Prerequisites I.D.# WB1003 A basic understanding of automotive transmission technology and a BS in mechanical engineering or a related ﬁ eld is recommended.

In this webinar, you will receive thorough coverage of the various and Topical Outline common AMT systems, their basic functionality, unique components, confi gurations, and the underlying theory of operation. It is designed Session 1 to also place dual-clutch technology within the proper context of • Manual Transmission Operation Review automotive powertrain designs and products. You will receive insight • Functions and Limitations of Current Clutch Engagement Systems into the various limitations of current technology, the impact on • Functions and limitations of Current Shift Systems vehicle operation and effi ciencies of each, and the means employed • Review of Driveline Response to Transmission Input to correct and enhance AMT operation. The course will also review • Theoretical Development of Optimize Driveline Response the fundamentals of dual-clutch technology, its application, and the signifi cance of this technology as it applies to improvements in all Session 2 facets of an automotive powertrain. It will explore the versatility • Explanation of the Benefi ts of Theoretical Automated Manual and operator satisfaction that vehicles equipped with dual-clutch Transmission (AMT) systems can provide. It will conclude with a review of the combined • Development of AMT Theory effect of each of these advanced technologies on the overall operator • Clutch actuation and control satisfaction with all measures of vehicle performance. This webinar is • Shift system operation and integration not intended to be a deep-dive into the various aspects of the design • Review of Common Automated Clutch Actuation Mechanisms and and analysis parameters and considerations of each of these systems Confi gurations and/or components. • Review of Common Automated Shift Implementation echanisms and Confi gurations Automated manual transmission (AMT) technology is commonly employed when designing and developing new transmissions Session 3 to provide for enhanced vehicle operation, improved powertrain • DCT: Clutch Technology effi ciency/reduced vehicle emissions, smooth transition from one • Types, operation, benefi ts and limitations speed ratio to another, and when powertrain system optimization • DCT: Shift Mechanism/Technology relies on precise ratio selection. Dual-clutch technology is an extension • Actuation types, operation, benefi ts and limitations of manual transmission technology and provides a means to capitalize • DCT: Pros/Cons of Dual-Clutch Transmission on the installed manufacturing and service base of current production • System benefi ts transmissions; and does not require the OEM, the supplier, or the • Operational Changes to vehicle powertrain control service technician to learn a new technology and tool-up for either • Commercialization of the Dual-Clutch Transmission the manufacture or service of a new product. The newly combined • Performance/vehicle fuel consumption functions allow for many improvements over the effi ciency of a • Cost/weight/packaging manual, to the effortless operation of an automatic, to the seamless function of a CVT. Instructor: W. Mark McVea Fee $515 .6 CEUs Learning Objectives By connecting with this webinar you will be able to: • Identify, describe, and explain how an automated manual transmission operates and the added functional benefi t it provides The Basics of Internal Combustion to the vehicle powertrain • Classify the common AMT systems by their proper designations and Engines defi ned functionality 2 Days • Assess the merits and limitations of each of the major AMT systems I.D.# C0103 and confi gurations common in the mobility industry • Appreciate the differences and application focus of the various clutch engagement and shift action designs currently available • Describe and explain what dual-clutch technology is, how it works, and In your profession, an educated understanding of internal combustion what it has in common with modern manual transmission technology engines is required, not optional. This two-day technology survey • Explain the technical, operational, and fi nancial benefi ts of dual- seminar covers the most relevant topics - ranging from the chemistry clutch technology to the OEM, vehicle service personnel and owner/ of combustion to the kinematics of internal components of the modern operators internal combustion engine - for maximum comprehension. Attendees • Compare and contrast the function of DCT-equipped vehicles versus will gain a practical, hands-on approach to the basics of the most vehicles with simple manual and automatic transmissions common designs of internal combustion engines, as they apply to the gaseous cycles, thermodynamics and heat transfer to the major Who Should Attend components, and the design theories that embody these concepts. The Review of AMT and DCT Technology Applied to Automotive Powertrain Webinar will benefi t anyone involved in the design, analysis, development, service, customer support or sales of

P111669 book.indb 143 11/28/11 2:10 PM 144144 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

Learning Objectives DAY TWO • Component and Event Timing By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Valve actuation timing • Discuss in detail the basic functioning and component interaction • Valve timing diagram in a modern internal combustion engine, specifi cally; two and • Spark ignition event and timing four-stroke cycles as they relate to reciprocating and rotary engine • Compression ignition injection event and timing designs • Fuels & Combustion • Describe the general thermodynamic concepts governing the • Defi nition of hydrocarbon based fuels operation of an internal combustion engine and its various cycles • Stoichiometric Burn Effi ciency • Compare the principle operational differences of the various • Air / Fuel Ratio fuels used in internal combustion engines, their availability, and • Gasoline understand the applicability of each • Diesel • Discuss the function and operation of all major components and • Octane rating systems within a modern internal combustion engine • Cetane r ating • Identify the operational principles behind the timing and working • Hydrocarbon emission relationships among all internal components, and articulate the • Flame types importance of this inter-relationship • Thermodynamic effi ciencies • Recognize the limitations of the current designs and • Ignition r equirements implementations of the modern internal combustion engine • Combustion chamber and head design • Perform a basic assessment and evaluation of new, cutting-edge • Ignition designs and new powertrain initiatives as they apply to the mobility • Common ignition sources industry • Combustion abn ormalities • Spark plug design considerations Who Should Attend • Ignition t iming Designed for powertrain engineers, component suppliers, vehicle • Emissions & Controls platform powertrain development specialists, and those involved in • Chemistry of emissions the application, design and discussion of engines. It is recommended • Emission controls that seminar attendees have an undergraduate engineering degree. • Catalytic converter operation • Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) Topical Outline • Valve overlap control • Introduction to variable camshaft timing (VCT) DAY ONE • Thermodynamics • Fundamental Operating Procedures • Defi nition and comparison of common internal combustion cycles • Open circuit • •Otto cycle • Closed circuit • Diesel cycle • Internal combustion • Dual cycle • External combustion • Atkinson cycle • Spark ignition • Energy Conversion Kinematics and Mechanisms • Compression i gnition • Cylinder arrangement • Engine Technology • Piston design considerations • 2-stroke • Piston ring application • 4-stroke • Connecting rod design considerations • Pistons, connecting rods and crankshaft • •Crankshaft design • Valvetrain, camshaft and timing gear • Balancing • Engine block, cylinder and head geometry • Manifold, surface fi nish, track length • Fuel systems, carburetors, fuel injection Instructor: William Mark McVea • Turbo- and super-charger Fee $1245 1.3 CEUs • Ignition, timing and spark advance • Fuel Delivery Systems • Air intake systems • Fuel delivery The Basics of Internal Combustion • The problem of part throttle operation • Intake manifold design and tuning Engines e-Seminar • Turbo-charging • Super-charging I.D.#PD130944ON (Online delivery) • Introduction to emissions • Fuel management and control theory • Fuel injection • ECU o peration Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led • Sensors and instrumentation seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this more • Valve T rain than ten hour e-seminar option offers an alternative way to receive the • Operation same instruction as the live classroom learning without the expense of • Arrangement -- Push-rod; Single overhead cam shaft (SOHC) travel and time away from the workplace. The course offers ten video design; Dual-overhead cam shaft (DOHC) design modules accompanied by a handbook. • Camshaft function and design considerations • Valve t iming View the complete program brochure and demo at http://www.sae. • Valve-train design considerations org/e-seminars/ic_engines.

P111669 book.indb 144 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 145145

What You Will Receive: Prerequisites • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree or • Links to streaming video modules equivalent. • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) Topical Outline • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) DAY ONE • CEUs/Certiﬁ cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) • Thermodynamic Properties of Substances • Ideal and Real Gases Instructor: William Mark McVea • Closed and Open Systems Fee $565 1.0 CEUs • Forms of Energy: Work and Heat Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE • The First Law of Thermodynamics and Internal Energy Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • The Second Law of Thermodynamics and Entropy • Hands-On In-Class Problem Solving • The Carnot Cycle

DAY TWO Thermodynamics of Gas Turbine • Energy Conversion Devices • The Gas Turbine Plant Engines • The Air Standard Brayton Cycle and Its Thermal Effi ciency 2 Days • Hands-On In-Class Problem Solving I.D.# C0118 • Isentropic Effi ciencies of the Compressor and the Turbine • Ideal and Actual Performances • Staging Brayton Cycle with Intercooling and Reheat • Regeneration This seminar explores the principles of conversion of thermal energy • Hands-On In-Class Problem Solving to mechanical work output, the basics of thermodynamics and fl uid • Advances in the Gas Turbine Technology and Applications fl ow, and the application of the First Law of Thermodynamics to systems with mass fl ow processes. This foundation is necessary to analyze the energy transfer processes in the major components of a gas Instructor: B. V. Karlekar Fee $1225 1.3 CEUs turbine plant; namely, compressor, combustion chamber, turbine, and heat recovery system. Hands-on problem solving will reinforce the learning experience. In addition, this seminar investigates the various causes of less than Turbocharging Internal ideal performance of a gas turbine plant. Calculations will be done to permit evaluation and analysis of plant performance when parameters Combustion Engines are specifi ed. The techniques of staging and intercooling, designed to improve performance, will also be explored. Hardware components of 3 Days a typical gas turbine plant and commercial applications of gas turbines I.D.# C0314 will be reviewed.

Learning Objectives The need to control emissions and maintain fuel economy is driving the use of advanced turbocharging technology in both diesel and Upon completion of this seminar, the attendee will be able to: gasoline engines. As the use of diesel engines in passenger car • Defi ne Thermodynamic Properties Of Ideal And Real Gases, Heat, gasoline and diesel engines increases, a greater focus on advanced and Work turbocharging technology is emerging in an effort to reap the benefi ts • Apply the First Law of Thermodynamics to Closed and Open obtained from turbocharging and engine downsizing. Systems • Perform Calculations to Determine Entropy Changes This seminar covers the basic concepts of turbocharging of gasoline • List the Components of a Gas Turbine Power Plant and diesel engines (light and heavy duty), including turbocharger • Defi ne Thermal Effi ciency of the Gas Turbine Power Plant and matching and charge air and EGR cooling, as well as associated Isentropic Effi ciencies of the Compressor and the Turbine controls. The limitations and future possibilities of today’s systems • Recognize the Need for Staging, Intercooling, Reheating and will be covered, as well as details on how emerging technologies will Regeneration impact engine/vehicle performance. The seminar’s primary focus • List the Causes for the Departure from the Ideal Performance of a is on the turbocharger-engine interface (subjects such as matching, Gas Turbine Power Plant benefi ts, limitations, and new technologies) rather than detailed • Calculate the Performance of a Gas Turbine Power Plant with turbocharger aerodynamics and design. Advanced technologies Staging and Intercooling Under Ideal and Real Life Conditions such as variable geometry and multi-stage turbocharging, high • Describe the Recent Advances in Gas Turbine Technology and low pressure loop EGR systems, assisted turbocharging and turbocompounding are discussed. Students will have the opportunity Who Should Attend to perform hands-on exercises to gain an appreciation of parametric Design, mechanical, or facilities engineers with an interest in gas effects in a wide range of engines. turbine engines and plants; engineers interested in cogeneration; stationary generator-set manufacturers and users; public and private **Participants are expected to bring a laptop computer, with Excel, to sector service providers, including hospital and municipal authorities. the seminar for class exercises.

P111669 book.indb 145 11/28/11 2:10 PM 146146 PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion

Learning Objectives DAY THREE • Impact of Turbocharging on Gasoline and Diesel Engine By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Performance and Emissions • Describe the thermodynamic principles governing the turbocharging • Charge (Air and EGR) Cooling Systems of internal combustion engines • Advanced Concepts in Turbocharging including Design Features of • Articulate the critical contribution of turbocharging to modern day Advanced Concepts diesel engine performance and emission control • Advanced versions of variable geometry turbocharging • Determine the possible benefi ts of turbocharging for specifi c • High temperature and high strength materials gasoline and heavy and light duty diesel engine applications • Two-stage turbocharging, series, parallel and sequential • Estimate the appropriate turbocharger characteristics for specifi c • Exhaust gas recirculation systems to minimize impact on effi ciency applications based on engine system requirements • Turbocompounding • Describe the limitations of current technologies and evaluate new • Electrically (and hydraulically) assisted turbocharging technologies and their possible role in meeting future engine/ • Impact on emissions control in diesel and gasoline engines vehicle system challenges • Cold start emissions issues, catalyst temperature for diesel and • Apply the basic principles of matching turbocharger with engine and gasoline optimizing overall system for desired performance and emissions • Turbocharger response issues

Who Should Attend Instructor: Arjun D. Tuteja and S. M. Shahed This seminar is designed for engineers, managers, and other technical Fee $1645 2.0 CEUs personnel from OEM and support industries concerned with the design and development of optimized diesel and spark ignition engine systems, including performance, fuel economy and emissions for passenger car, light truck and heavy duty engines. Some background in thermodynamics, IC engine performance and emissions will be Variable Cam and Valve Timing helpful. Individuals who need more background should consider attending SAE seminar “Diesel Engine Technology” (ID# 93014) or (VCT) & (VVT) Webinar “The Basics of Internal Combustion Engines” (ID# C0103). 6 Hours I.D.# WB1011 Topical Outline DAY ONE • Engine-Turbocharger Basics This webinar will discuss the general theory and potential system • Overview benefi t of varying valve timing and compare the differences between • Impact of charge density Variable Cam Timing (VCT) and Variable Valve Timing (VVT). It • Pumping loop and thermodynamics effects will cover the historical mechanisms to implement VCT and VVT • Gas exchange/air fl ow and performance characteristics -- Engine; systems, compared to the modern approaches. If you have a practical Turbocharger; Engine/turbocharger interaction understanding of internal combustion technology and systems, • Turbocharger Design Features you will gain an appreciation for VCT and VVT - its application • Overview to the automotive marketplace and its signifi cance as it applies to • Compressor side components and features improvements in the engine and overall powertrain operations. • Turbine side components and features • Other signifi cant turbocharger design requirements Learning Objectives • Charge and EGR cooler features • Durability - thermal stress, materials, high and low cycle fatigue By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: • Cooling, bearings, lubrication and sealing • Describe general theory and potential system benefi t of varying • Noise considerations valve timing • Free-fl oating, Wastegate, Variable Area or Variable Geometry • Recognize the difference between Variable Cam Timing (VCT) and Turbochargers and Controls Variable Valve Timing (VVT) • Compressor and Turbine Aerodynamics • Review historical mechanisms to implement VCT and VVT systems • Aerodynamic design features • Examine modern approaches to VCT and VVT systems • Figures of merit for aero performance • Performance maps and their impact on engine characteristics Who Should Attend • Methodology to evaluate the performance of compressors and This intermediate level webinar is appropriate for a number of design turbines and engineering disciplines including, but not limited to: design engineers and engineering managers, automotive engine designers, DAY TWO component suppliers, engine test and development engineers, • Engine Air and EGR Flow Requirements design services managers, and others who require the technological • Power density and effi ciency considerations knowledge to perform their respective job functions. • Emissions control considerations • Turbocharger Matching Prerequisites • Matching principles with and without EGR • Single and multi-stage turbo matching You should have a practical understanding of current internal • Turbocharger Selection Based on Engine System Requirement combustion technology and systems. An undergraduate engineering • Transient Response Considerations degree, or a strong technical background, is highly recommended. • Basic Spreadsheet Tools for Engine and Turbocharger Parametric Basic knowledge of algebra and physics is essential. Explorations • Hands-on exercises for turbocharger and engine performance calculations • Hands-on parametric studies using simple calculation tools

P111669 book.indb 146 11/28/11 2:10 PM PowerAerodynamics & Propulsion 147147

Topical Outline Who Should Attend Session 1 This intermediate level webinar is appropriate for a number of design • General Theory and Potential System Benefi t of Varying Valve and engineering disciplines including, but not limited to: design Timing engineers and engineering managers, automotive engine designers, • Difference between Variable Cam Timing (VCT) and Variable Valve component suppliers, engine test and development engineers, Timing (VVT) design services managers, and others who require the technological knowledge to perform their respective job functions. Session 2 • Defi nition of the Various Operational Modifi cations and the Prerequisites Operational Benefi ts of Their Implementation You should have a practical understanding of current internal • Review of General Mechanisms to Implement VCT and VVT combustion technology and systems. An undergraduate engineering Systems degree, or a strong technical background, is highly recommended. Basic knowledge of algebra and physics is essential. Session 3 • Modern Approaches to VCT Systems • Modern Approaches to VVT Systems Topical Outline • Practical Results Session 1 • Variable Compression Ratio (VCR) Engine Design Instructor: W. Mark McVea • Theoretical Improvements to Engine System Performance and Fee $515 .6 CEUsEffi ciency • Historical Mechanisms to Implement VCR

Session 2 • Modern Approaches to VCR Systems Variable Compression Ratio (VCR) • Practical Results

Webinar Instructor: W. Mark McVea 4 Hours Fee $395 .4 CEUs I.D.# WB1012

The objective of this webinar is to describe all the signifi cance, technology and application of Variable Compression Ratio (VCR) as it Fundamentals of Drivetrain applies to improvements in all facets of an automotive powertrain. The webinar will present the theoretical improvements to engine system Systems Certifi cate Program performance and effi ciency and the historical and modern approaches to VCR systems. An overview of direct injection of gasoline and SAE has developed a certifi cate program that offers a package of diesel fuels will presented, including the historical perspective of DI four courses which address the most salient fundamental topics, technologies. concepts, and practices within the drivetrain systems defi ned body Participants with a practical understanding of internal combustion of knowledge. technology and systems will gain an appreciation for VCR and After the successful completion of all four courses, another certifi cate its application to the automotive marketplace. This webinar will is awarded, recognizing completion of the entire Fundamentals of expose you to the emerging technologies in VCR operation that Drivetrain Systems Program. can signifi cantly improve operational effi ciencies. The fundamental science and implementation technology of the Variable Compression Required courses include: Ratio and Direct Injection will be presented. You will learn how • A Familiarization of Drivetrain Components the Engine Control Module (ECM) uses information related to the • Powertrain Selection for Fuel Economy & Acceleration Performance operational status to implement real-time running effi ciency of the engine and how the ECM affects changes in the operation of • Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle Transmissions OR Fundamentals the engine through the control systems that manage its operation. of Truck & Off-Highway Transmission Systems With this understanding, you will be able to derive your own set of • The Basics of Internal Combustion Engines OR Diesel Engine improvement criteria that could be made to address the limitations of Technology current engine technology. For more information on the Learning Objectives SEMINARS certifi cate program, visit By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: www.sae.org/contedu/certifi cate.htm • Describe theoretical improvements to engine system performance and effi ciency • Identify historical mechanisms to implement VCR technology • Describe modern approaches to VCR systems • Outline practical results

P111669 book.indb 147 11/28/11 2:10 PM 148148 Quality,Aerodynamics Reliability and Durability

ARP4754A and the Guidelines for Development of Civil Aircraft ISO 14001:2004 Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 156 and Systems ...... 148 ISO 14001:2004 Lead Auditor – CALISO* Online Course ...... 156 Advanced Product Quality Planning (APQP) Workshop ...... 149 ISO/TS 16949:2009 Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 156 AS9100C Internal Auditor Training ...... 150 ISO/TS 16949:2009 Auditor Training – CALISO* Online Course 157 IAQG Sanctioned Aerospace Auditor Transition Training (AATT) .151 ISO 19011:2002 Auditor Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 157 Implementing AS9100: Understanding and Transitioning to the Good Laboratory Practices (GLP) Training – CALISO* Online New Requirements ...... 152 Course ...... 157 Principles of ISO 9000, ISO/TS 16949, and AS9100 Fast Track...... 153 Six Sigma Overview – CALISO* Online Course ...... 158 Introduction to Weibull Engineering Fast Track ...... 153 Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 158 Global 8D - Ford Online Course ...... 154 Introduction to Advance Product Quality Planning (APQP) Fast ISO 9001 Overview – CALISO* Online Course ...... 154 Track ...... 158 ISO 9001:2008 Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 154 Understanding AS9100C Quality Management System Standard .159 ISO 9001:2008 Auditor Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 155 Understanding AS9100 Rev C Webinar ...... 159 ISO 9001:2008 Lead Auditor – CALISO* Online Course ...... 155 Statistical Methods for Quality Engineering ...... 160 ISO 9001 Business Strategy – CALISO* Online Course ...... 155

ARP4754A and the Guidelines for Who Should Attend This seminar is designed for engineers and other key personnel Development of Civil Aircraft and working in the design, development, and safety assessments of aircraft Systems and aircraft systems. 2 Days Prerequisites I.D.# C1118 None

Topical Outline ARP4754A substantially revises the industry guidance for the DAY ONE development of aircraft and aircraft systems while taking into • Introduction account the overall aircraft operating environment and functions. • Overview of seminar material This development process includes validation of requirements and • ARP4754A Development History verifi cation of the design implementation for certifi cation and product • How we got here. assurance. ARP4754A provides the practices for showing compliance • Who contributed to the revision? with regulations and serves to assist companies in developing • ARP4754 to ARP4754A Change Highlights and meeting its own internal standards though application of the • Chapter by chapter change review described guidelines. • Aircraft / Systems Development Process • Overview of Process This two day seminar will provide attendees with an in-depth • Discussion of Interactions with safety processes presentation of the guidelines introduced in the revised recommended • Discussion of Interactions with hardware and software practice for aircraft and systems development as well as the critical development processes concepts used in aircraft and systems development processes for • Integral Processes certifi cation. The aircraft/systems development process and its • Safety Assessment interactions with the safety, hardware development and software • Development Assurance Level Assignment development processes will be discussed along with the incorporated changes, with special emphasis on new material and development DAY TWO concepts. Additionally, the relationship and key interactions between • Integral Processes the aircraft/system guidance material established in ARP4754A and • Requirement Management the guidance material in DO-254 for hardware and DO-178B for • Implementation Verifi cation software will be reviewed to ensure attendees gain insight into the • Confi guration Management expectations being established for aircraft certifi cation. • Process Assurance • Certifi cation / Regulatory Authority Coordination In addition to the seminar handout, a copy of the ARP4754A: • New Guidance - FDAL & IDAL Examples Guidelines for Development of Civil Aircraft and Systems will be • Defi nitions provided to each attendee. • Assigning appropriate levels • New Guidance - System Development Objectives Learning Objectives • Appendix A Overview By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • AIR6110 - Example Application • Indentify the changes between the legacy ARP4754 and ARP4754A, • Summary and Review • Explain the aircraft/systems development process and its interaction • Review of presented material with the safety assessment process, • Question an d Answer • Identify the key aircraft/systems development processes and their interrelationships, Instructor: Eric M. Peterson • Discover and be able to apply new guidelines on Functional and Fee $1215 1.3 CEUs Item Development Assurance Levels (FDAL & IDAL) • Apply the new guideline material within your own company context.

P111669 book.indb 148 11/28/11 2:10 PM Quality, ReliabilityAerodynamics and Durability 149149

• Product reliability studies Advanced Product Quality • Customer inputs • Design go als Planning (APQP) Workshop • Reliability and quality goals 4 Days • Preliminary bill of materials I.D.# C0111 • Preliminary process fl ow chart • Preliminary listing of special product and process characteristics • Product assurance plan This four-day workshop will provide you with fundamental • Management support knowledge and hands-on practice with the Advanced Product • Product Design and Development Quality Planning process and key tools. Topics addressed include the • Design failure mode and effects analysis (DFMEA) overview and application of the APQP process, Failure Mode and • Design for manufacturability and assembly Effects Analysis, Control Plans, and Error Proofi ng. The program is • Design verifi cation designed for all levels of design and manufacturing personnel, as • Design r eviews well as more experienced engineering and management personnel, • Prototype build -- control plan especially for those involved in developing new products or processes. • Engineering drawings (including math data) • Engineering specifi cations Why All Four Topics Together? APQP, FMEAs, Control Plans, and • Material specifi cations Error Proofi ng are all interrelated and build on each other. Training • Drawing and specifi cation changes that focuses only on one of these subjects at a time cannot show • New equipment, tooling and facilities requirements how these tools work together to minimize effort, improve quality, • Special product and process characteristics and complete programs more quickly with less headaches before, • Gages/testing equipment requirements during, and after launch. Participants apply these key tools together • Team feasibility commitment and management support to bring an actual product from concept to production during this • Process Design and Development comprehensive, start-to-fi nish workshop. • Packaging standards • Product/process quality system review • Process fl ow chart Learning Objectives • Floor plan layout By attending this seminar, attendees will learn: • Characteristics matrix • APQP phases, milestones, and deliverables • Process failure mode and effects analysis (PFMEA) • The relationship between APQP, PPAP, FMEAs, and Control Plans, • Pre-launch control plan and Error Proofi ng • Process instructions • Step-by-step instructions for completing Design and Process FMEAs • Measurement systems analysis plan • How to avoid some of the most common FMEA pitfalls • Preliminary process capability study plan • How to use FMEAs and other inputs to complete Control Plans • •Packaging specifi cations easily and quickly • Management support • Error proofi ng and mistake proofi ng concepts, applications, and • Product and Process Validation opportunities throughout the APQP process. • Production trial run • Measurement systems evaluation Who Should Attend • Preliminary process capability study This course is designed for individuals with minimal experience • Production part approval with the APQP process and its related key tools. However, many • Production validation testing experienced individuals attend the course to refresh their knowledge, • Packaging evaluation gain advanced strategies, and practice development and application of • Production control plan these tools with an experienced facilitator. Program managers, design- • Quality planning sign-off and management support responsible engineers or managers, potential APQP or FMEA team • Feedback, Assessment and Corrective Action members such as operators and technicians, quality personnel, and • Reduced variation other product design and manufacturing personnel who are interested • Customer Satisfaction in continuous improvement strategies will all benefi t. • Delivery and service • Supplements Prerequisites • Post-Assessment Attendees should have some previous experience with the APQP • DAY TWO process and related tools. • Failure Mode and Effects Analysis • Pre-assessment Topical Outline • Instructor-lead development of a sample FMEA DAY ONE • FMEA defi nition, questions, purpose, and benefi ts • Advanced Product Quality Planning • Types of FMEAs, their focus, and their relationship with QS-9000 • Pre-Assessment • Timing of FMEA development and revisions • Product Quality Planning Responsibility Matrix • FMEA team composition and data inputs • Fundamentals of Product Quality Planning • Design FMEA Development • Product Quality Planning Timing Chart • DFMEA Candidates, Timing, and Inputs • Plan and Defi ne Program • Prepare the Form for Traceability • Voice of the customer -- Market research; Historical warranty and • Item/Function, Failure Modes, and DFMEA Assumptions quality information; Team Experience • Effects and Severity: Worst Case Scenarios • Business plan/marketing strategy • Causes and Occurrence: Warranty Data vs. Test Data • Product/process benchmark data • Current Design Controls and Detection: Ranking Criteria • Product/process assumptions Weaknesses

P111669 book.indb 149 11/28/11 2:10 PM 150150 Quality,Aerodynamics Reliability and Durability

• Risk Priority Number: One of several indicators • The Key Elements of Error Proofi ng • Recommended Action Do’s and Don’t’s • Inspection Strategies • DFMEA group exercises • Feedback Categories • Process FMEA Development • Intervention Le vels • PFMEA Candidates, Timing, and Inputs • Error Proofi ng Case Studies • Process Requirements, Failure Modes, and PFMEA Assumptions • Conduct the following steps on three manufacturing case studies: • Effects and Severity: The Five Categories of Effects Analyze Process Data; Brainstorm Error Proofi ng Solutions; • Causes and Occurrence: The link with Cpk and the 5 Whys Conduct Cost/Benefi ts Analysis; Recommend Solutions; Peer • Current Design Controls and Detection: The Case for Error Analysis Proofi ng • Error Proofi ng, QS-9000, and the APQP process • Risk Priority Number: Proper RPN Calculation • QS-9000 Error Proofi ng requirements • Recommended Action: What if there isn’t one? • Error Proofi ng strategies for each APQP phase • PFMEA group exercises • The role of Product Design Error Proofi ng • FMEA Application Workshop • The link between Process FMEA and Error Proofi ng • Participant-lead Review of Day 1 Content • Error Proofi ng at the Plant Level • Brainstorming, Selection, and Practice on a Sample FMEA Project • Error Proofi ng Case Study Workshop • Guided Small Group FMEA Development • Each team will be assigned a process and supporting data, and • Small Group FMEA Presentations will work together to do the following: Create a process fl ow diagram; Conduct a root cause analysis and problem solving DAY THREE worksheet; Brainstorm Error Proofi ng Solutions; Conduct cost/ • FMEA and Control Plans benefi ts analysis; Complete an Error Proofi ng worksheet; Present • FMEA Summary and Advanced Strategies the case before the group • Characteristics of Good FMEAs • Error Proofi ng Summary and Advanced Strategies • Concurrent Development of PFMEAs and DFMEAs: Benefi ts and • Timing is everything: designing in Error Proofi ng Sources of Confusion • Choosing your Error Proofi ng battles • Data-Gathering Strategies and Related Quality Tools • Resisting the temptation to inspect and rework • Cost/Benefi ts Analysis and Cost of Changes • Data-Gathering Strategies and Related Quality Tools • Potential Problems, Pitfalls, and Areas of Confusion: Beware of • Cost/Benefi ts Analysis Methods RPN Threshholds • Potential Problems, Pitfalls, and Lessons Learned • FMEA Maintenance and Control Plan Links • Additional Resources • Mining for Gold using FMEAs • Post-Assessment • Group Summary Exercises • Post-Assessment Instructor: Daniel P. Bauer, Jr. • Control P lans Fee $1655 2.6 CEUs • Pre-Assessment • What is a Control Plan? • How is a Control Plan Developed? • The Benefi ts of a Control Plan • Control Plans and the Product Life Cycle AS9100C Internal Auditor Training • Control Plan Inputs 3 Days • The Control Plan Team (Process Team) I.D.# C1120 • Process Flow and Characteristics • Operation Fl ow • Characteristics • Control Methods Internal audits are a requirement of the AS9100 Rev C standard • Determining Sources of Variation and one of the fundamental requirements of the internal audit • Table of Controls program is to verify the compliance of the organization’s quality • Evaluation Methods/Measurement Technique management system to the AS9100 standard. Internal auditors must • Sample Size/Frequency be knowledgeable of these requirements and the expectations as • Reaction Plans identifi ed in the standard. In addition, the requirements of AS9101Rev • Standardization and Continuous Improvement D have signifi cantly changed the way audits are expected to be • Standardizing the Control Plan performed in the Aviation, Space and Defense industries. • Typical Instructions • Document Maintenance This three-day internal auditor training program is designed to • Periodic Assessment provide potential and existing internal auditors with the knowledge • Process Review Flow Chart necessary to understand and successfully audit an organization • Supplemental Information against AS9100 Rev C: Quality Management Systems - Requirements for • Post-Assessment Aviation, Space and Defense Organizations. Additionally, attendees will participate in a detailed examination of the requirements of AS9101 DAY FOUR Rev D: Quality Management Systems Audit Requirements for Aviation, • Error Proofi ng and Workshop Summary Space, and Defense Organizations. An overview of AS9101D Quality • Pre-assessment Management Systems Audit Requirements for Aviation, Space, and Defense • The philosophy of process-focused quality Organization will also be provided to identify the effect this standard • What is Error Proofi ng and Mistake Proofi ng? has on the way internal audits should be conducted. Case studies • Everyday examples of Error Proofi ng and classroom exercises will also be presented in this class to provide • Manufacturing examples of Error Proofi ng participants the comprehensive knowledge and practical skills • Purpose and Benefi ts of Error Proofi ng necessary to be an effective internal auditor.

P111669 book.indb 150 11/28/11 2:10 PM Quality, ReliabilityAerodynamics and Durability 151151

Learning Objectives IAQG Sanctioned Aerospace By attending this training program you will be able to: • Identify the basic elements of a quality management system Auditor Transition Training • Summarize the impact ISO 9000:2005 has on the application of other Standards (AATT) • Identify and explain the requirements of AS9100:2009 Rev C 4 Days including process approach, project planning, risk management, I.D.# C1034 confi guration management, and work transfer • Identify and explain the key requirements of AS9101:2010 Rev D Auditing a QMS • Demonstrate the knowledge and skills required to independently SAE International, the society dedicated to advancing mobility perform a quality management system audit engineering worldwide, is pleased to be a recognized training • Identify the tools and techniques necessary for carrying out an provider of the classroom component of the IAQG-Sanctioned Aerospace effective audit Auditor Transition Training (AATT). As an approved training provider, • Document the outcomes of an audit SAE is committed to providing the highest level of quality training using the most qualifi ed instructors in the industry. This four-day Who Should Attend course is the instructor-led classroom component of the AS9100 IAQG- Sanctioned training and includes how to audit to the AS9100 series This training program is designed for quality professionals in the standards using the process-based approach of AS9101D. Along with Aviation, Space and Defense industries who are involved in the the training in this instructor-led component, there is a continual internal audit program and/or management of quality systems evaluation of each participant, paying particular attention to his/her seeking compliance to the AS9100 and AS9101 Standards. active participation, role play, and case study exercises. The fourth day includes an online fi nal examination and interview. Prerequisites Prior knowledge and experience is not required. However an This course is certi ed by RABQSA International and meets the classroom understanding of the AS9100B Quality Management System standard training requirements of the IAQG Sanctioned Aerospace Auditor Transition and internal auditing concepts would be benefi cial. Training for AS9100:2009. Successfully completing the AATT program and the awarding of the Certi cate of Successful Completion satis es the training Topical Outline requirements for auditors to update their AA, AEA and AIEA certi cation. DAY ONE Required Training Elements: • Module 0: Agenda and Introductions There are three required elements to completing the Aerospace • Module 1: Introduction to the basics of Quality Management Systems Auditor Transition Training and include the initial online exams and • Module 2: ISO-9000:2005 Overview training module, the instructor-led AATT classroom course, and the • Terms and Defi nitions fi nal exam and interview. • Module 3: AS9100:2009, Rev C Overview • Quality Management System with emphasis on the Process Approach Online Pre-Work: • Management Responsibility with emphasis on Customer Focus Prior to taking the classroom portion of this course, participants • Resource Management complete the Knowledge and the Application Initial Examinations • Product Realization, with emphasis on (45 minutes each). Participants obtaining a score of 90% or better • Project Management on both exams have the option of opting out of the online training • Risk Management module. Participants scoring less than the prerequisite 90% are then • Confi guration Management required to complete the Foundations: Understanding 9100 online • Work Transfer training module. This module typically takes between eight and • Measurement, Analysis and Improvement twenty hours to complete. Participants will receive a Certifi cate of Completion of the Online Training Module and must present DAY TWO this certifi cate to SAE to gain admittance to the classroom course. • Module 3: Continued Once you have taken the online exams, and regardless of pass/fail • Module 4: AS9101:2009, Rev D Overview status, you can then register for the classroom component. Note: In • Quality Management System with emphasis on the Process Approach addition to your registration with SAE International, you must also • Management Responsibility with emphasis on Customer Focus register for the online exams and training module at IAQGTraining. • Understanding the new Aviation, Space & Defense 3rd Party com. It is recommended that everyone review the online training Auditing Focus module prior to attending the AATT classroom course. Participants • Use of AS9100C Audit Forms have access to this online module and associated online material for • Module 5: future reference. • Overview of the Audit Life Cycle • Understand Audit Tools & Techniques Instructor-Led Classroom Training: • Effectively prepare to conduct an Audit This course consists of three days of instructor-led training and one • Effectively conducting QMS Audits day of assessments. During the three days of classroom training • Writing effective audit documentation attendees develop an audit package through various exercises. In addition, the instructors will evaluate the attendee’s ongoing DAY THREE participation and learning achievement during the class. Class size is • Module 5: Continued limited to twelve. • Module 6: • Prepare to conduct an Audit (case studies) Final Exam: • Conduct an audit (simulated) On the fourth day attendees complete an online knowledge and • Report on the outcome of an audit application exam. The attendees will go through an interview with the instructors to review his/her audit package as well as an explanation Instructor: Paul J. Kunder of the instructors’ conclusions. Based on the aggregate of the trainee’s Fee $1495 2.0 CEUs Catalog Key 3 ways to get a no-obligation price quote to bring a course to your company • Call SAE Corporate Learning at 1-724-772-8529 Instructor-led Online ACTAR Part of a Certifi cate • Fill out the online quote request at www.sae.org/corplearning • Email us at [email protected] programs courses approved Program Curriculum

P111669 book.indb 151 11/28/11 2:10 PM 152152 Quality,Aerodynamics Reliability and Durability

ongoing evaluation during the instructor-led course, the online knowledge and application exam, and the interview each participant Implementing AS9100: will be issued a fi nal grade. An aggregate score of at least 80% is required to pass. Understanding and Transitioning to the New Requirements Learning Objectives 2 Days By successfully completing this course, attendees will be able to fulfi ll I.D.# C1119 the classroom requirement of the IAQG Sanctioned Aerospace Auditor Transition Training by demonstrating knowledge of • Audit pl anning • Auditing top management Individuals responsible for quality management system, • Auditing process owners implementation, and transition to the AS9100:2009 series of standards • Auditing process trails for Aviation, Space, and Defense will require an understanding of the • Conclusions, reporting, and certifi cation requirements for the preparation and execution of the audit process • Surveillance and recertifi cation as defi ned in these revised standards. Management and implementers • Special audits of AS9100:2009 Rev. C within these organizations must also be aware of what these changes may mean for their company. A thorough Who Should Attend understanding of the process approach to auditing as required by the standard and the Certifi cation Body requirements will have a For auditors seeking authentication to AS9100:2009, this certifi ed course direct impact on the outcome of the QMS audit as companies look to is intended to fulfi ll the instructor-led classroom training requirement transition their certifi cate to AS9100 Rev. C. of the Aeropace Auditor Transition Training (AATT). Additionally, aeronautics, space, and defense industry personnel responsible for This two-day seminar will begin with an in-depth review of changes establishing, implementing, and evaluating quality management in AS9100 Rev. C: Quality Management Systems - Requirements for systems will benefi t from the information presented in this course. Aviation, Space and Defense Organizations and the intent of the revised requirements. Included is a detailed discussion of the standard, Prerequisites with special emphasis on the process approach, project planning, Registering for and completing the AS9100 online module through risk management, confi guration management, and work transfer. IAQGTraining.com is the fi rst step in meeting the IAQG AATT Additionally, AS9101 Rev D: Quality Management Systems Audit training requirements. Proof of satisfactory completion (copy Requirements for Aviation, Space, and Defense Organizations and AS9104-1: of Certifi cate of Completion) required to gain admittance to the Requirements for Aviation, Space, and Defense Quality Management System instructor-led course. The online component begins with the Certi cation Programs will be examined so that individuals responsible Knowledge and Application Initial Examinations followed by the for AS9100 Rev. C implementation understand the system and audit Foundations: Understanding 9100 online training module. Participants requirements and the immediate infl uence these changes will have on achieving a score of 90% or better on the exams may opt out of taking their certifi cate transition. the online training module. Upon completion, participants will be provided a Certifi cate of Completion of the Online Modules. In order Learning Objectives to be admitted to the SAE instructor-led classroom course, participants By attending this seminar, you will be able to: must present to SAE the Certifi cate before the start of class or achieve • Summarize the International Aviation, Space & Defense standards a passing score of 90% on both Initial Examinations. change process and why changes to the standards were required. • Identify key changes between AS9100 Rev. B and Rev. C and how Topical Outline these changes will impact an organization’s certifi cate transition. DAY ONE • Identify the requirements of AS9100:2009 Rev. C with emphasis • Bridging the online modules and classroom training on the process approach, project planning, risk management, • Pre-Audit Activities confi guration management, and work transfer. • Stage 1 Audit Activities • Identify and understand AS9101:2010 Rev. D Audit Requirements for conducting and reporting audits and the impact these DAY TWO requirements will have on organizations and implementers involved • Stage 2 Audit Planning in transitioning to Rev. C. • Auditing Top Management • Identify key components of AS9104-1 Certifi cation Process Overview • Auditing Process Owners and the infl uence this standard will have in the transition and • Auditing Process Trails certifi cation process.

DAY THREE Who Should Attend • Audit Conclusions This seminar is intended for Aviation, Space and Defense industry • Audit Reporting professionals who desire a detailed understanding of the requirements • Certifi cation Requirements of AS9100 Rev. C in order to manage, implement, and perform internal • Surveillance, Recertifi cation and Special Audits audits to the standards. Additionally, trainers, consultants, and other • Use of the new AS9101D Audit Forms individuals that maintain a signifi cant interest in AS9100 standards will benefi t from the information presented in this seminar. DAY FOUR • Final Online Knowledge and Application Exams Prerequisites • Oral Interview Exam FINAL DETERMINATION OF PASS/FAIL • Final scores and the determination of Pass/Fail are provided by the Participants should have an understanding of AS9100 Rev B and ISO IAQG and not the training provider. 9001 QMS standards and concepts.

Fee $2195 2.6 CEUs

P111669 book.indb 152 11/28/11 2:10 PM Quality, ReliabilityAerodynamics and Durability 153153

Topical Outline departments from sales and marketing to engineering, purchasing, production, customer service, receiving, packaging, storage, shipping, DAY ONE and beyond will benefi t from the purpose driven management • Overview of AS&D Standards systems that are necessary to deliver customer satisfaction and survive • Rationale for changes and the revision process in the global economy. This course is not intended for those already familiar • AS9100:2009 Rev C Changes Overview with the purpose and bene ts of the standards. • AS9100:2009 Rev C Detailed Discussion • Quality Management System and the Process Approach • Management Responsibility with emphasis on Customer Focus What You Will Receive • Resource Management • Three months of online access to the 25 minute presentation • Product Realization with emphasis on: • Integrated knowledge checks to reinforce key concepts • Project Management • Proof of Participation • Risk Management • Confi guration Management Instructor: Joseph Sorrentino • Work Transfer Fee $59 • Measurement, Analysis and Improvement DAY TWO • AS9100:2009 Rev C Detailed Discussion (continued) • AS9101:2010 Rev D • Aviation, Space & Defense 3rd Party Auditing Focus Introduction to Weibull • Enhanced audit processes • Process based management systems Engineering Fast Track • Phases of the audit process I.D.#PD230946ON (Online delivery) • Customer focus and feedback • Conformity AND effectiveness • New forms and their impact The Weibull engineering technique is the starting point for • Non Conformity Report (NCR) solving most issues related to product reliability, maintainability, • Objective Evidence Record (OER) supportability, quality, safety, test planning, and cost control. Weibull • Process Effectiveness Assessment Report (PEAR) Analysis is popular worldwide as the best method for predicting • AS&D AS9104/1 Certifi cation Process Overview modeling variability and failure of designs, products, and systems. • Summary of Certifi cation Body requirements and expectations In this introductory short course, instructor Wes Fulton will provide • NCR requirements a solid overview of Weibull Engineering capabilities. This Fast Track • Audit day table should be considered a prerequisite for participation in a Weibull • Audit report generation project or for attending additional SAE training that covers advanced Weibull applications. Instructor: L. L. “Buddy” Cressionnie Fee $1285 1.3 CEUs Major topics include: • Introduction and Background • Basic Weibull Plotting and Interpretation • Case Studies of Successful Weibull Applications Principles of ISO 9000, ISO/TS • Overview of Weibull Extensions 16949, and AS9100 Fast Track • Course Summary I.D.#PD230824ON (Online delivery) Is this Fast Track for You? The Introduction to Weibull Engineering Fast Track is designed for the engineer - from automotive, aerospace, electrical, biomedical, and nuclear. This course does not require any pre-requisite, as the content Understanding the purpose and intended use of standards, directives will unfold from the basics, up to the more advanced features of this and requirements sets the foundation for developing a functional valuable analysis tool. The knowledge gained in this course can serve management system. This 25-minute, online short course is intended as a prerequisite to more advanced Weibull projects. to present ISO 9000, ISO/TS 16949 and AS9100 as purpose driven management systems that are necessary for companies to survive in What You Will Receive our fast-moving economy. • Three months of online access to the 80 minute presentation • Integrated knowledge checks to reinforce key concepts Major topics include: • Proof of Participation • The history leading to the development of ISO/TS 16949 and AS9100 • The cost of poor quality Instructor: Wes Fulton • Management system principles Fee $149 • Plan-Do-Check-Act • Process based quality system model • Terms and Defi nitions • ISO/TS 16949 and AS9100 Sections

Is this Fast Track for you? In all three standards, paragraph 6.2.2 states the need for competence, awareness and training. Management and personnel in all

P111669 book.indb 153 11/28/11 2:10 PM 154154 Quality,Aerodynamics Reliability and Durability

Global 8D - Ford Online Course This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: • Want to quickly and effi ciently get a comprehensive overview of ISO I.D.#PD111012ON (Online delivery) 9001:2008 • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with qualifi cations in ISO 9001 • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing ISO 9001:2000 to ISO Global 8D (G8D) is a disciplined process developed by Ford Motor 9001:2008 Company to help product development and manufacturing engineers • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing with ISO 10011-1 to identify and solve problems. Solving problems results in effi cient, as ISO 19011:2002 well as effective, resolution to ‘root causes’ of customer satisfaction issues, and helps reduce warranty costs. With this 12-hour online Fee: $129.95 0.4 CEU course, you will learn the methods and tools used to complete each step in the Ford Global 8D fi nd-and-fi x problem-solving process, including steps to defi ne the problem, verify the root cause and escape point, and prevent occurrence. ISO 9001:2008 Training – CALISO* Major topics include: Online Course • Global 8D Overview • Prepare for Global 8D and Establish the Team I.D.# ISO9001TRAINING (Online Delivery) • Describe the Problem and Find the Root Cause • Choose and Implement a Permanent Corrective Action (PCA) • Complete the Global 8D As described in the previous ISO 9001 Overview description, ISO 9001 Is this SAE/- Ford Online Course for you? is a quality management standard developed by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). Your company and all who This course is geared toward quality, manufacturing, and product partake in the daily activities of running the business will benefi t from development engineers. It is recommended that you have an taking ISO 9001 training. This eight-hour ISO 9001 (.8 CEU) overview engineering degree and experience in the automotive engineering is particularly adapted for training all levels of an organization on the fi eld. requirements of this standard.

What You Will Receive Major topics include: • Four months of online access to the 12 hour course • General Requirements of ISO 9001 • Proof of Participation • ISO 9001 Vocabulary • Management Responsibility Fee $395 • Resource Management • Product Realization • Measurement, Analysis and Improvement ISO 9001 Overview – CALISO* This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: • Want to quickly and efﬁ ciently get a comprehensive training of ISO Online Course 9001:2008 I.D.# ISO9001OVERVIEW (Online Delivery) • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with qualiﬁ cations in quality assurance • Want to upgrade your expertise from ISO 9001:2000 to ISO 9001:2008

ISO 9001 is a quality management standard developed by the Fee: $199.95 0.8 CEU International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The ISO 9001 standard is generic and can be used for any organization, whether it provides physical products or services. The requirements must be carefully interpreted to make sense within a particular organization. Developing automotive products is not like producing food products or offering consulting services; yet the ISO 9001 standard, because it is business and management oriented, can be applied to any activity. It is the most widely used quality management standard in the world. This four-hour ISO 9001 overview is particularly adapted for training top management on the high level requirements.

Major topics include: • General Requirements of ISO 9001 • Management Responsibility • Resource Management • Product Realization (summary) • Measurement, Analysis and Improvement

P111669 book.indb 154 11/28/11 2:10 PM Quality, ReliabilityAerodynamics and Durability 155155

ISO 9001:2008 Auditor Training – This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: • Want to quickly and effi ciently learn how to conduct an ISO CALISO* Online Course 9001:2008 audit • Want to quickly and effi ciently be trained on ISO 9001 (the I.D.# ISO9001AUDITOR (Online Delivery) standard), and ISO 9000 (the vocabulary for the standard) • Want to conduct internal audits and supplier audits for your company • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with qualifi cations in quality assurance and leading 1st part audits As described in the previous ISO 9001 Overview description, ISO 9001 • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing with ISO 10011-1 to is a quality management standard developed by the International ISO 19011:2002 Organization for Standardization (ISO). Your company and all who partake in the daily activities of running the business will benefi t from Fee: $325.00 2.2 CEUs taking ISO 9001 training. The eight-hour (.8 CEU) ISO 9001 Auditor course provides training on the standard itself and on how to lead or conduct internal audits and supplier audits using ISO 19011, the guideline standard on how to audit management systems. ISO 9001 Business Strategy – Major topics include: CALISO* Online Course • General Requirements of ISO 19011 • Auditing techniques I.E.#BSI (Online Delivery) • QMS Auditing Case Studies

This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: This is the ideal course for the CEO, Executive, other senior • Want to quickly and effi ciently learn how to lead an ISO 9001:2008 management team member, or corporate development department audit (strategy) staff who must design the vision for the company and chart • Want to quickly and effi ciently be trained on ISO 9001 (the the course and strategy for the management team to follow. This standard), and ISO 9000 (the vocabulary for the standard) course was designed by expert partner-level management consultants • Want to be a lead auditor to conduct internal audits and supplier with an average 15-years of experience with the top tier global audits for your company strategic management consulting fi rms as consultants to Fortune 500 • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with companies and fi nancial institutions. qualifi cations in quality assurance and leading 1st part audits • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing ISO 9001:2000 to ISO 9001:2008 Major topics include: • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing with ISO 10011-1 to • Vision, what does it do and how important is it? ISO 19011:2002 • Selecting market segments where the company will compete • Understanding market segments and capturing with tactical Fee: $199.95 0.8 CEU strategy and brand • Figuring out the capabilities the company needs to have to win • Enabling the needed set of capabilities at your company • Performance metrics and aligning the fi rm to successfully execute ISO 9001:2008 Lead Auditor – the strategy CALISO* Online Course This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: • Are an employee or manager and want to quickly and effi ciently I.D.# ISO9001LEADAUDITOR (Online Delivery) become familiar with business strategy for implementation • Want to understand Business Strategy in order to knowledgably assess and contract Business Strategy services from a management consulting fi rm As described in the previous ISO 9001 Overview description, ISO 9001 • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with Business is a quality management standard developed by the International Strategy knowledge and qualifi cations Organization for Standardization (ISO). Your company and all who • Are interested in learning world-class best practice methodology partake in planning, leading and conducting the audit activities of which will help increase your value to your company and help you running the business will benefi t from taking ISO 14001 Auditor think strategically training. The 22-hour (2.2 CEU) ISO 9001 Auditor course provides • Need to develop a competitive strategy for your company training on the standard itself and on how to lead or conduct internal • If the vision and strategy for your company is unclear or possibly in audits and supplier audits using ISO 19011, the guideline standard on need of further enhancement how to audit management systems. • Are uncertain that you have the correct organization design, processes, technology, and performance metrics needed to Major topics include: successfully execute the company’s business strategy • General Requirements of ISO 9001 • Are restructuring or implementing quality programs but, so far, • Management Responsibility have not seen desired results • Resource Management • Noticed that legacy processes, policies, and organization structures • Product Realization at your company don’t change although they seem inadequate, out • Measurement, Analysis and Improvement of date, or inconsistent with the business strategy • General Requirements of ISO 19011 • Auditing techniques Fee: $239.95 1.2 CEUs • QMS Auditing Case Studies Catalog Key 3 ways to get a no-obligation price quote to bring a course to your company • Call SAE Corporate Learning at 1-724-772-8529 Instructor-led Online ACTAR Part of a Certifi cate • Fill out the online quote request at www.sae.org/corplearning • Email us at [email protected] programs courses approved Program Curriculum

P111669 book.indb 155 11/28/11 2:10 PM 156156 Quality,Aerodynamics Reliability and Durability

ISO 14001:2004 Training – Major topics include: • General Requirements of ISO 14001 CALISO* Online Course • ISO 14001 Vocabulary • Environmental Policy I.D.#ISO14001 (Online Delivery) • Planning • Implementation and Operation • Checking • Management Review ISO 14001 is an environmental management standard (EMS) • General Requirements of ISO 19011 developed by the International Organization for Standardization • Auditing Techniques (ISO). The ISO 14001 standard is generic and can be used for any • EMS Auditing Case Studies organization, whether it provides physical products or services. The requirements must be carefully interpreted to make sense within a This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: particular organization. Developing automotive products and the environmental impact of this activity is not like producing food • Want to quickly and effi ciently learn how to lead an ISO 14001:2004 products or offering consulting services; yet the ISO 14001 standard, audit because it is business and management oriented can be applied to any • Want to quickly and effi ciently be trained on ISO 14001 (the activity. It is the most widely used EMS standard in the world. standard), and ISO 14000 (the vocabulary for the standard) Your company and all who partake in the daily activities of running • Want to be a lead auditor to conduct internal audits and supplier the business will benefi t from taking ISO 14001 training. This eight- audits for your company hour ISO 14001 (.8 CEU) overview is particularly adapted for all • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with members of the organization. qualifi cations in EMS and leading fi rst part and second party audits • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing with ISO 10011-1 to ISO 19011:2002 Major topics include: • General Requirements of ISO 14001 Fee: $289.95 2.2 CEUs • ISO 14001 Vocabulary • Environmental Policy • Planning • Implementation and Operation • Checking ISO/TS 16949:2009 Training – • Management Review CALISO* Online Course This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: I.D.# ISO16949 (Online Delivery) • Want to quickly and effi ciently get a comprehensive training of ISO 14001:2004 • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with qualifi cations in EMS The ISO/TS16949 is an ISO technical specifi cation for the automotive • Do NOT have time to allocate two full days to take an industry aiming to the development of a quality management environmental management class system that provides for continual improvement, emphasizing defect • Want to train more of your staff on auditing economically and prevention and the reduction of variation and waste in the supply without having to immobilize them in a class for a full day chain. The requirements must be carefully interpreted to make sense within a particular organization. Fee: $189.95 0.8 CEU Your company and all who partake in the daily activities of running the business will benefi t from taking ISO/TS 16949 training. This eight-hour ISO/TS 16949 (.8 CEU) overview is particularly adapted for training all ISO 14001:2004 Lead Auditor – levels of an organization on the requirements of this standard. CALISO* Online Course Major topics include: • General Requirements of ISO 16949 I.D.#ISO14001LEADAUDITOR (Online Delivery) • ISO 16949 Vocabulary • Management Responsibility • Resource Management • Product Realization As described in the previous ISO 14001 course description, ISO 14001 • Measurement, Analysis and Improvement is an environmental management standard (EMS) developed by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). Your company This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: and all who partake in planning, leading and conducting the EMS audit activities of your business and managing its environmental program • Want to quickly and effi ciently get a comprehensive training of ISO will benefi t from taking ISO 14001 training. The 22-hour (2.2 CEU) ISO 16949:2009 14001 Lead Auditor course is the most comprehensive training on the • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with subject. It provides training on the standard itself but also on how to qualifi cations in quality assurance lead or conduct internal audits and supplier audits using ISO 19011, the • Want to upgrade your expertise from QS 9000 to ISO 16949:2009 guideline standard on how to audit management systems. Fee: $199.95 0.8CEU

P111669 book.indb 156 11/28/11 2:10 PM Quality, ReliabilityAerodynamics and Durability 157157

ISO/TS 16949:2009 Auditor Major topics include: • General Requirements of ISO 19011 Training – CALISO* Online Course • Auditing techniques • Auditing Case Studies I.D.# ISO16949AUDITOR (Online Delivery) This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: • Want to quickly and effi ciently learn how to audit management The ISO/TS16949 is an ISO technical specifi cation for the automotive systems industry aiming to the development of a quality management • Want to be a lead auditor to conduct internal audits and supplier system that provides for continual improvement, emphasizing defect audits for your company prevention and the reduction of variation and waste in the supply • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with chain. The requirements must be carefully interpreted to make sense qualifi cations in quality assurance and leading 1st part audits within a particular organization. • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing with ISO 10011-1 to Your company and all who partake in the QMS and supplier ISO 19011:2002 audit activities will benefi t from taking ISO/TS 16949 training. The eight-hour (.8 CEU) ISO/TS 16949 Auditor course is the most Fee: $139.95 0.4 CEU comprehensive training on the subject. It provides training on the standard itself but also on how to lead or conduct internal audits and supplier audits using ISO 19011, the guideline standard on how to audit management systems. Good Laboratory Practices (GLP) Major topics include: Training – CALISO* Online Course • General Requirements of ISO 19011 I.D.#GLP (Online Delivery) • Auditing techniques • QMS Automotive Auditing Case Studies GLP refers to a Quality Systems of management controls for This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: laboratories and research organizations to ensure the consistency • Want to quickly and effi ciently learn how to lead an ISO/TS and reliability and reproducibility of results. The original regulatory 16949:2009 audit enforcement was fi rst published by FDA and then a few years later by • Want to quickly and effi ciently be trained on ISO/TS 16949 (the EPA. It is also outlined in the Organization for Economic Co-operation standard), and ISO 9000 (the vocabulary for the standard) and Development (OECD) Principles of GLP in 1992 and has since • Want to be a lead auditor to conduct internal audits and supplier been added to many national regulations. audits for your company • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with Your company, and all who partake in the daily activities of running a qualifi cations in quality assurance and leading 1st part audits laboratory or a research and testing center, will benefi t from this course. • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing QS 9000 to ISO/TS This 8-hour GLP (.8 CEU) overview is particularly adapted for training 16949:2009 all levels of an organization on the requirements of this standard. • Want to upgrade your expertise from auditing with ISO 10011-1 to ISO 19011:2002 Major topics include: • Scope Fee: $289.95 0.8 CEU • Defi nitions • Inspection of a testing facility • Personnel • Testing facility management ISO 19011:2002 Auditor Training – • Quality assurance unit • General CALISO* Online Course • Animal care facilities I.D.#19011 (Online Delivery) This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: • Want to quickly and effi ciently get a comprehensive training of GOOD LABORATORY PRACTICES (GLP) ISO 19011 is a guideline developed by the International Organization • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with for Standardization (ISO). The ISO 19011 standard is generic and qualifi cations in quality assurance can be used for auditing any type of management standard: quality, environmental, heath and safety and others. Fee: $155.95 0.8 CEU

Your company and all who partake in the daily activities of running the business will beneﬁ t from taking ISO 19011 training for its auditing activities. The four-hour (.4 CEU) ISO 19011 course is the most comprehensive training on the subject. It provides training on the standard itself but also on how to lead or conduct internal audits and supplier audits using ISO 19011, the guideline standard on how to audit management systems.

P111669 book.indb 157 11/28/11 2:10 PM 158158 Quality,Aerodynamics Reliability and Durability

Six Sigma Overview – CALISO* Major topics include: • Sarbanes-Oxley, what is it? Online Course • Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) Certifi cation Requirements • Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 - a big concern; Section 906 - the biggest I.D.#SIGMA (Online Delivery) concern • What’s a CEO to do? How to most easily implement SOX without the CEO having to do everything? Six-Sigma is a systematic way to improve a product, process and/or • Minimal levels of SOX compliance, Risk Analysis service. This is the ideal course for employees or managers who want to • How to avoid defrauding of the auditors by the business get a basic training on Six-Sigma concepts, methodology and techniques. • Whistle blower program • What to do if something is already wrong (non-compliance)? Six-Sigma methodology can be used for any size organization, • Top steps to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance whether it provides physical products (i.e. hardware or software) or services. Developing and maintaining profi table products and services This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: require continuous improvement in numerous key areas such as quality, performance and effi ciency. Six-Sigma techniques can help any • Want to quickly and effi ciently become familiar with Sarbanes- company achieve these goals. Oxley to understand, implement Sarbanes-Oxley compliance as an employee or a manager This is the ideal course for individuals who you want improve • Want to understand Sarbanes-Oxley compliance in order to their résumé and career opportunities in Six-Sigma, by adding this knowledgably assess and contract Sarbanes-Oxley services industry-wide recognized course to the education or training section • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with Sarbanes- of your CV. Oxley knowledge and qualifi cations • Want to protect your company from fi nancial fraud and related The course covers Six-Sigma process improvement techniques; it is a legal, criminal and fi nancial liability stepping stone for Six Sigma Green and Black-belt certifi cations. Fee: $239.95 1.2 CEU Major topics include: • Six-Sigma, what is it? • Six-Sigma, why use it? • International quality standards and Six-Sigma Introduction to Advance Product • Six-Sigma Core Concepts, How to use Six-Sigma • Six-Sigma application example and Case Study “JFS” Quality Planning (APQP) Fast • Another Case Study “BBB” • Top steps to Six-Sigma Track • Sigma Table, Spread Sheet Tips I.D.#PD230908ON (Online delivery)

This SAE/CALISO course is for you if you: • Want to quickly and effi ciently become familiar with Six-Sigma to understand and launch Six-Sigma projects as an employee or a To become a preferred supplier in the automotive industry, organizations manager must demonstrate high-level engineering and organizational capabilities • Want to improve your CV and career opportunities with Six-Sigma that will meet customers’ needs today and tomorrow. Because the knowledge and qualifi cations outcome of a product development project may determine whether or • Want to systematically improve the profi tability and customer not an organization procures a purchase order or contract from a global satisfaction of your product or service by improving numerous key automotive customer, the Introduction to Advanced Product Quality Planning areas such as quality, performance and effi ciency Fast Track will address an overview of the best practices / methodologies for planning and managing the successful launch of a new product. Fee: $129.95 1.2 CEU Major topics include: • What i s APQP? • What is the purpose of APQP? Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) Training – • Understanding how APQP integrates into the automotive supply chain CALISO* Online Course • APQP - A master plan for new product development • Summary of APQP benefi ts I.D.#SOX (Online Delivery) Is this Fast Track for You? Participants in the Introduction to Advanced Product Quality Planning This is the ideal course for employees or managers who want to (APQP) Fast Track will gain a ‘common-sense’ perspective for get a comprehensive training on Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) compliance successful new product launches and what needs to be done to requirements, practical applications, and how ISO 9001 business comply with automotive customer specifi c requirements. You will management methodologies can be used, applied and combined to also understand how to apply the concepts of “front-end” planning implement Sarbanes-Oxley. (via the APQP process) that will result in continual improvement of products and services for both the customer and the supplying This is the ideal course for individuals who you want improve their organization. This course is relevant to individuals with limited or opportunities in SOX, by adding this course to the résumé and career general knowledge of the APQP process and some experience with education or training section of your CV. introducing new products or new manufacturing processes.

P111669 book.indb 158 11/28/11 2:10 PM Quality, ReliabilityAerodynamics and Durability 159159

What You Will Receive Topical Outline • Three months of online access to the one hour presentation DAY ONE • Integrated knowledge checks to reinforce key concepts • AS&D Standards Overview • Proof of Participation • What is IAQG/AAQG? • What process is used for generating standards Instructor: Larry Bissell • AS9100:2009, Rev C Fee $109 • Quality management system • Management responsibility and commitment to the development of quality consistency • Resource management to meet customer requirements • Planning product realization Understanding AS9100C Quality • Implementing the monitoring, measurement, analysis and Management System Standard improvement processed needed 2 Days DAY TWO I.D.# C0935 • AS9110: 2009, Rev A • Additional requirements over AS9100 • Discussion of the changes in Rev A • AS9120: 2009, Rev A In a global economy, suppliers have the challenge of delivering • Additional requirements over AS9100 products to multiple customers with varying quality requirements • Discussion of the changes in Rev A and expectations. To assure customer satisfaction, aviation, space and • AS&D Certifi cation Process defense organizations must produce and constantly improve safe, • AS9101 - AS&D QMS Audit reliable products that meet or exceed customer demand in addition to • AS9104 - AS&D Registration/accreditation process meeting statutory and regulatory requirements. • AS9104/2 - AS&D Surveillance and oversight process • AS9104/3 - AS&D Auditor qualifi cation and training process This two-day seminar focuses on the changes to the newly revised AS9100, in Revision C to ensure solid application of the new specifi cs Instructor: Buddy Cressionnie for the revision of this standard and its family of documents. AS9100 Fee $1285 1.3 CEUs has been revised to incorporate the requirements of ISO 9001:2008. Included in the training will be a detailed review and intent of AS9100-C requirements and all changes made with an overview of the process used to update the standard, including the design specifi cation. A discussion on the International Aerospace Quality Group (IAQG) and Understanding AS9100 Rev C American Aerospace Quality Group (AAQG) will also be included. Webinar The original version of International Standard AS9100 specifi es requirements for a quality management system. This standard specifi es 2 Hours where an organization needs to demonstrate ability to consistently I.D.# WB0958 provide product that meets customer and applicable regulatory requirements, and aims to enhance customer satisfaction through the effective application of the system, including processes for continual In a global economy, aviation, space and defense organizations improvement of the system and the assurance of conformity to customer are presented the challenge of producing and delivering safe and and applicable regulatory requirements. While this course provides a reliable products across a wide range of customer requirements comprehensive overview of the changes made to AS9100 in Revision C, and expectations. In doing so, these organizations must also meet additional training would be required for auditor certifi cation. various statutory and regulatory requirements. In an effort to address diverse quality requirements and expectations while also being able Learning Objectives to reduce costs throughout the supply chain, AS9100 was developed by international aerospace industry representatives to standardize By attending this seminar, you will be able to: international aerospace quality management system requirements. • Interpret the changes to AS9100 in revision C QMS standard Subject to periodic revisions, the latest revision to this standard was including the intent of the requirement released in January 2009. • Articulate the details of AS9110 and AS9120 QMS standards including additional requirements imposed in those standards This two-hour webinar will provide participants with fi rst-hand • Understand the AS9101 QMS Auditing Standard ballot draft and the explanations and insight regarding the changes found in AS9100:2009 new process auditing requirements (Rev C). The instructor will begin with an explanation of the overall • Breakdown the AS&D (Aviation, Space & Defense) certifi cation revision objectives followed by the design specifi cation criteria that process and discuss how training and auditors are approved each change was required to meet in order to be considered. Because • Recognize the international process of generating QMS standards AS9100 incorporates the requirements of ISO 9001:2008, participants will also gain valuable insight into the ISO 9001:2008 amendment. The Who Should Attend instructor will then guide participants through the implementation This seminar will benefi t any Aerospace or Defense industry professional timeline so that each participant acquires understanding and insight or auditor who desires a detailed understanding of the AS9100 family of into how AS9100 Rev C will impact their organization and their efforts documents in order to implement or audit the standard. to obtain certifi cation.

P111669 book.indb 159 11/28/11 2:10 PM 160160 Quality,Aerodynamics Reliability and Durability

Learning Objectives Who Should Attend By connecting with this webinar, you will be able to: This course applies to anyone making product or process assessment • Summarize the revision objectives for AS9100 Rev C or changes and will help them to make effective decisions concerning • Explain the AS9100 revision process and design specifi cation requirements those situations. Product design managers and engineers, process • Identify the signifi cant changes to AS9100 in Rev C design managers and engineers, and quality managers and engineers • Describe the AS9100 Rev C implementation timeline will particularly benefi t from this course. Individuals seeking to attain the Certifi ed Quality Engineering status within the American Society Who Should Attend for Quality will fi nd this course particularly helpful. This webinar will benefi t any aerospace or defense industry professional or auditor who desires a detailed understanding of Prerequisites AS9100 Rev C in order to implement or audit to the standard. Participants should have at least high school mathematics and graphing skills, a good technical understanding of products Topical Outline and processes in their work environment, and a good technical understanding of testing methods and protocols. • AS9100 Rev C Objectives • Scope • Incorporating IAQG objectives Topical Outline • AS9100 Revision Process and Design Specifi cation DAY ONE • Understanding the design specifi cation • Introduction • Why changes were made • Training objectives • AS9100 Rev C Review of Changes • Statistical resources • AS9100 Rev C Implementation Timeline • Concept of variation • AS9101 Rev D Implementation Timeline • Common development questions • Histograms Instructor: L.L. ‘Buddy’ Cressionnie • Descriptive statistics Fee $245 .2 CEUs• Distribution Models • Continuous • Discrete • Applications • Model Selection Statistical Methods for Quality • Empirical distribution functions • Cumulative distribution functions Engineering • Normal probability paper 3 Days • Small sample sizes and median ranks I.D.# C0554 • Tests for normality

DAY TWO • Parametric Evaluations and Tests Based on your test data or process data, do you ever wonder if: • Normal and log-normal data -- Z confi dence intervals and tests; t • An improved product really performs better? confi dence intervals and tests; Chi-Square confi dence intervals and • A substitute material really processes the same? tests; K factor confi dence intervals; F tests; • A cheaper material really performs satisfactorily? • What confi dence do you have in the fi nal decision that you make? DAY THREE • Parametric Evaluations and Tests (continued) -- analysis of variance This seminar will help individuals responsible for product or process • Weibull distribution, confi dence intervals and tests development and testing to statistically assess the variation of the • Exponential distribution tests product or process performance and make effective decisions with • Poission distribution applications confi dence. Technical personnel are consistently making changes to • Binomial distribution applications product and process designs and the resultant performance changes • Hypergeometric applications need a statistical basis for moving ahead to the cost assessment • Nonparametric Tests and release phases. Various continuous and discrete probability • Sign t ests functions will be covered with the normal distribution receiving the • Run tests most emphasis. Other distributions including Weibull, Exponential, • Rank tests Binomial, Poisson, Hypergeometric, and nonparametric comparisons will be covered. Various confi dence intervals and tests of comparison, Instructor: Phillip J. Ross including Z test, Student’s t tests, Chi-Square test, F test, and ANOVA Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs for the normal distribution for these probability functions are covered.

Attendees will work along with the instructor on many examples throughout the seminar and should bring a scientiﬁ c or statistical calculator to class for the various activities.

Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Select the proper distribution model • Determine valid sample sizes • Design valid tests of comparison • Make effective decisions at stated conﬁ dence levels

P111669 book.indb 160 11/28/11 2:10 PM 161161 SafetyAerodynamics

Injuries, Anatomy, Biomechanics & Federal Regulation ...... 161 Vehicle Frontal Crash Occupant Safety and CAE...... 162 Side Impact Occupant Safety and CAE ...... 161

Injuries, Anatomy, Biomechanics & Side Impact Occupant Safety and Federal Regulation CAE 3 Days 2 Days I.D.# 85049 I.D.# C0717

Safety continues to be one of the most important factors in Side impact crashes account for approximately twenty-four percent of motor vehicle design, manufacture and marketing. This seminar all motor vehicle fatal crashes, second only to frontal crashes, according provides a comprehensive overview of these critical automotive to a 2005 report by the National Highway Transportation and Safety safety considerations: injury and anatomy; human tolerance and Administration (NHTSA). While car companies and suppliers continue biomechanics; occupant protection; testing; and federal legislation. to develop new technologies that make vehicles safer, NHTSA is also The knowledge shared at this seminar will enable attendees to be more updating safety regulations (FMVSS 214) based on new research studies, aware of safety considerations and to better understand and interact making vehicle safety design more and more complex. with safety experts. This seminar is designed to familiarize participants with the Learning Objectives engineering principles behind vehicle and restraint designs for occupant safety. Students will learn the mechanics of side crashes By attending in this seminar, you will be able to: and how vehicle structures, restraint systems, and interiors affect • Recognize the signifi cance of various injuries, how to rank order occupant safety. Students will also be exposed to system, subsystem and quantitatively compare their severity, and how to access overall and component level CAE and testing tools used in the simulation severity of multiple injuries. of side impacts. Accident crash statistics, biomechanics, government • Assess the signifi cance of various test results, know their basis and regulations and public domain frontal safety tests will also be covered. how to interpret them. A combination of hands-on activities, including computer simulations, • Identify the biomechanical and legal basis of safety regulations and discussion, and lecture are used throughout the course. their changes (especially FMVSS 208 and 214). • Describe the different measuring capabilities of various test dummies including Hybrid III test dummies. Learning Objectives • Contrast the difference between impact and deceleration injuries for By attending this seminar, you will be able to: various body regions and explain the “third collision,” which takes • Explain side impact and how the vehicle structure, door trim and place within the vehicle. side airbags affect occupant responses • Describe different dummy types and what injury metrics are used to Who Should Attend evaluate occupant injuries • Interpret FMVSS 214 regulations and public domain safety This seminar is designed for all professionals - technical or managerial evaluations such as LINCAP and IIHS safety rating systems - who are involved either directly or indirectly with vehicle safety • Describe system, sub-system and component level CAE and testing performance. An engineering undergraduate degree in any discipline tools that are used to assist in design decisions would be benefi cial. • Evaluate the relative effect of door intrusion and restraint system characteristics Topical Outline • Introduction & Background Who Should Attend • Next Generation Restraint Systems This course is designed for engineers who are new to the fi eld of • Injury Scales -- Abbreviated Injury Scale (AIS); Injury Severity Score occupant protection in side impacts as well as those individuals (ISS); Trauma Score; Harm; Injury Priority Rating (IPR), Functional who require knowledge regarding IIHS side impact ratings and the Capacity Index (FCI) upcoming new FMVSS 214 regulation. This course will also be of • Diagnostic Images of Injuries -- Plain Film X-rays, CT, MRI interest to engineers who deal with side impact issues or are involved • The Role of Alcohol in designs of side impact related components, such as airbags, door • Anatomy, Injuries and Tolerance Parameters (By Body Region) -- trim, side impact bolsters, door structures and body structures. Head & Neck; Spine; Chest; Abdomen; Pelvis and Lower Extremities • Test Devices: Basic Differences and Measuring Capabilities for Front and Side Impact Tests Prerequisites • FMVSS 201, 208, 214 and NCAP and LINCAP -- Current & Proposed An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical Injury Criteria and their Biomechanical Basis background is highly recommended. Participants should have a basic • Regulatory Process -- Federal Rulemaking Process and NHTSA -- working knowledge of Microsoft Excel. Legal Authorizations and Restrictions • Assessing Pre-existing Conditions and Previous Injury Topical Outline • Older Drivers - Special Needs DAY ONE • Vehicle Crash Safety Introduction Instructor: Jeffrey A. Pike • Crash injury and fatality data from the U.S. Fee $1545 2.0 CEUs • Distribution of different crash types • Active safety and passive safety

P111669 book.indb 161 11/28/11 2:10 PM Safety 162

• Trend of crash safety ratings • Vehicle Side Impact Test Modes Vehicle Frontal Crash Occupant • Moving deformable barrier impact • Pole impact Safety and CAE • Biomechanics 2 Days • Test Dummies and Injury Metrics I.D.# C0621 • SID/HIII • SID IIs & SID IIs-FRG • ES-2 & ES-2re Car companies and suppliers continue to develop new technologies • BioSID & WorldSID that make vehicles safer and regulatory agencies continue to update • U.S. Regulatory Requirements safety regulations based on new research studies, making vehicle • FMVSS 214, 201, 301 safety design more and more complex. This seminar covers the • U.S. Public Domain Tests and Performance Ratings mechanics of frontal crashes and how vehicle structures, vehicle • LINCAP restraint systems, and vehicle interiors affect occupant safety. It • IIHS also describes details of how CAE tools work in the simulation of • European Regulatory Requirements frontal crashes. The goal of the course is to familiarize participants • Euro-NCAP and Performance Ratings in Other Markets with engineering principles behind vehicle and restraint designs for • Test Data Processing occupant safety. Accident crash statistics, biomechanics, government • Filtering and SAE J211 guidelines regulations and public domain frontal safety tests will be reviewed • HIC, T TI briefl y. Students will also be exposed to Madymo, one of the major • Numerical integration, differentiation, occupant relative travel occupant CAE tools. The basic inner workings of the tool, such as rigid • Hands-on in computer lab: test data processing body dynamics, joints, contact, airbag and seatbelt modeling, and • Hands-on Computer Exercises modeling techniques will be shared with the class. The class also offers • Simulations Using Simplifi ed Models participants opportunities to do hands-on computer analysis as well • Crash Data Processing as simplifi ed hands-on crash tests, where students can learn fi rst-hand how vehicle pulses and restraint design affect occupant response. DAY TWO • Side Impact Mechanics • Vehicle structure Learning Objectives • Door t rim By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Thoracic and pelvic bolsters • Explain frontal crashes and how vehicle structure and restraint • Infl atable devices for impact protection systems affect occupant responses • Restraint System for Side Impact • Describe how restraint components function in crashes and protect • Thorax bag occupants • Shoulder ba g • Carry out calculations of injury metrics using test or CAE results as • Thorax-head combo bag input • Thorax-pelvis combo bag • Describe the occupant CAE tool, Madymo, and how it works • Seat mounted and door mounted side airbags • Explain assumptions and limitations of CAE models • Infl atable curtain • Evaluate the relative effect of crash pulse, and restraint system • Infl atable shoulder belt / lap belt characteristics • Crash Se nsors • Analyze and evaluate crash pulses • G-based se nsors • Pressure se nsors Who Should Attend • Vehicle Crash Computer Modeling (CAE) This course is designed for engineers who are either new to the fi eld of • Vehicle CAE model automotive safety or familiar with only certain aspects of automotive • Occupant CAE model safety. It can help engineers, for example, who design a specifi c • Crash Barrier CAE models component in a vehicle to understand how it works in vehicle crashes, • Component and Sub-system Crash Development Tools how its characteristics affect occupant response and how it relates to • Sled t ests other components in the vehicle. • Sub-system level FEA • Madymo for airbag development Prerequisites • Vehicle Level Crash Development and Test Data Analysis • Barrier t est An undergraduate engineering degree or a strong technical • Crash vehicle re-build background is highly recommended. Participants are expected to have • Surrogate vehicle test a basic working knowledge of Microsoft Excel. • Full vehicle FEA analysis • Test data analysis Topical Outline • Design Optimization and Robustness DAY ONE • DOE used in component test, HYGE sled and CAE • Vehicle Crash Safety Introduction • Optimization in CAE • U.S. crash injury and fatality data • Robust design using CAE • Distribution of different crash types • Hands-on Project Using Miniature Test Kit • Active and passive safety • The effect of vehicle stiffness • Vehicle Frontal Crash Modes • The effect of door trim design, restraint system • Frontal rigid, offset deformable and angular barriers • Summary • Out of position tests, driver and passenger • HYGE and Servo sled tests Instructor: Stephen Kang and Zhibing Deng • Component t ests Fee $1315 1.3 CEUs• Biomechanics - Human Anatomy and AIS Injury Scale

P111669 book.indb 162 11/28/11 2:10 PM AerodynamicsSafety 163163

• Brief Overview of Frontal Test Dummies and Injury Metrics • Frontal Crash Mechanics • Crash pulse, front loaded, rear loaded • Class Project using Excel: calculate vehicle velocity and crush from pulse; get maximum crush, time to zero velocity; pulse Join SAE Today and comparison, front-loaded and rear loaded pulses • Intrusions • Occupant to restraint gaps and restraint characteristics • Belted vs. unbelted occupant Empower Yourself • Class project: determining occupant responses • Airbag quickness and stiffness • Belt slack, pretension, EMR o and Your Industry • Class project: Determining the best restraint characteristics • Driver vs. passenger • Typical crash event • Class project: determining the optimal pulse shape • 5th percentile female submarining • Crash Sensor - Airbag & Pretensioner Firing & Non-ﬁ ring Conditions; Sensor Tests

DAY TWO • Brief Review of U.S. and European Regulations and Public Domain Safety Ratings • Numerical Data Processing • Filtering and SAE J211 guidelines • HIC, Nij, Cumdur, V*C calculations • Numerical integration, differentiation, occupant relative travel • Vehicle Crash Computer Modeling (CAE) • Vehicle structure CAE, ﬁ nite element method • Occupant CAE, rigid body dynamics Exclusive SAE Member Benefits • CAE assumptions and limitations • Discounts on books, technical papers and standards • DABLIT - Component Test for Driver Airbag • DOE and Optimization • Complimentary subscriptions to SAE industry magazines • Restraint System SM • Airbag, inﬂ ator, single & dual stage • EngineerXchange , the members-only online professional • Crash sensor, Restraint Control Module (RCM) network for mobility engineers • Seatbelt, D -rings • Discounts on registration for SAE-owned conferences • Retractors, torsion bars • Buckle and retractor pretensioners • Discounts on professional development seminars, • Steering column stroke engineering academies, and e-learning products • Steering wheel lower and upper rims • Knee bo lster • Access to SAE standards in progress, and status updates • Real World Crashes - Safety for the Aging Population; Crash • Access to the results of the first-ever salary survey and Severity Distribution employment study for the mobility industry Instructor: Stephen Kang • Advance notice of new industry jobs through the Fee $1265 1.3 CEUs SAE Career Center Visit sae.org/membership/benefits for a full list of benefits specific to each membership level

Customize your SAE Membership—Choose from Elite, Premium, or Classic Levels Visit www.sae.org/membership to use our interactive membership e-Valuator tool.

P111258 www.sae.org/membership

P111669 book.indb 163 11/28/11 2:10 PM 164164 TestsAerodynamics & Testing

Accelerated Test Methods for Ground and Aerospace Vehicle Practical Race Car Data Acquisition: RPM and Speed Analysis Development...... 164 Fast Track ...... 165 Accelerated Test Methods for Ground and Aerospace Vehicle Development e-Seminar ...... 164

• Step St ress Accelerated Test Methods for • Accelerated Reliability Highly Accelerated Life Test (HALT) • Failure Mode Verifi cation Test (FMVT) -- Development; Warranty; Ground and Aerospace Vehicle Life Prediction • Test Acceleration vs. Program Acceleration Development • Advantages of accelerating a full validation program compared to 2 Days an individual test I.D.# C0316 • Examples of time/cost saved on individual test acceleration • Examples of time/cost saved on program acceleration • Hybrid Acceleration Methods Engineers and managers involved with product development are • Using information goals of individual test methods to combine constantly challenged to reduce time to market, minimize warranty and leverage tests costs, and increase product quality. With less and less time for testing, • Hands-on team exercise: combine test methods to solve a the need for effective accelerated test procedures has never been particular information need greater. This course covers the benefi ts, limitations, processes, and • Decision and selection process applications of several proven accelerated test methods including • How to choose which method accelerated reliability, step stress, FSLT (Full System Life Test), FMVT® • Considering position in supply chain (Failure Mode Verifi cation Testing), HALT (Highly Accelerated • Considering business model and product type Life Testing), and HASS (Highly Accelerated Stress Screening). A • Considering development phase combination of hands-on exercises, team activities, discussion, and • Considering component, subsystem, and system level testing lecture are used throughout the course. Participants will also receive • Hands on team exercise: selecting optimal testing solution for a copy of the instructor’s book, Accelerated Testing and Validation several scenarios Management, which includes numerous hands-on exercises and a CD with analytical spreadsheets. Instructor: Alexander (Alex) J. Porter Fee $1295 1.3 CEUs Attendees are requested to bring a calculator to the seminar.

Learning Objectives By attending this seminar, you will be able to: Accelerated Test Methods for • Choose the accelerated test method for a given application • Analyze accelerated testing results Ground and Aerospace Vehicle • Explain how to accelerate one’s current test methods • Explain how to accelerate one’s validation program Development e-Seminar • Adjust accelerated test programs for business situations I.D.#PD130624ON (Online delivery) • Describe how product development cycles can be reduced from 18 to 6 months

Who Should Attend This course offers more than 10 hours of instruction divided into This seminar is designed for anyone involved in product design, life fourteen modules; a coordinated handbook; and a copy of the testing, reliability testing and validation for passenger cars, light trucks, instructor’s book, Accelerated Testing and Validation Management, heavy duty, off-highway or aerospace vehicles, including reliability which includes numerous hands-on exercises and a CD with analytical engineers, validation engineers, design engineers and their managers. spreadsheets. Convenient, portable, and with core content from Individuals who need to achieve shorter time to market or higher the instructor-led seminar (content and description immediately quality through custom test plans will fi nd this course to be especially preceding), the e-seminar program options offer new and alternative valuable. Purchasers or users of testing or engineering services will also ways to receive the same instruction as the live classroom learning fi nd this course to be valuable. There are no prerequisites for this course without the expense of travel and time away from the workplace. although a technical background is helpful. View the complete program brochure and online demo at http:// www.sae.org/e-seminars/atm. Topical Outline • Statistical model for reliability testing What You Will Receive: • Fundamentals of a statistical reliability test • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org • Effects of automotive supply chain on sample size and duration • Links to streaming video modules • Common pitfalls • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • Examine and solve two or three real life statistical data set • The book, Accelerated Testing and Validation Management, by problems Alexander J. Porter (hardback) • Key Accelerated Tests, Terms, and Methods • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Defi nitions: Information Goal, Basic Method, Limitations • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) • Full System Life Test (FSLT) • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score)

P111669 book.indb 164 11/28/11 2:10 PM AerodynamicsTests & Testing 165165

Instructor: Alexander J. Porter Major topics include: Fee $545 1.0 CEUs• Introduction • Set-up for Acquiring Engine RPM Data Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE • Acquiring and Analyzing Engine RPM Data Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • Interpreting RPM Results • Set-up for Acquiring Speed/MPH Data • Interpreting Speed/MPH Results • Alternative Analysis Strategies Practical Race Car Data Is this Fast Track for you? Acquisition: RPM and Speed The Practical Race Car Data Acquisition: RPM and Speed Analysis Fast Track is designed for the racer - from the professional road racer to the Analysis Fast Track weekend racer - or the engineer who is incorporating data acquisition I.D.#PD230834ON (Online delivery) into their race team strategy and want to maximize the abilities of their system as quickly as possible. This course does not require any pre-requisite, as the content will unfold from the basics, up to the more Two of the most important and commonly used components in racing advanced features of these important data acquisition sensors. The data acquisition today are engine RPM and speed analysis. These two knowledge gained in this course can be applied the next day at any channels of data give race teams and engineers critical information level of racing without any additional training or experience. that can be used every day to help quantify changes in both the driver and the race vehicle. This 80-minute, online short course focuses What You Will Receive on race car data acquisition, highlighting cornering speeds, engine • Three months of online access to the 80 minute presentation acceleration rates, gear selection, engine RPM curves, shift times, • Integrated knowledge checks to reinforce key concepts throttle on/off, engine acceleration, wheel spin, brake lock, cornering • Proof of Participation speed, ignition cutout and much more. Whether you are a weekend racer or a professional data acquisition engineer, you will ﬁ nd the Instructor: Dave Scaler components of this course fundamental to successful data analysis in Fee $149 the real world. From hardware installation to software interpretation, this course will give you conﬁ dence and additional insight into these key pieces of data analysis.

Vehicles and Performance 165 Aerodynamics

Advanced Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Vehicle Braking Performance: Braking Conﬁ dence and Pedal Feel Trucks ...... 166 Fast Track ...... 169 Applied Vehicle Dynamics ...... 167 Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks ...... 169 Racecar Data Acquisition and Analysis ...... 168 Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks e-Seminar ..170

Hands-on workshops using CARSIM™ vehicle dynamics simulation Advanced Vehicle Dynamics for software will help reinforce the material. Signiﬁ cant time will also be dedicated to the use of design of experiments (DOE) as a tool to Passenger Cars and Light Trucks assist in the analysis and optimization of chassis systems for multiple 3 Days vehicle responses. I.D.# C0415 Participants should bring a scientiﬁ c calculator to participate in the classroom workshops. This interactive seminar will take you beyond the basics of passenger car and light truck vehicle dynamics by applying advanced theory, Learning Objectives physical tests and CAE to the assessment of ride, braking, steering and By attending this seminar, you will be able to: handling performance. Governing state-space equations with transfer • Apply vehicle dynamics theory to practical evaluation and measurement functions for primary ride and open loop handling will be developed • Use governing state space equations and transfer functions to & analyzed. Building on the analysis of the state space equations, determine the effect of key parameters on primary ride and open common physical tests and their corresponding CAE solutions for loop handling steady state and transient vehicle events will be presented. The “state- • Describe the current “state-of-the-art” of vehicle dynamics CAE of-the-art” of vehicle dynamics CAE will be discussed. Common lab • Articulate various types of vehicle dynamics models and vehicle tests and corresponding metrics used to assess chassis • Recognize kinematics and compliance (K&C) lab tests commonly system and vehicle performance will be discussed in great detail. used to quantify chassis system performance

P111669 book.indb 165 11/28/11 2:10 PM 166166 VehiclesAerodynamics and Performance

• Identify and evaluate important K&C metrics used in vehicle DAY THREE dynamics development • Measurement and Simulation of Closed Loop Handling • Identify and utilize important vehicle tests commonly used in • Defi nition of closed loop industry to evaluate ride, steering and handling performance • Steady state closed loop tests -- Constant radius • Relate chassis system characteristics to vehicle dynamic performance • Transient closed loop tests -- Lane change; Slalom • Utilize vehicle dynamics CAE software for the simulation of • Simulation of closed loop handling tests common physical lab and vehicle tests • CarSim™ Exercise - Closed Loop Handling • Apply design-of-experiments (DOE) to vehicle dynamics development • Design of Experiments (DOE) Applied to Vehicle Dynamics Development • What is DOE Who Should Attend • Why use DOE • Terminology This seminar is designed for automotive engineers in the vehicle • Types of DOE’s dynamics, chassis, suspension, steering and braking fi elds who work • Example - Screening DOE for primary ride in product design, development, testing, simulation or research. • Example - Response Surface Method (RSM) DOE for Transient Handling • Vehicle Dynamics Summary Prerequisites Participants must have a working knowledge of the fundamentals of Instructor: Richard Lundstrom and Timothy Drotar vehicle dynamics acquired through suffi cient work experience or by Fee $1595 2.0 CEUs participating in seminars such as SAE’s Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (ID# 99020) or Concurrent Engineering Practices Applied to the Design of Chassis Systems (ID# 96016). Applied Vehicle Dynamics Topical Outline 3 Days DAY ONE I.D.# C0414 • Modeling Primary Ride Dynamics • 4-degree of freedom (DOF) primary ride model • 2-DOF primary ride model • Modeling Vehicle Handling Dynamics While a variety of new engineering tools are becoming available to assist in • Developing the cornering compliance model creating optimal vehicle designs, subjective evaluation of vehicle behavior • Developing the transfer function is still a vital tool to ensure desired braking, handling, and other dynamic • Introduction to Vehicle Dynamics CAE response characteristics. In order to better prepare today’s engineer for this • Types of models task, this course offers twelve modules devoted to the key fundamental • Strengths/Limitations principles associated with longitudinal and lateral vehicle dynamics. • Commercial software packages Each focused classroom session is paired with an on-track exercise to • Measurement and Simulation of Suspension Kinematics and immediately reinforce these concepts with a dedicated behind-the-wheel Compliance (K&C) driving session, effectively illustrating these principles in the real world. • Objectives of the K&C test • Defi nitions Note that unlike most driving schools, this course is not designed • Measurement equipment to train performance drivers. Rather, the exercises on days one and • Common t ests two build the bridge between vehicle dynamics theory and practical • Simulation of the K&C test application by providing a rich academic underpinning and then • Measurement and Simulation of Primary Ride reinforcing it with highly focused and relevant driving experiences. • Primary vs. Secondary Ride • Physical measurements Signifi cant technical skill-building is provided on day three, with • Common primary ride metrics increased instructor supervised track time to further absorb the principles • Olley Criteria for primary ride learned on days one and two. If your job description does require • Primary ride simulation performance driving skills, the dynamic exercises on day three will lay a • CarSim™ Exercise - Primary Ride Simulation solid foundation on which you can independently refi ne your own skills.

DAY TWO This course is offered at the BMW Performance Center in Greer, South • Measurement and Simulation of Acceleration and Braking Carolina (near Greenville). Driving exercises are conducted on a closed • Steady state acceleration test and metrics circuit and skidpad using primarily BMW 3-series sedans and other • Steady state braking test and metrics BMW vehicles for comparison exercises. Vehicles are also equipped • Simulation of steady state acceleration and braking with Escort G-Timer devices for basic data acquisition. • Measurement and Simulation of Steering • On-center steering test and metrics Learning Objectives • Low-g swept steer test and metrics By attending this seminar, you will be able to: • Simulation of steering tests • Explain tire-road friction limits and compose the friction circle for a • CarSim™ Exercise - Steering given vehicle system • Measurement and Simulation of Open Loop Handling • Compute fundamental braking response attributes • Deﬁ nition of open loop • Illustrate the physics of turning and calculate lateral weight transfer • Steady state open loop tests -- High-g swept steer • Estimate brake system balance and brake proportioning • Transient open loop tests -- Step steer; Brake/throttle release in a • Measure and graph a vehicle’s understeer gradient turn; Fishhook; Sine with dwell • Analyze basic anti-lock brake system (ABS) operation • Simulation of open loop handling tests • Discuss the effectiveness and limitations of electronic stability • CarSim™ Exercise - Open Loop Handling control (ESC) systems • Demonstrate the interactions of brake, steering, suspension, and powertrain systems

P111669 book.indb 166 11/28/11 2:10 PM Vehicles andAerodynamics Performance 167167

• Calculate the most effi cient path for a vehicle to negotiate a given DAY THREE test maneuver • Test Procedure Selection • Comprehend the subtle effects that vehicle positioning has on • Defi ning terms and concepts vehicle speed • Test circuit overview • Predict what response characteristics can be infl uenced by vehicle state • Driving exercise - path selection • Defi ne those vehicle dynamic attributes which can be impacted • Test Procedure Sensitivity through vehicle selection • Defi ning the apex • Driving the friction circle Who Should Attend • Driving exercise - path variation This course has been developed for engineers and technical personnel • Test Vehicle Sensitivity involved in all fi elds related to the design or development of vehicle • Brief USG review dynamics, vehicle braking systems, powertrain systems, chassis • Impact of tire pressure adjustments systems, or suspension systems. In addition, this course can be • Driving exercise - low pressure valuable to those with component design responsibilities in brake, • Comparison Vehicle Evaluation chassis, suspension, or tire disciplines who desire a fundamental • Comparison vehicle overview background in vehicle dynamics with a practical driving linkage. • Driving exercise - lapping • Learning Assessment Prerequisites You should have an undergraduate engineering degree or a strong Instructor: James Walker, Jr. technical background. As a minimum, a basic knowledge of college Fee $2295 2.4 CEUs algebra, college physics, and a familiarity with vehicle brake and suspension systems is required. Topical Outline Racecar Data Acquisition and DAY ONE • Longitudinal Slip and Weight Transfer Analysis • Defi ning longitudinal slip • Longitudinal mu-slip relationship 2 Days • Principles of longitudinal weight transfer I.D.# C0829 • Friction circle concept • Driving exercise - orientation • Fundamentals of Straight-Line Braking Data acquisition is an invaluable tool for establishing racecar and • What do braking systems do? driver performance. The technology, once used by high-end racing • How does each of the components contribute? teams with considerable fi nancial resources only, has found its way • What are the underlying fundamental relationships? to all racing disciplines during the past decade. Today, systems • Driving exercise - limit braking are available that provide an enormous amount of data logging • Slip Angle and Transient Response capabilities, even to the club racer. This two day seminar covers the • Slip angle and cornering stiffness latest available technologies and teaches the participants how to • High-speed steering and transient response analyze the data logging system’s output and convert this knowledge • Lateral weight transfer into a key advantage on the racetrack. • Driving exercise - slalom • Braking Stability The seminar begins with a general introduction into data acquisition and • Rear brake proportioning fundamentals measurement technology. The participants will then learn how to analyze • Braking stability the driver activities and use this analysis to improve driver performance. • Rear brake proportioning in practice Vehicle performance analysis is extensively covered with an emphasis on • Driving exercise - brake in a turn vehicle balance, stability, wheel loads and weight transfer, aerodynamics and shock absorbers. The seminar concludes with the application of DAY TWO simulation software within the data logging environment. • Steady-State Cornering • The understeer gradient Numerous practical examples will be provided and the participants • Components of the USG will receive detailed course notes and illustrations. Attendees will • Neutral steer, understeer, and oversteer also receive a copy of Jörge Segers’ textbook, Analysis Techniques for • Driving exercise - skidpad Racecar Data Acquisition. • Combining Lateral and Longitudinal Slip • Braking in a turn, turning while braking ***Participants are expected to bring a laptop computer with Microsoft • Drive-off in a turn, turning during drive-off Excel to the seminar for class exercises.*** • Driving exercise - avoidance • Anti-Lock Brake Systems Learning Objectives • Stability, steerability, and stopping distance By attending this course attendees will be able to: • Objectives and strategies of ABS • Choose the appropriate hardware for your data acquisition system • ABS performance • Identify the basics of electronically measuring physical parameters • Driving exercise - avoidance • Designate the best way to visualize and organize your data for • Electronic Stability Control effi cient analysis • Objectives and limitations of ESC • Diagnose problems from logged data • ESC detection and countermeasures • Compare the performance of different drivers and cars • ESC performance • Determine a vehicle’s balance from logged data • Driving exercise - wet skidpad • Perform aerodynamic measurements on a vehicle

P111669 book.indb 167 11/28/11 2:10 PM 168168 VehiclesAerodynamics and Performance

• Analyze and alter the transient vehicle balance through damper tuning • Cornering • Calculate, measure, and analyze wheel loads • Driving l ines • Plan an appropriate race strategy • Consistency • Create a simulation model of your racecar and correlate the • Video l ogging simulation results to logged data • Analyzing the Car • Acceleration Who Should Attend • Braking • Gearing This seminar will benefi t anyone in the racing community wishing to • Cornering expand their knowledge about racecar data acquisition and analysis. Engineers, crew chiefs, drivers, mechanics, and motorsport engineering DAY TWO students will benefi t from the real-world examples and applications. In • Vehicle Balance and Stability addition, individuals responsible for vehicle performance measurements • The traction circle in the passenger car industry will benefi t from the data acquisition and • Diagnosing oversteer/understeer analysis techniques presented in this seminar. • Quantifying the car’s roll stiffness distribution • Aerodynamics Topical Outline • Air density DAY ONE • Drag me asurements • Introduction: Why Data Logging? • Downforce measurements • Course outline, brief description of topics • Straightline testing procedures • Diagnostics • Aero measurements on the racetrack • Performance analysis - driver • Ride height measurement • Performance analysis - vehicle • Shock Absorbers • Vehicle development • Damping basics • Simulation • Using the shock speed histogram for damper tuning • Running logs • Establishing the road profi le • What to measure? • Determining damper forces • Data categories • Frequency analysis • Data system cost • Wheel Loads and Weight Transfer • Measurement Basics • Lateral weight transfer • A/D conversion • Longitudinal weight transfer • Measurement accuracy • Banking and grade effects • Types of sensors • How to measure wheel loads • Data acquisition hardware - current trends • Race Strategy • Sensor confi guration • Fuel consumption • Wiring • Tire we ar • Troubleshooting • Simulation T ools • Different Ways to Display Data: Their Advantages and • What is lap time simulation? Disadvantages • What advantages can a good lap time simulation model bring? • Time/Distance plot • Introduction to Chassissim • Statistics • Building up the model - getting the data • Histograms • Circuit modeling • XY plots • Model evaluation with data logging • Mathematical channels • Using simulation during races or test days • Filtering • Suspension kinematics simulation • Data export • Interaction between data logging software and kinematics • Templates simulation • Data o rganization • Seminar Evaluation and Conclusion • The Car’s Vital Signs: Problem Diagnostics • Primary task of the data engineer Instructor: Jörge Segers • Data organization for effective troubleshooting Fee $1305 1.3 CEUs • Dashboard warning signals • Telemetry • Tire pressure monitoring • Engine fuel mixture • Comparing Performance: The Lap Overlay Vehicle Braking Performance: • Determining where time is gained or lost • Time compare channels Braking Confi dence and Pedal Feel • Improving the accuracy of the lap overlay with damper position sensors Fast Track • Improving the accuracy of the lap overlay with GPS I.D.#PD230912ON (Online delivery) • Segment times and what we can learn from them • Analyzing the Driver • Techniques for objective driver performance assessment • Comparing yourself to the competition Braking confi dence and pedal feel are important braking performance • Driver coaching techniques with data acquisition attributes that should be optimized to achieve customer satisfaction • Acceleration with a vehicle’s braking system. The relationship between the input • Braking force and travel provided by the driver to achieve the desired vehicle • Gearing

P111669 book.indb 168 11/28/11 2:10 PM Vehicles andAerodynamics Performance 169169

deceleration is as core to the vehicle personality or DNA as ride, • List and explain parameters that effect vehicle performance relative handling, or driveability. This Fast Track will cover the main concepts to drive-off, braking, directional control and rollover and methods needed for tuning brake systems to desired pedal force • Identify physical measurements needed to effectively apply vehicle and travel characteristics. dynamics to passenger cars and light trucks • Defi ne the value of vehicle dynamics simulation in the development Major topics include: and evaluation of vehicles • Explain the balance required between ride, directional control and • Introduction to Braking Confi dence rollover and the essential process for this balance to be obtained for • Input Force to Vehicle Deceleration Relationship marketplace vehicles • Input Travel to Vehicle Deceleration Relationship • Parametric Analysis • Environmental Effects Who Should Attend • Emerging Trends Affecting Braking Confi dence Automotive engineers and quality professionals who work in product design, testing, quality, process or development will benefi t from Is this Fast Track for you? attending. The Vehicle Braking Performance: Braking Con dence and Pedal Feel Fast Track would be of value to anyone involved in the validation of a Prerequisites braking system, either in the development of the validation plan or the Participants should have an undergraduate engineering degree and execution of the validation plan. This course would also be of value to some exposure to vehicle dynamics. those involved in vehicle marketing -- a detailed understanding of the metric’s generation and contributing effects will insure that promotion Topical Outline and comparison is done in a qualifi ed manner. DAY ONE • The Role of Vehicle Dynamics in Passenger Car and Light Truck What You Will Receive Product Development • Three months of online access to the 70 minute presentation • Vehicle Dynamics and the Voice of the Customer • Integrated knowledge checks to reinforce key concepts • Use of QFD to manage vehicle dynamics performance in drive-off, • Proof of Participation braking, ride and handling • Thinking systemically about automotive chassis design and Instructor: Thomas J. Hall development through the logic of vehicle dynamics Fee $149 • Effective Metrics for Vehicle Dynamics • Vehicle system, subsystem and piece-part metrics used to link vehicle dynamics to vehicle system design and development: bounce frequencies, lateral acceleration gain, understeer gradient, roll gradient, roll stiffness, etc. Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger • Tire Fundamentals: Tire Wheel System Anatomy and Architecture, Tire Axis System, Parameters and Characteristics Cars and Light Trucks • Elementary Tire Patch Forces and Moments: Forces and Moments at 3 Days the Tire Contact Patch During Steady Braking, Steady Cornering and I.D.# 99020 Steady Drive-Off Maneuvers • Acceleration (Drive-Off) Performance • Basic powertrain system anatomy and architecture • Power limited and traction limited drive-off including powertrain This seminar will present an introduction to Vehicle Dynamics from a system dynamics required to produce vehicle motive force at the vehicle system perspective. The theory and applications are associated tire patch with the interaction and performance balance between the powertrain, • Road load considerations: aerodynamic resistance, rolling brakes, steering, suspensions and wheel and tire vehicle subsystems. resistance, grade resistance The role that vehicle dynamics can and should play in effective • Performance prediction in acceleration and fuel economy automotive chassis development and the information and technology fl ow from vehicle system to subsystem to piece-part is integrated into DAY TWO the presentation. Governing equations of motion are developed and • Braking Performance solved for both steady and transient conditions. Manual and computer • Basic brake system anatomy and architecture techniques for analysis and evaluation are presented. Vehicle system • Braking dynamics: braking forces, weight transfer, center of dynamic performance in the areas of drive-off, braking, directional weight, brake force distribution, stability control and rollover is emphasized. The dynamics of the powertrain, • Pedal force gain, brake proportioning, braking effi ciency, anti-lock brakes, steering, suspension and wheel and tire subsystems and their braking systems interactions are examined along with the important role of structure • Tire - road limitations and structural parameters related to vehicle dynamics. Physical • Federal requirements for braking performance experiments, applicable to vehicle dynamics are also introduced. • Brake system performance prediction • Ride Fundamentals Attendees will receive the Bosch Automotive Handbook and book, The • Input excitation signals: road roughness, vehicle sources (tire/ Automotive Chassis: Engineering Principles by Reimpell, Stoll, and Betzler. wheel system, driveline and engine) • Vehicle response properties: suspension isolation, tire vertical Learning Objectives stiffness, spring rate ratio, suspension stiffness, ride rate, By attending this seminar, you will be able to: suspension damping, pitch and bounce frequencies • Summarize how vehicle dynamics is related to the voice of the • Quarter vehicle and pitch plane ride simulations customer • Ride performance prediction based on fl at ride criteria • Identify important vehicle system parameters useful for effective application of vehicle dynamics to chassis development

P111669 book.indb 169 11/28/11 2:10 PM 170170 VehiclesAerodynamics and Performance

DAY THREE • The SAE Papers (bound, paperback): • Cornering Fun damentals • 970091 • Low speed turning • SP-355 • High speed cornering: tire forces, Bundorf bicycle model, • 760713 understeer gradient, characteristic speed, lateral acceleration gain, • 760710 yaw velocity gain, side-slip • Online Pre-test (self-test, immediate results) • Suspension effects on cornering: tire cornering stiffness, camber • Online Post-test (submit to SAE) thrust, roll steer, lateral force compliance steer, aligning torque, • CEUs/Certifi cate of Achievement (with satisfactory post-test score) lateral load transfer, steering system • Experimental methods for vehicle handling development Instructor: Richard Lundstrom • Suspension Systems Fee $695 1.6 CEUs • Suspension system anatomy and suspension system performance Quantity discounts and Site License options are available – call SAE requirements relative to drive-off, braking, ride and handling Corporate Learning Solutions hotline at 724-772-8529 for a quote. • Solid live axles, twist beam suspensions and independent suspensions • Side view pitch poles and pitch axis considerations: anti-squat and anti-dive suspension geometry, wheel travel and caster geometry • Role axis considerations: roll center location, roll axis geometry Vehicle Braking Performance: and location, wheel travel and toe geometry, wheel travel and camber geometry Stopping Distance Fast Track • Steering Systems • Steering system anatomy, architecture and performance I.D.#PD230826ON (Online delivery) requirements • Steering geometry, wheel geometry, steering system forces and moments, steering ratio, steering compliance Stopping Distance is one of the most common metrics of a vehicle’s • Experimental methods for steering system performance evaluation braking performance and one of the most critical attributes of and development accident prevention and minimization. The measurements are used • Roll-Over Fundamentals within the development of the vehicle and are a critical aspect of • Vehicle system roll-over prevention requirements accident prevention, accident reconstruction, and overall occupant • Elementary and suspended vehicle simulations and pedestrian safety management. While the results of this metric • Suspension system and steering system considerations are published in a variety of sources, the factors that differentiate • Introduction to CAE Applications for Vehicle Dynamics: CarSim and vehicle performance, vehicle dynamics, and calculation of the braking sSNAP and Manual Analysis Methods. performance required to achieve desired performance are not widely available. Instructor: Richard Lundstrom Fee $1715 2.0 CEUsMajor topics include: • Calculation of Stopping Distance • Common Procedures Used to Assess Stopping Distance • Performance Metrics Compared to Target Avoidance Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger • Determination and Generation of Forces Necessary to Stop a Vehicle Cars and Light Trucks e-Seminar • Contributions and Limitations I.D.#PD130702ON (Online delivery) Is this Fast Track for you? The Vehicle Braking Performance: Stopping Distance Fast Track would be of value to anyone involved in the validation of a braking system, either in the development of the validation plan or the execution of Convenient, portable, and with core content from the instructor-led the validation plan. Those involved in accident reconstruction and seminar (content and description immediately preceding), this four accident prevention would benefi t from an understanding of the and a half hour e-seminar option offers an alternative way to receive techniques, principles, contributing factors and limitations of stopping the same instruction without the expense of travel and time away performance to improved vehicle and road system design. This course from the workplace. This course offers more than fourteen hours of would also be of value to those involved in vehicle marketing -- a instruction and simulations divided into nineteen video modules; detailed understanding of the metric’s generation and contributing The Automotive Chassis: Engineering Principles by Reimpell, Stoll and effects will insure that promotion and comparison is done in a Betzler; a coordinated handbook that includes a resource guide and qualifi ed manner. SAE papers and paper collections. What You Will Receive View the complete program brochure and demo at http://www.sae. • Three months of online access to the 60 minute presentation org/e-seminars/vehicledynamics. • Integrated knowledge checks to reinforce key concepts • Proof of Participation What You Will Receive: • 365 Day access through MyLearn.sae.org Instructor: Thomas J. Hall • Links to streaming video modules Fee $109 • Course Handbook (downloadable .pdf’s, subject to DRM) • The Bosch Automotive Handbook (hardback) • The book, The Automotive Chassis: Engineering Principles by Reimpell, Stoll and Betzler (hardback)

P111669 book.indb 170 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 171

Agudelo, Carlos systems. Dr. Amirouche is the recipient of the SAE International Ralph Carlos Agudelo is currently Chief Engineer for Laboratory Testing R. Teetor Educational Award (1994), the 1995 NATO project on human Services at Link Testing Laboratories. He is active on several industry, body vibration control, and the G-7 Summit Fellowship among others. SAE International, and ISO committees and task-forces. Prior to He has also published two textbooks in the fi eld of computer aided joining Link, he worked for Renault (Envigado assembly plant) design and multi-body dynamic analysis. and for friction material manufacturer Mafriccion in Colombia. Mr. Agudelo earned a B.S. in Production Engineering from EAFIT Barak, Pinhas University (in association with Aachen University and Ruhr- A professor of mechanical engineering, Dr. Pinhas Barak specializes Universität Bochum from Germany) and has pursued post-graduate in vehicle systems dynamics and suspension design, active and studies in project evaluation and special courses in technical systems semi-active suspension systems, chassis and vehicle design systems, and systematic design in the UK. mechanical control systems, and vibrations. He recently established the Vehicular Dynamics Design Center at Kettering University. Dr. Ahmadian, Mehdi Barak is a member of SAE International, ASME, ASEE and SIAM, Mehdi Ahmadian, Ph.D. is a Professor of Mechanical Engineering at with more than 25 years of industrial experience in automotive Virginia Tech, where he is also the Director of the Center for Vehicle engineering. He also received the SAE International Outstanding Systems and Safety (CVeSS) and the Railway Technologies Laboratory Faculty Advisor Award in 1993. Dr. Barak received both a B.S.C. and (RTL). He is the founding director of CVeSS, RTL, Virginia Institute an M.S.C. in mechanical engineering from the Technion Israel Institute for Performance Engineering and Research, and the Advanced of Technology and his Ph.D. in mechanical engineering from Wayne Vehicle Dynamics Laboratory. Dr. Ahmadian has authored more State University. than 200 technical publications and has made more than 130 technical presentations in topics related to advanced technologies for ground Bardasz, Ewa vehicles. He holds six U.S. patents and has edited four technical Dr. Ewa Bardasz is a Fellow at The Lubrizol Corporation, where she volumes. He currently serves as editor for the International Journal is currently responsible for overseeing activities related to lubricating of Vehicle Systems Dynamics, co-editor for Advances in Mechanical novel combustion hardware, aftertreatment systems and emissions. Engineering, and associate editor for the journal Shock Vibration. Dr. She is experienced in the areas of lubrication, corrosion inhibition, Ahmadian is a member of SAE International and is the recipient of engine testing and exhaust emission control. Before joining Lubrizol, the 2008 Forest R. McFarland Award for outstanding contributions Dr. Bardasz worked for Exxon Research & Engineering, where she was to the SAE International Engineering Meetings Board. He is also a a member of the team responsible for formulating new generations Fellow of ASME and a Senior Member of AIAA. In the past, he has of fuel effi cient passenger car crankcase lubricants. She holds 21 U.S. served as associate editor for the ASME Journal of Vibration and patents in lubrication, corrosion inhibition, and emission control. Dr. Acoustics and associate editor for the AIAA Journal. Dr. Ahmadian’s Bardasz has published multiple technical and scientifi c papers and research interests include vehicle dynamics and control, advanced is a frequent invited speaker at conferences throughout the U.S. and suspensions, biodynamics, ride engineering, tire dynamics, advanced Europe. She is the recipient of the SAE International 2002 Award for materials for improving vehicle performance, and vehicle noise and Research on Automotive Lubricants. Dr. Bardasz obtained a M.Sc. in vibration assessment. Dr. Ahmadian has over 25 years of industrial Chemical Engineering from Warsaw Technical University and a Ph.D. and academic experience, working in research, development, and in Chemical Engineering from Case Institute of Technology. She is a engineering of various systems for ground vehicles, air vehicles, and member of SAE International, Society of Tribologists and Lubricating water vessels for both civilian and military applications. Engineers, American Chemical Society, and New York State Academy of Science. Albright, Michael F. Michael F. Albright is co-founder and General Manager of Signal.X Baseley, Simon J. Technologies, LLC, a fi rm specializing in NVH engineering and Simon J. Baseley was the Director of Engineering Strategy and custom test and measurement application development. He brings Program Management within the Intelligent Hydraulic Drive Group over 20 years of NVH experience to the SAE International Noise at Bosch Rexroth Corporation until he retired in July 2011. He Academies team. His past positions include Business Development currently works part time at the University of Michigan as a Visiting Manager for the NVH consulting group of LMS North America, Research Investigator in the Automotive Lab. Mr. Baseley was also Management and Project engineering positions at the Roush Anatrol a Director of the Intelligent Hydraulic Drive Products for the Dana Division of Rousch Industries, Inc. and Civilian engineering for the Corporation, where he worked to develop and promote applications U.S. Navy. With experience predominantly in the automotive industry, for hydraulic drive systems for vehicles. Prior to that, he was the Mr. Albright has addressed a very diverse range of noise and vibration Director of Advanced Engineering for Hobourn Automotive Ltd. control issues, as well as a host of manufacturing quality issues. Mr. where he formulated and executed new hydraulic pump applications Albright’s degrees include a BSME from University of Cincinnati and and directed the applied research initiatives in fl uid fl ow and noise MSME from Purdue University. suppression. Mr. Baseley also has extensive experience within the aerospace industry, previously serving as Chief Design Engineer for Amirouche, Farid M.L. Rolls-Royce Ltd. An active member of SAE International, Mr. Baseley Dr. Farid M.L. Amirouche has been with the Univ. of Illinois at has written several papers on noise related research and hydraulic Chicago for over 13 years where he serves as Professor in Mechanical hybrid systems. He holds eight patents related to hydraulic pumps and and Bioengineering and the Director of the Dynamics and Vibration hybrid systems. Mr. Baseley, formally educated in the U.K., received a Laboratory and the Biomechanics Research Laboratory. In addition, B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Nottingham and he has contributed over 100 publications in the area of dynamics, a M.S. in Aircraft Propulsion from Cranfi eld University. vibration, and control of mechanical systems and human body modeling. Dr. Amirouche’s primary interest is in the dynamics and Bauer, Jr., Daniel P. vibration of multibody systems with emphasis on vehicles and their Mr. Bauer, an ASME Certifi ed Senior GD&T Professional who interaction with the human operator, as well as modeling techniques holds a Master of Science in Industrial Operations and is fl uent in in human body vibration. His focus has been in the development of Spanish, serves as president and principal consultant with ITR. With new technologies, combing neural networks, continuum mechanics, experience supporting over 20 automotive component and vehicle and vibration to advance the state of the art of the dynamic analysis programs in the past in the U.S., Europe, and China, he specializes and simulation of interconnected rigid and fl exible multi-body in providing training and engineering services in the areas of design

P111669 book.indb 171 11/28/11 2:10 PM 172 Instructor Biographies

engineering, quality, performance improvement, and productivity. In Berry, Paul the early ‘90s Mr. Bauer spent three years designing and implementing Paul Berry is currently the Powertrain Core Competency Project training and quality programs for six Ford Motor Company launches. Manager at Ford Motor Company. During his tenure with Ford, Programs included electrical, fuel handling, and powertrain Mr. Berry has been a Powertrain Systems Engineering Technical components, including the 60oV6 Vortec Launch. He also worked Specialist responsible for defi ning processes, methods, tools and to develop a comprehensive error proofi ng system for Chrysler training for implementing the systems engineering approach within Corp. Mr. Bauer served as a visiting professor at Shanghai Jiao Tong the powertrain community. He implemented a common set of vehicle Univ. where he conducted a certifi cation program in Geometric attributes, attribute cascade diagrams, trade-off studies, and interface Dimensioning and Tolerancing and Reading Engineering Drawings diagrams. Mr. Berry authored the Ford Product Development System as well as a train-the-trainer program certifying university professors (FPDS) Targets Balancing and Cascading course, which was delivered and GM engineers. He serves as an adjunct instructor and consultant both in North America and Europe. He is a co-author of the Ford for the Society of Manufacturing Engineers, DaimlerChrysler Systems Engineering Fundamentals course, and has received two Quality Institute, General Motors Univ., General Physics Training Quality Awards. Institute, and other post secondary institutions. He provides training, authored publications, and provides consulting services on topics Mr. Berry has also led systems engineering projects for aerospace, including Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA), Control Plan highway, rail and water-borne vehicles, as well as for consumer Development, Problem Solving, Statistical Process Control (SPC), electronic systems. He is a Certifi ed Six Sigma Black Belt and teaches Capability Analysis, Blueprint Reading, Geometric Dimensioning and systems engineering subjects as well as both executive and technical- Tolerancing (GD&T), project management, and product design error level Design for Six Sigma classes. Mr. Berry has taught courses at proofi ng, lean plant layout, standardized work, blueprint reading, Boston University, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and has lectured program management, Advance Product Quality Planning, and Team at the University of Detroit-Mercy and the Massachusetts Institute of Building. He has additionally worked with General Motors Distance Technology. A member of SAE International and INCOSE, Mr. Berry Learning to pilot a series of interactive television broadcasts on Project holds a B.S. and M.S. in Aeronautical Engineering from Rensselaer Management. Mr. Bauer holds a B.A. from Eastern Michigan Univ. Polytechnic Institute. and an M.S. in Industrial Operations with distinction from Lawrence Technological Univ. Blakemore, Bruce Bruce Blakemore is currently a Technical Expert in battery Belanger, John-Paul manufacturing and system integration at Ford Motor Company. Mr. John-Paul Belanger is president of Geometric Learning Systems, Blakemore has been developing and manufacturing batteries for a consulting fi rm specializing in geometric dimensioning and over 25 years. He began his career by designing Nickel Cadmium, tolerancing (G D & T). For over ten years, he has trained people Nickel Metal Hydride and Nickel Hydrogen batteries for aerospace throughout North America and Europe in the proper interpretation usage. Bruce went on to be principal design engineer for the EV1 and and application of G D & T per the Y14.5 standard by using practical then the principle manufacturing product engineer for the assigned examples. Mr. Belanger is certifi ed by the American Society of manufacturing plant. Over the next two decades Mr. Blakemore Mechanical Engineers as a Senior G D & T Professional, and has has had many roles in battery design and manufacturing including worked with a wide range of companies in the automotive, aerospace, plant chief manufacturing engineer, quality manager, and HV electronic, and other industries to apply tolerances and perform Battery controls engineer. Mr. Blakemore has played key design and stack calculations. He holds a B.S. in aerospace engineering from the integration roles in many EV programs including: GM EV1, Ford University of Michigan specializing in aircraft design and safety. Ranger, Ford Escape Hybrid, and the Ford Electric Transit Connect. Over the course of his career Mr. Blakemore has been granted several Beranek, Mark patents including patents for State Of Charge Determination, Distance Mark Beranek has 20 years combined experience at Boeing and Naval to Empty Calculation, and patents for fuel cells and oxygen batteries. Air Systems Command (NAVAIR) working in the aerospace fi ber Mr. Blakemore has a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of the State optics and photonics research and engineering fi eld. His program of New York. experiences span commercial aircraft, military aircraft, and space vehicle fi ber optics development and acquisition, and government Boehman, André and corporate-sponsored fi ber optics and photonics science and André Boehman is a Professor of Fuel Science and Materials Science technology programs. Mr. Beranek’s early aerospace career focused and Engineering in the Department of Energy & Geo-Environmental on development of optoelectronic device and package design and Engineering in the College of Earth and Mineral Sciences at the assembly technology for digital fi ber optic transceiver applications Pennsylvania State University, where he has taught courses on Energy, including the Boeing 777, NASA Earth Observer One, and Boeing X-32 Fuels, Combustion and the Environment since 1994. At the Penn State Joint Strike Fighter. More recently, Mr. Beranek has been working Energy Institute, Prof. Boehman manages the Diesel Combustion and on military aircraft fi ber optics acquisition and science & technology Emissions Laboratory. Professor Boehman’s research interests are in programs in the areas of advanced component design, qualifi cation, alternative and reformulated fuels, combustion and pollution control. standardization, supportability, maintainability and manufacturing His present research activities are focused on alternative diesel fuels, technology development. Mr. Beranek has held fi ber optics committee diesel combustion and diesel exhaust aftertreatment. He is presently chairmanship positions for the IEEE Components, Packaging and on the Editorial Board of Fuel Processing Technology and holds Manufacturing Technology Society, IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics executive positions with the American Chemical Society Division of Society and IEEE Photonics Society, and the SAE International Fuel Chemistry and with the International DME Association. He has Avionics Systems Division. Mr. Beranek holds a B.S. in Technology received the 1999 Alumni Achievement Award from the University and Management from the University of Maryland, University of Dayton School of Engineering, the 1999 Matthew and Anne Wilson College, a B.S. in Chemistry from Northern Illinois University, and an Award for Outstanding Teaching from the Penn State College of Earth A.S. Certifi cate in Electronics from Harper College. and Mineral Sciences and the Philip L. Walker Jr. Faculty Fellowship in Materials Science and Engineering, from 1995-97. He also received the 1986 Charles T. Main Bronze Medal from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. He has supervised seventeen M.S. theses and fi ve doctoral theses at Penn State, and he has published more than

P111669 book.indb 172 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 173

36 refereed papers and book chapters. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Brandão, Felipe V. Engineering from the University of Dayton (1986) and an M.S. (1987) Dr. Felipe Brandao is currently Technology Leader at Ricardo, Inc and Ph.D. (1993) in Mechanical Engineering from Stanford University. leading the Vehicle Performance group. He has extensive experience He held a two-year postdoctoral fellowship in the Molecular Physics in physical modeling and model based design. For the last 7 years, Laboratory at SRI International, Menlo Park, California. he has concentrated his work in transmission analysis and hybrids systems architectures. He also has experience with vehicle stability Bogden, Dennis control and advanced optimization methods. Dr. Brandao received his Mr. Bogden is currently owner and chief engineer of Robotronics BSc. and MSc. in Mechanical Engineering from the Catholic University SP, a consulting fi rm specializing in the design of custom embedded of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, his MSc. in Automotive Engineering from solution products. He previously worked on embedded electronic the Catholic University of Belo Horizonte, Brazil, and his Ph.D. in control design as both a “hands on” engineer and executive leader at Automotive Engineering from Loughborough University, UK. General Motors. Mr. Bogden is an expert in engine and transmission embedded control along with microcontroller hardware and software Breneman, Jim design and mechatronics/system architecture design. He currently Jim Breneman is currently a Statistical and Reliability consultant and writes embedded design articles for Servo and other magazines. He instructor in the Mathematics Department at the Tri-County Technical has provided embedded system consulting with Delphi Automotive, College ( South Carolina ). Prior to that, Mr. Breneman held various Infi neon Semiconductor, General Motors and small businesses. Mr. technical and managerial positions with Pratt & Whitney (P&W) Bogden has received many SAE International awards relating to Division of United Technologies including: Supervisor of Applied Optimizing Powertrain Control activities. He has a B.S. in Electrical Mathematics and Statistics Group; Manager of Reliability and Design Engineering from Lawrence Technological University and Master in Review Group; Safety, Reliability, Maintainability & Quality Assurance Business Management from Central Michigan University. (SRM&QA) Manager for Rocket Programs; Manager of Reliability, Maintainability & Safety Engineering; Manager of Engineering Integrity Bolourchi, Farhad for all P&W products; founder and leader of P&W’s Engineering Dr. Bolourchi is currently a staff research engineer II with Nexteer Technical University; Manager of P&W’s University R&D programs; Automotive Innovation Center where he designs algorithms for and ACE Mentor (equivalent to Master Black Belt). Mr. Breneman advanced chassis systems. Farhad helped develop Delphi’s fi rst has an extensive background in reliability, as both a P&W Fellow in electric power steering system, for which he received the company’s Reliability Statistics and Risk Analysis, and an SAE International Fellow. highest technical award, the “Boss Kettering”. Dr. Bolourchi previously He has presented papers on reliability topics at various conferences. worked for Hughes Aircraft Company and gained valuable experience Mr. Breneman holds a B.S. in Mathematics from the University of North in both missile systems controls and automotive applications. He was Carolina (Chapel Hill) and an M.S. in Applied Mathematics/Statistics also a part time faculty member at the University of California - Davis from N.C State University. and Sacramento State University. Farhad received GM’s President Honors award in 1998, and was inducted to Delphi’s Hall of Fame in Byczek, Rich 1999. He has numerous publications and patents related to control Rich Byczek is the Technical Lead for Electric Vehicle and Energy systems and automotive applications. Dr. Bolourchi has a B.S. in Storage at Intertek where he is responsible for the technical Mechanical Engineering from Northeastern University, a M.S. in development of Intertek’s EV and Battery testing labs across North Mechanical Engineering and a Ph.D in Nonlinear Control Systems from America, Europe and Asia. For the past 5 years, Rich was the the University of California - Davis. Operations Manager of the Livonia site, directly responsible for all battery performance, safety and transportation testing, as well as Bonenberger, Paul reliability and certifi cation testing of Electric Vehicle charging stations Paul Bonenberger holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from General and support electronics. Rich has signifi cant experience in product Motors Institute, a M.S. in Engineering Management from the Univ. validation, EMC testing, and automotive product development. He of Detroit and a M.S. in Training and Development from Oakland sits on several performance and safety standards committees related Univ. He spent more than 35 years with the automotive industry in to batteries and electric vehicle systems. Rich has a B.S.in Electrical fi nal assembly and production engineering where, for 25 years, he Engineering from Lawrence Technological University. was a subject matter expert in mechanical attachments. In 1990, he recognized that no systematic explanation of snap-fi t technology Callahan, David K. existed and set about gathering and organizing snap-fi t design David K. Callahan is a partner in the law fi rm of Kirkland & Ellis practices into a rational knowledge construct. He is now president LLP in Chicago. His practice is focused on litigation in the areas of of FasteningSmart, Inc., a consulting company specializing in product patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright and the Internet. He has design and training in snap-fi t and threaded fastener attachments. Mr. participated in numerous bench and jury trials in Federal Courts, as Bonenberger is the author of The First Snap-Fit Handbook. well as appeals before the Federal and Seventh Circuits. In patent matters, he has represented clients in a diverse range of technologies, Borghese, Joe including semiconductors, abrasives, paper products, automotive Joe Borghese is a Staff Engineer at Honeywell International in products, business methods, cellular telephony, building products Torrance, CA. Joe has been involved in the design, development and agricultural equipment. In trademark actions, he has represented and test of compact heat exchangers for aerospace and industrial clients before Federal Courts, as well as the Trademark Offi ce and the applications for over 25 years. As the thermal analysis group leader U.S. Customs Service. He also has extensive experience representing for 9 years he led efforts to develop several new compact fi n surfaces clients with respect to their rights in Internet domain names, including for use in aerospace and automotive applications. He recently was court and administrative actions to obtain domain names. He responsible for the design of the oil coolers for the GENx engine holds an A.B. from the Univ. of Chicago and a J.D. from the Univ. of (Boeing 787 and 747-800), the oil cooler for the Honeywell HGT1700 Michigan Law School. Auxiliary Power Unit and the Environmental Control System ram air heat exchangers for the Airbus A350. In the past Joe has led efforts to Cattelan, Alexandra develop high temperature recuperators for industrial turbogenerators Alex is currently the Chief Engineer of New Energy Systems at AVL. She and automotive Exhaust Gas Recirculation coolers. Joe received his has extensive experience in hybrid and electric vehicle and powertrain bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of system design, development, validation and production and has been Illinois and a master’s degree from M.I.T. in automotive engineering for 20 years. Prior to her current position,

P111669 book.indb 173 11/28/11 2:10 PM 174 Instructor Biographies

Alex was the Assistant Chief Engineer for the Chevrolet Volt and Chehroudi, Bruce Vehicle Performance Manager for the Midsize Hybrids at General Dr. Bruce Chehroudi is currently a Principal Scientist at the Motors. She also has extensive experience in natural gas and propane Engineering Research Corporation Inc. He has been a Chief Scientist vehicle engineering including responsibilities in system development, at Raytheon STX (formerly Hughes Aircraft STX) and is a former software and controls engineering, calibration and validation, as well Professor of Mechanical Engineering, specializing in fl uid mechanics as experience in vehicle manufacturing and environmental consulting. and heat transfer, laser optical diagnostics, internal combustion Alex holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering and a M.S. in Mechanical engines, structure of sprays (their formation and combustion), Engineering, both from the University of Toronto, Canada. gas turbine engines, furnace combustion, fuel injection issues (reciprocating, gas turbine, and rocket engines) and emission of Challen, Bernard pollutants. Dr. Chehroudi previously served as a Research Staff Bernard Challen is an independent engineering consultant, active Member at Princeton Univ. where he engaged in experimental mainly in the automotive industry. Currently serving as a member of research in fl uid mechanics and heat transfer of cold, vaporizing, and the SAE International Board of Directors, his technical areas of interest combusting sprays as well as characterization of turbulence in internal include electronics and control, instrumentation, the use of computer- combustion engines using laser optical diagnostics. He was actively aided engineering tools, and vehicle noise & vibration. Until 1991, he involved in the DISC (direct injection stratifi ed charged) Engine was Technical Director at Ricardo Consulting Engineers where one Program, a cooperative project between the Department of Energy, of his responsibilities was the formation of Ricardo North America. General Motors Research Laboratory, Sandia-Livermore Combustion His technical responsibilities within Ricardo included noise and Laboratory, and Los Alamos Scientifi c Laboratory. Dr. Chehroudi vibration, instrumentation and control, large engines and the business established and directed an Engine Laboratory at the University of development of Ricardo in North America. Mr. Challen is active in a Illinois where he conducted numerous research projects to investigate number of professional societies. A recipient of the SAE International the formation of pollutants and heat transfer/fl uid mechanical Forest R. McFarland award in 1983, 1990 and 1996, he was elected a aspects of combustion occurring in internal combustion and gas Fellow of SAE International in 1997 and in 2008 he was the recipient of turbine engines. He is a member of Ta Beta Pi and the recipient of the SAE International Medal of Honor. Mr. Challen is a Fellow of the several SAE International awards including the Arch T. Colwell Merit Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and also the Institution Award, the Ralph R. Teetor Award, the SAE International Recognition of Engineering Technology (IET). He has served as General Chair for Award and the SAE International Forest R. McFarland Award in the SAE International Noise and Vibration Conference from 1992-2003. recognition of his contributions to the Professional Development In addition to being a regular contributor of technical papers to SAE Seminars. He has taught courses in the areas of internal combustion International, he also serves on the Engineering Meetings Board. Mr. engines, thermodynamics, thermophysics of gas fl ows, combustion, Challen earned a B.Sc.(Eng.) in Mechanical Engineering and M.Sc. and measurement system and has more than 100 publications in Noise and Vibration, Institute of Sound and Vibration Research, from conferences, national and international journals. Dr. Chehroudi has a Southampton University. Ph.D. from Princeton University.

Chau, K. T. Chesneau, Howard K. T. Chau received his B.Sc.(Eng.) degree with 1st Class Honors, Mr. Chesneau is the President of Fuel Quality Services, Inc. A M.Phil. degree and Ph.D. degree all in Electrical & Electronic recognized expert on fuel-related issues, he has over thirty years of Engineering from The University of Hong Kong. He joined the alma experience in fuel additives, distillate fuel problems, fuel fi ltration, mater in 1995, and currently serves as Professor and Director of the and tank remediation. Additionly, Mr. Chesneau has extensive International Research Center for Electric Vehicles. He is a Chartered knowledge and fi eld experience in the area of microbial contamination Engineer and Fellow of the IET. At present, he serves as Co-Editor of and detection. Mr. Chesneau is on the IASH Board of Directors and the Journal of Asian Electric Vehicles. Professor Chau has published is the past Chairman of the SAE International Atlanta Section. He is over 300 refereed technical papers, co-authored a monograph Modern an active member of other professional organizations including SAE Electric Vehicle Technology , and wrote two book chapters “Electric International, IATA, and ASTM. He currently serves on the IATA Motor Drives for Battery, Hybrid and Fuel Cell Vehicles” and “Hybrid Working Group on Microbial Contamination, the ASTM Committee Vehicles in Electric Vehicles: Technology, Research and Development dealing with fuel from middle distillates to heavy oils, the ASTM and Alternative Fuels for Transportation “, respectively. Committee establishing specifi cations for biodiesel, and the ASTM Professor Chau has received many awards: including the Chang Committee on jet fuel. In addition to his committee and working Jiang Chair Professorship by the China’s Ministry of Education; the group activities, Mr. Chesneau has authored and co-authored many Environmental Excellence in Transportation Award for Education, articles on the subject of fuel storage and handling that have been Training and Public Awareness by the SAE International International; published in various trade magazines. Mr. Chesneau served as a the Award for Innovative Excellence in Teaching, Learning and commissioned offi cer in the US Army and holds a B.S. degree from the Technology at the International Conference on College Teaching University of Florida. and Learning; and the University Teaching Fellow Award by The University of Hong Kong. Comer, Jess J. Dr. Jess J. Comer has signifi cant teaching experience in the areas of Cheek, Timothy machine design, dynamics of machines, metal fatigue and failure Mr. Cheek is a Principal Engineer with DELTA [v] Forensic Engineering, analysis. He is co-author of the text Fundamentals of Metal Fatigue Inc. Since 1993, Mr. Cheek has been active in the fi elds of forensic Analysis and is a registered Professional Engineer in South Dakota. engineering and accident reconstruction. He has considerable Dr. Comer is a member of SAE International, ASME and ASEE. He experience in both the design and development of commercial trucks holds a B.S. and an M.S. in mechanical engineering from South Dakota as well as with the investigation of accidents involving commercial School of Mines and a Ph.D. from the University of Illinois at Urbana- vehicles. Mr. Cheek is a member of the SAE International J2728 Heavy Champaign. Vehicle Event Data Recorder (HVEDR) subcommittee of the Truck & Bus Council and an organizer of the SAE International World Congress Cover, Richard J. technical sessions on Event Data Recorder technology and has authored Mr. Cover is currently President of Richard J. Cover & Associates, publications on the subject of HVEDRs. He received his Masters of a consulting fi rm specializing in metals and materials engineering, Science in Materials Science and Engineering from the University of investment analysis and market research. He previously worked for Florida and is a Registered Professional Engineer in multiple states. General Motors as the Global Commodity Manager-Steel and Manager

P111669 book.indb 174 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 175

of Supplier Quality-Steel for North American Metal Fabricating. Prior of Technology. He is a recipient of the Henry Ford Technology Award to joining General Motors, Mr. Cover spent over twenty years with in 2005. Dr. Deng received a B.S. in Computational Mathematics and LTV Steel in positions including Director of Marketing and Technical an M.S. in Applied Mathematics in China and a M.S. in Mechanical Services, Manager of Automotive Marketing, District Sales Manager- Engineering, M.A. in Statistics and Ph.D. in Applied Mathematics all Automotive, and Manager of Automotive Technology. He also has from Wayne State University. experience in ferrous metallurgy research, reinforced plastics and test instrumentation. Mr. Cover has a B.S. in Metallurgical Engineering, Denys, Eric a M.S. in Metallurgy and Materials Science, and a Master of Business Eric Denys is currently the Vice President Sales & Marketing Administration, all from the University of Pittsburgh. Automotive NA at Material Sciences Corporation in Canton, Michigan. His career spans 19 years at Federal-Mogul and Material Cressionnie, L. L. “Buddy” Sciences Corporation with technical specialization in brake NVH. Mr. Cressionnie is currently the International and Americas IAQG 9100 Mr. Denys has lead teams to achieve best-in-class in brake squeal on Team Lead responsible for maintenance, revision, and clarifi cation numerous vehicle lines and is the recipient of the 2001 Ford Global of the AS9100 standard. He is active in standards development as a Customer Satisfaction Award for his work on high mileage brake voting member of the US Technical Advisory Group (TAG) to ISO/ squeal reduction. His work has been published in numerous national TC 176 which writes ISO Quality Management System standards. and international papers, and in an SAE International book on Disc He serves on the US TAG Interpretations Committee and is the Brake Squeal. He is a 6 Sigma Black Belt. Eric is chairman of the Aerospace Sector Liaison to the US TAG. Mr. Cressionnie represents SAE International Brake NVH Standards Committee. He received a Lockheed Martin in these roles where he works in the Aeronautics B.S. in Mathematics from the Jean-Bart University, France and a M.S. Business Unit, a 31,000 employee operation across nine sites. He led in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Technology of the implementation of AS9100/ISO 9001:2000 standards and quality Compiegne, France. In 2010, he received his MBA from the University process area for Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI®) at Of Michigan Ross School Of Business. Lockheed Martin Aeronautics into a centralized, integrated quality system. Buddy Cressionnie is an ASQ senior member with quality Dingle, Philip manager and quality auditor certifi cations. He is a certifi ed RABQSA Philip Dingle is a Diesel Technology Specialist in the advanced aerospace experienced auditor and International Register of Certifi ed engineering Innovation Center of Delphi Diesel Systems. He received Auditors (IRCA) lead auditor for ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Buddy his engineering education in England, and after graduating in Cressionnie received his MBA degree from Texas Christian University 1972, joined the Research and Development group of Lucas Diesel and Bachelor of Science in Engineering from the University of Florida. Systems where he worked on several advanced engine and fuel system technologies. Transferred to Detroit, USA in 1975, he has Das, Shuvra worked closely with several US diesel engine manufacturers on the Dr. Shuvra Das is Professor of Mechanical Engineering and the development of FIE for their engines. In the process, he gained broad Associate Dean for Research and Outreach for the College of experience in achieving performance and emissions targets from both Engineering and Science at University of Detroit Mercy. His research DI and IDI combustion systems. He holds twelve U.S. or European and teaching interests include engineering mechanics, computational patents for fuel system innovation. mechanics using fi nite and boundary element methods, modeling and simulation, inverse problems, mechatronics, modeling and simulation Doyle, Joseph of mechatronics systems, condition based health monitoring of Joseph Doyle is the principal of Strategic Insights, a Michigan-based engineering systems, etc. Dr. Das, author of the text entitled consulting fi rm, specializing in executive leadership. He completed Mechatronic Modeling and Simulation Using Bond Graphs has over a 30-year career with General Motors Corporation, where he held fi fty conference and journal publications and has received several a variety of management positions including: Internal Business awards, including the Best Teacher award from the North Central Consultant with General Motors University, Senior Research Manager section of ASEE and the Junior Achievement award at University with the Corporate Organization Research and Development Activity, of Detroit Mercy. Dr. Das received his Ph.D. and M.S. degrees in Manager of the Corporate Executive Development Activity, and Lead Engineering Mechanics from Iowa State University. In addition, he Consultant with the Corporate Strategy and Decision Support Activity. received his B.Tech (Hons.) in Mechanical Engineering from the Indian While at GM, he facilitated Global Task Teams in India, Indonesia, Institute of Technology in Kharagpur, India. Thailand, England and Australia and served as the Corporate Liaison on Leadership and Strategy to the US Army War College and the Davis, Gregory National Defense University. Prior to joining General Motors, Mr. Dr. Gregory Davis is a Professor of Mechanical Engineering at Doyle held positions with the U.S. Public Health Service, Ford Motor Kettering University where he teaches courses in the Automotive Company and the Management and Organization Development and Thermal Science disciplines. He also serves as Director of the Department of General Motors Institute (now Kettering University). Automotive Engine Research Laboratory, and faculty advisor to Dr. Doyle served as a teaching fellow for the Hartwick Leadership the Clean Snowmobile Challenge Project. At Kettering, Dr. Hoff Institute and was a member of the advisory council for the Academy and Dr. Davis team-teach a graduate/undergraduate course on the of Management Executive Magazine. He was a member of the fundamentals of automotive powertrains and they are co-authors of Advisory Board for the Institute for Management Studies as well as the text Introduction to Automotive Powertrains. member of the National Research Committee for the American Society for Training and Development. Dr. Doyle has served as an adjunct Deng, Zhibing professor and lecturer at the University of Michigan Dearborn’s School Dr. Zhibing Deng is currently a senior engineer specializing in side of Business, taught Engineering Administration at the University of impact safety at Ford Motor Company. He has in-depth knowledge Detroit’s Graduate School of Engineering and Business Strategy at of side impact development, including setting targets for key Oakland University’s School of Business Administration. He holds vehicle components, developing & applying component/subsytem a B.S. in Mathematics and Physical Science from Eastern Michigan test methodologies, and implementing actural designs of vehicle University, a M.Ed. in Educational Evaluation and Research from components in achieving side impact performance targets. His work Wayne State University and a Ph.D. in Organizational Behavior from experience includes rear impact development and CAE support in the University of Michigan. front impact, roof crush and interior head impact. Prior to joining Ford, Dr. Deng was an Assistant Professor at South China University

P111669 book.indb 175 11/28/11 2:10 PM 176 Instructor Biographies

Drotar, Timothy taught aircraft certifi cation and Federal Aviation Regulations as an Timothy Drotar is currently a product development engineer at Ford Adjunct Instructor at Northrop-Rice Aviation Institute of Technology Motor Company where he specializes in chassis systems and vehicle in Los Angeles, and Aircraft Systems at San Mateo Community dynamics for passenger cars and light trucks. He also has developed College in San Mateo, California. He has participated in and managed engineering training in suspension and steering. Previously, he FAA certifi cation programs for major U.S., European, Chinese, and worked for Saturn Corporation in product engineering. Tim is a Australian airlines as a consultant. He is a life time member of Tau member of the Course Industry Advisor Board for Chassis Systems Alpha Pi, the honor society for Engineering Technologies. Along with Design at Kettering University, and a member of SAE International a Bachelor of Science in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering Technology and SCCA. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Lawrence from Northrop University, Mr. Farsi has participated in graduate Technological University and a M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from studies in Aerospace and Aviation Operations and Management at the University of Michigan. Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University. He holds FAA Airframe and Powerplant as well as Private Pilot Certifi cates. English, Ed Mr. English is currently Vice President & Technical Director for Fling, Kelley Fuel Quality Services, Inc. where he oversees all aspects directly Mr. Fling currently teaches fl uid power at the college level. He has related to the research, development, and deployment of chemicals, extensive experience in the fl uid power fi eld and was previously antimicrobials and detection equipment for use in the various stages the R&D lab manager for a manufacturer of cylinders for the of the petroleum and biomass fuels industry from the refi nery to the mobile market. He is a former chairman of the SAE International end user. He is also responsible for evaluating regulatory and industry A-6 Committee, Aerospace Fluid Power, Actuation, and Control issues, compliance with federal and state regulations, formulating Technologies and has led seal research programs sponsored by each of policy and implementing programs to address regulatory and industry the three armed services. Mr. Fling holds two seal patents. He received issues, and performing technical reviews and program audits. Mr. a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Texas A & M University and a English previously worked in the nuclear power industry. He is M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Southern Methodist University. nationally recognized for his knowledge and expertise in the area of microbial contamination of fuels, alternative fuels, and materials Fulton, Wes compatibility and has been an invited speaker for such organizations Mr. Wes Fulton is the Founder and CEO of Fulton Findings. Prior, as the EPA, FAA, CALCUPA, NEIWPCC, PEI, NISTM, and SAE he was a program engineer/manager for AiResearch Los Angeles International, DuPont, and Biofuels Americas. Mr. English is also an Division, Allied-Signal Aerospace Corporation. As a program active member of numerous professional organizations including SAE engineer for aircraft actuation projects he had engineering and International, IASH, IATA, and ASTM. He has a B.S. in Chemistry management responsibility for the Indigenous Defensive Fighter from the University of Florida and two years post-baccalaureate work (IDF) leading edge fl ap actuation system (LEFAS) development and from the University of Miami. production, the Rockwell/MBB X-31A LEFAS fl ight test program, and the F-16 Fighting Falcon LEFAS production and deployment Ewel, David E. support. He co-patented a multi-fuseable shaft (high performance David Ewel is the President of Dewel, LLC, a company specializing drive train device). Additionally, Mr. Fulton has over 20 years of in the design, manufacturing, and marketing of hydraulic and programming experience as a private programmer and developed mechanical devices that utilize embedded electronic technology SuperSMITH®, Visual, WeibullSMITH™,LogNormSMITH™, for mobile markets. With over thirty years experience in the fi eld Normal+SMITH™, Visual*SMITH™, BiWeibullSMITH™, and of electrohydraulics, Mr. Ewel previously held the position of MonteCarloSMITH™ analysis software. He received his B.S.M.E. Director of Engineering at MICO, Inc. where he was responsible from Georgia Tech and his M.S.M.E. from California State University for the development of a wide range of components for brake-by- at Long Beach. wire and the development of ABS, traction control and electronic stability control systems for 4X4, 6X6 and 8X8 vehicles. While at the Geck, Paul E. Hydraulics Division of Eaton Corp., Mr. Ewel held the positions of Mr. Geck is currently an independent consultant specializing in Chief Engineer for Electronics and Chief Engineer for Valves and advanced high strength steels. Previously employed by Ford Motor led the development of electro-proportional and CAN based pump Company, Mr. Geck specialized in several areas including Computer controls. As an engineer at Moog, Inc., he designed the fi rst industrial Aided Engineering, Noise, Vibration and Harshness, both as a testing servoactuator that integrated a cylinder, servovalve and position and CAE expert, and vehicle weight reduction with an emphasis sensor with embedded electronics. Other designs included embedded in steel selection. Administratively, Mr. Geck served in several ramp control of a proportional valve and embedded closed loop managerial and technical specialist roles. He was recognized as the position control of a servovalve. In addition, Mr. Ewel has worked Ford steel expert and chaired the Auto/Steel Partnership (A/SP) and on a wide variety of servosystem designs to control position, velocity, the internal Advanced High Strength Steel Strategy Team. Mr. Geck force, and pressure in such diverse applications as lumber and steel has a B.S. and M.S. in Mechanical Engineering, a M.S. in Engineering mills, earthquake simulators, turbine gas valve control and active Mechanics, and an M.B.A., all from the University of Michigan. suspensions. Mr. Ewel received both a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering and a M.B.A. from the State University of New York at Buffalo. Goddard, Geoff Geoff Goddard is Professor in Motorsport Engineering Design and Farsi, Ken Head of the Vehicle Engineering Research Group in the School of Mr. Farsi is currently the VP of Engineering and ODA Administrator Technology at Oxford Brookes University in the UK. Following a for Dassault Aircraft Services in Wilmington, DE, where his position in the gas turbine industry as a Rolls Royce University responsibilities include oversight of engineering groups and practices Apprentice, he joined Cosworth Engineering in 1970 and was later at all Dassault Aircraft Services locations. He has over 24 years promoted to Chief Designer by Keith Duckworth. The engines he experience in aircraft certifi cation and operations and has worked for designed made the Cosworth name synonymous with winning aircraft manufacturers, airlines and modifi cation centers conducting including the F1 World Championship as well as World Sportscar, certifi cation work on small and large transport category aircraft. He World Touring Car, and World Rallycar championships. Victories also is an FAA Designated Engineering Representative (DER) with Interior spanned USAC, CART, F3000 titles, and many other prestigious events Arrangement and Compliance Inspection, as well as Aircraft Loading including the Indy 500, Le Mans, Monaco GP, and Monte Carlo Rally. Document approval authority on Part 23 and 25 aircraft. Mr. Farsi has The Cosworth design portfolio for advanced road engine included

P111669 book.indb 176 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 177

engines for Mercedes, Opel, Ford, Chevrolet, Pontiac, and VW, all fused silica. Before joining Corning, he held positions with Cornell establishing new industry benchmark standards. University, the University of Colorado, and Continental Can Company. Dr. Gulati has a Ph.D. in applied mechanics from the University of In 1995, he joined TWR as Director of Engine Design responsible for Colorado, an M.S. in mechanical engineering from Illinois Tech and a the design and development of engines for clients including Aston B.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of Bombay, India. Martin DB7, Volvo, Ducati, Renault, SAAB, Audi, GM, Ford, Nissan, and the Oldsmobile Aurora. Many of these programmes included the Hall, Thomas J. manufacturing and delivery of engines to the car production lines. Thomas J. Hall is currently the Manager of Engineering for Brake Others made TWR and its clients synonymous with winning major Systems of full size trucks and SUV’s for the Robert Bosch Chassis championships including the British Touring Car Championship Systems Division. Prior to that, he was the Engineering Manager for (BTCC), World Superbikes Championships, Indy Racing League System Design and Validation at ITT Automotive, Continental Teves. Championships (IRL), Australian V8 Supercar Championships, plus His experience also includes development of ABS, TCS and Stability many prestigious events including the Indy 500, Le Mans, Bathurst, Control Systems, responsibility for application system engineering and World Rally Championship events. principles and process to the brake industry and development and promotion of brake system proposals and advance braking While working in these companies, he led the open design-led technologies. Mr. Hall has a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the structure favoured by Duckworth, which allowed a free-fl ow of University of Michigan. information across the boundaries of all technical areas, enabling design engineers to expand their knowledge and vision at an Haughey, Bill incredible pace. This was demonstrated by their winning results, Bill Haughey is a respected consultant and instructor in the areas making Cosworth the best post-graduate university in the world. By of Failure Modes Effects Analysis, Design for Manufacturability joining Oxford Brookes University, he brought some of this vision and Assembly, Design Review Based on Failure Modes, Design to their engineering courses and helped initiate new MSc courses Review Based on Test Results, and other GD3 methodologies. He is in Racing Engine Design and Motorsport Engineering. He has also a current member of the issuing committee of the SAE International underpinned PhD research programmes for F1 clients and industrial J1739 FMEA standard, SAE International Automotive Quality and programmes covering advanced combustion research into future fuels, Process Improvement Committee; the SAE International Automotive nano-particle additives, and various championship winning racing Electronic Systems Reliability Standards Committee; and the AIAG programmes. Geoff’s external activities include Director of Geoff FMEA Fourth Edition Recommended Practice Committee. Mr. Goddard Engines Ltd consulting on engines, Ambassador for EEMS, Haughey was recently approved to lead the development of a new the British Government’s Energy Effi cient Motor Sport body, and co- SAE International DRBFM Recommended Practice (J2886). Mr. chair for the SAE International Motorsport Conference Engine and Haughey formerly worked for GM, where he held various managerial, Drivetrain Panels. manufacturing, and engineering positions including Process Lead and Supervisor for FMEA and DFM/A. While at GM, Mr. Haughey also Govindswamy, Kiran supported Tatsuhiko Yoshimura in the global implementation of the Kiran Govindswamy is currently the Chief Engineer, Vehicle & GD3 (DRBFM) methodology. Yoshimura considers Mr. Haughey to be Driveline Systems at the North American Technical Center of FEV, Inc. a subject matter expert in the GD3 methodologies, including DRBFM He is a member of SAE International, serves on the SAE International and DRBTR. Mr. Haughey received a B.S. degree from the University NVH Conference Committee, and contributes regularly to several of Michigan and M.S from Central Michigan University, and has the automotive publications focusing on vehicle driveline systems and following certifi cations: Black Belt in GD3 (DRBFM and DRBTR); NVH. His educational background includes a Bachelor’s Degree in Master Design for Manufacturability and Assembly Engineer; and Mechanical Engineering from the College of Engineering Pune, India Certifi ed Internal Auditor. and Master’s and Doctoral Degrees from the Pennsylvania State University. Herliczek, Siegfried H. Dr. Siegfried H. Herliczek, a consultant specializing in glass, has Grimmer, Mike worked on glass products for automotive, aircraft, and architectural Michael Grimmer is a staff project engineer with the General applications including tempered, laminated, and specialty products. Motors Powertrain Division at the GM noise and vibration laboratory He has extensive experience in research and development and in Milford, Michigan. Mr. Grimmer has worked for GM for over has worked at Union Carbide Corporation, Libbey-Owens-Ford, 20 years in the powertrain noise and vibration area. His work and Pilkington Glass. Dr. Herliczek has written numerous papers, has focused on noise requirement allocation technology; vehicle presented glass seminars in several countries, and received 15 glass- integration; engine design; noise development and problem solving related patents. He is a member of SAE International, ACS, and SPE. of engine, transmission, and accessory systems; component bench test Dr. Herliczek earned a B.S. from the University of Massachusetts and a design; sound quality measurement and metric development; and Ph.D. in chemistry from Northeastern University. signature analysis for engine defect detection. Mr. Grimmer received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of Wisconsin- Herman, Edmund Madison and M.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of Mr. Herman is President of Creative Concepts Company, Inc. Prior Michigan-Dearborn. to establishing his consulting business, Mr. Herman worked for General Motors Corporation where he was responsible for new Gulati, Suresh process development in the areas of draw die development for Dr. Suresh Gulati was a Research Fellow in the Science and Technology sheet metal stamping dies, mold development for sheet molding Division of Corning Inc. where he specialized in the behavior of glass, compounds, and pressure die casting dies and processes. He was glass-ceramics and ceramics subjected to mechanical and thermal instrumental in the shift from physical plaster developments to total loads, their fatigue and fracture properties and their long-term CAD design of sheet metal draw die developments. Mr. Herman is reliability. He is a member of American Men and Women of Science also an experienced instructor and served as the Education Director and Who’s Who in Technology Today. Dr. Gulati is the author of over for the Society of Die Casting Engineers (now the North American 200 publications in the area of ceramic catalyst supports, fi ber optics, Die Casting Association). He has taught continuing education liquid crystal display glasses, cathode ray tubes, space windows, courses in die casting, stamping and injection molding through automotive windshields, and stepper lenses made from high purity Oakland and Wayne State Universities. Mr. Herman is a registered

P111669 book.indb 177 11/28/11 2:10 PM 178 Instructor Biographies

professional engineer in the state of Michigan and has a Bachelor of Johnston, Paul Science in Industrial Engineering from General Motors Institute and Paul Johnston is Senior Director of Compression and Braking at Meritor a Master of Science in Industrial Engineering - Operations Research WABCO and is responsible for application engineering, product from the University of Michigan. planning and new product development. Previously at ArvinMeritor, Johnston was Senior Director of the North American Foundation Brake Hoff, Craig J. Business Unit and Worldwide Director of Product Engineering for the Dr. Craig J. Hoff is an Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering CVS Worldwide Braking Division. He has over 38 years of experience at Kettering University, teaching the areas of thermal and mechanical in commercial vehicle air and hydraulic braking systems and products. design, with applications in automotive engineering and biomedical A member of SAE International International, Mr. Johnston was the engineering. His research interests include loop heat pipes, electronic recipient of the 2007 SAE International Award for Outstanding Technical and vehicle thermal management, and alternative automotive Committee Service. Mr. Johnston is active in the Truck & Bus Council, powertrains. Dr. Hoff is the faculty advisor to the Kettering Formula Truck & Bus Brake Committee, and related subcommittees to develop SAE International racecar team and is the Chair of SAE International new brake products and system recommended practices. Mr. Johnston’s International’s Scholarship Committee. He is the co-author, with Dr. experience includes that of Chairman and member of the Heavy Duty Gregory Davis, of the text Introduction to Automotive Powertrains. Brake Manufacturers Council. He has been involved in the Technology & Maintenance Council and the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance Isaac, Emad regarding technical products and commercial vehicle practices. Mr. Emad S. Isaac is Chief Technology Offi cer for the Morey Corporation, Johnston received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Ohio Northern an electronics development and manufacturing services company University, a M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Cleveland State focused on the design, development, testing, validation and University, and a M.B.A. from Baldwin Wallace College. manufacturing of ruggedized electronic assemblies for harsh environments. Mr. Isaac oversees and is responsible for the strategic Kang, Stephen technical direction and development engineering across all products Dr. Stephen Kang is currently a Technical Specialist in the Safety and platforms which include displays, telematics, and controllers. Mr. Core and Strategy Department of Ford Motor Company where he is Isaac’s prior experience includes 15 years of broad responsibilities in responsible for developing safety methods such as component test the wireless communications, systems, and embedded technologies methods, CAE methods and best practices. He was responsible for industries. Previously, he was Lead Systems Architect for Motorola’s developing a truck program from beginning to production launch, and Telematics Group, served on the Motorola Patent Committee, led for meeting safety requirements. Dr. Kang has conducted occupant several corporate wide innovation initiatives, identifi ed new standards safety and CAE trainings; designed and conducted extensive dynamic and standard bodies for regional and global Telematics, and served as component tests; established several Ford internal component design Distinguished Member of Motorola’s Technical Staff. In addition, Mr. requirements and is responsible for the establishment of an Occupant Isaac briefl y served as vice-chairman for the SAE International J1939 CAE database at Ford. Dr. Kang is the recipient of the Henry Ford committee. Mr. Isaac has also held various leadership roles within Technology Award in 2005. He serves as an Advisory Board Member the military, government, and aerospace industry prior to joining for TNO North America and is a certifi ed six-sigma black belt. Dr. Motorola. Mr. Isaac holds several key patents and is a dedicated Kang has a Ph.D. in Biomechanics from Wayne State University. advocate of various projects and school programs that inspire children in the areas of Math, Science, and Engineering. Mr. Isaac holds two BS Karlekar, B. V. degrees in Applied Physics and Mechanical Engineering from McGill Dr. Karlekar holds a B.E. in Mechanical Engineering from the Univ. of University. He also holds a MS in Biomechanics from the University of Baroda, India, an M.S. and a Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering from Arizona, as well as a Master of Engineering Management degree from the Univ. of Illinois - Urbana. He served as Head of the Mechanical Northwestern University. Engineering Department at Rochester Institute of Technology. During his tenure there, Dr. Karlekar was awarded RIT’s Eisenhardt Jiao, Jianzhong Outstanding Teacher Award, published numerous papers and Dr. Jianzhong Jiao is an internationally recognized lighting expert for authored three textbooks. Later, he was appointed Director of the light sources and lighting products design, technology development, Center for Integrated Manufacturing Systems. Dr. Karlekar is an testing, industry standards and government regulations. Dr. Jiao has ASME Fellow and continues to take active interest in Mechanical been actively involved in professional and industry organizations Engineering students at RIT by assisting them in the Engineering and standardization activities. He is the Chairman of the SAE Learning Center. International Lighting Committee, past Chairman of the Next Generation Lighting Industry Alliance (NGLIA), Chinaman of the Khair, Magdi NEMA SSL Section Technical Committee, and active member of Dr. Magdi Khair is a retired Institute Engineer from the Division IESNA Committees, ANSI-NEMA SSL Working Groups, UL LED of Engine, Emissions, and Vehicle Research at Southwest Research Standard Technical Panel, as well as member of CIE, SPIE, ITE and Institute. He is currently Chief Technologist at Watlow helping with other organizations. Dr. Jiao is an SAE International Fellow, and has the introduction of new technology to the Diesel engine industry. He received several industry awards. is experienced in the areas of engine testing and exhaust emissions control. His prior experience was with AlliedSignal Automotive Dr. Jiao holds a Ph.D. degree in Electrical Engineering from Catalyst Company with the development of catalytic aftertreatment Northwestern University, a M.S. degree in Applied Physics, and a for light-duty and heavy-duty diesel engines; Ford New Holland with B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering. He is titled to 9 U.S. Patents primary responsibility for the development of the 6.6 and 7.8 liter and has over 20 technical publications. Dr. Jiao currently serves as the midrange diesel engines to meet 1991 emissions standards; Bendix Director of Regulations and Emerging Technologies at OSRAM Opto Diesel Engine Controls where he led the development of advanced Semiconductors Inc. He also served as an adjunct professor teaching electronically controlled diesel fuel injection systems and also physics and electrical engineering courses at Purdue University established several cooperative engineering programs with European and Lawrence Technological University. He has been teaching SAE and North American engine manufacturers; and with Chrysler International seminars since 2003. Corporation where he converted the slant six gasoline engine into an open chamber, pilot injected, and electronically controlled diesel engine, supervised a combustion kinetics project, and participated in the design and development of electronic controls for a passenger

P111669 book.indb 178 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 179

car turbine engine. Dr. Khair holds 20 U.S. patents in electronic fuel of Chemical Engineering at Aristotle University in Thessaloniki. injection, turbocharging, exhaust gas recirculation, and aftertreatment Dr. Konstandopoulos is a specialist in combustion aerosols and systems. He has also authored and co-authored numerous SAE nanoparticles and he has extensive research and engineering consulting International and ASME papers. Dr. Khair is the co-author of the experience in the design, modeling, and testing of diesel particulate Diesel Emissions and their Control a text book marketed by SAE fi lter systems and monolithic reactors. Dr. Konstandopoulos, an SAE International. Dr. Khair received a B.S. in Automotive Engineering International Fellow, has authored more than 70 scientifi c and technical from Ain Shams University, an M.S. in Thermodynamics from the papers and is a frequent invited speaker at conferences throughout the University of Birmingham, England, an M.B.A. from Michigan State U.S. and Europe. His educational accomplishments include a Diploma University, and a PhD in Engineering Management from Warren in Mechanical Engineering from Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, National University. an M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Michigan Technological University and an M.S., MPhil and a Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering Kipers, Kenneth from Yale University. Dr. Kenneth Kipers has over 25 years of experience in additive synthesis, fuels, formulation, fi eld testing, and customer service, is Kunder, Paul J. a Certifi ed Lubrication Specialist and is currently involved in the Mr. Kunder is the President of Amera-Veritas, Inc., a provider of consulting and training fi eld specializing in fuels and lubricants. He is quality, safety, and risk management. Mr. Kunder is a lead instructor an adjunct professor at Richland College in Dallas and an instructor for for the Aerospace Auditor Transition Training and is currently Dale Carnegie courses, as well. Dr. Kipers has been an expert witness an International/Americas Quality Group and RABQSA AS9100 in many cases involving gasoline, diesel, and aviation fuels. He is also Aerospace Auditor and Quality System Lead Auditor (ref. #1834). an active member of ACS, SAE International, and STLE. Dr. Kipers He is active in standards development as a voting member of the US received a B.S. from San Diego State University and a Ph.D. in physical Technical Advisory Group (TAG) to ISO Technical Committee 176 organic chemistry from the University of California-Los Angeles. which is responsible for development of the ISO 9001 Standard. He serves as the Vice Chair of the National ANSI/ASQ Z1A Committee Kissel, Gery J. on Auditing (ISO 19011) and on the US TAG Interpretations Gery J. Kissel is Engineering Specialist, Global Battery Systems Committee. He has performed more than fi ve hundred audits and Engineering with General Motors. His work with GM for the past has assisted more than eighty organizations with the development 15 years has all related to the development of technology and and certifi cation of their quality management systems including the applications for hybrid, electric, and fuel cell vehicles. Gery is a Federal Aviation Administration Offi ce of Aviation Safety. Prior to high and intermediate voltage safety subject matter expert and, his current position, Mr. Kunder was involved in the accreditation of in his current position, he is responsible for plug-in vehicle codes, several 3rd party registrars, acted as an administrator for the fi rst RAB standards, and infrastructure. Gery is active in the GM mentoring accredited registrar in the United States and works as a subcontract program, mentoring college engineering co-op students and new full- auditor for a number of registrars. Mr. Kunder is an ASQ senior time GM engineers. He is very active on SAE International Standards member and holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering. Committees including Task Force Lead for J1772 - Electric Vehicle Conductive Charge Coupler and Task Force Co-Lead, J2894 - Vehicle Kurowski, Paul On-Board Charger Power Quality, member of the Fuel Cell Standards Dr. Paul Kurowski is a professor in the Department of Mechanical and Committee, Fuel Cell Safety Workgroup and the Hybrid Committee Materials Engineering at the University of Western Ontario in London, and former Task Force Lead for J1776 - Recommended Practice for Ontario. His teaching experience includes fi nite element analysis, Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicle Battery Systems Crash Integrity machine design, mechanics of materials, kinematics and dynamics of Testing.He is also affi liated with the Grid Interaction Technical Team, machines, and product development. He is also the President of Design National Electric Transportation Infrastructure Working Council, Generator Inc., a consulting fi rm specializing in product development, and National Fire Protection Association. Prior to joining GM, Gery design analysis and training in Computer Aided Engineering methods. worked for as a Project Engineer for VECTRA, and a Design Release Dr. Kurowski has published multiple technical papers and taught Engineer for Masotech and Rapid Design Service. Gery is a recipient professional development seminars for SAE International International, of the SAE International Technical Standards Board Outstanding the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the Association of Contribution Award. He has a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering Professional Engineers of Ontario, the Parametric Technology Corp. from the University of Michigan and an M.S. degree in Engineering (PTC), Rand Worldwide, SolidWorks Corp. and other companies Science from Purdue University. and professional organizations. He contributes regularly to several engineering publications focusing on the implementation of CAE Kosinski, John methods into the product development process. He is a member of John Kosinski is a User Interaction Technical Professional at Visteon SAE International International and the Association of Professional Corporation. Mr. Kosinski has 25 years user interaction design Engineers of Ontario. Dr. Kurowski obtained his M.Sc. and Ph.D. in experience ranging from automated test and machine tool equipment Applied Mechanics from Warsaw Technical University and completed to emergency vehicle and in-vehicle infotainment systems. He holds postdoctoral work at Kyoto University. multiple patents in controls and user interfaces and brings extensive experience in systems, hardware and software engineering, graphic Levin, Michael design and human factors applied to the development of innovative Michael Levin holds the position of Technical Expert at Ford Motor user interface solutions. Company. Mr. Levin has been with Ford Research and Advanced Engineering since the late 1970s. His current responsibilities include Konstandopoulos, Athanasios development of hydrocarbon and urea dosing for advanced Diesel Dr. Athanasios G. Konstandopoulos, recipient of the 2006 Descartes aftertreatment systems. Mr. Levin co-authored 18 publications and Laureate, is the founder and head of the Aerosol and Particle holds 13 patents. He received his MSME in 1974 from Moscow Technology Laboratory (APTL), a well-known European diesel Automobile and Road Institute in Russia. emission control laboratory at the Chemical Process Engineering Research Institute (CPERI/CERTH) in Thessaloniki, Greece. In 2006, he was elected as Director of CPERI and member of the Board of Directors of the National Centre for Research and Technology- Hellas (CERTH). Since 2006, he has also been a member of the faculty

P111669 book.indb 179 11/28/11 2:10 PM 180 Instructor Biographies

Levine, Russell E. Subject Matter Expert for several ISO committees under ISO/TC213 Russell E. Levine, P.C., CLP, is a partner in the law fi rm of Kirkland for surface and form metrology. & Ellis LLP where he specializes in patent infringement litigation and patent licensing. He has over 20 years of experience. During his Dr. Mark Malburg holds a B.S. and M.S. in Mechanical Engineering career, both as lead counsel and in conjunction with other Kirkland & from Michigan Technological University. His graduate work at Ellis partners, Russell has litigated over 200 patents and has analyzed Michigan Tech addressed the characterization of plateau-honed and counseled clients with respect to several hundred more. He has surfaces and the approach he developed was later adopted as an obtained over $100 million for his clients through settlements, awards International Standard. He completed his Ph.D. at the University of and licensing revenue. He also has successfully defended his clients Warwick researching problems in instrument correlation in surface from damages claims totaling in the billions. He has represented metrology applications. clients and continues to represent numerous Fortune 500 companies and other small and large publicly-held and privately-owned Masiak, James entities. He has litigated matters involving a broad array of patented James Masiak has more than 25 years of experience in the technology such as automotive wheel aligners, wheel balancers, digital implementation of business processes for General Motors. Mr. camera technology, and semiconductor memory chips. He currently Masiak’s most recent activities include the implementation of an serves as an International Delegate to the Licensing Executives Society enhanced engineering product cost management process within GM International (“LESI”) organization and as Chair of the LESI Patent North America, the alignment of cross functional organizational and Technology Licensing Committee. Russell was recently inducted initiatives, and development of an engineering resource allocation into the International Directory of Distinguished Leadership Hall of plan for GM Regions. Mr. Masiak was also responsible for the Fame for his contributions to the fi eld of Intellectual Property. He also development and implementation of Global Engineering and Business serves on the Editorial Board of the “Managing Intellectual Property” Strategies across all of General Motors International Operations. Mr. monthly publication. Mr. Levine holds a B.S. in Interdisciplinary Masiak received his B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Wayne State Engineering and B.S. in Economics from Univ. of Michigan and a J.D. University, his M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Massachusetts from the Univ. of Chicago Law School. Institute of Technology, and his M.B.A. from Michigan State University Executive Management Program. Lundstrom, Richard Dr. Richard Lundstrom is an independent research and project Masoudi, Mansour engineer specializing in dynamic system engineering, automotive Dr. Mansour Masoudi is currently a Senior Engineer at the Robert chassis development, and application of the science of improvement. Bosch Corporation. Prior to that, he worked at Corning Incorporated He teaches Chassis Design, Systems Analysis and Mechanical Control and Delphi Corporation. Throughout his career, he has carried out Systems at Kettering University, where he also served as team leader various engineering responsibilities working on Diesel emission for the annual Kettering Industry Symposium. Dr. Lundstrom control components and systems, including analyzing their fl uid previously taught several mechanical engineering courses, developed dynamics, conversion effi ciency, pressure drop, thermal behavior, Vehicle Dynamics and Thermal System Design courses, and founded design and optimization, as well as particulate transport, deposition and directed the Vehicle Dynamics Lab at Lawrence Tech. He has and regeneration. In addition, he has signifi cant experience in worked as a product engineer with Ford Motor Company and analyzing hydrodynamics and thermal behavior of other engineering developed and taught a Fundamentals of Vehicle Design course. Dr. systems. He is a member of SAE International, the American Lundstrom is a member of SAE International, ASME, ASQ, ASEE Physical Society and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. and SCCA. He received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the Dr. Masoudi has a B.S. and M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Illinois, a M.S. from the University of Michigan and a University of Nevada-Reno and a Ph.D. in Mechanical and Aerospace Ph.D. from Oakland University. Engineering from the University of California-Irvine with a specialty in fl uid dynamics, thermal sciences and combustion. Mago, Angelo Angelo Mago is senior consultant and owner of ATM Consulting, Inc., Masrur, Abul which provides customized training and consulting services to the Dr. Masrur currently works for the US Army RDECOM-TARDEC supplier community in the areas of quality assurance, quality control, (Research Development and Engineering Command), in the Ground design engineering, document management, and customer service and Vehicle Power and Mobility Department within TARDEC (Tank improvement methods. He has over 20 years of experience in product Automotive Research Development & Engineering Center), where he design, quality assurance, management and most recently worked as is involved in vehicular electric power system architecture concept the Senior Supplier Quality Engineer for GM Truck Group responsible design, modeling and simulation, electric power management, and for PPAP qualifi cation and approval. Mr. Mago is a recipient of the military applications. He previously worked with the Scientifi c SAE International Forest R. McFarland Award for distinction in Research Labs of Ford Motor Company where he was involved in professional development/education. He has a B.S. in Mechanical research and development related to simulation and control for Engineering from Florida Institute of Technology. electric drives for electric and hybrid electric vehicles and power electronics, advanced automotive electric energy management, Malburg, Mark electric active suspension systems for automobiles, automotive Dr. Malburg is the president of Digital Metrology Solutions, Inc multiplexing systems, electric power assist steering, and automotive where he provides dimensional and surface metrology consultation radar applications, including the Computer Aided Engineering and develops analysis and control algorithms, software and custom development and simulations for such applications. Dr. Masrur has instrumentation. He is also the president and chief software authored more than sixty publications and has co-authored eight U.S. architect of Verifi ed Technologies – the creators of the award-winning patents and is the recipient of SAE International’s Environmental BrakeView® system for the measurement of rotating components Excellence in Transportation Award in Education, Training and Public and is an adjunct associate professor of engineering at the University Awareness. He has a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Bangladesh of North Carolina at Charlotte. Prior to that, Dr. Malburg spent Engineering University, a M.S. in Computer Engineering from 10 years at Cummins Engine Company as the Corporate Surface Wayne State University, a M.Eng. in Electrical Engineering from the Metrologist. He is currently a member of the ASME B46.1 “Surface University of Detroit and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from Texas Texture” standards committee, a member of the B89 committees for A&M University. “Roundness”, “Straightness” and Flatness”, and is a United States

P111669 book.indb 180 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 181

Matthews, Ronald D. Dr. Mi is the editor and/or associate editor of several IEEE Professor Ron Matthews, currently serving as a member of the SAE publications and has also served on the editorial board. Dr. Mi International Board of Directors, is Head of the General Motors served as the Vice Chair (2006 to 2007) and Chair (2008) of the IEEE Foundation Engines Research Laboratory on the campus of the Southeastern Michigan Section. He was the General Chair of the Fifth University of Texas at Austin. He has been actively involved in engines IEEE International Vehicle Power and Propulsion Conference (2009). research for 35 years, including engine control systems since the initial Dr. Mi served on the review panel for the National Science Foundation introduction of on-board computers. Dr. Matthews, a Fellow of SAE and the Department of Energy. International, founded the Formula SAE International competition in 1981 and has been the Faculty Advisor for a Formula SAE International Micklow, Gerald J. team each year since. He has been author or co-author on over 200 Gerald Micklow, Ph.D. PE is currently a full professor of Engineering technical papers and reports, mostly in the fi eld of engines. at East Carolina University and is a licensed engineer in the state of North Carolina. For nearly three decades, Dr. Micklow has been McCormick, Harold E. actively involved in the design and evaluation of advanced power Harold McCormick is currently President of C-K Engineering Inc., an producing systems. Dr. Micklow’s research over the years has been engineering fi rm specializing in providing analysis instrumentation heavily funded by NASA, the National Science Foundation, the gauging and other consulting services for engine and lubricant Department of Energy, the Federal Aviation Administration, Argonne manufacturers. He was formerly Director of Engineering, Ramsey National Labs and others with the majority of the work being related Plant TRW-Valve Division, with ongoing responsibility for research to fuel injection and low pollutant emission combustion systems for and product engineering. Mr. McCormick’s past experience there aircraft and on-road and off-road automotive/trucking/machinery includes design engineer for retaining rings, project engineer applications. Dr. Micklow has received numerous awards from NASA conducting programs to develop automotive rotary shaft seals based including being inducted into the NASA/U.S. Space Foundation on facets of the Ramsey product line, primarily in automotive piston Innovative Technology Hall of Fame in 2000 and receiving the NASA rings, and chief engineer. He has also completed 57 graduate hours in Space Act Award for work performed on the Space Shuttle in 2002. Applied Mechanics and Metallurgy at St. Louis University. He holds In addition, Dr. Micklow’s industry experience includes eight years more than 30 U.S. patents and has authored or coauthored numerous of designing advanced aircraft and missile confi gurations where technical papers for SAE International as well as other automotive he maintained top-secret security clearances. With well over 60 engineering organizations. Mr. McCormick holds a B.S. in mechanical engineering publications, Dr. Micklow received both a B.S. and M.S. engineering from University of Missouri-Rolla and an MBA from St. in Aerospace Engineering from Pennsylvania State University and a Louis University. Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. McVea, W. Mark Dr. William Mark McVea, P.E., is President and Principal Engineer Nazri, G. Abbas of KBE+, Inc. Dr. McVea and his team design and develop complete Dr. Nazri is currently the technical director of new technologies at powertrains for automotive and off-highway vehicles. He also held a Frontier Applied Sciences and Technologies, LLC. and is also an adjunct position as a Professor of Vehicle Dynamics and Powertrain Sciences professor of Physics and Chemistry at Wayne State University, Oakland in the Mechanical Engineering Department at the Rochester Institute University, and University of Windsor, Canada. Dr. Nazri began of Technology and taught at Purdue University in their Automotive his career as a Research Scientist at General Motors Global Research Sciences Department. Mark was formerly a manager of the CAE group and Development Center after two years of postdoctoral fellowships within a tier-one powertrain supplier to world automotive markets, a at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. He also served as a consulting engineer in vehicle dynamics with Gear Consultants, Inc., visiting Professor at the University of Pierre and Marie Curie, Paris and a project manager of traction systems for off-highway vehicles France, Institute of Condense Matter Chemistry at Bordeaux France, with Clark-Hurth International. He has published extensively on the and Institute of Materials at Nantes, France. He is an active organizer topics of transmission systems, automated design assistant systems, of Symposia on advanced batteries and is on the International Science knowledge systems and knowledge based engineering in general. Dr. Advisory Board of several Lithium Battery Meetings and Conferences. McVea holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the Rochester Dr. Nazri has published over 100 scientifi c papers, 12 proceedings Institute of Technology, a Ph.D. in Design Engineering from Purdue volumes, two text books on science and technology of lithium University and is a licensed Professional Engineer. batteries, and is the holder of 15 U.S. patents. His research interests are in the area of materials for advance batteries for transportation Mi, Chris applications, supercapacitors, solid-state hydrogen storage materials, Dr. Chris Mi is Associate Professor of Electrical and Computer electrochemical catalysis, synthesis of novel materials, and advanced Engineering, and Director of DTE Power Electronics Laboratory at the analytical techniques for real time study of electrochemical systems. University of Michigan, Dearborn, Michigan, USA. He was the Chief Dr. Nazri received his Ph.D. in Physical Chemistry from the Center for Technical Offi cer of 1Power Solutions, Inc. from 2008 to 2010. Dr. Mi Electrochemical Sciences, Case Western Reserve University. a leading expert in electric and hybrid vehicles, and has conducted extensive research in EV/HEV space with more than 100 publications Nelson, Douglas J. and 30 invited talks. Dr. Mi is the recipient of many awards including Dr. Douglas J. Nelson is currently a professor of mechanical the National Innovation Award (China) and the Government Special engineering at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Allowance Award (China) given by the China Central Government. He teaches undergraduate and graduate courses in fuel cell systems, In December 2007, Dr. Mi became a member of the Eta Kappa Nu, the advanced technology vehicles and design. Director of the U.S. Electrical and Computer Engineering Honor Society. Dr. Mi holds a Department of Energy GATE Center for Automotive Fuel Cell B.S. and an M.S. degree from Northwestern Polytechnical University, Systems, his current research is on fuel cell hybrid vehicle systems China, and a Ph.D. degree from the University of Toronto. Dr. Mi simulation and validation and AC motor development. A member of worked with General Electric Company prior joining the University of SAE International and ASME, Dr. Nelson received the Ralph R. Teetor Michigan-Dearborn. Educational Award from SAE International in 1996, and the NSF FutureCar Faculty Advisor’s Award in 1998. He holds a B.S., an M.S. and Ph.D. in mechanical engineering.

P111669 book.indb 181 11/28/11 2:10 PM 182 Instructor Biographies

O’Hara, Tom ARP4754A, ARP 4761, and ARP 5150. Mr. Peterson is also a member Mr. O’Hara is currently the Business Manager/Advisory Services, of the SAE International Aero Tech General Committee and has served Energy Storage Solutions at Intertek. He has signifi cant experience in as the Technical Program Chair for a number of SAE International the battery industry working in Engineering and Technical Program conferences. In addition, he is the recipient of the SAE International Management at Energizer Battery where his contributions touched Forest R McFarland Award for outstanding contributions to the SAE nearly every product in the company’s product portfolio. He also spent International Engineering Meetings Board and is also the recipient of considerable time consulting with both established and start-up battery the SAE International Outstanding Contribution Award for his work enterprises across many battery chemistries and disciplines. Mr. O’Hara in the development of SAE International Technical Standards. Mr. has a B.S. and M.S. in Chemistry from Wake Forest University. Peterson received his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Montana State University. Oliver, Michael J. Michael J. Oliver is Vice President of Electrical / EMC Engineering Piacenti, Vincent at MAJR Products Corporation, where he is responsible for customer Mr. Piacenti is Manager, Systems Engineering for Bosch Corp. He is EMC design and consulting and new product development. He is also responsible for systems engineering of all diesel fuel injection systems the company’s ISO-9001:2000 management representative. An expert and components used in the US, including diesel fuel injection hydraulic in EMI/RFI shielding technology, he has experience in electronics, systems integration for North American diesel engine applications. military shelter electrical systems, and high power antenna/radome This encompasses simulation, adaptation and testing of high-speed, design. His experience also includes the design and testing of high-pressure fuel injection systems with a concentration on common aerospace antennas, shielding of military shelter electrical systems, rail systems, both solenoid-valve and piezo. Included is research of and discrete EMC shielding components. Mr. Oliver has expertise in alternative fuels for diesel engine applications. He has experience in open and anechoic chamber radiated testing to military standards all types of diesel fuel injection and various gasoline systems and is a and has utilized various antennas and radiated test systems. In contributing author to the Springer Handbook for Mechanical Engineers. addition, he has written numerous technical papers and publications Mr. Piacenti holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering and has been on electromagnetic shielding components, product testing and design, with Bosch for almost thirty years, seven of which were at the Bosch and military antenna/radome test methodology standards. Mr. Headquarters for Diesel Fuel Injection in Stuttgart, Germany. Oliver is the founder and currently serves as Chairman of the IEEE Pittsburgh EMC Chapter. He is Co-Chairman of the SAE International Pike, Jeffrey A. AE4 Electromagnetic Compatibility Committee, and a member of the Jeffrey A. Pike is President, Biomechanics Consulting, Inc. and Adjunct IEEE EMC Standards Advisory Coordination Committee (SACCom). Professor, Biomedical Engineering, Wayne State University. He Mr. Oliver has three patents (one pending) on EMC shielding-thermal previously held the position of Senior Technical Specialist, Occupant management devices and he received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering Injury/Biomechanics, Ford Motor Company, from which he recently Technology from Gannon University. retired. He has extensive professional experience in biomechanics, injury mechanisms and causation, occupant protection, testing, Palazzolo, Joseph regulatory requirements and regulatory process and medical records Joe Palazzolo is employed as Chief Engineer – Geared Products at review. Mr. Pike has organized and presented at numerous technical GKN Driveline Torque Technology Group where he manages the forums, including sessions at two White House Conferences as well as mechanical design and development of new automotive gearboxes, SAE International Symposia on Vehicle Rollovers, Occupant Protection torque transfer devices, concepts, and integration into production and Lower Limb Injuries. He has also taught SAE International applications. His prior professional experience includes all-wheel regulatory and forensics seminars for 21 years and has been a guest systems design and development, power transfer unit and transfer lecturer at MIT, the Medical College of Wisconsin, the University of case design, and torque management device development at Visteon Michigan, Harvard Medical School and the University of Virginia. Corporation, Warn Industries, and Ford Motor Company. Mr. Mr. Pike is an SAE International Fellow and received the Forest R. Palazzolo is an ASE certifi ed Master Technician, chaired the SAE McFarland Award in 2004 for his contributions to SAE International International All-Wheel Drive Standards Committee, and has been an professional development activities. His publications include active SAE International member since 1990. He is a past recipient of technical papers, book chapters and principal author of two textbooks the SAE International Forest R. McFarland Award for distinction in published by SAE International: Automotive Safety: Anatomy, Injury, professional development and education (2007) and also achieved the Testing and Regulation and Neck Injury: The Use of X-Rays, CT’s and SAE International Master Instructor designation (2010). Mr. Palazzolo MRI’s to Study Crash-Related Injury Mechanisms. His educational is the award winning author of High-Performance Differentials, Axles background includes studies at Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, New & Drivelines. He has designed, built, campaigned and supported York University and the University of Michigan. various race cars and teams for both professional and amateur racing organizations. His scope of work has been entire vehicle inclusive but Plett, Gregory also focused on competitive, high-performance drivetrain systems. He Dr. Plett is currently an Associate Professor of Electrical and holds a Bachelors degree in Mechanical Engineering from Cleveland Computer Engineering at the University of Colorado at Colorado State University and a Masters degree in Automotive Engineering Springs (UCCS). Dr. Plett has taught courses at Stanford University, from Lawrence Technological University. He has received numerous Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, and UCCS; has patents for his work and creativity in advancing mobility systems. published papers in IEEE, Electrochemical Society, Elsevier, and Wiley journals and multiple conferences; is presently managing research Peterson, Eric M. projects with overall budget exceeding $1M; and is a joint holder of Mr. Peterson is currently Vice-President of Systems and Safety for a number of U.S. patents. He is a Senior Member of the IEEE. Dr. Electron International, Inc. He has over 35 years experience in Plett’s research areas include linear and nonlinear adaptive fi ltering, aerospace management, system design and analysis, development of dynamic system modeling, state estimation and control. His focus hardware and software, and safety assessments for commercial and is on the modeling and estimation requirements for proper battery military fl ight critical avionic and fl y-by-wire system applications. management of advanced battery technologies (e.g., for hybrid and He is also an inactive Systems and Equipment DER with a software electric vehicle systems). Dr. Plett received a B.Eng. in Computer endorsement. Mr. Peterson serves as vice-chairman of the SAE Systems-Engineering with high distinction from Carleton University, International S-18 Aircraft & Systems Development and Safety (Ottawa, Canada), and a M.S.E.E. and Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering Assessment committee and has provided key contributions to from Stanford University (Stanford, CA).

P111669 book.indb 182 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 183

Porter, Alexander (Alex) J. Design of Experiments (DOE) for leaders and engineers within both Alexander J. Porter is the Chief Engineer for Programs, Performance, GM and GM Suppliers. and Durability for Intertek, and has been with the company since 1992. Since 1996, he has been developing accelerated testing methods Dr. Roslund joined General Motors at Detroit Diesel Allison, for mechanical components and systems. Mr. Porter has three patents transferred to Saturn, and retired from GM in 2007. Dr. Roslund relating to accelerated testing equipment and has authored over 40 spent 24 years at General Motors solving problems using statistical articles and technical papers on accelerated testing. Alex is the author methods and providing in-house consulting on a daily basis. He of the book Accelerated Testing and Validation, Elsevier 2004. His also developed numerous course textbooks and conducted over 200 work in the past has included implementation of FEA in a laboratory seminars providing a wealth of experience and a vast number of case setting and development of a thermal management system for an studies. Dr. Roslund is a member of SAE International, ASQ, and advanced data acquisition package developed by NASA’s Drydon the Society of Reliability Engineers. He received his B.S. degree in Flight Research Facility. Alex is a member of SAE International and Mechanical Engineering from the University of Nebraska, M.S.M.E. IEEE. He holds a B.S. in aircraft engineering and an M.S. in mechanical from Cleveland State University, and Ph.D. in Systems Engineering engineering, both from Western Michigan University. from Oakland University.

Reddy, Sam Ross, Phillip J. Dr. Reddy is currently a Technical Fellow in the Chemical and Phillip J. Ross is President of Quality Services International, Inc., a Environmental Sciences Laboratory at GM Research and Development consulting fi rm specializing in quality and statistical training. He Center. Prior to that, he was a Principal Research Engineer in the has accumulated over 4500 hours of classroom instruction teaching Fuel and Lubricants Department. Dr. Reddy has been working courses in quality, design tools, and manufacturing processes and on evaporative emission research and development for more than problem solving in the United States, Great Britain, Holland, Japan, twenty years with signifi cant research in the area of diesel fuel cold and Singapore. Prior to his consulting business, Mr. Ross worked for temperature wax plugging problems and diesel fuel stability. He General Motors in automotive powertrain design and development holds twenty six U.S. patents and has authored ten SAE International and automobile manufacturing and assembly. He fi rst worked with papers in the same fi eld. Dr. Reddy obtained his B.S. CHE from Allison Transmission Division in product design/development and Osmania University in India, M.S. CHE from UCLA, and Ph.D. CHE then with Saturn Corporation in the manufacturing and assembly from the University of Michigan and is a licensed engineer in the state aspects. Mr. Ross was involved in the design phase of many of Michigan. transmission components and systems, developed statistical/quality methods and training, and performed process development. He Reinhart, Tom also performed process development for lost foam casting, painting, Thomas Reinhart is Program Manager for NVH in the Engine, molding, and others while at Saturn. Mr. Ross is the author of the Emissions, and Vehicle Research division of Southwest Research book Taguchi Techniques for Quality Engineering which has sold Institute. Previous roles include Senior Manager for NVH at Visteon over 35,000 copies worldwide, has had articles published in Quality Chassis Systems, where Mr. Reinhart was responsible for the NVH Progress by ASQC and in Target by AME and is the holder of three analysis and development of axles, driveshafts, and power steering patents on product design. Mr. Ross received a B.S. in mechanical systems. From 2001 to 2004, he was NVH Program Manager at engineering from General Motors Institute, and is an ASQ Fellow and Roush Industries, Inc. where he was responsible for NVH testing and Certifi ed Quality Engineer. development of diesel and gasoline engines, as well as transmissions, axles and accessories. Diesel fuel system noise was a special focus Rumpel, Manfred C. of this work. Prior to Roush, he was Director of Noise & Vibration Manfred C. Rumpel is the manager of the Chassis Systems Integration Technology at Cummins, Inc. Mr. Reinhart has been involved in Department at the Ford Motor Co. His work is concentrated on solving noise and vibration issues in engines, as well as in a wide analyzing and assessing suspension systems for meeting functional variety of engine applications, including pickup trucks, heavy vehicle requirements, the scope of which spans from cars to light duty trucks, construction equipment, and marine. Mr. Reinhart trucks. Mr. Rumpel’s previous work includes advanced chassis has developed noise reduction features for diesel engines, four of concepts design responsibilities. During this phase, he received which have been patented. He has published 15 technical papers 13 patent awards in suspension system design which have been on Powertrain NVH topics. Mr. Reinhart received his B.S. and M.S. incorporated in several production vehicles. Mr. Rumpel has more in mechanical engineering from Purdue University. He also spent a than 25 years of experience in the auto industry, including seven at year studying automotive engineering at the Technical University of Porsche A.G. in Germany where he conducted chassis systems design Hannover, Germany. His master’s thesis focused on the application of and analysis work on passenger cars, race cars and off-road vehicles. acoustic intensity measurements to diesel engines. He received his degree in mechanical engineering in 1968 from the Engineering College in Kaiserslautern, Germany. He has taught Rosebro, Jack courses on the global development process at the Univ. of Michigan Jack Rosebro has taught hybrid, plug-in hybrid, and electric vehicle and fundamentals in chassis systems engineering and design within technology to a wide variety of industry professionals for the past Ford. Mr Rumpel has been a member of SAE International since 1977 seven years. He consults, writes, and conducts training seminars for and is active in the SAE International suspension, steering and chassis Perfect Sky, Inc. throughout North America and Europe. Jack also committee. He was chairman of that committee from 1992-1994. writes on sustainable mobility for Green Car Congress. He received his M.Sc. in Engineering from Blekinge Institute of Technology in Sweden. Rutledge, Drexel L. Mr. Rutledge is currently an Aerospace Consultant with Integrity Roslund, Jerry L. Engineering, Inc. where he works with several aerospace companies Dr. Jerry Roslund is an independent consultant specializing in the in the area of Product Support and Sustainment. His principal Design of Experiments (DOE) and Reliability Methods. Prior to areas of expertise are in project management, technical information retiring from GM, he provided leadership as a GM Technical Fellow development and delivery, and proposal development activities. for Statistical Methods and Reliability and as a Validation Technical Most recently, his expertise in performance based logistics and Integration Engineer at GM North America Vehicle Engineering. international support applications have been sought out by several Specifi cally, Dr. Roslund conducted seminars on the Key Aspects DFW area providers. Prior to joining Integrity Engineering, Inc, Mr. of Quality, Reliability and Durability (QRD), Weibull Analysis, and Rutledge was employed by Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company

P111669 book.indb 183 11/28/11 2:10 PM 184 Instructor Biographies

as the Systems Engineering Director responsible for developing specializing in machine and manufacturing/product consulting with and delivering the technical information needed to operate and a special emphasis on safety. As such, he has visited hundreds of maintain all aircraft manufactured or supported by Lockheed Martin manufacturing facilities as diverse as sugar cane plants in Hawaii to Aeronautics by all US and foreign operators. battery factories in Vermont, and has been a consultant to industry and government. He is a past recipient of the Society of Manufacturing Mr. Rutledge is a Certifi ed Professional Manager, a Past Chairman of Engineers John T. Parsons Outstanding Young Manufacturing the Product Support Executive Board of Directors of the Aerospace Engineer Award, has won numerous teaching awards, and was named Industries Association, a Past President and Chairman of the Board a Kaneb Center Teaching Faculty Fellow at the University of Notre of Directors of the General Dynamics Management Association, a Dame in 2003. Dr. Schmid has organized numerous conferences, member of the Air Force Association, and an Honorary Lifetime and has written over 80 technical papers and eight books and book Member of the International Offi ce and Professional Employees chapters. He holds a Professional Engineer’s license and is a Certifi ed Industrial Union. He has served as the Industry Representative and Manufacturing Engineer. Dr. Schmid is a graduate of the Illinois co-chair of multiple Department of Defense and Industry project Institute of Technology and Northwestern University. teams including the 2003 Logistics Transformation Initiative. He is the recipient of the 2006 Leonard Ross Memorial Award for Outstanding Schofi eld, Alan Contributions in the fi eld of Logistics. Mr. Rutledge has a Bachelor Alan Schofi eld is an active consultant for Greene, Tweed & Co., where of Science in Business Management as well as a Master of Business he recently retired as Global Director of Engineering. With global Administration from LeTourneau University in Texas. responsibility for the engineering function of the organization’s fi ve business groups, as well as the Central Engineering function, Saha, Pranab Mr. Schofi eld was in charge of the management of all aspects of Pranab Saha, PhD, PE, INCE Bd. Cert., is the principal consultant engineering design, product and material development covering and co-founder of Kolano and Saha Engineers, Inc., an independent applications engineering, R&D, validation, and in-service engineering professional engineering and consulting company in acoustics, support of all products. The Global Engineering function consisted of noise and vibration control. A well-known authority on automotive 118 engineers and support staff distributed over 10 sites in the USA, noise control and body interior systems, Dr. Saha has directed and UK, France, Germany, Japan and Singapore. Mr. Schofi eld was also participated nationally and internationally in numerous advanced Aerospace Engineering Manager prior to his appointment as Global noise control engineering programs for OEM companies and Director. Prior to that he was with Coorstek as Director of Engineering their suppliers. Dr. Saha is the Lead Faculty Member of the SAE Sales and Marketing, at Fluorocarbon Co. (now St. Gobain) as Seals International Vehicle Interior Noise Engineering Academy and Product Manager, at Shamban Intl. as Engineering Manager , and has organized SAE International topical symposia. He was the at W. S. Shamban & Co. (now Trelleborg) as Sales Engineer. The General Chairman of the 2005 SAE International Noise and Vibration holder of three U.S. patents involving seal design and application, Conference. He is the past-chairman of the SAE International Mr. Schofi eld presently serves on the Steering Council for the SAE Acoustical Materials Committee and has helped develop several International-A6 Fluid Power, Actuation and Control Technology standards in acoustics. Dr. Saha is an active member of ASA, ASME, Committee. Additionally, he also represented Airbus on the SAE INCE, NSPE, SAE International, and a contributing editor of Sound International-A6C2 Seals Panel, serving as Panel Chair for eight and Vibration publication. He has presented technical papers, years and Secretary for six years. He has also served as a member organized and chaired numerous technical sessions sponsored by of the SAE International- AMS Committee P (Polymers) for twenty- SAE International and other professional organizations. Dr. Saha three years and the AMS Committee CE (Elastomers) for fourteen has also won several awards presented by the SAE International and years. During his participation in SAE International committees, Mr. the Michigan Society of Professional Engineers (MSPE) and has been Schofi eld has acted as sponsor for twenty-two document reviews named an SAE International Master Instructor. Dr. Saha holds a B.S. and sponsor for the publication of six new documents. Mr. Schofi eld in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Calcutta, a M.S. received his B.S. in Mechanical Engineering in the UK. in Engineering Sciences from the University of Florida and a Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering (Acoustics Specialty) from the Georgia Schubert, Peter J. Institute of Technology. Dr. Schubert is currently a Senior Director of Research and Development at Packer Engineering, Inc. where he has served as Schaefer, W. Scott principal investigator on engineering research grants from NASA, W. Scott Schaefer has been employed at Moog Inc. for thirty- fi ve the USDA, the Department of Energy, and the General Services years, mostly in the aircraft fl ight control arena. He has held various Administration. He has over twenty years experience in automotive management and engineering positions, including key positions in electronics and was previously a Technical Fellow at Delphi the development of various aircraft actuation systems, including the Electronics & Safety where he worked on advanced crash sensing and DHC-8, X-¬29, B-2, V-22, F-35, B-787 and KC-46 refueling boom. Before occupant detection methods. Dr. Schubert teaches vehicle rollover joining Moog, Mr. Schaefer was a Senior Systems Engineer at Link sensing and discrimination algorithms for SAE International, has Aviation where he helped develop motion systems and control loading taught numerous courses in model-based design, and delivered an systems for Link’s line of fl ight simulators. He is a member of the introduction to nanotechnology for the U.S. government. He has SAE International- A-6 Aerospace Actuation, Control and Fluid Power 26 U.S. patents and over 50 technical publications covering a wide Systems committee and is currently the Chairman of the Actuation and range of engineering fi elds. Dr. Schubert has a B.A. in Physics from Control subcommittee. For over twenty years, Mr. Schaefer has held Washington University, a M.S.E.E. in Electrical Engineering from the offi ces in a number of committees and sponsored numerous technical University of Cincinnati, and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from documents. He received both his B.S. and M.S. degrees in Mechanical Purdue University. Engineering from The Ohio State University and also an MBA from the State University of New York at Binghamton. Scott, Howard (Lon) Lon Scott is currently the Vice President of Operations for SL King Schmid, Steven R. & Associates, an engineering services fi rm located in Atlanta, Dr. Schmid is an Associate Professor at the University of Notre Dame, Georgia. His principal areas of expertise include management of where he conducts research and teaches courses in manufacturing, engineering and support teams as well as providing the processes metal forming, tribology and design. Prior to joining academia, Dr. and tools necessary to successfully coordinate and accomplish major Schmid was a project engineer at Triodyne, Inc., a consulting fi rm technical design tasks. Prior to joining SL King & Associates, Mr. Scott

P111669 book.indb 184 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 185

worked for Lockheed Martin Corporation, an aircraft and defense Siavoshani, Saeed J. product manufacturer. As a Senior Manager and Director he was Dr. Saeed J. Siavoshani is currently a Principal Research Scientist responsible for providing top level system engineering integration at the Dow Chemical Corporation and is an adjunct professor at and coordination relating to the design and development of aircraft the University of Detroit Mercy where he teaches a comprehensive and associated support systems for foreign and US military programs. electric vehicle course. In addition Dr. Siavoshani is the Chief Industry Mr. Scott’s professional affi liations include AIAA, the National Advisor to SAE International’s Professional Development Hybrid Defense Industrial Association, SAE International and the National Vehicle Technology curriculum. Over the past two decades, he has Management Association. He received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering worked for General Motors Corporation and Ford Motor Company. from the University of Texas at Arlington. During his career, Dr. Siavoshani has worked on vehicle powertrain and body, exterior/interior vehicle, and exhaust/induction systems. Segers, Jörge He is instrumental in the development of new technology, notably the With an educational background in automotive engineering, Jörge integrated Front of Dashboard concept and recently, Acoustimize, a Segers has been involved with racing disciplines such as GT and unique method of analyzing and offering solutions to the automotive sportscar racing, single seaters, and touring cars since 1998. He began noise problems. He has also worked in the area of thermoforming by with an apprenticeship at PK Carsport (formerly GLPK Racing), a utilizing the electro-magnetic fi eld technology. Dr. Siavoshani has been Belgian team active in international GT racing. Mr. Segers became the granted several patents such as curing epoxy using the ultra-sound team manager only three years later. After fi nishing his studies, he was technology. He is helping to revolutionize the infrastructure for the employed at BPR Competition Engineering as track engineer in the electric vehicle battery pack including thermal management as well as International Sports Racing Series and later as development manager reducing the weight of the overall battery. Dr. Siavoshani has a M.S. in at Eurotech Racing. At Eurotech, he was responsible for the GT racing Mechanical Engineering from Wayne State University and a Ph.D. in activities of British sportscar manufacturer Marcos Cars. Mechanical Engineering from Oakland University.

In 2001, Mr. Segers became the youngest team manager ever in an FIA Sittsamer, Murray organized championship. At PK Carsport he is still responsible for the Murray Sittsamer is founder of Luminous Group, a consulting team’s activities and the FIA GT Championship. Subsequently, he has fi rm specializing in streamlining and standardizing workfl ow for been working for other teams such as Henrik Roos Motorsports (FIA companies. Murray has over 22 years experience in operations GT), Racing for Holland (Le Mans 24 Hours) and Carsport Modena. management, strategic planning, new process launches, fi nancial SAE International published Mr. Segers’ fi rst book Analysis analysis, quality systems and process improvement. During the past Techniques for Racecar Data Acquisition in 2008. ten years Murray has focused his work on supporting automotive OEMs and suppliers with their quality and productivity improvement Seybert, Andrew efforts, especially in the areas of Advanced Product Quality Planning Dr. Andrew Seybert is a Professor of Mechanical Engineering at (APQP), Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA), variation the University of Kentucky where he has been a faculty member reduction and Problem Solving. since 1977. In 1996, Dr. Seybert helped organize the Vibro-Acoustics Consortium, a group of companies interested in the development Before entering the consulting fi eld in 1994, Murray served as director and use of noise prediction technology. He has been active in the of distribution support and quality systems for Gelman Sciences. development of numerical methods in acoustics and vibrations, While there he led a successful 15-month effort to obtain ISO 9000 particularly boundary element methods. Dr. Seybert is a Fellow of quality system registration and had the role of project manager for the Acoustical Society of America and of the American Society of a highly publicized groundwater contamination dispute. Murray Mechanical Engineers. He remains active in SAE International and earned his undergraduate degree in industrial engineering from the the IIAV. Dr. Seybert received a B.S. degree from the University of University of Pittsburgh and holds a Master of Science in Industrial Cincinnati and M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Purdue University. Administration from Carnegie Mellon University.

Seyboldt, Charles F. Soucie, Wendy Mr. Charles Seyboldt has degrees in Mechanical Engineering and Law. Wendy Soucie is a certiﬁ ed social media consultant, national speaker, He has over 15 years of experience in the transportation industry, trainer and strategist for business and organizations who are interested having engineering responsibilities covering a broad range of product in engaging with their clients. Her focus is to help businesses integrate and manufacturing technologies. He is a registered Professional and apply social media strategies across their organizations – from Engineer and a registered patent agent. product development, customer service/support, human resource management, to sales and marketing. Along with founding her own Shahed, S. M. consulting ﬁ rm, Wendy Soucie Consulting LLC, she is one of 17 Dr. S. M. Shahed is Corporate Fellow at Honeywell Turbo founding partners of Social Business Consulting Group, a global social Technologies, a business unit of Honeywell International, where he business consultancy providing social media strategy to Enterprise and has developed and applied advanced boosting technology to reduce Fortune 1000 companies. Within Social Business Consulting Group, she emissions and improve the fuel economy of gasoline and diesel is leading the Social Product Management Practice. She is a Founding engines for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and equipment. Member and Faculty of the Social Media Academy. Ms. Soucie has He previously worked for Cummins Inc. and Southwest Research been involved with business development, product marketing and Institute and held faculty positions at the University of California and Internet strategies for manufacturers, technical products and service the University of Texas. He is a Fellow of SAE International, ASME related companies for over 30 years. During her career, she has worked and the Institution of Engineers. Dr. Shahed served as 2002 President with consultants and engineering teams to problem solve and design of SAE International International. He has received several prestigious products into OEM equipment, improve process manufacturing lines, international awards including the I.Mech.E James Clayton Award, the assist with systems integration for continuous emission monitoring SAE International Horning Memorial Award, the SAE International systems and provide environmental systems for clean water. While a Arch Colwell Award and the University of Wisconsin Distinguished member of SAE International, Ms. Soucie was active in the Milwaukee Service Citation. Dr. Shahed holds a B.E. degree from India and an Chapter. She has a BS degree in Mechanical Engineering from the M.S. and Ph.D. from the University of Wisconsin-Madison. University of Rhode Island, Kingston Rhode Island.

P111669 book.indb 185 11/28/11 2:10 PM 186 Instructor Biographies

Sovani, Sandeep the Battery Power conferences, the EIS Short Course, as well for Dr. Sovani is currently the Technical Account Manager for the North the Electrochemical Society. He has18 patents and 34 publications American Automotive Industry Sector with ANSYS Inc., where (including 3 book chapters). He is a member of the International he specializes in automotive applications of Computational Fluid Society of Electrochemistry and the Electrochemical Society. He has Dynamics. Dr. Sovani has over fi fteen years experience conducting a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Arizona State University, a M.S. research and executing projects on a wide variety of topics in in Computer Science from Johns Hopkins, and a Ph.D. in Chemical automotive thermo-fl uid sciences. During his career he has worked Engineering from the Univ. WI-Madison. with ANSYS Inc, Fluent Inc, the Thermal Sciences and Propulsion Center of Purdue University and the Engineering Research Center of Steiner, John C. Tata Motors. He has authored over forty papers, articles, and technical Mr. Steiner is a Senior Automotive Engineer with KEVA Engineering, reports and is a member of SAE International, ASME, and Sigma Xi. LLC. Since 1999, Mr. Steiner has been engaged full time in the analysis Dr. Sovani is a three-time recipient of SAE International’s Excellence and reconstruction of passenger and commercial vehicle crashes. His in Oral Presentation Award, the SAE International Lloyd Withrow research interests have led to his involvement in the forefront of Event Distinguished Speaker Award, and the National Talent Search Award Data Recorders (EDR) and accident reconstruction technologies and from India’s National Council for Educational Research and Training. methodologies. Mr. Steiner is an active, participating member of Dr. Sovani holds three degrees in Mechanical Engineering - B.Engg. SAE International, the International Standards Organization (ISO), from the University of Pune, M.Tech from the Indian Institute of and the Association for the Advancement of Automotive Medicine Technology, Chennai, and Ph.D. from Purdue University. (AAAM). He is Co-Chairman of the SAE International J2728 Heavy Vehicle Event Data Recorder Truck & Bus Sub-Committee, which is an Speirs, Robert G. active Sub-Committee working to publish a Recommended Practice Robert Speirs is Associate Professor of Plastics Programs at Ferris outlining the technical functions of an HVEDR. Mr. Steiner received State Univ. Additionally, Speirs instructs many plastics engineering his Bachelors of Science in Mechanical Engineering from California technology seminars covering material selection, product design State University, Long Beach. and advanced plastics processing. Along with his vast teaching experience, Speirs brings practical industrial experience from his work Stolter, John with Baxter Travenol Laboratories and Dow Chemical. Speirs also John Stolter has been instructing GD&T courses and consulting has taught continuing education seminars in injection molding, mold on the proper application of Y14.5M for more than 15 years. He design and injection molding troubleshooting for molders throughout brings to the classroom manufacturing and design experience, and North America and in Singapore and Hong Kong. the ability to explain the role dimensioning and tolerancing plays in the product development process. Mr. Stolter is an effective, Spek, Erik J. experienced instructor for many courses dealing with product design Mr. Spek is a consultant in the fi eld of energy storage focusing on and manufacturing, including reading engineering drawings, GD&T, the applications of advanced battery systems for traction, utility and tolerance stack-up analysis, design for manufacturability, sheet metal emergency purposes and the development of production facilities for formability, and FMEA. He has also developed training for a variety of advanced batteries. He is also Director of Engineering for Innovative customers on these and other topics. Mr. Stolter’s in-depth knowledge Testing Solutions, a third party provider of electrical and mechanical of GD&T, and his experienced, interactive teaching style result in testing services. He has been active in the electric vehicle, advanced GD&T and tolerance stack-up analysis classes that have very high battery systems and electrical products industries for over twenty levels of student satisfaction. He is certifi ed by the American Society of years. Mr. Spek has held key technical and management positions Mechanical Engineers as a Senior Level GD&T Professional and holds with ABB Advanced Battery Systems, Powerplex Technologies, Magna a B.S. in electrical engineering from Wayne State University. International, Canadian General Electric, Black and Decker and White Motor Corporation. His scope of experience in the automotive sector Stoltz, Tom encompasses engineering, manufacturing and R & D roles with Tier Tom Stoltz is currently a Senior Engineering Specialist at Eaton 1 suppliers of advanced battery systems, engineered latching systems Corporation’s Innovation Center and is also an Adjunct Professor and power liftgate systems. He was responsible for the North American of Electrical Engineering at the University of Detroit Mercy. His development and launch of the sodium sulfur battery system for the core expertise is in embedded computing hardware for control Ford Ecostar. Mr. Spek has worked with and led international teams in of energy systems; however, he enjoys practicing and teaching a the design, development and launch phases. He is a member of SAE broad range of engineering topics. Mr. Stoltz has over a decade of International and is a Certifi ed Manufacturing Engineer with SME. Mr. industry experience at several companies, small and large. His range Spek received a M.A.Sc in Mechanical Engineering from the University of industrial experience includes: manufacturing, product design, of Waterloo and is a registered professional engineer in Ontario. corporate research, and engineering management in automotive powertrain controls, distributed generation, high effi ciency hydraulics, Spotnitz, Robert and automated transmissions for heavy trucks. Mr. Stoltz received a Dr. Spotnitz leads Battery Design LLC, a company that provides B.S in Electrical Engineering from Michigan State University, a M.S. in consulting and software for battery developers and users. He founded Electrical Engineering from the University of Detroit Mercy and is a Battery Design in 1999 and developed Battery Design Studio®, a virtual registered Professional Engineer in the State of Michigan. environment for battery design and simulation (see www.batdesign. com). Over the last decade he participated in the start-up of two Tao, Xiaojian battery developers: American Lithium Energy Corp. and Enovix. Prior Dr. Xiaojian Tao is Manager of Advanced Fuel Delivery and to that, he was Director of Advanced Product Development at PolyStor Contamination Research at the Southwest Research Institute (SwRI). Corp. where he led efforts to develop large lithium-ion batteries His work primarily focuses on automotive fuel delivery systems and for hybrid electric vehicles. Before that he was a Staff Engineer for system contamination sensitivity. Dr. Tao has conducted extensive Hoechst’s Celgard Division where he built from the ground-up the testing and research on fuel and component compatibility for Battery Applications Development Center and helped commercialize OEM auto-makers and also assisted in developing key life testing the tri-layer battery separator and also worked at the R&D center of procedures for fuel pumps, fuel delivery modules and many other W.R. Grace & Co where he co-invented multi-layer battery separators, associated components. With the help of his staff, he developed a as well as a number of electrochemical processes. Dr. Spotnitz provides prototype electronic controlled variable valve lifting mechanism and a tutorials on batteries for the Advanced Automotive Battery Conference, fast acting fuel injection system for fl exible fuels. Dr. Tao has assisted

P111669 book.indb 186 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 187

the automobile industry in revising existing fuel delivery procedures the solenoid controlled rotary pump VP44. During his career he and establishing new ones. He has also successfully established held positions as department head, chief engineer, and executive mathematical models for these fuel delivery systems using nonlinear plant manager. He is an active member of VDI and member of SAE stochastic system theory. He then utilized these models to investigate International and the head of a new automotive research program at the physics essentials of the interactions among contaminants, additive the University of Magdeburg. Dr. Tschöeke’s credentials include the packages, fuels and fuel delivery system components. Dr. Tao has Dipl.-Ing. and Dr.-Ing. from the University of Stuttgart and he was authored and co-authored numerous technical publications in related given an honorary doctorate by the Technical University of Kiev. fi elds. He is a graduate of the Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department at Oklahoma State University. Tuteja, Arjun D. Dr. Arjun D. Tuteja has over 28 years of industry experience, mostly Thompson, Deborah D. in advanced development of diesel engine systems. At Detroit Diesel Dr. Thompson has over 25 years of industry, teaching and Allison (a Division of General Motors), and later at GM Powertrain, research experience, both in the product design/development Dr. Tuteja managed projects dealing with advanced diesels, and manufacturing areas. She received her Ph.D. in Industrial stratifi ed charged engines, aftertreatment systems, air systems, and Operations Engineering from the University of Michigan and analytical modeling, and alternate fuels. He holds three patents on is a Certifi ed Professional Ergonomist (CPE). Currently, she is a aftertreatment systems. Dr. Tuteja has a B.S. degree in Mechanical project manager assigned to Army Programs in the Armament Engineering from India and an M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from the Systems Division of BAE Systems, involved in the development and University of Wisconsin-Madison. implementation of engineering processes to accomplish human factors/ MANPRINT responsibilities directed toward optimizing soldier Vakili, Mohammad performance and soldier-machine interactions to maximize battlefi eld Mr. Vakili is currently the Vice President of Technology & International effectiveness. Prior to joining BAE Systems, Dr. Thompson was the for Fritec. Throughout his career he had held numerous positions president and founder of an engineering consulting and training fi rm including Director & VP of Technical Services in the friction specializing in systems management and technology integration, material industries and various related industries including Wagner with clients including Hyundai Motor Company, Dassault Systemes, Automotive, HKM, ITT, and Continental. He has traveled extensively and Lear Corporation. Also, she has held engineering positions at around the world and visited most “who’s who” of the friction DaimlerChrysler Corporation, and has held adjunct faculty positions at manufacturing industries in order to select the best suitable products The University of Michigan, and the College for Creative Studies. for a given OE or OES application. Mr. Vakili recently was a co- publisher of a research work on Automotive Wheel Dust Evaluation Timmis, Eric & Testing with Ford Motor Co. and Link Engineering. He has been Eric Timmis is the owner of BusinessIsAContactSport.com, a training a speaker and chairperson at the Brake Colloquium, FMSI, and BMC and consulting company dedicated to business process improvement, and has taught a course in “Friction Material Topics” for Continental focusing on value and quality management implementation, Automotive System employees in the U.S. and Europe. A member program/project management training, and the integration of of AIChE and SAE International, Mr. Vakili has a B.S. and M.S. in strategic partnership relationships between departments and Chemical Engineering from the University of Massachusetts. organizations. Mr. Timmis has over thirty years of diversifi ed experience across several industries, which includes the delivery van den Bossche, Dominique of value engineering facilitation services to Ford Motor Co. and its Dominique van den Bossche is currently an independent consultant supplier community and training for Eaton Corporation’s, Product for European and US fl ight control actuation companies. He retired Development Group. He is also a recognized speaker at various from Airbus in 2009 as the Head of Department in charge of the national conferences. Eric received a B.Sc. in Civil Engineering from Primary Flight Control Actuation and Hydraulics Department in the University of Birmingham in England and is a member of the the Systems and Integration Tests Center of Competence of the Institution of Civil Engineers. Airbus Engineering organization. He was responsible for the management of R&T, design, development, validation and in- Tschirhart, Michael service engineering support of the Primary Flight Control Actuation, Michael Tschirhart is a Human Factors Technical Fellow and Human- Hydraulic Generation and Hydraulic Distribution equipment, for all Machine Interaction (HMI) R&D Manager at Visteon Corporation Airbus models from A300B to A380, A400M and A350. Previously where he is responsible for the development of advanced HMI at Aerospatiale, Mr. van den Bossche was a development engineer product concepts and intellectual property; and directing global in charge of A300B hydromechanical fl ight control equipment. He advanced user research activities. Dr. Tschirhart joined Visteon was also involved in the A310, A300-600, ATR42/72 and A320 fl ight Corporation in 2000 and has since held leadership roles in marketing, control equipment developments. He was appointed as the Head research and advanced product development. Prior to Visteon, he of the Pilot Controls and Primary Flight Control Actuation Group held positions in market research, organizational development and prior to his appointment to Head of Department. Holding four process improvement at Ford Motor Company. He is a certifi ed Six patents involving fl ight control actuation equipment design and Sigma Master Black Belt and holds a master’s degree in Statistics application, Mr. van den Bossche has also been recognized with an and a doctorate in Cognitive Psychology, both from the University award by the French Academy of Technology for his achievements of Michigan. He has taught at the College for Creative Studies in on electrohydrostatic actuation technology. In addition to actively Detroit and the Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan serving on the SAE International-A6 Fluid Power, Actuation & Control in Ann Arbor. Technology as Vice-Chairman, his industry service also includes serving on the ISO TC20/ SC10/WG9 Hydraulics & Flight Control Tschöeke, Helmut Actuation committee and the Mechanical Branch Committee and Helmut Tschöeke is Professor and Head of the Chair of Reciprocating Hydraulic & Actuation working group of the French “Bureau de Machines at the Institute of Mobile Systems at the University of Normalisation Aéronautique”. He currently teaches Flight Control Magdeburg. From 1981 to 1995, he worked with Bosch Diesel Division Actuation Systems at the Institut Universitaire de Technologie (IUT) where he was responsible for research, development and production in Blagnac, France and on-demand courses for various companies and of distributor and inline pumps, both mechanical and electronically organizations. Mr. van den Bossche received a Master’s Degree in controlled. Dr. Tschöeke also developed distributor-type pumps Aeronautics at the French “Ecole Nationale Supérieure d’ Ingénieurs specifi cally for DI-engines and did research and development on de Constructions Aéronautiques”.

P111669 book.indb 187 11/28/11 2:10 PM 188 Instructor Biographies

Van Gilder, John International Master Instructor designation. He obtained his B.S.M.E. John Van Gilder is currently a Technical Fellow, OBD II Development, in 1994 from GMI Engineering & Management Institute. in the General Motors Powertrain Group where he is responsible for implementing statistical techniques in OBD design, model based on- Walter, Joseph D. board diagnostic design, development of OBD requirements for new Dr. Joseph D. Walter is presently on the faculty of The University of powertrain systems, and in-use assessment of OBD systems. Prior Akron’s College of Engineering as an adjunct professor where he to that, Mr. Van Gilder was a Product Assurance Engineer at Delphi teaches graduate and undergraduate courses in both the Mechanical where he focused on improving design and manufacturing process and Civil Engineering Departments. Prior to joining academia, Dr. reliability, including implementation of quality tools such as design of Walter was managing director of Bridgestone-Firestone’s Technical experiments, quality function deployment, statistical process control, Center Europe located in Rome, Italy, and served on the Board etc. for spark plugs and exhaust oxygen sensors. Mr. Van Gilder was of Directors of Bridgestone-Firestone Europe located in Brussels, also a Commissioned Offi cer in the United States Navy working in Belgium. He has served as a mechanical engineering evaluator for the materials research and development. He has organized and presented Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, ABET, and has at numerous SAE International OBD and Powertrain Controls also served on the original Committee of the National Academy of technical meetings. Mr. Van Gilder has a B.S.E. in Engineering Physics Sciences that addressed the future fuel economy (CAFE) goals for the from the University of Michigan, a M.S. E. in Nuclear Engineering nation, which is detailed in the 1992 book: Automotive Fuel Economy- from the Bettis Atomic Power Laboratory and a M.S.E. in Reliability How Far Should We Go? Dr. Walter received his Ph.D. from Virginia Engineering from Kettering University and is a Professional Engineer Tech and an MBA from The University of Akron. He is a member of in the state of Michigan. several professional organizations, including SAE International and the Rubber Division of the American Chemical Society. Vannoy, E. Harold Mr. Vannoy currently operates a consulting business specializing in Walter, Richard product design assurance, process design assurance and reliability Richard Walter is the President and Founder of HEM Data Corporation. engineering. He earned a B.S. and M.S. in Electrical Engrg. from A pioneer in PC-based data acquisition and analysis, he has acquired the Univ. of Missouri-Rolla; studied probability and statistics at data from in-vehicle networks since they were mandated in 1995. Mr. Purdue Univ.; and studied reliability engrg. at the Univ. of Arizona. Walter previously worked at the Bendix Research Laboratories where he He is a Registered Professional Engineer in the state of Indiana, a was awarded fi ve patents for automotive inventions and gained valuable Certifi ed Reliability Engineer and a member of Eta Kappa Nu. He testing experience. He taught at Lawrence Technological University and is also a member of SAE International, SRE, IEEE, and ASQ. Mr. has conducted numerous seminars and training sessions. He has had Vannoy was inducted into the Univ. of Missouri-Rolla Academy several articles and papers published in engineering journals including of Electrical Engineering for his contributions to the reliability of SAE International and Sensors Magazine. Mr. Walter is a member of automotive electrical and electronic systems. He began his career SAE International, ASME and The Vibration Institute and is a registered with General Motors Delco Electronics Div., establishing a product professional engineer in Michigan. Mr. Walter has a B.S. in mechanical assurance group for computer systems. From there he served as engineering from the University of Detroit, an M.S. in mechanical supervisor of reliability and service activities at GM Emission Control engineering from Wayne State University and an M.E.M. in engineering System Center; supervisor of electrical and electronic groups in the management from the University of Detroit. Reliability Engrg. Dept. for Cadillac Motor Car Div; and as Mgr. of Product Assurance at AC Spark Plug Div. While at AC Spark Plug Wang, Wego Div., he established an on-site master’s degree program in reliability Dr. Wego Wang was educated at Massachusetts Institute of engineering. Mr. Vannoy has presented papers at ASQ, IIE, GM Technology, and earned his Doctorate of Science (Sc.D.) in metallurgy. Product Engineering Technical Conf., Penn State Univ. Quality He has been a technical instructor and a researcher in engineering Assurance Seminar Series, Reliability and Maintainability Symposium, alloys for more than twenty years. Dr. Wang taught at Northeastern SRE, Univ. of Arizona Reliability Engrg. Management Inst., the Univ. Univ. and was a visiting lecturer at Boston Univ. and is currently an of Arizona Reliability Testing Inst. and SAE International. He has also adjunct faculty at the Univ. of Massachusetts Lowell. Wego served given presentations abroad for several corporations. He serves on the at the Materials Directorate for the Army Research Laboratory and SAE International Reliability Comm. and has established reliability received seven awards and commendations. He is currently employed engineering courses with several universities. by the FAA. Dr. Wang authored or co-authored over 40 technical/ professional articles, and presented lectures/reports at numerous Walker, Jr. , James seminars/conferences. He is active with professional societies and James Walker, Jr. is currently a Principal Engineer specializing served on the executive committee of TMS Boston Section, where he in chassis, brake, and electronic brake control systems at Carr was president from 1993-95. Engineering, Inc. His prior professional experience includes brake control system development, design, release, and application Whittington, Katherine engineering at Kelsey-Hayes, Saturn Corporation, General Motors, Katherine Whittington is a Staff Engineer in the Electrical Parts Bosch, Ford Motor Company, and Delphi. Mr. Walker created scR Engineering organization at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. She works motorsports consulting in 1997, and subsequently competed in seven as an analog parts specialist, and has been teaching a counterfeit parts years of SCCA Club Racing in the Showroom Stock and Improved awareness class at JPL since 2008. She has been a member of JPL’s Touring categories. Through scR motorsports, he has been actively Counterfeit Parts Working Group (CPWG) since 2007. She holds a B.S. serving as an industry advisor to Kettering University in the fi elds in Physics from UC Berkeley. She has extensive fl ight experience and of brake system design and brake control systems. Since 2001, he holds an Airline Transport Pilot certifi cate. has served as a brake control system consultant for StopTech, a manufacturer of high-performance racing brake systems. In addition Wilken, John to providing freelance material to multiple automotive publications John E. Wilken is Principal Engineer at Gamma Technologies, Inc. focusing on chassis and brake technology, Mr. Walker is the author of (GTI). As lead engineer of software design at GTI, Mr. Wilken has the book, High-Performance Brake Systems: Design, Selection, and been instrumental in the development of GT-POWER, engine cycle Installation. In 2005, he was presented with the SAE International simulation software for engine performance, acoustics, turbocharger Forest R. McFarland Award for distinction in professional matching, and combustion. Mr. Wilken is a graduate of the University development and education and in 2010 he was awarded the SAE of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

P111669 book.indb 188 11/28/11 2:10 PM Instructor Biographies 189

Williams, Jack Zielinski, Kevin Mr. Williams is the principal at Airﬂ ow & Aerodynamics Engineering, Kevin Zielinski currently owns and operates Red Cedar Media LLC and an independent consultant specializing in the design LLC, a training and corporate communications consulting, design, and development of thermal management systems and vehicle development and delivery company based in Michigan. Previously, aerodynamics. He is an adjunct faculty member at the Lawrence Kevin was Senior Applications Specialist for EDS (including Technological University (LTU) and a guest lecturer for their General Motors/EDS and Hewlett Packard/EDS) specializing in MSAE International Program on Automotive Mechanical Systems. technical training delivery, training consulting, courseware design In addition to his consulting work, he conducts professional and development, and e-Learning. He has designed, developed development seminars for engineers on cooling systems, HEV battery and delivered over 40 lecture- and web-based courses attended by thermal management, and road vehicle aerodynamics. Mr. Williams General Motors and EDS employees worldwide. Mr. Zielinski has also has over thirty years engineering management experience in product served as Adjunct Professor for the Wayne State University College development at Ford Motor Co. Additionally, he was an aerodynamics of Engineering and WSU/Focus:Hope for many years. His areas of project leader with the USAF Aeronautical Systems Division at expertise include: e-Learning design and development, Quality Tools Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio where he specialized in engine/ and Methods (Design of Six Sigma, Robust Engineering, Design of aircraft integration, gas turbine engine performance, inlet design, and Experiments (DOE), Statistical Tolerancing and GD&T); Design for aircraft mission analysis. An active member of the SAE International, Manufacturing and Assembly (DFMA); Engineering Economics; and Mr. Williams has authored over twenty technical papers, given Plant Floor Throughput Improvement. He has been an instructor invited lectures at major mid-west universities, and has received for SAE International Professional Development since 1990, and is a professional awards and international recognition for his innovative recipient of SAE International’s Forest R. McFarland Award (April work. He is a recipient of the Henry Ford II Technology Award, the 2005). He holds a bachelor’s and master’s degree in engineering from SAE International Industrial Lectureship Award, the SAE International Wayne State University. Oral Presentation Award, and the SAE International Forest R. McFarland Award. He holds a B.S. in Aeronautical Engineering Zulueta, Phil from the University of Detroit and an M.S. in Aerospace/Mechanical Phil Zulueta manages the Hardware Technology Assurance Group Engineering from the United States Air Force Institute of Technology. at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory, where he leads a team of engineers and technologists involved in Electronics Packaging Assurance Wine, Mark Technologies, Non-destructive Evaluation, Electronics Manufacturing Mark Wine is a senior development engineer at Drew Technologies Technology Transfer (Training) and Certiﬁ cation, Electronics Inc. which is a manufacturer of J2534-1 devices. His work includes Inspection, Optical Metrology and Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) developing and supporting the J2534-1 compliant CarDAQ and Awareness and Control. He is a JPL Program Element Manager for the Mongoose family of products. Mr. Wine has over 25 years of NASA Electronic Parts and Packaging (NEPP) Program, facilitates the experience in product and software development including 10 years Counterfeit Parts Working Group meetings at JPL and Chairs the SAE developing vehicle communication products. Most recently, Mr. Wine International G-19 Counterfeit Electronic Parts Committee. He is also has been working with GM and Allison Transmission on advanced a Past-President of the International Microelectronics and Packaging J2534-1 applications. Prior to working in automotive, Mr. Wine Society (IMAPS). Prior to joining JPL, he was Western Regional delivered product training and technical support throughout Asia. He Manager for Electro-Science Laboratories, a Program Manager has a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Montana State University. for Ball Aerospace, an Engineering Group Manager for Hughes Microelectronics in Newport Beach, CA and a Microelectronics Process Wu, Sean Engineer for Northrop Electronics. His education includes an MBA Dr. Wu is currently a Distinguished Professor in the Department of from Pepperdine University and a B.S. in Materials Engineering from Mechanical Engineering at Wayne State University where his primary California State University Long Beach. areas of interest are acoustics, vibration, and noise control. He is credited for developing now widely recognized HELS (Helmholtz equation least squares) method for visualizing acoustic radiation from an arbitrarily vibrating structure, and an alternate integral formulation for predicting acoustic radiation from arbitrary objects. Dr. Wu holds eleven U.S. patents and has received numerous awards. He is an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Acoustical Society of America (JASA) and Editor of the Journal of Computational Acoustics. Dr. Wu is a Fellow of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), a Fellow of the Acoustical Society of America (ASA) and is a member of SAE International International and the Institute of Noise Control Engineering (INCE). Dr. Wu received a B.S.M.E. from Zhejiang University, China, and M.S.M.E. and Ph.D. degrees from Georgia Institute of Technology.

Zachos, Mark Mark Zachos is currently an adjunct professor at the University of Michigan. He is the President of Dearborn Group, Inc. and has more then twenty years of networking experience. Mr. Zachos participates in many SAE International and ISO multiplexing committees, including the following: J1850, J1939, J2284, J2411, and J2367. He holds a B.S. and an M.S. in engineering from the University of Michigan.

P111669 book.indb 189 11/28/11 2:10 PM 190190 InstructorAerodynamics Index

Agudelo, Carlos ...... 16 Gulati, Suresh T...... 67, 106 Ross, Phillip J...... 25, 30, 101, 160 Ahmadian, Mehdi ...... 13, 19 Hall, Thomas J...... 14, 22, 169, 170 Rumpel, Manfred C...... 18 Albright, Michael F...... 113 Haughey, Bill ...... 26, 39 Rutledge, Drexel L...... 88, 89 Amirouche, Farid M.L...... 84 Heck, Ronald...... 67 Saha, Pranab ...... 113 Barak, Pinhas ...... 17 Herliczek, Siegfried H...... 104 Scaler, Dave ...... 165 Bardasz, Ewa ...... 81, 123 Herman, Edmund ...... 102 Schaefer, W. Scott ...... 52 Baseley, Simon J...... 138 Hoff, Craig J...... 140 Schmid, Steven R...... 102 Bauer, Jr., Daniel P...... 150 Isaac, Emad ...... 50 Schoﬁ eld, Alan ...... 109 Belanger, John-Paul ...... 33, 34, 43 Jiao, Jianzhong ...... 9, 10, 11 Schubert, Peter J...... 38 Benvenuto, Mark A...... 80 Johnston, Paul ...... 18 Schumack, Mark ...... 80 Beranek, Mark ...... 54 Kang, Stephen ...... 162, 163 Scott, Howard (Lon) ...... 42 Berry, Paul ...... 35 Karlekar, B. V...... 145 Segers, Jörge ...... 168 Bissell, Larry ...... 159 Khair, Magdi ...... 69, 74, 123 Seyboldt, Charles F...... 99 Boehman, Andre´ ...... 123 Kipers, Kenneth ...... 83 Shahed, S. M...... 75, 146 Bogden, Dennis ...... 56 Kissel, Gery J...... 62 Siavoshani, Saeed J...... 49, 80 Bolourchi, Farhad ...... 52 Konstandopoulos, Athanasios .....67 Sittsamer, Murray ...... 97 Bonenberger, Paul ...... 110 Kunder, Paul J...... 151 Sorrentino, Joseph ...... 153 Borghese, Joe ...... 122 Kurowski, Paul ...... 32, 45 Soucie, Wendy ...... 91, 98 Breneman, Jim ...... 31 Lampman, DeWitt ...... 106 Sovani, Sandeep ...... 45 Buckman, Leonard C...... 18 Levin, Michael ...... 123 Speirs, Robert G...... 105, 108 Byczek, Rich ...... 80 Levine, Russell E...... 94 Spek, Erik ...... 61 Callahan, David K...... 94 Lundstrom, Richard ...... 166, 170 Spotnitz, Robert ...... 80 Cattelan, Alexandra ...... 80, 92 Mago, Angelo E...... 30, 90, 100 Steiner, John C...... 48 Challen, Bernard ...... 123 Malburg, Mark ...... 110 Stolter, John ...... 34, 43, 102 Chau, K. T...... 58 Masiak, James ...... 95 Stoltz, Tom ...... 80 Cheek, Timothy ...... 48 Masoudi, Mansour ...... 67, 71 Tao, Xiaojian ...... 77 Chehroudi, Bruce ...... 68, 72, 73, 131 Masrur, Abul ...... 128 Thompson, Deborah D...... 85 Chesneau, Howard ...... 76, 81 Matthews, Ronald D...... 142 Timmis, Eric ...... 93 Comer, Jess J...... 34, 115 McCormick, Harold E...... 138 Tschöeke, Helmut ...... 123 Cover, Richard J...... 103 McVea, William Mark .124, 126, 127, Turner, David ...... 80 Cressionnie, L.L. “Buddy” 129, 130, 133, 135, 136, 140, 143, Tuteja, Arjun D...... 75, 146 ...... 153, 159, 160 144, 145, 147 Vakili, Mohammad...... 15 Das, Shuvra ...... 38 Mi, Chris ...... 58, 63, 128 van den Bossche, Dominique ...... 59 Davis, Gregory ...... 140 Micklow, Gerald J...... 72 Van Gilder, John ...... 53, 56 Deng, Zhibing ...... 162 Nazri, G. Abbas ...... 65, 80 Vannoy, E. Harold ...... 31, 37, 40 Denys, Eric ...... 15 Nelson, Douglas J...... 120 Walker Jr., James ...... 21, 23, 167 Dingle, Philip ...... 123 O’Hara, Tom ...... 80 Walter, Joseph D...... 24 Dishart, Pete ...... 106 Oliver, Michael J...... 60 Walter, Richard ...... 48 Doyle, Joseph ...... 92, 99 Palazzolo, Joseph ...... 117, 125, 132 Wang, Wego ...... 40, 107 Drotar, Timothy ...... 20, 166 Peterson, Eric M...... 148 Whittington, Katherine ...... 60 English, Ed ...... 76, 81 Piacenti, Vincent ...... 68 Wilken, John ...... 123 Ewel, David E...... 55 Pike, Jeffrey A...... 161 Williams, Jack ...... 12, 118, 136 Farsi, Ken ...... 44, 87 Plett, Gregory ...... 80 Wine, Mark ...... 65 Fling, Kelley ...... 114 Porter, Alexander (Alex) J ..... 164, 165 Wu, Sean ...... 112 Fulton, Wes ...... 46, 153 Reddy, Sam ...... 70 Zachos, Mark ...... 50, 51, 62 Geck, Paul E...... 103 Reinhart, Thomas ...... 111 Zielinski, Kevin ...... 27, 28, 29, 41 Goddard, Geoff ...... 133 Rosebro, Jack .121, 134, 137, 139, 141 Zulueta, Phil ...... 60 Govindswamy, Kiran ...... 112 Roslund, Jerry L...... 41

P111669 book.indb 190 11/28/11 2:10 PM AerodynamicsTitles Index 191191

Accelerated Test Methods for Ground and Aerospace Vehicle Controller Area Network (CAN) for Vehicle Applications Development...... 164 e-Seminar ...... 51 Accelerated Test Methods for Ground and Aerospace Vehicle Cost and Finance for Engineers (Principles of)...... 95 Development e-Seminar ...... 164 Crash Occupant Safety and CAE (Vehicle Frontal) ...... 162 Acquiring and Analyzing Data from Sensors and In-Vehicle Networks ...... 48 Design FMEA Update: What’s New in J1739 Webinar ...... 25 Advance Product Quality Planning (APQP) Fast Track Design for Manufacture and Assembly (DFM/DFA) ...... 100 (Introduction to) ...... 158 Design for Manufacturing & Assembly (DFM/DFA)...... 236 Advanced Product Quality Planning (APQP) Workshop ...... 149 Design of Experiments - Basic Simplifi ed Taguchi ...... 29 Aerospace Auditor Transition Training (AATT) (IAQG Design of Experiments (ANOVA for) ...... 25 Sanctioned) ...... 151 Design of Experiments (DOE) for Engineers ...... 27 Aerospace Product Support: Sustainment Throughout the Design of Experiments (DOE) for Engineers Webinar ...... 28 Life Cycle ...... 88 Design Reviews for Effective Product Development ...... 30 Aircraft Cabin Safety and Interior Crashworthiness ...... 86 Design Review Based on Failure Modes (DRBFM) Webinar ...... 36 Aircraft Certifi cation Process (Understanding the FAA) ...... 43 Diesel Engine Noise Control Webinar ...... 111 Alloys: Properties and Applications (Engineering) ...... 106 Diesel Engine Technology ...... 68 All-Wheel Drive Systems (Fundamentals of Automotive) ...... 124 Diesel Engine Technology Engineering Academy ...... 122 All-Wheel Drive Systems e-Seminar (Fundamentals of Diesel Engine Technology e-Seminar ...... 69 Automotive) ...... 125 Diesel Fuel Injection (Common Rail) ...... 68 Alternative Fuels: Impact on SI and CI Fuel Systems, Diesel Particulate Filtration Systems (Advanced) ...... 66 Distribution and Storage ...... 76 Differentials, Axles, & Drivelines (High Performance) ...... 131 ARP4754A and the Guildelines for Development of Civil Digital Avionics Fiber Optics Technology and Standards for Aircraft and Systems ...... 148 Aerospace ...... 53 AS5553 and Counterfeit Electronic Parts Avoidance Training Displacement on Demand Systems (DoD) Webinar ...... 123 (Introduction to) ...... 60 DOE Methods (Simplifi ed Taguchi/) ...... 40 AS9100: Understanding and Transitioning to the New Drivetrain Components (A Familiarization of) ...... 116 Requirements (Implementing) ...... 152 Drivetrain Components e-Seminar (A Familiarization of)...... 117 AS9100C Internal Auditor Training ...... 150 AS9100 Rev C Webinar (Understanding) ...... 159 Electric Drives Webinar (Principles of) ...... 144 AS9100C Quality Management System Standard Electrohydraulic Controls for Mobile Equipment & Vehicles ...... 54 (Understanding) ...... 159 Electronics Packaging: Thermal & Mechanical Design and Automotive Fuel Delivery Systems (Fundamentals of) ...... 76 Analysis ...... Automotive Glazing Materials ...... 104 Embedded Control Systems Design Workshop ...... 55 Aviation Fuel and Aircraft Fuel Systems (Microbial Engine Design and Development (High Performance) ...... 132 Contamination in) ...... 81 Evaporative and Refueling Emission Control ...... 70 Event Data Recorders (Accessing and Interpreting Heavy Vehicle) .47 Basic Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Safety Webinar ...... 120 Exhaust Flow Performance and Pressure Drop of Exhaust Battery Chemistry for HEV, PHEV, and EV Applications Components and Systems ...... 71 (Selecting the Optimal) ...... 64 Failure Modes & Effects Analysis for Manufacturing Processes, Battery Systems for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles (Advanced) ...... 49 Assembly Processes & Service (Process FMEA) (Introduction to)..36 Brake Control Systems e-Seminar (Introduction to) ...... 23 Failure Modes & Effects Analysis for Product Design & Brake Control Systems: ABS, TCS, and ESC (Introduction to) ...... 22 Manufacturing Process Design (Product & Process FMEA) Brake Friction Materials: Testing, Quality and Selection ...... 15 (Introduction to) ...... 36 Brake Noise Problem Resolution ...... 15 Failure Modes & Effects Analysis for Product Design (Design Brake Systems (High-Performance) ...... 20 FMEA) (Introduction to) ...... 36 Brake Testing for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks ...... 16 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (Product & Process) in Braking Performance: Braking Confi dence and Pedal Feel Fast Aerospace ...... 30 Track (Vehicle)...... 169 Fault Tree/Success Tree Analysis ...... 31 Braking Performance: Stopping Distance Fast Track (Vehicle) .....169 Finite Element Analysis for Design Engineers - Hands-on FEA Brake Systems (Applied Hydraulic) ...... 14 Workshop ...... 32 Braking Systems (Commercial Vehicle) ...... 17 Flight Control Systems for Transport Aircraft ...... 58 Braking Systems e-Seminar (Commercial Vehicle) ...... 18 Fluid Dynamics for Engineering Product Development (Using Computational) ...... 44 Catalytic Converters: Design and Durability e-Seminar ...... 67 Fluids for Crankcase Engines: An Overview (Modern) ...... 81 Chassis & Suspension Component Design for Passenger Cars & Fly-By-Wire Flight Control Actuation Systems (Design Light Trucks ...... 17 Considerations for) ...... 52 Combustion and Emissions for Engineers ...... 67 FMEA Update: What’s New in J1739 Webinar (Process) ...... 39 Commercial and Off-Road Vehicle Cooling Airfl ow Systems Fuel Cell Systems (Automotive) ...... 120 (Introduction to) ...... 135 Fuel Effi ciency with Engine Oils (Improving) ...... 80 Commercial Vehicle Aerodynamic Drag (Fundamentals of and Improvements in) ...... 11 Gasoline Direct Injection (GDI) Engines ...... 130 Concurrent Engineering Practices Applied to the Design of Gear Design and Application (Fundamentals of) ...... 126 Chassis Systems ...... 18 Gears (Introduction to) ...... 136 Control Systems Simplifi ed ...... 51 Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing ...... 34 Controller Area Network (CAN) for Vehicle Applications ...... 50 Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing (GD&T) Webinar (Fundamentals of) ...... 32

3 ways to get a no-obligation price quote to bring a course to your company • Call SAE Corporate Learning at 1-724-772-8529 • Fill out the online quote request at MyLearn.sae.org • Email us at [email protected]

P111669 book.indb 191 11/28/11 2:10 PM 192192 TitlesAerodynamics Index Titles Index

Glass (Designing with) ...... 105 NVH Aspects of Hybrid and Electric Vehicle (Introduction to) ...... 62 Glass: Design Considerations for Vehicle Door Systems Fast NVH Signal Processing Methods (Practical) ...... 112 Track (Laminated) ...... 106 Global 8D - Ford Online Course ...... 154 OBD Systems: A Design Overview (Emissions-Related) ...... 56 Good Laboratory Practices (GLP) Training – CALISO* Online Occupant/Interior Vehicle Packaging: Designing for the Customer .84 Course ...... 157 On-Board Diagnostics for Light and Medium Duty Emissions Ground Vehicle Systems Engineering: A Practical Approach ...... 35 Control Systems (Designing) ...... 52

Heat Exchangers for Automotive Applications (Compact) ...... 121 Patent Law for Engineers ...... 93 Heavy Truck Dynamics (Fundamentals of) ...... 19 Patent Litigation in the U.S.: What You Need to Know Webinar ...94 Heavy Vehicle Ride Comfort Engineering ...... 12 Piston Ring Design/Materials ...... 138 Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition (HCCI) Webinar ...133 Plastics: Principles of Materials & Process Selection (Automotive) .. 104 Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition Engines ...... 71 Plug-in Hybrids: Opportunities and Challenges Webinar ...... 138 Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Battery Systems (Introduction to) ...... 61 Plug-in Vehicle Conductive Charging, SAE J1772 Explained Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Engineering Academy...... 77 Webinar ...... 62 Hybrid and Electric Vehicles: Current Production, Future Power Electronics for EV, HEV and PHEV Applications ...... 63 Strategies Webinar...... 133 Powertrain and Battery Cooling Airfl ow Systems: A Vehicle Hybrid Electric Vehicles (Fundamentals of)...... 127 Perspective (Automotive) ...... 117 Hybrid Powertrains Webinar (Introduction to) ...... 137 Powertrain As-Installed Driveline Subsystems (PAIDS) - Ford Hybrid Vehicle Systems Integration ...... 91 Online Course ...... 119 Hydraulic & Pneumatic Fluid Power Seals ...... 114 Powertrain As-Installed Stationary Subsystems (PAISS) - Ford Hydraulic Brake Systems for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks .....21 Online Course ...... 119 Hydraulic Hybrid Systems for Road Vehicles (Introduction to) ...137 Powertrain Control Unit/Transmission Control Unit Technology Hydraulic Brake Systems (Applied) ...... 14 Webinar ...... 139 Powertrain Controls (PTC) - Ford Online Course ...... 118 Ignition Issues and Their Impact on Engine Performance, Powertrain Driveability - Ford Online Course ...... 119 Effi ciency and Emission ...... 72 Powertrain Performance Feel - Ford Online Course ...... 120 Injuries, Anatomy, Biomechanics & Federal Regulation ...... 161 Powertrain Selection for Fuel Economy and Acceleration Internal Combustion Engines (The Basics of) ...... 143 Performance ...... 140 Internal Combustion Engines e-Seminar (The Basics of) ...... 144 Product Liability and The Engineer ...... 96 Internal Combustion Systems: HCCI, DoD, VCT/VVT, DI Product Liability Litigation (The Role of the Expert Witness in) ....99 and VCR ...... 134 Program and Risk Management ...... 96 In-Vehicle Networking with LIN and FlexRay Applications ...... 61 Program Management - It’s More than Scheduling and ISO 9000, ISO/TS 16949, and AS9100 Fast Track (Principles of) ...153 Delivery (Aerospace) ...... 89 ISO9001 Overview – CALISO* Online Course ...... 154 Project Management (Engineering) ...... 90 ISO9001: 2008 Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 154 ISO9001: 2008 Auditor Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 155 Quality Function Deployment ...... 39 ISO9001: 2008 Lead Auditor – CALISO* Online Course ...... 155 ISO9001 Business Strategy – CALISO* Online Course ...... 155 Race Car Data Acquisition: RPM and Speed Analysis Fast Track ISO14001: 2004 Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 156 (Practical) ...... 165 ISO14001:2004 Lead Auditor – CALISO* Online Course ...... 156 Race Engine Calibration for Optimal Performance ...... 142 ISO/TS 16949: 2009 Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 156 Race Engine Calibration for Optimal Performance e-Seminar ...... 142 ISO/TS 16949: 2009 Auditor Training – CALISO* Online Course 157 Racecar Data Acquisition and Analysis ...... 168 ISO 19011: 2002 Auditor Training – CALISO* Online Course ...... 157 Reverse Engineering: Technology of Reinvention ...... 40 Review of AMT and DCT Technology Applied to Automotive Leading High Performance Teams ...... 92 Powertrain Webinar ...... 143 Lighting: Design and Technology (Automotive) ...... 9 Root Cause Problem Solving: Methods and Tools Webinar ...... 97 Lighting: LED Applications (Automotive) ...... 10 Lighting: Testing and Requirements (Automotive) ...... 10 Safe Handling of High Voltage Battery Systems ...... 63 Liquid Atomization, Sprays, and Fuel Injection ...... 73 Seat Suspension Design and Human Body Vibration Control (Advanced Topics in) ...... 84 Managing Engineering & Technical Professionals ...... 93 Selective Catalytic Reduction for Diesel Engines ...... 74 Material Selection and Testing for Plastics ...... 108 Sheet Metal Stamping: Robust Formability...... 102 Mechatronics: Introduction, Modeling and Simulation ...... 37 Shielding Design for EMC Compliance (Fundamentals of) ...... 59 Metal Fatigue Analysis (Fundamentals of) ...... 33 Side Impact Occupant Safety and CAE ...... 161 Metal Forming ...... 101 Social Media: A Competitive Advantage in Engineering Product Metallurgy and Its Practice (Introduction to) ...... Development Webinar ...... 98 Model Based Design: Delivering Quality Electronic Products Social Media Strategy and Policy for Organizational Success Faster ...... 38 Webinar (Engineering) ...... 91 Motor Drives for EV, HEV, and PHEV Applications Sound Package Materials for Vehicle Noise Control ...... 113 (Energy-Effi cient) ...... 59 Statistical Methods for Quality Engineering ...... 160 Motor Fuel: Technology, Performance, Testing, and Specifi cations ..82 Statistical Process Control (Fundamentals of) ...... 100 Statistical Tolerance Design ...... 41 Noise Diagnostics and Analysis Using Acoustic Imaging Steels for Vehicle Weight Reduction (Advanced High Strength) ..103 Technologies ...... 112 Steering Systems (Fundamentals of) ...... 19

P111669 book.indb 192 11/28/11 2:10 PM Titles Index Aerodynamics 193193

Strategic Leadership ...... 98 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Strictly Snap-Fits - Developing World-Class Plastic Part Attachments ...... 109 SCHEDULE FOR JAN - JUNE 2012 Surface Texture: Speciﬁ cation and Control ...... 110 Seminars, Academies, & Webinars Systems Engineering for Front Line Leadership ...... 42 (Courses are added throughout the year, please check Telematics (A Holistic Introduction to Commercial) ...... 49 online for the most current schedule at Thermodynamics of Gas Turbine Engines ...... 145 www.sae.org/pdevent/bydate/) Threaded Fasteners and the Bolted Joint ...... 114 Tire and Wheel Safety Issues ...... 24 Tire as a Vehicle Component (The) ...... 23 Norwalk, CA—Cerritos College Tolerance Stack-Up Analysis ...... 42 Jan 23-25 Injuries, Anatomy, Biomechanics & Federal Regulation— Tolerance Stack-up Fundamentals Webinar ...... 43 I.D.# 85049 Transmission Technology Webinar (Fundamentals of Warrendale, PA—SAE World Headquarters Continuously Variable ) ...... 125 Jan 9 -10 ARP4754A and the Guidelines for Development of Civil Transmissions (Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle) ...... 128 Aircraft and Systems—I.D.# C1118 Transmissions e-Seminar (Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle) ...... 129 Jan 11-13 AS9100C Internal Auditor Training—I.D.# C1120 Truck and Off-Highway Transmission Systems (Fundamentals of) . 129 Webinar—via telephone/internet Turbocharging for Fuel Economy and Emissions Webinar...... 75 Jan 10-12 Diesel Engine Noise Control Webinar—I.D.# WB1041 Turbocharging Internal Combustion Engines ...... 145 Jan 11-13 Displacement on Demand Systems (DoD) Webinar— I.D.# WB1010 Variable Cam and Valve Timing (VCT) & (VVT) Webinar ...... 146 Jan 16-20 Variable Cam and Valve Timing (VCT) & (VVT) Webinar Variable Compression Ratio (VCR) Webinar ...... 147 WB1011 Vehicle Dynamics (Applied) ...... Jan 17-26 Tolerance Stack-up Fundamentals Webinar—I.D.# C0842 Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks ...... 169 Jan 31-Feb 2 Variable Compression Ratio (VCR) Webinar—I.D.# WB1012 Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks Norwalk, CA—Cerritos College (Advanced) ...... 166 Feb 8-10 Weibull-Log Normal Analysis Workshop—I.D.# 86034 Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks e-Seminar ...... 170 Troy, MI—SAE Automotive Headquarters Vehicle Networks (Understanding and Using the SAE J2534-1 Feb 13-14 Fundamentals of and Improvements in Commercial Vehicle API to Access) ...... 65 Aerodynamic Drag—I.D.# C0919 Vibration Analysis using FEA: A Hands-on Workshop ...... 45 Feb 15-16 Introduction to Hydraulic Hybrid Systems for Road Vehicles— I.D.# C0833 Weibull Engineering Fast Track (Introduction to) ...... 153 Feb 16-17 Sheet Metal Stamping: Robust Formability—I.D.# C0713 Weibull-Log Normal Analysis Workshop ...... 46 Feb 17 Fundamentals of Shielding Design for EMC Compliance— I.D.# C0835 Feb 23-24 Program and Risk Management—I.D.# C0409 Feb 24 Understanding and Using the SAE J2534-1 API to Access Vehicle Networks—I.D.# C0733 Feb 27 A Familiarization of Drivetrain Components—I.D.# 98024 Feb 29 Fundamentals of All-Wheel Drive Systems—I.D.# C0305 USA Feb 29-Mar 2 Chassis & Suspension Component Design for Passenger Your authoritative source for Cars & Light Trucks—I.D.# 95025 mobility engineering information Warrendale, PA—SAE World Headquarters Looking for the most current and comprehensive Feb 13-14 Aircraft Cabin Safety and Interior Crashworthiness—I.D.# C0926 information on mobility engineering? The SAE Feb 15-16 Understanding the FAA Aircraft Certification Process— Digital Library is the essential source for instant I.D.# C0821 access to more than 150,000 technical papers, San Diego, CA—Town and Country Resort & Conference Center standards, and related publications! (held in conjunction with the SAE 2012 Hybrid Vehicle Technologies Symposium) The Digital Library’s robust search engine Feb 20 Hybrid Vehicle Systems Integration—I.D.# C1125 and user-friendly layout make it easy to ﬁ nd, Webinar—via telephone/internet download, share, and manage the technical Feb 3 Understanding AS9100 Rev C Webinar—I.D.# WB0958 information you need, when you need it. Feb 6-10 Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition (HCCI) Webinar—I.D.# WB1013 Find out how easy it is—visit Feb 7-23 Design of Experiments (DOE) for Engineers Webinar— digitallibrary.sae.org today! I.D.# WB0932 Feb 27- Mar 2 Introduction to Design Review Based on Failure Modes When you’re looking for the most current (DRBFM) Webinar—I.D.# WB1047 technical knowledge… look no further than Norwalk, CA—Cerritos College the SAE Digital Library. Mar 5-8 IAQG Sanctioned Aerospace Auditor Transition Training (AATT)—I.D.# C1034

P110211

P111669 book.indb 193 11/28/11 2:10 PM 194194 Troy, MI—SAE Automotive Headquarters Apr 25-27 Fundamentals of Metal Fatigue Analysis—I.D.# 94024 Mar 1-2 Design for Manufacturing & Assembly (DFM/DFA) — I.D.# 92047 Apr 26-27 Advanced Diesel Particulate Filtration Systems—I.D.# C0502 Mar 6-7 Selecting the Optimal Battery Chemistry for HEV, PHEV, and Apr 26-27 Powertrain Selection for Fuel Economy and Acceleration EV Applications—I.D.# C1133 Performance—I.D.# C0243 Mar 7-9 Hydraulic Brake Systems for Passenger Cars & Light Trucks— Apr 26-27 Leading High Performance Teams—I.D.# C0410 I.D.# C0509 Apr 27 Safe Handling of High Voltage Battery Systems—I.D.# C1019 Mar 8-9 The Basics of Internal Combustion Engines—I.D.# C0103 Apr 27 Hybrid Vehicle Systems Integration—I.D.# C1125 Mar 12-13 Diesel Engine Technology—I.D.# 93014 Apr 27 Common Rail Diesel Fuel Injection—I.D.# C0920 Mar 12-13 Introduction to Commercial and Off-Road Vehicle Cooling Webinar—via telephone/internet Airflow Systems—I.D.# C0738 Mar 13-14 Vehicle Frontal Crash Occupant Safety and CAE—I.D.# C0621 Apr 9-12 Design FMEA Update: What’s New in J1739 Webinar— Mar 19-20 Fundamentals of Steering Systems—I.D.# C0716 I.D.# WB0955 Mar 19-20 Improving Fuel Efficiency with Engine Oils—I.D.# C0914 Apr 16-19 Process FMEA Update: What’s New in J1739 Webinar— Mar 21-23 Turbocharging Internal Combustion Engines—I.D.# C0314 I.D.# WB0956 Mar 22-23 In-Vehicle Networking with LIN and FlexRay Applications— Troy, MI—SAE Automotive Headquarters I.D.# C0136 May 7-8 Automotive Glazing Materials—I.D.# 99002 Mar 28-30 Internal Combustion Systems: HCCI, DoD, VCT/VVT, DI and May 7-8 Selective Catalytic Reduction for Diesel Engines—I.D.# C0913 VCR—I.D.# C0613 May 8-9 A Holistic Introduction to Commercial Telematics—I.D.# C0947 Phoenix, AZ—Exponent, Inc. May 9-10 Side Impact Occupant Safety and CAE—I.D.# C0717 Mar 26-28 Fundamentals of Motor Vehicle Fire Investigation—I.D.# C0915 May 14-18 Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Engineering Academy—I.D.# ACAD06 May 15-16 Alternative Fuels: Impact on SI and CI Fuel Systems, Webinar—via telephone/internet Distribution, and Storage—I.D.# C0729 Mar 6-8 Plug-In Vehicle Conductive Charging, SAE J1772 Explained May 15-16 Mechatronics: Introduction, Modeling and Simulation—I.D.# C0949 Webinar—I.D.# WB1046 May 17-18 Fundamentals of Automotive Fuel Delivery Systems—I.D.# C0303 Mar 13-5 Fundamentals of Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing May 29 The Tire as a Vehicle Component—I.D.# C0101 (GD&T) Webinar—I.D.# WB0933 May 30 Tire & Wheel Safety Issues—I.D.# C0102 Mar 30 Understanding AS9100 Rev C Webinar—I.D.# WB0958 May 30-31 Finite Element Analysis for Design Engineers-Hands-On FEA Norwalk, CA—Cerritos College Workshop—I.D.# 93006 May 30-Jun 1 Electrohydraulic Controls for Mobile Equipment & Vehicles— Apr 2-3 ARP4754A and the Guidelines for Development of Civil I.D.# C1011 Aircraft and Systems—I.D.# C1118 May 31-Jun 1 Brake Testing for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks—I.D.# C1050 Apr 2-3 Implementing AS9100C: Understanding and Transitioning to the New Requirements—I.D.# C1119 Oxnard, CA—Ventura County Fire Department Fleet Troy, MI—SAE Automotive Headquarters Maintenance Facility Apr 2-4 Vibration Analysis using FEA: A Hands-on Workshop— May 15-18 Accessing and Interpreting Heavy Vehicle Event Data I.D.# C0830 Recorders—I.D.# C1022 Apr 2-4 Principles of Cost and Finance for Engineers—I.D.# C0828 Greer, SC—BMW Performance Center Apr 2-4 Combustion & Emissions for Engineers—I.D.# 97011 May 21-23 Applied Vehicle Dynamics—I.D.# C0414 Apr 25-26 Embedded Control Systems Design Workshop—I.D.# C0922 Webinar—via telephone/internet Brimley, MI—Continental’s Brimley Development Center May 11 Understanding AS9100 Rev C Webinar—I.D.# WB0958 Apr 12-13 Applied Brake Controls: ABS, TCS, and ESC—I.D.# C0610 May 21-23 Patent Litigation in the U.S.: What You Need to Know Detroit, MI—Detroit Marriot at the Renaissance Center (held in Webinar—I.D.# WB0940 conjunction with the SAE 2012 World Congress) May 22 Introduction to Hybrid Powertrains Webinar—I.D.# C0903 May 24 Basic Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Safety Webinar—I.D.# C0904 Apr 23 Vehicle User Interfaces: Principles and Techniques for Design May 29 Plug-in Hybrids: Opportunities and Challenges Webinar— and Development—I.D.# C1114 I.D.# C0905 Apr 23 Surface Texture: Specification and Control—I.D.# C1110 May 30-Jun 1 Turbocharging for Fuel Economy and Emissions Webinar— Apr 23 Exhaust Flow Performance and Pressure Drop of Exhaust I.D.# WB1018 Components and System—I.D.# C0235 May 31 Hybrid and Electric Vehicles: Current Production, Future Apr 23 Patent Law for Engineers—I.D.# 88007 Strategies Webinar—I.D.# C0906 Apr 23-24 Advanced High Strength Steels for Vehicle Weight Reduction— I.D.# C0916 Troy, MI—SAE Automotive Headquarters Apr 23-24 Accelerated Test Methods for Ground and Aerospace Vehicle Jun 4-8 Diesel Engine Technology Engineering Academy—I.D.# ACAD03 Development—I.D.# C0316 Jun 7-8 The Role of the Expert Witness in Product Liability Litigation— Apr 23-24 Threaded Fasteners and the Bolted Joint—I.D.# 95030 I.D.# 92054 Apr 23-24 Automotive Powertrain and Battery Cooling Airflow Systems: A Jun 12-14 Advanced Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Vehicle Perspective—I.D.# C0616 Trucks—I.D.# C0415 Apr 23-25 Strategic Leadership—I.D.# C0620 Jun 14-15 Model-Based Design: Delivering Quality Electronic Products Apr 23-25 Weibull-Log Normal Analysis Workshop—I.D.# 86034 Faster—I.D.# C0806 Apr 23-25 Vehicle Dynamics for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks— Jun 20-22 Motor Fuel: Technology, Performance, Testing, and I.D.# 99020 Specifications—I.D.# 98003 Apr 23-25 Fundamentals of Modern Vehicle Transmissions—I.D.# 99018 Jun 20-22 Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems—I.D.# C0233 Apr 23-25 Gasoline Direct Injection (GDI) Engines—I.D.# 1009 Jun 25-27 Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing—I.D.# C0133 Apr 24 Introduction to NVH Aspects of Hybrid and Electric Vehicles— Jun 28-29 Tolerance Stack-Up Analysis—I.D.# C0022 I.D.# C1128 Jun 28-29 Evaporative and Refueling Emission Control—I.D.# C0928 Apr 24 Emissions-Related OBD Systems: A Design Overview— I.D.# C0708 Warrendale, PA—SAE World Headquarters Apr 24-25 Acquiring and Analyzing Data from Sensors and In-Vehicle Jun 11-14 IAQG Sanctioned Aerospace Auditor Transition Training Networks—I.D.# C0522 (AATT)—I.D.# C1034 Apr 24-25 Product Liability & the Engineer—I.D.# 82001 Webinar—via telephone/internet Apr 24-25 Engineering Project Management—I.D.# 99003 Jun 4-7 Introduction to Design Review Based on Failure Modes Apr 25-26 Introduction to Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Battery Systems— (DRBFM) Webinar—I.D.# WB1047 I.D.# C0626 Apr 25-27 Managing Engineering and Technical Professionals—I.D.# C0608 Go to www.sae.org/pdevent/bydate/to see the most up to date schedule.

P111669 book.indb 194 11/28/11 2:10 PM SAE Corporate Learning Clients

3M Co. Directed Technologies, Inc. Jet Propulsion Laboratory Robert Bosch Co. A & D Technology, Inc. Douglas Autotech Johns Manville Robertshaw Tennessee Aaron’s Automotive Products Dresser-Rand Co. Johnson Controls Saft America Inc. Abbott Diagnostics Dura Automotive Systems Just Born, Inc. Schukra of NA ACH LLC Dura Automotive Systems Canada LTD Karl Schmidt Unisia Siemens Automotive Corp. Actia Corp. Durakon Industries Inc. KB Bendix Mexico operations Siemens Components AgCo Corp. Eastman Kodak Co. Kellogg Crankshaft Co. Siemens VDo Automotive Corp. Aisin World Corporation of America Eaton Corp. Keykert USA Sika Corp. Algonquin Automotive Edison Welding Institute King Abdullah II Design & Simula Automotive Safety Devices, Inc. AlliedSignal Inc. Elgin Sweeper Development Bureau Sinclair Community College American Airlines Emerson Electric Knoll Inc SKF (formerly Chicago Rawhide) American Axle Engelhard Corp. Kohler Engines SL America Anchor Swan Engineering Systems Inc. Komatsu Mining Systems Inc. South Central College Andover Industries Engineered Machined Products Kostal of America Inc. Southwest Research Institute Arctic Cat Inc. Environment Canada Lear Corp. Sowilo Networks Arvin Industries, Inc. Environmental Systems Products Lockheed Martin Spartan Chassis Systems ArvinMeritor EWD Lubrizol Corp. Splitcraft Engineering ASC Exterior Technologies Exco Engineering Luk USA LLC Square D Co. Athena Technologies Inc. ExxonMobil Corp. Magna Powertrain Engine SSI Technologies Inc. Atlantic Auto Components Faurecia Automotive Technologies group Stant Manufacturing Inc. Autocam Corp. Federal Mogul Corp. Magna Steyr Steelcase, Inc. Autoliv N.A. Fel-Pro Inc. Mahle Technology, Inc. Stewart & Stevenson Tactical Vehicle Azure Dynamics Inc. Ficosa North America Mark IV Automotive Systems, LP BAE Systems Flexible Metal, Inc. MascoTech Swagelok Co. Bayer Polymers Fontaine Trailer Co. Matsushita Communications Synerject LLC Becton Dickenson Ford Motor Co. Indus. Corp. Systems Research Laboratories Inc. Behr America, Inc. Forest Engineering Research McDonald’s Corp. Takata Automotive Systems Bendix Spicer Institute of Canada Mercedes-Benz USI Laboratory Benedict Engrg. Freightliner Corp. Mercury Marine - MerCruiser Taylor Made Industries Bethlehem Steel Corp. Freudenberg-Nok Meritor Automotive Inc. TEAM Industries Biomechanical Consultants gables Engineering Inc. Metaldyne Sintered Components Technologies M4 Inc. of California gamesa Corporacion Tecnologica Motorola, Inc. Teradyne Inc. Bobcat Co. gates Power Drive Products MTS Systems Corp. TESMA Engine Technologies Boeing Co. gates Rubber Inc. Nachi Robotics Systems, Inc. Texas Instruments Inc. Bombardier R&D gE Lighting NASA The Budd Co. Borg-Warner Automotive gE Medical Systems National Renewable Energy The Timken Co. Bosch Braking general Dynamics Corp. Laboratory TI Automotive Bridgestone Firestone Inc. general Motors Corp. National Security Agency TM4 Inc. Briggs & Stratton Corp. general Motors de Mexico Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Div. Toyota Motor Corp. Britax Child Safety Inc. general Seating Navistar Trelleborg Automotive California Air Resources Board global Thermoelectric, Inc. Neapco TRW Inc. Carborundum goodyear Tire & Rubber Co. Nelson Metal Products U. S. Air Force Cardell Corp. graco Children’s Products New Venture gear Inc. U.S. Army Cardinal Health Inc. grand Haven Stamped Products Neway Anchorlok U.S. EPA Cardone Industries (gHSP) NHTSA U.S. Navy Case Corp. grote Industries, LLC NREL U.S. Steel Corp. Caterpillar Inc. grupo Antolin N.A. Nxtgen Emission Controls U.S. Tsabaki Automotive Division Cherry Automotive H2gen Innovations, Inc. Nissan Tech Center NA Unicell Corp. Cinch Connectors Harley-Davidson Motor Co. Nissan Mexicana United Defense LP Clark Material Handling Co. Hayes-Lemmerz Int’l. Inc. Norcold Inc. UQM Technologies, Inc. Club Car Inc. Hendrickson Truck Suspension Novabus Inc. Valeo Coachman Industries Systems NSK Corp. Van-Rob Stampings Cobasys LLC Henkel Technologies optis VDo Control Systems, Inc. Colorado State Patrol Academy Hitchiner Mfg. Co. oshkosh Corporation VDo Yazaki Corp. ConocoPhillips Honda of America Inc. PACCAR Inc. Visteon Corp. Continental Teves Inc. Honda of Canada, Inc. Panasonic Automotive Systems Visteon Electronics Cooper Bussmann Honeywell of America Volkswagen de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Cooper Standard Automotive Husky Corp. Paulstra C.R.C. Volvo Truck North America Inc. Cooper Tire Husqvarna Turf Care Perkin-Elmer, Inc. Vought Aircraft Corning Inc. Hybrid Design Services, Inc. Peterbilt Motors Co. W.E.T. Automotive Systems Ltd. CSI S.p.A. HyClone Laboratories Philips Technologies Wabash Technologies Cummins, Inc. HydrogenSource Polaris Industries Warn Industries Cutler Hammer Corp. Imperial oil Pollak Corp. Webasto Sunroofs, Inc. DaimlerTrucks INA Engine Components Ponderosa Associates Webb Wheel Products, Inc. Dana Corp. Indiana Mills & Manufacturing PPg Industries Wellman Products group Deere & Co. Industrial Technology Centre Pratt & Whitney Canada Westport Innovations Daimler Trucks Infineum USA LP Prestolite Electric Inc. Wheel to Wheel Inc. Delphi Corp. International Truck and Pro-Dex Woodward governor Co. Delta-Q Technologies Engine Corp. Purolator Products Co. Yamaha Motor Mfg. Corp. of America Denso Int’l. America, Inc. Intier Automotive Inc. Qualcomm, Inc. Yazaki North America, Inc. Denton ATD Isuzu Motors America Inc. Quality Industries ZF Batavia Denver Automotive and Diesel College ITT Industries Inc. Quantum ZF Industries Dexter Corp. J & L Development, Inc. Ricardo, Inc. ZF Lemforder P111669